lady doak college, madurai 2 2014_scie… · mat2402cm sequences and series 4 4 au-2013 mat2403cm...

Lady Doak College, Madurai – 2 (An Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Madurai Kamaraj University)

“COLLEGE WITH POTENTIAL FOR EXCELLENCE”

Re-accredited (3rd cycle) by NAAC with Grade ‘A’ CGPA 3.44 on a 4 point scale

SCIENCES

ACADEMIC COUNCIL MEETING March 18, 2014

APPENDIX ‘Av’

Revised Copy

Figure 1

Lady Doak College,Madurai (An Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Madurai Kamaraj University)

52nd Academic Council Meeting

Tuesday, March 18th, 2014 – Multimedia Theatre-1

CHAIRPERSON: Dr. A. Mercy Pushpalatha

Principal & Secretary

A G E N D A

1. Prayer

2. Introductory Remarks – Chairperson

3. Confirmation of minutes of the Academic Council Meeting held on 16th

December 2013.

4. Introduction of Programmes:

a. Tamil

b. Hindi

c. English

d. French

e. History

f. Social Sciences

g. Economics

h. Commerce

i. Business Administration

j. Mathematics

k. Physics

l. Chemistry

m. Botany

n. Zoology

o. Biotechnology

p. Computer science

q. Fashion Designing

r. Centre for Entrepreneurship

Development

s. Centre for Environmental

Studies

t. Centre for Women’s Studies

u. Curriculum Planning and

Evaluation Cell

5. Concluding Remarks – Chairperson

DEANS OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS PRINCIPAL

CONTENTS

Mathematics 1 - 20

Physics 21 - 49

Chemistry 50 - 76

Botany 77 - 100

Zoology 101 - 151

Biotechnology 152 - 170

Computer Science 171 - 212

Fashion Designing 213 - 221

Centre for Entrepreneurship Development 222 - 238

Centre for Environmental Studies 239 - 241

Centre for Women’s Studies 242 - 248

Curriculum Planning and Evaluation Cell 249 - 301

1

DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Mathematics

revised the Undergraduate curriculum to fit into the Integrated Curricular Model that the college evolved, in

2013. The course profile, the course content & the evaluation pattern of the first two semesters were

passed in the Academic Council meeting held on April 3, 2013 (Appendix “AU”). The department is now

presenting the course profile, course content & evaluation pattern for Semesters III & IV of the

Undergraduate programme of 2013 batch. As the hours for Part I and II have increased to 6, the modified

course profile, course content & evaluation pattern for Semesters I & II of 2014 batch are being presented.

• Course codes of 4 Self Learning courses are being changed.

• Change of course code from PGM 2423E to PGM 0423E, be ratified.

• PGM 2421M replaces PGM2421P

B.Sc. (Special) Mathematics - Aided

Course Profile

Sem. Course Code Course Title Hrs./

Week Credit Passed in

2014 Batch

I PART - I LANGUAGE (TAMIL/HINDI/FRENCH) 6 3 or 4

PART - II LANGUAGE (ENGLISH) 6 3 or 4

MAT1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH MATHEMATICS 2 2 AU-2013 as

MAT1101FS

MAT1301FM TRIGONOMETRY AND THEORY OF EQUATIONS 4 3 AU-2013

MAT1501CM DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 5 5 AU-2013

PHY1401AA GENERAL PHYSICS 5 4 AU-2013 as

PHY1401SA

VBC1001FV HEALTHY TRANSITION FROM ADOLESCENCE TO

ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 20

II PART - I LANGUAGE (TAMIL/HINDI/FRENCH) 6 3 or 4


COM2401AA FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING 5 4 AU-2013 as

COM2401SA

MAT2201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR MATHEMATICS 2 2 AU-2013 as

MAT2101FS

MAT2402CM SEQUENCES AND SERIES 4 4 AU-2013

MAT2403CM ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF 3D 4 4

ELECTIVE ENVIRONMENTAL ELECTIVE 2 2

VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /

FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION

1 1

Total 30 23

2013 Batch

III MAT3401CM VECTOR ANALYSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY 4 4

MAT3402CM COMBINATORICS 4 4

MAT3501CM MODERN ALGEBRA 6 5

MAT3502CM STATISTICS 5 5

2

MAT3401AT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4

ELECTIVE NON-MAJOR ELECTIVE 2 2

VOCATIONAL COURSE 2 2

VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

CLUB / ACADEMIC ADVISING 1 --

Total 30 27

IV MAT4201SS QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 2 2

MAT4501CM LINEAR ALGEBRA 6 5

MAT4502CM GRAPH THEORY 6 5

MAT4503CM REAL ANALYSIS 6 5

MAT4401CT PROGRAMMING WITH C++ 3T + 2L 4


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /

HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES

2 2


Total 30 25

B.Sc. - Mathematics with Computer Applications - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



MAT1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH MATHEMATICS 2 2 AU-2013 as

MAT1101FS

MAT1301FM TRIGONOMETRY AND THEORY OF EQUATIONS 4 3 AU-2013

MAT1501CM DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 5 5 AU-2013

PHY1401AA GENERAL PHYSICS 5 4 AU-2013 as PHY1401SA


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 20



MAT2201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR MATHEMATICS 2 2 AU-2013 as MAT2101FS

MAT2402CM SEQUENCES AND SERIES 4 4 AU-2013

MAT2403CM ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF 3D 4 4

MAE2401AT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4 AU-2013 as MAE2401SA


VBC0102FV / VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION / FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION

1 1

Total 30 23

3

2013 Batch

III MAT3401CM VECTOR ANALYSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY 4 4

MAT3402CM COMBINATORICS 4 4

MAT3501CM MODERN ALGEBRA 6 5

MAT3502CM STATISTICS 5 5

MAE3401AT PROGRAMMING WITH C++ 3T + 2L 4



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 27

IV MAT4201SS QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 2 2

MAT4501CM LINEAR ALGEBRA 6 5

MAT4502CM GRAPH THEORY 6 5

MAT4503CM REAL ANALYSIS 6 5

MAE4501CM DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 5 5


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 26

Other Courses offered by the Department

Sem. Course Code Course Title Offered

To

Hrs./


ALL MAT0402CD TRANSFORMATION GEOMETRY ALLM -- 4 AL-2004 as

MAT0402D

ALL MAT0403CD CODING THEORY ALLM -- 4 AL-2004 as

MAT0403D

ALL MAT0404CD SET THEORY AND NUMBER SYSTEM ALLM -- 4 AL-2004 as

MAT0404D

ALL MAT0405CD FUZZY SETS AND FUZZY LOGIC ALLM -- 4 AL-2004 as

MAT0405D

I MAT1421AA ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRY AND

VECTORS

AUCHE 5 4 AU-2013 as

MAT1421SA

II MAT2411AA CALCULUS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS AUPHY/

SUPHY

5 4 AU-2013 as

MAT2411SA

II MAT2421AA CALCULUS AUCHE 5 4 AU-2013 as

MAT2421SA

III MAE3441AA PREPARATORY COURSE IN MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

SUBBA 5 4

4

III MAT3411AA PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS,

STATISTICS AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

AUPHY/

SUPHY

5 4

III MATQ3431AA APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS AUZOO/

SUBTE

5 4

III MATQ3432AA MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS AUZOO 5 4

MAT2403CM ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF 3D

(Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME : 4 Hrs./Wk.

On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to

• acquire the basic concepts in three dimensional geometry

• express the equations of straight lines and planes in different forms

• apply the concepts in three dimensional geometry to solve problems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 13 Hrs.

Equation of a plane – intercept form, normal form, angle between the planes, equation of a plane

through the line of intersection of two given planes, length of the perpendicular from a point to a

plane, equation of the planes bisecting the angle between the planes.

UNIT-II : 12 Hrs.

Straight lines: Equation of a straight line in symmetrical form, planes and straight lines

UNIT-III : 15 Hrs.

Coplanar lines, shortest distance between two lines, intersection of three planes, volume of a

tetrahedron.

UNIT-IV : 12 Hrs.

.General equation of a sphere, length of the tangent from a point to a sphere, plane section of a

sphere, intersection of two spheres, equation of a tangent plane to a sphere.

UNIT-V : 8 Hrs.

Cone - right circular cone , Cylinder - right circular cylinder, simple problems

TEXT BOOK(S)

ManicavachagomPillay T.K. and Natarajan T, A textbook of Analytical Geometry, Part II – 3

dimensions, Chennai, S. Viswanathan Printers & Publishers Pvt. Ltd, 2008, Chapters: I, II, III

(Page 46 to 71, 84 to 91), IV, V (Page 115 to 123, 134 to 139).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DipakChatterjee, Analytic solid Geometry, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

Duraipandian P., LaxmiDuraipandian and Muhilan D, Analytical Geometry (3-D), Chennai,

Emerald Publishers, 1984.

Mathew K.C., Veeraragavan S. and Ragavan T., A text Book of Co-ordinate Geometry of Two

and Three Dimensions, New Delhi, Chand S and Company Ltd., 1984.

5

MAE3441AA PREPARATORY COURSE IN MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETITIVE

EXAMINATIONS

(Theory)



• develop speed and efficiency in solving problems.

• exhibit confidence to answer objective type questions

• acquire employability skills

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 15 Hrs.

Numbers, problems on numbers, highest common factor, least common multiple, indices and surds

UNIT-II : 20 Hrs.

Percentage, profit and loss, discount , ratio and proportion, time and work, time and distance.

UNIT-III : 15 Hrs.

Simple interest, compound interest, permutations, combinations, probability

UNIT-IV : 10 Hrs.

Sets, finite and infinite sets, Venn diagrams, set operations, simple problems

UNIT-V : 15 Hrs.

Matrices, types of matrices, operations on matrices, determinant of a square matrix, inverse of a

matrix, solution to system of linear equations.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Aggarwal R.S, Quantitiative Aptitude, New Delhi, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2011, Chapters:

Chapters: 1, 2, 7,9, 10, 11, 12, 15, 17, 21, 22, 30, 31.

Rajagopalan S.P, Sattanthan R, Business Mathematics, New Delhi,, Vijay Nicole Imprints Private

Limited, 2005, Chapters: chapter 1 (STY .1 to STY.9, STY.20 to STY.33), chapter 11 (MAT .1 to

MAT.43).

MAT3401CM VECTOR ANALYSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY

(Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME : 4 Hrs./Wk. On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to

• explain the concepts in vector differentiation and integration.

• evaluate integrals using Gauss’, Green’s and Stoke’s theorems.

• calculate curvature and torsion of a curve

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 10 Hrs.

Vector Differentiation: Gradient, curl, divergence, solenoidal, irrotational, operators involving ∇

twice.

UNIT-II : 10 Hrs.

Vector Integration: Line integrals, volume Integrals, surface integrals.

UNIT-III : 10 Hrs.

Gauss divergence theorem, Green’s theorem in space

UNIT-IV : 15 Hrs.

Stoke’s theorem, Green’s theorem in plane and its applications

UNIT-V : 15 Hrs.

Differential Geometry: Tangent, principal normal, binormal, osculating plane, curvature, torsion,

Serret- Frenet formulae

6

TEXT BOOK(S)

Narayanan S. and ManicavachagomPillay T.K, Vector Algebra and Analysis, Madras,

Viswanathan printers and publishers private limited, 1995, Chapters: 4 to 6.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arumugam S. and Thangapandi Isaac. A, Analytical Geometry of 3D and Vector Calculus,

Palayamkottai, New gamma publishing House, 2011.

Mittal S.C. and Aggarwal D.C, Differential Geometry, Meerut, Krishna Prakasham media (P) Ltd,

2003.

Seymour Lipschutz, Dennis Spellman, Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2009.

MAT3402CM COMBINATORICS

(Theory)



• develop abstract reasoning and apply enumeration techniques

• apply the concepts of permutations and combinations in solving practical problems

• interpret the problems in appropriate contexts and apply the principle of inclusion-exclusion and

recurrence relations to particular situations

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : THE PIGEONHOLE PRINCIPLE 12 Hrs.

Simple form, strong form, theorem of Ramsey.

UNIT-II : PERMUTATIONS AND COMBINATIONS 12 Hrs.

Four basic counting principles, permutations of sets, combinations of sets, permutations of

multisets, combinations of multisets.

UNIT-III : THE PRINCIPLE OF INCLUSION AND EXCLUSION 12 Hrs.

The inclusion - exclusion principle, combinations with repetitions, derangements, permutations with

forbidden positions, another forbidden position problem.

UNIT-IV : RECURRENCE RELATIONS 15 Hrs.

Solution of finite order homogenous relations, solution of non-homogenous relations

UNIT-V : GENERATING FUNCTIONS 9 Hrs.

Generating functions, recurrences and generating functions.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Richard A. Bruald, Introductory Combinatorics, 4th edition, Noida, Pearson Education, 2011,

Chapters: 2, 3, 6 (6.1 to 6.5), 7 ( 7.4, 7.5).

Venkataram, M. K., Sridharan. N., Chandrasekaran. N, Discrete Mathematics, Chennai, The

National Publishing Company, 2001, Chapters: Chapter 5(Sections 3, 4, 5).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

AlanTucker, Applied Combinatorics, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons U. K, 2010.

Apte D.P., Probability and Combinatorics, New Delhi, Anurag Jain for Excel Books, 2007.

Balakrishnan, V.K, Theory and Problems of Combinatorics, Singapore, Schaum’s outline series,

McGraw Hill Inc, 1995.

BhismaRao G.A.S, Discrete Structures and Graph Theory, Chennai, SciTech Publications, 2010.

Geetha, P., Discrete Mathematics, Chennai, SciTech Publications, 2007.

Sundaresan V, Ganapathy K, Discrete Mathematics, Sirkali, A.R. Publications, 2002.

7

MAT3411AA PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, STATISTICS AND COMPLEX

ANALYSIS

(Theory)



• recognise the basic concepts in group theory

• acquire the skill of applying the statistical techniques in their discipline

• explain the fundamental principles of Complex Analysis

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 15 Hrs.

Formation of partial differential equations, first order partial differential equations, methods of

solving first order partial differential equations, Charpit’s method.

UNIT-II : MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCIES AND DISPERSION 15 Hrs.

Arithmetic mean, median, mode, quartiles, deciles, percentiles, range, quartile deviation, mean

deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of variation

UNIT-III : PROBABILITY 15 Hrs.

Probability, conditional probability, Baye’s theorem, Boole’s inequality

UNIT-IV : COMPLEX ANALYSIS 15 Hrs.

Complex numbers, conjugation and modulus, inequalities, square root, geometrical representation

of complex numbers, nth roots of complex numbers.

UNIT-V : ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 15 Hrs.

Introduction, functions of a complex variable, limits, theorems on limits, continuous functions,

differentiability, Cauchy- Riemann equations, analytic functions, harmonic functions.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam S, and Thangapandi Isaac A, Differential Equations and Applications,

Palayamkottai, New Gamma Publishing House, 2003, Chapters: 4(Sections 4.1 –4.3,& 4.5).

Arumugam S, and Thangapandi Isaac A, Statistics, Palayamkottai, New Gamma Publishing

House, 2007, Chapters: Chapter 2 (Sections 2.0 – 2.3), Chapter 3 ( Sections 3.0 -3.1), Chapter 11.

ArumugamS, and Thangapandi Isaac. A, Complex Analysis, Palayamkottai, New Gamma

Publishing House, 2002, Chapters: Chapter 1(1.0 - 1.6), Chapter 2 ( 2.0- 2.8).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Venkatachalapathy, S.G, ComplexAnalysis, Chennai, Margham Publications, 2006.

Vital P.R, Mathematical Statistics, Chennai, Margham Publications, 2009.

MAT3501CM MODERN ALGEBRA

(Theory)



• recognize the basic concepts of groups, rings and fields

• solve problems based on these basic concepts

• apply the concepts to derive generalised results.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 15 Hrs.

Groups:- Definition and examples, permutations, subgroups, cyclic groups, order of an element of a

group

8

UNIT-II : 20 Hrs.

Cosets and Lagrange’s theorem, normal subgroups, quotient groups

UNIT-III : 20 Hrs.

Isomorphism, automorphism, homomorphisms, fundamental theorem of homomorphism on groups.

UNIT-IV : 20 Hrs.

Rings:- Examples, properties, isomorphism, types of rings, characteristic of a ring, subrings, Ideals,

quotient rings, maximal and prime ideals, homomorphism of rings

UNIT-V : 15 Hrs.

Fundamental theorem of homomorphism in rings, field of quotients of an integral domain.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam S. and Thangapandi Isaac A, Modern Algebra, Chennai, Scitech Publication (India),

2008, Chapters: Chapter 3 ( 3.1, 3.4 to 3.11), Chapter 4 ( 4.1 to 4.11).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Surjeet Singh and QaziZameeruddin, Modern Algebra, Noida, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd,

2012.

Vasishtha A.R. and Vasishtha A.K, Modern Algebra, Delhi, KrishnaPrakashan Media (P) Ltd,

2006.

MAT3502CM STATISTICS

(Theory)



• classify and tabulate the given data

• compute measures of central tendency and measures of dispersion

• estimate a straight line and second degree parabola for the given data

• solve problems in correlation, regression and probability

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : COLLECTION OF DATA AND MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY 15 Hrs.

Collection, tabulation of data, measures of central tendency - arithmetic mean, geometric mean,

harmonic mean, median, mode.

UNIT-II : MEASURES OF DISPERSION 18 Hrs.

Range, quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of dispersion, moments,

Pearson’s coefficients, skewness and kurtosis.

UNIT-III : PRINCIPLE OF LEAST SQUARES 12 Hrs.

Fitting a straight line and second degree parabola, most plausible solution of a system of linear

equations.

UNIT-IV : CORRELATION AND REGRESSION 15 Hrs.

Karl Pearson’s correlation coefficient, correlation coefficient for a bivariate frequency distribution,

rank correlation, regression, lines of regression, angle between two lines of regression

UNIT-V : PROBABILITY 15 Hrs.

Axiomatic approach to probability, random experiment, independent events, Baye’s theorem,

Boole’s inequality, mathematical expectation.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K, Elements of Mathematical Statistics, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and

Sons, 2009, Chapters: 2, 3, 4, 6 (6.1 to 6.8) 9, 10.

9

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arumugam S. and Thangapandi Isaac A, Statistics, Palayamkottai, New Gamma Publishing

House, 2007.

Gupta S.P., Statistical Methods, NewDelhi, Sultan Chand and sons, 2006.

MATQ3431AA APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS

(Allied course offered to II B.Sc. Zoology students with +2 Mathematics and all II B.Sc. Biotechnology students)

(Theory)



• apply the basic mathematical techniques in Biosciences

• relate statistical concepts to the field of genetics

• solve problems in Biology using integration and differential equations

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNCTIONS AND FIBONACCI SEQUENCE 15 Hrs.

Linear, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and periodic functions, inverse functions, Fibonacci

sequence- recurrence relation and applications.

UNIT-II : MATRICES 12 Hrs.

Addition and multiplication of matrices, types of matrices, adjoint of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

UNIT-III : INTEGRATION AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 18 Hrs.

Standard elementary integrals, method of substitution, method of partial fractions, integration by

parts, solving differential equations of first order and first degree by variable separable method,

applications in Biology.

UNIT-IV : DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF DATA 15 Hrs.

Line diagram, bar diagram, simple bar diagram, divided bar diagram, percentage bar diagram,

multiple bar diagram, pie diagram, histogram.

UNIT-V : STATISTICS 15 Hrs.

Probability- sample spaces and events, addition rule, multiplication rule, applications in genetics,

measures of central tendencies - mean, median, mode, standard deviation.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam .S and Isaac. A, Ancillary Mathematics PAPER III, Palayamkottai, New Gamma

Publishing house, 2006, Chapters: 7 (7.1 ) (Pg 179 – 182).

Bataschelet .E, Introduction to Mathematics for life Scientists, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing

house, 1975, Chapters: Chapter 8 (8.5).

IrfanAlikhan and AtiyaKhanum, , Fundamentals of Biostatistics, Hyderabad, Ukaaz Publications,

2004, Chapters: 4: (4.2.1, 4.3.1, 4.4.1), Chapter 5: (5.3.3), Chapter 6: (6.3.1, 6.3.2, 6.4).

JagdishC.Arya and Robin W. Lardner, Mathematics for the Biological Sciences, New Delhi,

Prentice Hall international edition, 1979, Chapters: Chapter 1(1.4) Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2),Chapter 5

(5.1, 5.4, 5.5), Chapter 6 (6.1, 6.2, 6.4, 6.6), Chapter 8 (8.1, 8.2, 8.4),Chapter 10 (10.1, 10.2, 10.3).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arumugam. S and Isaac. A, Differential equations and applications, Palayamkottai, New

Gamma Publishing house, 1999.

PradeepParihar and LeenaParihar, Biostatistics and Biometry, Jodhpur, Student edition, 2005.

10

MATQ3432AA MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS

(Allied course offered to II B.Sc. Zoology students without +2 Mathematics)

(Theory)



• apply the basic mathematical techniques in Biosciences

• relate the statistical concepts to the field of genetics

• solve problems in Biology using differentiation

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNCTIONS AND FIBONACCI SEQUENCE 15 Hrs.

Linear, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric and periodic functions, inverse functions, Fibonacci

sequence- recurrence relation and applications

UNIT-II : MATRICES 12 Hrs.

Addition and multiplication of matrices, types of matrices, adjoint of a matrix, inverse of a matrix.

UNIT-III : DIFFERENTIATION 18 Hrs.

Derivatives of power functions, products, quotients and composite functions, second derivative,

analysis of curves, maxima and minima with applications.

UNIT-IV : DIAGRAMMATIC REPRESENTATION OF DATA 15 Hrs.

Line diagram, bar diagram, simple bar diagram, divided bar diagram, percentage bar diagram,

multiple bar diagram, pie diagram, histogram.

UNIT-V : STATISTICS 15 Hrs.

Probability- sample spaces and events, Addition rule, multiplication rule, applications in genetics,

measures of central tendency - mean, median, mode, standard deviation

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam .S and Isaac. A, Ancillary Mathematics PAPER III, Palayamkottai, New Gamma

Publishing house, 2006, Chapters: Chapter 7:1 (Pg 179 – 182).

Bataschelet E, Introduction to Mathematics for life Scientists, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing

house, 1975, Chapters: Chapter 8 : 8.5.

IrfanAlikhan and AtiyaKhanum, Fundamentals of Biostatistics, Hyderabad, Ukaaz Publications,

2004, Chapters: Chapter 6: (6.3.1,6.3.2, 6.4), Chapter 4: (4.2.1, 4.3.1, 4.4.1) , Chapter 5: (5.3.3).

JagdishC.Arya and Robin W. Lardner, Mathematics for the Biological Sciences, New Delhi,

Prentice Hall international edition, 1979, Chapters: Chapter 1(1.4), Chapter 2 (2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8,

2.9) Chapter 3 (3.1, 3.2), Chapter 4 (4.1., 4.2, 4.3), Chapter 5 (5.1, 5.4, 5.5), Chapter 8 (8.1, 8.2,

8.4), Chapter 10 (10.1, 10.2, 10.3) .

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

PradeepParihar and LeenaParihar, Biostatistics and Biometry, Jodhpur, Student edition, 2005.

MAE3401AT PROGRAMMING WITH C++

(Lab cum Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME : 3T + 2L Hrs./Wk.


• recognize the concept of object oriented programming

• develop programming skills using the syntax involved in C++ programming

• analyze logically and write programs for problems

11

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : TOKENS, EXPRESSIONS AND CONTROL STRUCTURES 7T + 4L Hrs.

Keywords, identifiers, constants, expressions, if statement, switch statement ,while, do…while, for

loops

UNIT-II : FUNCTIONS IN C++ 10T + 6L Hrs.

The main function, function prototyping, call by reference, return by reference, inline functions,

default arguments, constant arguments, function overloading, friend and virtual functions, math

library functions

UNIT-III : CLASSES, OBJECTS, CONSTRUCTORS AND DESTRUCTORS 10T + 7L Hrs.

Specifying a class, defining member functions, a C++ program with class, making an outside

function inline, nesting of member functions, private member functions, arrays within a class, static

member functions, arrays of objects, objects as function arguments, friend functions, constructors,

parameterized constructors, constructors with default arguments, destructors

UNIT-IV : OPERATOR OVERLOADING AND INHERITANCE 10T + 7L Hrs.

Defining operator overloading, overloading unary operators, overloading binary operators,

Overloading bineary operators using friend function, Rules for overloading operators. Inheritance -

defining derived classes, single inheritance, making a private member inheritable, multilevel

inheritance, multiple inheritance, abstract classes

UNIT-V : POINTERS, VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS, POLYMORPHISM AND FILES 8T + 6L Hrs.

Pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to derived classes, virtual functions, classes for file stream

operations, opening and closing a file

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

Programs in

• Conditional and looping statements

• Functions and its types

• Classes and objects

• Arrays of objects

• Inheritance

• Overloading and its types

• Constructors and destructors

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balagurusamy E, Object Oriented Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw- Hill

publishing company limited,, 2012, Chapters: Ch .1( 1.1- 1.3), 3( 3.1 - 3.4, 3.19, 3.24), 4 (4.1 -

4.11), 5(5.3- 5.9, 5.11- 5.15), 6( 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.11), 7( 7.2 - 7.4), 8(8.2 - 8.6, 8.10), 9 ( 9.1 - 9.5),

11(11.1 -11.3)..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ravichandran D, Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw- Hill publishing company

limited, 2002.

YashwantKanetkar, Let us C++, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2006.

MAT3401AT PROGRAMMING IN C

(Lab cum Theory)



• recognize the basic principles of C programming.

• develop programming concepts to solve any problem.

• analyze logically and write programs confidently.

12

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO C 5T + 2L Hrs.

Introduction, constants, variables and data types, operators and expressions, input and output

operators.

UNIT-II : DECISION MAKING, BRANCHING AND LOOPING 10T + 10L Hrs.

Control statements - if, if-else, switch, goto, break, for, while, dowhile.

UNIT-III : ARRAYS AND FUNCTIONS 15T + 10L Hrs.

Arrays, functions, recursion, structure, union, bit fields, string functions

UNIT-IV : POINTERS 10T + 6L Hrs.

Pointer declaration, pointer arithmetic, pointer arrays, pointers with functions

UNIT-V : FILES 5T + 2L Hrs.

Defining and opening a file, closing a file, input/output operations on files

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

• Operators

• Control Structures

• Arrays

• Functions

• Pointers

• Files

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balagurusamy E, Programming in ANSI C, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hall Publishing Company

Limited, 2011, Chapters: Chapters: 1,2,3,5,6,7 (Sections 7.1 to 7.7), 8 , 9 (Sections 9.1 to 9.18), 10

(Sections 10.1 to 10.8, 10.10 to 10.12), 11(Sections 11.1 to 11.16), 12 (Sections 12.1 to 12.4)..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Pandiyaraja P, Programming in C, Chennai, S.Vishwanathan Printers and Publishers Limited,,

2005.

YashavantKanetkar, Let us C, New Delhi, BPB Publications,, 2007.

MAE4501CM DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS

(Theory)



• categorize the different types of data structures

• apply appropriate data structures to process a given data

• formulate algorithms for application oriented problems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ALGORITHM 10 Hrs.

Algorithmic notation, control structures, complexity of algorithms, other asymptotic notations for

complexity of algorithm, sub algorithms, variables, data types.

UNIT-II : ARRAYS, RECORDS AND POINTERS 20 Hrs.

Linear arrays, representation of linear arrays in memory,traversing linear arrays, inserting and

deleting, linear search, binary search, multidimensional arrays, pointers, pointer arrays, sparse

matrices, bubble sort, insertion sort, selection sort, merging, merge - sort, radix sort.

UNIT-III : LINKED LISTS 15 Hrs.

Linked lists, representation of linked lists in memory, traversing a linked list, searching linked list,

memory allocation, garbage collection, insertion into a linked list, deletion from a linked list, header

linked lists, two - way lists.

13

UNIT-IV : STACKS, QUEUES, RECURSION 15 Hrs.

stacks, array representation of stacks , linked representation of stacks, arithmetic expression,

polish notation, quick sort, an application of stacks, recursion ,Towers of Hanoi , implementation of

recursive procedures by stacks, queues, linked representation of queues, dequeues, priority

queues.

UNIT-V : TREES 15 Hrs.

Binary trees , representation of binary trees in memory , traversing binary trees , traversal

algorithms using stacks, binary search trees, searching and inserting in binary search trees,

deleting in a binary search tree , heap, heap sort, general trees, NP- complete

TEXT BOOK(S)

Ellis Horowitz and SartajSahini, Fundamentals of data structures, Gurgaon, GalgotiaBooksource,

1983.

Seymour Lipschutz and VijayalakshmiPai G A, Data Structures, Schaum’s outlines, New Delhi,

Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company limited, 2008, Chapters: 2, 4 (4.1 to 4.10, 4.13 to 4.14) 5, 6,

7 (7.1 to 7.5, 7.7 to 7.9, 7.17, 7.19), 9 ( 9.3 to 9.7).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Wirth Niklaus, Algorithms + Data Structures = Programs, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1985.

MAT4201SS QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE

(Theory)



• develop computational skills in Mathematics

• practice speed in doing problems

• prepare themselves with confidence to face competitive exams

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 8 Hrs.

Numbers, problems on ages

UNIT-II : 7 Hrs.

Partnership, chain rule.

UNIT-III : 8 Hrs.

Problems on trains, boats and streams

UNIT-IV : 7 Hrs.

Calender, clocks, height and distances

TEXT BOOK(S)

Aggarwal R.S, Quantitative Aptitude, New Delhi, S.Chand and company Ltd, 2006, Chapters:

(Sections 1, 8,13,14,18,19, 27, 28, 34).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Eugene D.Jafle, GMAT (Graduates Management Admission Test), New Delhi-2, Galgotia

Publication Pvt.Ltd, 1996.

Samuel C.Brownstein, SAT (Scholastic Aptitude Test), New Delhi -2, Galgotia Publications (P)

Ltd, 1997.

Thomas H.Martinson, Super Course for the GMAT, New Delhi -2, Goyl Saab Publishers, 1998.

14

MAT4501CM LINEAR ALGEBRA

(Theory)



• apply the different concepts and methods in vector spaces and inner product spaces

• compute the inverse of a matrix, eigen values and eigen vectors of a matrix using Cayley Hamilton

theorem

• classify various kinds of lattices

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : VECTOR SPACES 15 Hrs.

Definition, examples, subspaces, linear transformations, span of a set

UNIT-II : LINEAR INDEPENDENCE OF VECTORS 20 Hrs.

Linear independence, basis and dimension, rank and nullity, matrix of a linear transformation

UNIT-III : INNER PRODUCT SPACES 15 Hrs.

Definition, examples, orthogonality, orthogonal complement.

UNIT-IV : THEORY OF MATRICES 20 Hrs.

Algebra of matrices, types of matrices, inverse of a matrix, elementary transformations, rank of a

matrix, simultaneous linear equations, characteristic equation and Cayley Hamilton Theorem, eigen

values and eigen vectors of a matrix.

UNIT-V : BILINEAR FORMS AND LATTICES 20 Hrs.

Bilinear forms, quadratic forms, partially ordered sets, lattices, distributive lattices, modular lattices,

Boolean algebras.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam.S and ThangapandiIsaac.A, Modern Algebra, Chennai, Scitech Publications (India)

Pvt Ltd, 2003, Chapters: 5 to9.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Khanna.M.L, Modern Algebra, Meerut, New Delhi, Jai PrakashNath and Co., Educational

Publishers, 1991.

Sharma.S.D, Linear Algebra, Meerut , New Delhi, KedarNath Ram Nath and Co, 1997.

MAT4502CM GRAPH THEORY

(Theory)



• identify the different types of graphs

• explain the various concepts of graphs such as connectedness and directed graphs

• relate the concept of colourability with planarity

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GRAPHS, SUBGRAPHS AND DIRECTED GRAPHS 20 Hrs.

Definitions and examples, degrees, subgraphs, isomorphism, Ramsey numbers, independent sets

and coverings, intersection graphs and line graphs, matrices, definitions and basic properties of

directed graphs

UNIT-II : OPERATIONS ON GRAPHS AND DEGREE SEQUENCES 15 Hrs.

Operations on graphs, degree sequences, graphic sequences

UNIT-III : CONNECTEDNESS AND TREES 20 Hrs.

Walks, trails, paths, connectedness, components, blocks, connectivity, characterization of trees,

centre of a tree

15

UNIT-IV : TRAVERSABILITY 15 Hrs.

Eulerian and Hamiltonian graphs, Matchings

UNIT-V : PLANARITY AND COLOURABILITY 20 Hrs.

Definition, properties, characterization of planar graphs, chromatic number, chromatic index, the

five - colour theorem

TEXT BOOK(S)

ArumugamS.andRamachandran S, Invitation to Graph Theory, Chennai, Scitech Publications Pvt

Ltd, 2005, Chapters: Chapters 2 to 7 Chapter 8(Sections 8.0 to 8.2),Chapter 9(Sections 9.0 to

9.2),Chapter 10 (Sections 10.0,10.1).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Choudum S. A, A first course in Graph Theory, New Delhi, Macmillan Publishing House, 2000.

Kumaravelu. S and SusheelaKumaravelu, Graph theory, Sivakasi, Janki Calendar Corporation,

1999.

MAT4503CM REAL ANALYSIS

(Theory)



• describe the concepts of metric spaces, complete metric spaces, compactness and connectedness

• learn the technique of formal proof of theorems

• solve problems logically

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : METRIC SPACES 20 Hrs.

Definitions, examples, bounded sets in a metric space, open balls, open sets, subspaces, interior of

a set, closed sets, closure, limit points and dense sets.

UNIT-II : COMPLETE METRIC SPACES AND CONTINUITY 20 Hrs.

Completeness, Cantor’s intersection theorem, Baire’s category theorem, definition of continuity,

properties of continuous functions, homeomorphism, uniform continuity, discontinuous functions on

R –definitions and examples only.

UNIT-III : CONNECTEDNESS 15 Hrs.

Definition and examples, connected subsets of R, connectedness and continuity.

UNIT-IV : COMPACTNESS 20 Hrs.

Compact spaces, compact subsets of R, equivalent characterizations for compactness,

compactness and continuity.

UNIT-V : COMPLETION OF A METRIC SPACE 15 Hrs.

Pointwise convergence, uniform convergence -definition and examples only, the metric space C [a,

b], contraction mapping theorem, completion of a metric space.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arumugam.S and ThangapandiIsaac.A., Modern Analysis, Palayamkottai,, New Gamma

Publishers, 2012, Chapters: 2 to 6, Chapter7 (Sections 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.4), Chapters 8,9.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Richard R.Goldberg, Methods of Real Analysis, New Delhi, Oxford and IBH Publishing Company,

1970.

Sharma J.N, Mathematical Analysis-I (Metric Spaces), Meerut, New Delhi, Manoj Printers, 1974-

75.

16

MAT4401CT PROGRAMMING WITH C++

(Lab cum Theory)



• recognize the concept of object oriented programming

• develop programming skills using the syntax involved in C++ programming

• analyze logically and write programs for problems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : TOKENS, EXPRESSIONS AND CONTROL STRUCTURES 7T + 4L Hrs.

Keywords, identifiers, constants, expressions, if statement, switch statement ,while, do…while, for

loops.

UNIT-II : FUNCTIONS IN C++ 10T + 6L Hrs.

The main function, function prototyping, call by reference, return by reference, inline functions,

default arguments, constant arguments, function overloading, friend and virtual functions, math

library functions

UNIT-III : CLASSES, OBJECTS, CONSTRUCTORS AND DESTRUCTORS 10T + 7L Hrs.

Specifying a class, defining member functions, a C++ program with class, making an outside

function inline, nesting of member functions, private member functions, arrays within a class, static

member functions, arrays of objects, objects as function arguments, friend functions, constructors,

parameterized constructors, constructors with default arguments, destructors.

UNIT-IV : OPERATOR OVERLOADING AND INHERITANCE 10T + 7L Hrs.

Defining operator overloading, overloading unary operators, overloading binary operators,

Overloading bineary operators using friend function, Rules for overloading operators. Inheritance -

defining derived classes, single inheritance, making a private member inheritable, multilevel

inheritance, multiple inheritance, abstract classes

UNIT-V : POINTERS, VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS, POLYMORPHISM AND FILES 8T + 6L Hrs.

Pointers to objects, this pointer, pointers to derived classes, virtual functions, classes for file stream

operations, opening and closing a file.

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

• Conditional and looping statements

• Functions and its types

• Classes and object

• Array of objects

• Inheritance

• Overloading and its types

• Constructors and destructors

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balagurusamy E, Object Oriented Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw- Hill

publishing company limited, 2012, Chapters: Chapter 1(1.1 to 1.3), 3( 3.1 to 3.4, 3.19, 3.24),4 (4.1

to 4.11), 5( 5.3 to 5.9, 5.11to 5.15), 6( 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.11), 7( 7.2 to 7.5 & 7.7),8(8.2 to 8.6, 8.10), 9 (

9.1 to 9.5), 11(11.1 to 11.3).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ravichandran D, Programming with C++, New Delhi, Tata McGraw- Hill publishing company

limited, 2002.

YashwantKanetkar, Let us C++, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2006.

17

M.Sc. - Mathematics

PGM2421M ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH

(Theory)



• relate the concepts in theory,computations and applications of Operation Research

• recognize advanced topics and their applications in Operations Research

• know the different models of Operations Research and analyze the algorithms in linear

programming

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DETERMINISTIC DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING 10 Hrs.

Recursive Nature of Computations in DP , Forward and Backward Recursion

UNIT-II : APPLICATIONS OF DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING 15 Hrs.

Cargo – Loading Model, Work Force Size Model, Equipment Replacement Model, Investment

Model

UNIT-III : UN CONSTRAINED NON LINEAR PROGRAMMING ALGORITHMS 10 Hrs.

Direct Search Method, Gradient Method

UNIT-IV : CONSTRAINED NON LINEAR PROGRAMMING ALGORITHMS 15 Hrs.

Separable Programming, Separable Convex Programming, Quadratic Programming

UNIT-V : 10 Hrs.

Chance-constrained Programming, Linear Combinations Method, SUMT Algorithm

TEXT BOOK(S)

Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research: An Introduction, Eighth Edition, New Delhi, Prentice Hall

of India Pvt. Ltd, 2008, Chapters: 10 [ 10.1, 10.2, 10.3(10.3.1 – 10.3.4)],19.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

KantiSwarup, P.K. Gupta, ManMohan, Operations Research, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and Co,

1996.

18

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)

Sem Course Code Course Title Offered

To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

CA1 CA2 CA3 Test Assn Quiz FLab Total

Theory Lab Viva Exam Hrs.

TH LA RM RM RM No RM No RM No RM No RM RM GM RM RM TH Lab

I MAT1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH MATHEMATICS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I MAT1301FM TRIGONOMETRY AND THEORY OF EQUATIONS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I MAT1501CM DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II MAT2201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR MATHEMATICS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II MAT2402CM SEQUENCES AND SERIES AUMAT TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II MAT2403CM ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY OF 3D AUMAT SUMAT

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II MAE2401AT PROGRAMMING IN C SUMAT LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAT3401CM VECTOR ANALYSIS AND DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY AUMAT SUMAT

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAT3402CM COMBINATORICS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAT3501CM MODERN ALGEBRA AUMAT SUMAT

TH 6 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

19

III MAT3502CM STATISTICS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAE3401AT PROGRAMMING WITH C++ SUMAT LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

III MAT3401AT PROGRAMMING IN C AUMAT LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

IV MAE4501CM DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS SUMAT TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV MAT4201SS QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE AUMAT SUMAT

TH 2 -- -- -- -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV MAT4501CM LINEAR ALGEBRA AUMAT SUMAT

TH 6 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV MAT4502CM GRAPH THEORY AUMAT SUMAT

TH 6 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV MAT4503CM REAL ANALYSIS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 6 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV MAT4401CT PROGRAMMING WITH C++ AUMAT LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

CA-Continuous Assessment; TH-Theory; LA-Lab; LT-Lab-cum-Theory; RM-Required Maximum; GM-Given Maximum; Column of Offer To=> AU-Aided UG; SU-Self-Financed UG; AP-Aided PG; SP-Self-Financed PG; SM-MPhil; SD-Diploma; ALLM-All Major; ALLS-All Science; ALLH-All Humanities

Courses offered to other Departments (UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




ALL MAT0402CD TRANSFORMATION GEOMETRY ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL MAT0403CD CODING THEORY ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL MAT0404CD SET THEORY AND NUMBER SYSTEM ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

20

ALL MAT0405CD FUZZY SETS AND FUZZY LOGIC ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

I MAT1421AA ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRY AND VECTORS AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II MAT2411AA CALCULUS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS AUPHY/ SUPHY

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II MAT2421AA CALCULUS AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAE3441AA PREPARATORY COURSE IN MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

SUBBA TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MAT3411AA PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, STATISTICS AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

AUPHY/ SUPHY

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MATQ3431AA APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS AUZOO SUBTE

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III MATQ3432AA MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --


Evaluation Pattern of the Student (PG)

Sem Course Code Course Title Offer

To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn

Quiz Seminar

FLab Project

Fd.Work

Term/ Mini/ Viva Total

Theory Lab Viva

Exam Hrs.

TH LA No RM No RM No RM RM RM RM RM GM RM TH Lab

II PGM2421M ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH APMAT TH 4 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

TH-Theory; LA-Lab; LT-Lab-cum-Theory; PR-Project; RM-Required Maximum; GM-Given Maximum; Column of Offer To=> AU-Aided UG; SU-Self-Financed UG; AP-Aided PG; SP-Self-Financed PG; SM-MPhil; SD-Diploma; ALLM-All Major; ALLS-All Science; ALLH-All Humanities

21

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Physics



passed in the Academic Council meeting held on April 3, 2013 (Appendix “AU”).

The department is now presenting the course profile, course content & evaluation pattern for Semesters III

& IV of the Undergraduate programme of 2013 batch.

As the hours for Part I and II have increased to 6, the modified course profile, course content & evaluation

pattern for Semesters I & II of 2014 batch are being presented.

B.Sc. Physics with Computer Applications - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



CHE1401AA FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE1401SA

PHY1201FS PHYSICS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS 2 2

PHY1302FM FOUNDATION PHYSICS 4 3

PHY1501CM MECHANICS 5 5 AU-2013


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 20



MAT2411AA CALCULUS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS 5 4 AU-2013 as

MAT2411SA

PHY2201FS DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SKILLS 2 2

PHY2502CM ELECTRONICS - I 5 5

PHY2202CP LAB - I 3 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 22

2013 Batch

III MAT3411AA PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, STATISTICS AND

COMPLEX ANALYSIS

5 4

PHY3401CM WAVE OPTICS 4 4

PHY3402CM ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM 4 4

PHY3403CT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4

PHY3201CP LAB PHYSICS - II 3 2

22

PHY3202CP LAB PHYSICS - III 3 2



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 25

IV PHY4401CM ELECTRONICS - II 4 4

PHY4402CM MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS 4 4

PHY4403CM ATOMIC & QUANTUM PHYSICS 4 4

PHYQ4501CM / NON- CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES / 5 5

PHYQ4502CM BASICS IN ASTROPHYSICS

PHY4201CP LAB PHYSICS - IV 3 2

PHY4201SP CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS THROUGH FOSS (LAB) 2 2

PHY4202CP LAB PHYSICS - V 3 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 27

B.Sc. - Physics with Computer Applications - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



PHY1201FS PHYSICS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS 2 2

PHY1302FM FOUNDATION PHYSICS 4 3

PHY1501CM MECHANICS 5 5 AU-2013

PHE1401AT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4 AU-2013 as

PHE1401SA


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 20



MAT2411AA CALCULUS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS 5 4 AU-2013 as

MAT2411SA

PHY2201FS DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SKILLS 2 2

PHY2502CM ELECTRONICS - I 5 5

PHY2202CP LAB - I 3 2

23


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 22

2013 Batch

III MAT3411AA PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS, STATISTICS AND

COMPLEX ANALYSIS

5 4

PHY3401CM WAVE OPTICS 4 4

PHY3402CM ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM 4 4

PHE3401CT OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING FOR PHYSICISTS 3T + 2L 4

PHY3201CP LAB PHYSICS - II 3 2

PHY3202CP LAB PHYSICS - III 3 2



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 25

IV PHY4401CM ELECTRONICS - II 4 4

PHY4402CM MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS 4 4

PHE4501CM INTRODUCTION TO LAMP 6 5

PHY4201CP LAB PHYSICS - IV 3 2

PHY4201SP CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS THROUGH FOSS (LAB) 2 2

PHY4202CP LAB PHYSICS - V 3 2

PHE4201CP WEB DESIGNING LAB 3 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 25



To

Hrs./


ALL PHY0403CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS I ALLM -- 4

ALL PHY0404CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS II ALLM -- 4

I PHY1401AA GENERAL PHYSICS AUMAT/

SUMAT

5 4 AU-2013 as

PHY1401SA

II PHY2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS ALLM 2 2

III PHY3401AA BASIC PHYSICS AUCHE 5 4

24

PHY0403CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS I

(Self-Learning - Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME :


• develop problem solving skills at an advanced level

• apply the knowledge of Mechanics, Wave Motions and Optics to real time situations

• recognize the use of mathematics in physics

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I :

Students are required to conceptualize and perform two experiments related to Newton’s laws

and its applications, momentum, rotational kinematics and dynamics

UNIT-II :

Students are required to conceptualize and perform two experiments related to angular

momentum, work, kinetic energy and potential energy

UNIT-III :

Advanced problems in oscillations & wave motion

UNIT-IV :

Advanced problems in interference, diffraction

UNIT-V :

Advanced problems in polarization

TEXT BOOK(S)

Halliday D, Resnick. R. and Krane K.S, Physics, 5th Ed, Volume I, New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons,

Inc, 2010, Chapters: 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 17, 18.

Halliday D., Resnick R., & Krane K.S, Physics, 5th edition, Volume 2, New Delhi: John Wiley &

Sons, Inc., 2010, Chapters: 41, 42, 44.

PHY0404CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS II

(Self-Learning - Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME :


• develop problem solving skills at an advanced level

• acquire comprehensive knowledge on the applications Electricity and Magnetism

• recognize the use of mathematics in physics

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I :

Advanced problems in Coulomb’s law, Gauss law

UNIT-II :

Advanced problems in electric field and potential

UNIT-III :

Students are required to conceptualize and perform two experiments related to resistances,

capacitances and DC circuits

25

UNIT-IV :

Students are required to conceptualize and perform two experiments related to magnetic

force, magnetic field of a current

UNIT-V :

Advanced problems in Faraday’s law, inductance and alternating currents

TEXT BOOK(S)

D. Halliday, R. Resnick and K.S. Krane, Physics, 5th edition, Volume 2, New Delhi: John Wiley &

Sons, Inc, 2010, Chapters: 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alvin Halpern, 3000 solved Problems in Physics, New Delhi, Tata McGrawHill Publishing

Company Ltd, 2002.

Edward Gettys W., Frederick J.Keller & Malcolm J.Skove, Physics Classical and Modern, USA,

McGrawHill Publishing Company, 1989.

Morton M.Sternheim & Joseph W.Kane, General Physics, New Delhi, John Wiley & sons, 1986.

PHY1201FS PHYSICS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS

(Theory)



• develop her vocabulary and reading with understanding

• write continuously in her own words

• assemble key points and develop a bulleted summary

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : LISTENING 8 Hrs.

Listening to a paragraph / poem with Physics content to identify key points and concepts

(through objective type questions) – Focused Listening Tasks (using prompt questions to enhance

understanding) - Pre-Listening Activities (giving same questions before and after the listening task)

UNIT-II : SPEAKING 8 Hrs.

Speaking for few minutes on a chosen Physics topic – Tense –Voice: Active & Passive -

articles

UNIT-III : READING 7 Hrs.

Vocabulary building: specialized words in Physics and their English equivalent meaning -

Building understanding through ordering a paragraph according to a logical sequence -

Comprehension: Literal comprehension of a passage , drawing inferences , critical evaluation of

content through guided questions

UNIT-IV : WRITING 7 Hrs.

Developing hints to write an essay in a Physics topic – paraphrasing a passage through

guided tasks (skimming, identifying key points, connecting with previous knowledge) – Developing

bulleted summary

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

A Constantin M Kassab, Increasing the motivation for Physics using English as a medium of

teaching, Book of Abstracts, GIREP-EPEC Conference, Opatija, Croatia, Frontiers of Physics

Education, 2007.

26

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.scribd.com/doc/925272/English-through-conceptual-Physics-LeThuyHang-

http://www.ets.org/Media/Tests/PRAXIS/pdf/0720.pdf

http://media.otago.ac.nz/r73SjLdJm2/793kw5L8/Effective_Reading_Strategies.pdf

http://www.edu.gov.on.ca/eng/studentsuccess/thinkliteracy/files/reading.pdf

http://www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/navy/writing_skills_test.pdf

http://www.bcc.cuny.edu/english/PDF/Student_Handbook_CATW.pdf

http://www.kent.ac.uk/careers/sk/written-communication.htm

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

http://www.ph.utexas.edu/~gleeson/httb/httb.html - Eric Smith, -Fundamental Concepts of Century

Physics

Feynmann R.P., Leighton R.B. & Sands M, The Feynmann Lectures on Physics, Vol:1-6, Narosa

Publishing house, New Delhi, 1986.

Hugh D. Young, Roger A. Freedman, and A. Lewis Ford, University Physics with Modern Physics,

13th ed., Pearson Education, San Francisco, 2012.

Jerold Touger, Introductory Physics Building Understanding, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 2006

Paul G. Hewitt, Conceptual Physics, 6th ed., Harper Collins Publishers, USA. 1989

Resnick, Halliday and Krane, Physics, Vol. 1, 5th Edition , John Wiley & Sons (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd. New

Delhi, 2002.

Venkataraman G. and Vignettes in Physics (A series by Venkatraman), Universities Press (India)

Ltd. New Delhi, 1993 - 2001.

READING AND DISCUSSION IN CLASS:

Amrita Shah and Vikram Sarabhai: A Life, Penguin Books India , 2007

PHY1302FM FOUNDATION PHYSICS

(Theory)



• acquire knowledge of wave motion and energy transfer in Simple Harmonic Oscillators

• apply the principles of image formation for lenses

• use elementary mathematics in circuit analysis

• describe the basic principles of classical thermodynamics

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : VIBRATIONS AND WAVES 12 Hrs.

Types of mechanical waves - periodic waves-mathematical description of a wave-speed of a

transverse wave - wave interference, boundary conditions and superposition - standing waves on a

string – normal modes of a string – resonance and sound- beats – the Doppler effect.

UNIT-II : OPTICS 12 Hrs.

The Nature of light-the two personalities of light- waves, wave fronts and rays-reflection and

refraction-the laws of reflection and refraction-index of refraction and the wave aspects of light- total

internal reflection- application of total internal reflection- dispersion- thin lenses-properties of a lens-

image of an extended object: converging lenses- diverging lenses-the lens maker’s equation

graphical methods for lenses

27

UNIT-III : HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS 12 Hrs.

Temperature and thermal equilibrium –thermometers and temperature scales- gas

thermometers and Kelvin scale - thermal expansion-quantity of heat- Thermodynamic systems –

work done during volume changes-paths between thermodynamic states - internal energy and first

law of thermodynamics.

UNIT-IV : ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS 12 Hrs.

Bohr atom model – Energy levels – electron waves - Hydrogen energy levels in the Bohr atom

model – wave particle duality – probability – uncertainty – nuclear stability and radioactivity –

nuclear reactions – nuclear fission – nuclear fusion.

UNIT-V : DC & AC CIRCUITS 12 Hrs.

Resistors in series and in parallel- Kirchhoff’s rules-Electrical measuring instruments - RC

circuits-mutual inductance-self-inductance and inductors-magnetic field energy-the RL circuit-the

LC circuit-the LRC series circuit.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Hugh D. Young, Roger A. Freedman , A. Lewis Ford , Sears & Zemansky’s, University Physics

with Modern Physics, Thirteenth Edition, New Delhi: Pearson Education, 2013, Chapters: 15.1-

15.4,15.6-15.8,16.5,16.7,16.8,17.1-17.5, 19.1-19.4,26.1-26.4,30,33.1-33.4,34.4.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Harris Benson, University Physics, New Delhi, Wiley India (P) Ltd., 2008.

Jerold Touger, Introductory Physics - Building Understanding, New Delhi, Wiley India (P) Ltd.,

2006.

Resnick, Halliday, and Krane, Physics, 5th ed, Vol. 1, New Delhi, John Wiley & Sons, 2010.

Vincent P. Coletta, College Physics, Mussouri, Mosby- Year Book, 1995.

WEBSITE(S) :

Optics - http://www.upscale.utoronto.ca/GeneralInterest/Harrison/Flash/#optics

Waves - http://www.physicsclassroom.com/mmedia/#waves

[Heat and Thermodynamics - http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/heacon.html

PHY2201FS DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SKILLS

(Theory)



• interpret data graphically

• deduce mathematical relationship between variables

• identify uncertainties in measurements through computerized representation

• write an effective lab report

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : IDENTIFYING THE NATURE OF GRAPHS 10 Hrs.

Recognizing mathematical relationships in different physical phenomena through graphs

(linear, parabolic, inverse, inverse square, log, exponential, sinusoidal etc.) – slope and area under

the curve and its physical interpretation – linearizing a non-linear curve

UNIT-II : PROCESSING RAW DATA 10 Hrs.

Decimal places and significant figures – precision and uncertainty - Identifying dependent and

independent variables – plotting data with appropriate scale – ignoring faulty data - curve fitting -

plotting with Excel – uncertainty in slope and intercept

28

UNIT-III : REPORTING SKILL 10 Hrs.

Analysis of experimental results-writing a guided lab report including abstract, introduction,

data analysis (mathematical and graphical) - conclusion and sources of error with hypothetical data.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

John R. Taylor, An Introduction To Error Analysis The Study Of Uncertainties In Physical

Measurements, United states of America, University Science Books, 1982.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://mrnorton.com/assignment_caledar/GraphingStudentGuide.pdf

http://store.aqa.org.uk/qual/newgcse/pdf/AQA-4180-W-TRB-RL.PDF

http://www.staff.fcps.net/kgill/Physics/Graphing_Stu_Guide.pdf

http://www.visionlearning.com/library/module_viewer.php?mid=156#

http://www.howtodothings.com/education/online-guide-for-error-analysis-in-physics

http://nebula.deanza.edu/~newton/labskillsmanual/labskillsmanual.pdf

http://www.staff.fcps.net/kgill/Physics/Graphing_Stu_Guide.pdf

http://www.physics.pomona.edu/sixideas/labs/LRM/LR05.pdf

http://asaphysics.wikispaces.com/file/viewworksheet+interpreting+graphs+ans+key.pdf

http://panda.unm.edu/Courses/Saul/Physics1/1-ScienceReasoning/07_U1_Reading-sigfigs.pdf

http://modeling.asu.edu/Modeling-pub/Mechanics_curriculum/1-Sci%20Thinking/08_U1%20ws2.pdf

http://modeling.asu.edu/Modeling-pub/Mechanics_curriculum/1-Sci%20Thinking/05_U1%20ws1.pdf

http://www.phy.ilstu.edu/slh/Common%20Graph%20Forms.pdf

http://cmapspublic3.ihmc.us/rid=1221423161983_692379701_12565/A01%20-

%20Pos%20vs%20Time%20Graphs%20%26%20motion%20maps.pdf

http://kernphysics.wikispaces.com/file/view/WS+2+Position+v+Time+%26+Velocity+v+Time.pdf

http://modelinginstruction.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/04/Mechanics-Unit-2-sample-.pdf

http://www.ames.k12.ia.us/staff/elizabethbrenneman/sites/12-13/AP%20Physics%2012-

/Unit%201%20Kinematics%2012-13/Motion%20worksheets%20and%20keys.pdf

http://www.cusd200.org/2354201110175042790/lib/2354201110175042790/Unit_2_NEW_NEW.pdf

http://astro.pas.rochester.edu/~aquillen/phy103/Labs/old/P103LabManualF2007.pdf

PHY2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS

(Theory)



• relate the connection between physics and human environment [ni]

• recognize the structure, composition of the atmosphere and the global weather conditions [ni]

• identify the use of renewable energy resources

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PHYSICS IN HUMAN ENVIRONMENT 10 Hrs.

Laws of thermodynamics, - thermodynamics and the human body - Energy and metabolism -

Energy transfers: Concepts of Conduction, Convection, Radiation and Evaporation - Survival in

cold and hot climates

UNIT-II : THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT 10 Hrs.

Townscape – Energy in the city – Transportation – Water for urban environment – Lighting –

Urban pollution – Smog – Acid rain – Car as an urban pollutant – Noise pollution

29

UNIT-III : ENERGY FOR LIVING 10 Hrs.

World energy demand - World energy supplies – Basic concepts of Energy sources: Fossil

fuels, Nuclear power: Nuclear fission & fusion, Solar energy, Hydroelectric power, Tidal power ,

Biomass and biofuels, Geothermal power

TEXT BOOK(S)

Dželalija M, Lecture Notes on Environmental Physics, Split, 2004.

Nigel Mason and Peter Hughes, Taylor and Francis, Introduction to Environmental Physics:

Planet Earth, Life and Climate, London, 2001., Chapters: 2.1 , 2.2, 2.3.1, 2.3.3, 2.3.4, 2.4.1 -

2.4.4, 2.5, 2.6, 4.1 – 4.11, 5.1 - 5.5, 5.7, 5.8, 5.10 - 5.12.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Clare Smith, Environmental Physics, Haryana, Replica Press Pvt. Ltd, 2004.

Erach Bharucha, Text book of Environmental Studies,, Hyderabad,, UGC,University Press

(India) Pvt. Ltd, 2013.

PHY2502CM ELECTRONICS - I

(Theory)



• recognize the development of electronics in discrete components

• develop a strong foundation in electronics

• design and analyze wave shaping, regulating, amplifier and switching circuits

• compare the functioning of unipolar and bipolar junction transistors

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION AND DIODE CIRCUITS 20 Hrs.

Thevenin’s Theorem – Norton’s Theorem - The half- wave rectifier- The transformer- The full-

wave rectifier- The Bridge- rectifier- The Choke- input filter- The Capacitor- input Filter- -Clippers

and Limiters- Clampers- The Zener Diode- The Loaded Zener Regulator – Second approximation

of Zener Diode- Zener Drop- out point

UNIT-II : TRANSISTOR FUNDAMENTALS AND BIASING 20 Hrs.

The unbiased transistor – The biased transistor- transistor currents – The CE Connection -

The base curve- Collector Curves- Transistor Approximation -– Variation in Current gain – The

Load Line – The Operating Point - Recognizing Saturation – The transistor Switch- Emitter Bias -

The effect of small changes - Voltage- Divider Bias- Accurate VDB Analysis- VDB Load and Q

Point – Two- Supply Emitter Bias- Other Types of Bias - PNP transistor

UNIT-III : VOLTAGE AMPLIFIERS 15 Hrs.

Base- Biased Amplifier- Emitter- Biased Amplifier- small- Signal Operation- AC Beta- AC

Resistance of the Emitter Diode- Two transistor Models- Analysing an Amplifier- Voltage gain – The

Loading Effect of Input Impedance- Multistage Amplifier- Swamped Amplifier

UNIT-IV : POWER AMPLIFIERS 10 Hrs.

CC Amplifier - Output impedance - Darlington connections - amplifier terms – two load lines –

Class A operation – Class B operation – Class B push-pull Emitter Follower

UNIT-V : JFETS AND MOSFETS 10 Hrs.

JFETS- Basic ideas-Drain curves-The transconductance curve-Biasing in the Ohmic region-

Biasing in the active region - Transconductance-JFET amplifiers- The JFET analog switch-

30

MOSFETS-The depletion-mode MOSFET- D-MOSFET curves – The enhancement - mode

MOSFET - The ohmic region.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Albert P.Malvino, & David J. Bates, Electronic Principles, seventh edition, New Delhi: Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2009, Chapters: 1.5, 1.6, 4.1 – 4.6, 4.10, 4.11, 5.1- 5.4, 6.1

– 6.7, 7.1 – 7.6, 7.8, 8.1 -8.5, 8.7, 9.1 – 9.7, 10.1 – 10.4, 11.1, 11.2, 11.4, 12.1- 12.5, 13.1-13.8,

14.1, 14.2, 14.4, 14.5.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bandyopadhyay T.K, Basic & Applied Electronics (Theory & Practical), Kolkata, Books and

Allied Pvt. Ltd, 2002..

Horowitz P. and Hill W, The Art of Electronics, 2nd ed, India, Cambridge University Press, 1989..

Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Electronic Devices and Circuits, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006.

John.D.Ryder, Electronic Fundamentals and Applications, 5th ed, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of

India Private Ltd, 1989..

Kar R.K, Electronics (Classical and Modern), Kolkata, Books and Allied Pvt. Ltd, 2004.

Sedha R.S, A text book of Applied Electronics, Revised edition, New Delhi, S. Chand &

Company Ltd, 2013.

Theraja B.L, & Dr.Sedha.R.S, Principles of Electronic Devices and Circuits, Revised ed, New

Delhi, S.Chand & Company Ltd, 2011.

PHY2202CP LAB - I

(Lab)



• practice handling basic measuring instruments

• recognize a few basic concepts in Mechanics , Optics and Electrical circuits

• develop the skill of observation and make meaningful conclusions and

• write an effective lab report

COURSE OUTLINE :

EXPERIMENTS / LAB : 45 Hrs.

1. Handling basic laboratory instruments (screw guage, travelling microscope, spectrometer,

spherometer, CRO, multimeter, breadboard, colour code)

2. Study of LR & RC circuits

3. Study of network circuits with resistors (Thevenizing a circuit / Nortonizing a circuit)

4. Study of network circuits with resistors and reactances (parallel LCR circuit / series LCR

circuit)

5. Diode / Zener Diode characteristics

6. Clippers /Clampers

7. Study of Collisions

8. Study of rigid body oscillations (Torsional/bifilar/compound pendula)

9. Study of Frictional forces

10. Study of Refraction ( Lenses / Prisms)

11. Study of Lens system (simple and compound microscope/eye and its defects)

12. Phasor diagrams of LR, RC and LCR circuits

31

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bhattacharya C.K, University Practical Physics with Viva-Voce, New Delhi, CBS publishers and

distributors, 1984.

Chattopadhyay D, Rakshit P.C. & Saha B, An Advanced course in Practical Physics, 6th ed,

Kolkata, New Central Book Agency Pvt. Ltd, 2003.

Francis W.Sears, Mark W.Zemansky, & Hugh D.Young, College Physics, 4th ed, Singapore,

Addison-Wesley publishing company, 1974..

Grob .B, Basic Electronics, 8th ed, New Delhi, McGraw – Hill International Publications, 1989.

Gupta S.L & Kumar V, Practical Physics with Viva-Voce, 23rd ed, Meerut, Pragatiprakashan

publishers, 1998.

Malvino, Electronic Principles, 6th ed, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd,

2005.

Ouseph C C, Rao U J and Vijayendran V, Practical Physics and Electronics, Chennai, S.

Viswanathan Printers & Publishers pvt. Ltd, 2011.

Palanisamy P K, Physics Laboratory Manual, Chennai, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd,

2002.

PHY3401AA BASIC PHYSICS

(Theory)



• apply Newton’s laws to different physical systems

• interpret the concept of wave phenomena

• explain a range of electrical behavior

• relate electric and magnetic forces

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : LINEAR DYNAMICS 15 Hrs.

Introduction- Measurements and Units-Motion: Displacement, Velocity-Acceleration –Constant

acceleration and equations of motion-Vectors-Vector components-Newton’s First law: Inertia and

the concept of force- Newton’s second and third laws-Application of Newton’s second and third

laws in two dimensions.

UNIT-II : MOMENTUM AND ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS 15 Hrs.

The law of conservation of energy-Impulse and momentum- Conservation of momentum-

momentum and center of mass-Circular motion-Universal law of gravitation- Measures of rotation-

angular velocity and angular acceleration-Torque and angular acceleration- Rotational kinetic

energy- Angular momentum

UNIT-III : WAVES AND OSCILLATIONS 15 Hrs.

Oscillations-Qualitative discussion of an oscillator-Forced oscillations and frequency

matching- Transverse and longitudinal waves- Periodic waves- Standing waves and superposition-

Sound waves- Resonance - Sources of musical sound-Wave optics: waves in two dimensions-

Young’s double slit experiment

UNIT-IV : ELECTRICITY 15 Hrs.

Electrical Phenomena: charges – Coulomb’s Law - Electron gas and the effect of uneven

charge distributions- Electric fields - Gauss’ law-Superposition of fields-Electric potential and

potential differences

32

UNIT-V : MAGNETISM 15 Hrs.

Introduction to Magnetic field- Connections between Magnetism and Electricity – Magnetic

forces: Quantitative treatment, circular motion- Dependence of magnetic field on its source-

Magnetic materials- Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction- Lenz’s law

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jerold Touger, Introductory Physics - Building understanding, New Delhi: John Willey & Sons,

2006, Chapters: 1.1, 1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3, 3.4, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.5, 8.1, 8.3, 9.1-9.5,

13.1, 13.2, 13.7, 14.1, 14.3, 14.5-14.7, 15.2, 15.5, 18.1-18.3, 19.1, 19.2, 19.4, 19.6, 22.1-22.4,

22.7, 22.8, 23.2, 23.3, 23.5.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Douglas C. Giancoli, Physics, 4th ed, USA, Prentice Hall Inc, 1995.

Hans. C. Ohanian, Physics, USA, W. W. Norton & Company, 1985.

Hugh D. Young, Roger A. Freedman and A. Lewis Ford, University Physics with Modern

Physics, 13th ed, San Francisco, Pearson Education, 2012.

Resnick, Halliday, and Krane, Physics, 5th ed, Vol. 1, New Delhi, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.

Vincent P. Coletta, College Physics, Mussouri, Mosby- Year Book, 1995.

PHY3401CM WAVE OPTICS

(Theory)



• recognize the phenomenon of interference, diffraction and polarization

• explain the working of optical instruments

• solve simple problems in interference, diffraction and polarization

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Interference 12 Hrs.

Wave nature of light – wavelength and frequency - coherence – Young’s double slit

experiment – Intensity distribution in double slit interference pattern – interference from thin films –

multiple films – antireflection coatings - Newton’s rings - Michelson’s interferometer

UNIT-II : Fraunhofer Diffraction 12 Hrs.

Diffraction – single slit diffraction – intensity distribution in single slit diffraction – Diffraction at

a circular aperture – The Airy pattern - Interference and diffraction at a double slit –Multiple slits –

Diffraction gratings – Dispersion and Resolving power.

UNIT-III : Fresnel Diffraction 12 Hrs.

Shadows – Fresnel’s half period zones – Diffraction by a circular aperture – Diffraction by a

circular obstacle – Zone plate – Apertures and obstacles with straight edges – strip division of the

wave front –cornu’s spiral –Fresnel’s integrals –the straight edge.

UNIT-IV : Polarization 12 Hrs.

Light as an electromagnetic wave – E and B fields - Polarization of Electromagnetic waves –

Plane polarized light - Polarizing sheets – Malus’ Law - Polarization by reflection – pile of plates

polarizer – polarization by double refraction (birefringence) – Wave plates - Circular Polarization –

Polarization by Scattering – polarization of sunlight by light scattering in the atmosphere.

UNIT-V : Optical Instruments 12 Hrs.

The Human eye - Magnifiers – Types of magnifiers – Spectacle lenses – Microscopes –

Microscope Objectives –Occulars and eyepieces –Astronomical Telescopes - Huygens eyepiece –

Ramsden eyepiece – Grating and Prism spectrometers.

33

TEXT BOOK(S)

Francis A. Jenkins and Harvey E.White, Fundamentals of Optics, 4th edition, USA: McGraw-Hill,

Inc., 2011, Chapters: 10.1,10.8-10.16; 18.1-18.5,18.7-18.11.

Resnick, Halliday and Krane, Physics, 5th edition, Vol-II, New Delhi: John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2010,

Chapters: 41, 42, 43.1-43.3, 44, 46.1.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ajoy Ghatak, Optics, 3rd edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2005.

Subrahmanyam N., BrijLal and Avadhaulu M.N., A Text Book Of Optics, NewDelhi, S.Chand &

Company Ltd, 2006.

PHY3402CM ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM

(Theory)



• explain the basics of electrostatics and magnetism

• interpret the dielectric behavior of matter in an electric field

• apply vector analysis to electricity

• calculate forces, fields and potentials related to physical situations

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ELECTRIC CHARGE AND FIELD 12 Hrs.

Electric charge - Nuclear model of the atom - Coulomb’s law –the electric field – electric field

of point charges – electric field of continuous charge distributions – electric field lines – a point

charge in an electric field – a dipole in an electric field

UNIT-II : GAUSS’ LAW 12 Hrs.

The flux of a vector field – the flux of the electric field – Gauss’ law – applications of Gauss’

law – Gauss’ law and conductors – experimental tests of Gauss’ law and Coulomb’s law

UNIT-III : ELECTRIC POTENTIAL 12 Hrs.

Potential energy – electric potential energy – electric potential – calculating the potential from

the field – potential due to point charge distributions – calculating the field from the potential –

equipotential surfaces – the potential of a charged conductor – the electrostatic accelerator

UNIT-IV : THE MAGNETIC FIELD 12 Hrs.

Magnetic dipoles – magnetic force on a moving charge – circulating charges – the Hall effect

– magnetic force on a current carrying wire – torque on a current loop

UNIT-V : ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES AND CAPACITANCE 12 Hrs.

A conductor in an electric field : dynamic conditions – ohmic materials – ohms law – Insulator

in an electric field - capacitors – capacitance – calculating the capacitance – capacitors in series

and parallel – energy storage in an electric field – capacitor with dielectric

TEXT BOOK(S)

Halliday, Resnick and Krane, Physics, 5th edition, Volume II, Singapore: John Wiley & Sons, 2010,

Chapters: 25.2, 25.4, 25.5, 26, 27, 28, 29.3-29.6, 30, 32.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arthur F. Kip, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, Second edition, USA, McGraw-Hill

Inc, 1969.

Tewari K.K, Electricity and Magnetism, Second edition, New Delhi, S. Chand & Company Ltd,

1995.

34

PHE3401CT OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING FOR PHYSICISTS

(Lab cum Theory)



• recognize the use of different data structures

• develop logical thinking

• apply programming concepts in physics problems.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Overview of C++ 9T + 6L Hrs.

Two versions of C++-C++ console/O-C++ comments- Classes:a first look-some differences

between C and C++ -introducing function overloading-C++ keywords-constructor and destructor

functions-constructors that take parameters-introducing inheritance-object pointers-classes,

structures and unions are related-in-line functions-automatic in-lining.

UNIT-II : CLASSES, ARRAYS AND POINTERS 9T + 6L Hrs.

Assigning objects-passing objects to functions-returning objects from functions-an introduction

to friend functions-arrays of objects-using pointers to objects- this pointer-using new AND delete-

more about new AND delete-references-passing references to objects-returning references-

independent references and restrictions.

UNIT-III : FUNCTION AND OPERATOR OVERLOADING 9T + 6L Hrs.

Overloading constructor functions-creating and using a copy constructor-the overload

ANACHRONISM-using default arguments-overloading and ambiguity-finding the address of an

overloaded function-the basics of operator overloading -overloading binary operators-overloading

the relational and logical operators-overloading the UNARY operator-using friend operator

functions-a closer look at the assignment operator-overloading the [ ] subscript operator.

UNIT-IV : INHERITANCE AND I/O SYSTEM 9T + 6L Hrs.

Base class access control - using protected members-constructors, destructors and

inheritance-multiple inheritance-virtual base classes-some C++ I/O basics-formatted I/O-using

width ( ), precision, and fill( )-using I/O manipulators-creating your own inserters-creating extractors

UNIT-V : VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS 9T + 6L Hrs.

Pointers to derived classes- introduction to virtual functions – more about virtual functions –

applying polymorphism.

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

Programs on basic datatypes to understand the C++ environment

1. Force and Newton’s law

2. Applications of Newton’s law

3. Collisions, Impulse and Momentum

4. Systems of Particles

5. Rotational Kinematics

6. Projectile motion

7. Optics

8. Thermodynamics

9. Series-Parallel circuit analysis

10. Network analysis of dc circuits

35

TEXT BOOK(S)

Herbert schildt, Teach Youself C++, 5th Edition: Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2013, Chapters: 1 to 7,8,10.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

E. Balaguruswamy, Object Oriented Programming with C++, 6th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2013.

Yashavant P. Kanetkar, Let Us C++, 7th edition, Bpb Publications, 2012.

PHY3403CT PROGRAMMING IN C

(Lab cum Theory)



• recognize the use of different data structures

• acquire the skill of working with pointers

• apply programming concepts to solve Physics problems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO C & DATA TYPES 9T + 6L Hrs.

Character Set – Constants, Variables and Keywords – Instructions - type declaration

instruction - control instructions – Data types: integer long and short, signed and unsigned – char -

float and double - storage classes: automatic, register, static and external

UNIT-II : CONTROL STRUCTURE 9T + 6L Hrs.

Decision control structure - if statement - if-else statement - use of logical operators -

conditional operators – loop control structure: loops - while loop - for loop: nesting of loops, multiple

initializations in the for loop - break statement - continue statement - do-while loop - case control

structure: decisions using switch - goto statement

UNIT-III : FUNCTIONS 9T + 6L Hrs.

Introduction to function - passing values between functions - scope rule of functions -

advanced features of functions: function declaration and prototypes - call by value and call by

reference - Pointers - pointer notation - recursion

UNIT-IV : ARRAYS AND POINTERS 9T + 6L Hrs.

Array initialization – pointers and arrays – Two dimensional array: initialization - memory map

- pointers - three dimensional array – array of pointers

UNIT-V : STRINGS & STRUCTURES 9T + 6L Hrs.

String concepts – standard library string functions – two dimensional array of characters –

array of pointers to strings –Structures: declaring a structure – accessing structure elements –

array of structures – additional features and uses of structures

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

PROGRAM EXERCISES ON THE FOLLOWING :

1. Force and Newton’s law

2. Applications of Newton’s law

3. Collisions, Impulse and Momentum

4. Systems of Particles

5. Rotational Kinematics

6. Projectile motion

7. Optics

8. Thermodynamics

9. Series-Parallel circuit analysis

10. Network analysis of dc circuits

36

TEXT BOOK(S)

Yashavant P. Kanetkar, Let Us C, 13th Edition: Bpb Publications, 2013, Chapters: 1-10.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

E. Balagurusamy, Programming in ANSI C, 6th Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2012.

Herbert Schild, The Complete Reference, 4th edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill, 2012.

Yashavant P. Kanetkar, Understanding Pointers in C, 4 th edition, Bpb Publications.

PHY3201CP LAB PHYSICS - II

(Lab)



• employ the principles of measurement and error analysis

• develop skills in experimental design

• analyze observations and make meaningful conclusions

COURSE OUTLINE :


A minimum of 10 experiments tro be done

1. Melde’s string – Standing waves

2. Coefficient of viscosity by flow method

3. Surface tension by capillary rise method

4. Resolving power of telescope

5. Pitch acuity of human ear

6. Damped simple harmonic motion

7. Comparing EMF of two batteries using potentiometer

8. Absolute value of capacitor using BG

9. Electrochemical equivalence of copper

10. Determination of Young’s modulus of the given material

11. Specific heat capacity of a solid using calorimeter

12. Magnetic field due to a current carrying straight wire

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arora C.L., B.Sc.Practical Physics, New Delhi, S.Chand& company Ltd, 2011.

Chattapadhyay D and Rakshit P.C., An Advanced course in Practical Physics, 7th ed, Kolkatta,

New Central Book Agency Pvt., Ltd., 2005.

Gupta S.L & V.Kumar, Practical Physics, 25th ed, Meerut, Pragatiprakashan Publication, 2002.

Ouseph C.C., Rao U.J. and ViyayendranV., Practical Physics and Electronics, Chennai,

S.Viswanathan Printers and Publishers Pvt., Ltd, 2010.

37

PHY3202CP LAB PHYSICS - III

(Lab)



• recognize the process of converting ac signals to dc

• acquire the basics of the designing of voltage, current and power amplifiers using transistors and

JFETS

• analyze the observation and arrive at meaningful conclusions.

COURSE OUTLINE :


A minimum of 10 experiments to be done

1. Full wave rectifier / Bridge rectifier & Filter

2. Voltage Regulator using Zener Diode

3. Voltage Regulator using IC (e.g. IC 7812)

4. Study of logic gates using diodes

5. Transistor biasing- Base bias & Voltage divider bias

6. Transistor biasing – Emitter feedback / Collector feedback & Emitter collector feedback

bias

7. Emitter follower / Source follower

8. CE / CS amplifier

9. Swamped amplifier

10. Study of Darlington pair

11. Push pull amplifier

12. JFET Switch (Series and shunt)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Albert P. Malvino and David J. Bates, Electronic Principles, 7th edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-

Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2009.

Grob .B, Basic Electronics, 10th ed, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2007.

Jacob Millman and Christos C. Halkias, Electronic Devices and Circuits, New Delhi, Tata


PHE4501CM INTRODUCTION TO LAMP

(Theory)



• recognize the use of the web server

• develop static and interactive web pages

• apply open source principles

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : LINUX AND APACHE 20 Hrs.

Linux: Introduction to Linux –History of Linux-Installation of Linux-Installation and

Configuration of LAMP-Basic Commands- Directory Structure-Runlevel and rc Scripts-File System

Basics-File Permissions -Apache WebServer-Apache configuration files-Virtual hosting on Apache-

Web server security.

38

UNIT-II : LINUX &MYSQL 15 Hrs.

Linux Mysql / Apache / PHP Integration (rpm) - source Installation –Database Model- SQL

Operations – SQL commands: Create, insert, delete, update, where- Version Change Logs - Linux

Mysql backup - Linux Mysql Admin Interfaces - Admin: phpMyAdmin / Webmin

UNIT-III : WORKING WITH STRINGS & FORMS 20 Hrs.

Formatting strings with PHP-Investigating strings with PHP-Manipulating Strings with PHP-

Using DATE and TIME functions in PHP-other string,date and time functions-Creating simple input

form-Accessing form input with user-defined arrays-combining HTML and PHP code on single

page-Using hidden fields to save state-Redirecting the user- sending mail on Form Submission-

Working with file uploads

UNIT-IV : WORKING WITH FUNCTIONS & ARRAYS 20 Hrs.

What is a function-calling Functions-Defining a function-Returning value from user defined

functions-variable scope-saving state between Function calls with static statement-more about

Arguments –testing existence of function-What are arrays-Creating Arrays-some ARRAY-Related

functions

UNIT-V : PHP AND MYSQL INTEGRATION 15 Hrs.

Understanding good database design- The importance of good database design-Types of

table relationships-Understanding Normalization-what are transactions and stored procedures-

MySQL versus MySQLi functions-Connecting MySQL using PHP

TEXT BOOK(S)

Julie C.Meloni, Sams Teach yourself PHP, MySQL and Apache, 5th Ed, New Delhi: Pearson

Publishing, 2012, Chapters: 7,8,10, 11, 15,16, 17,18.

Richard Petersen, Fedora 7 &Red Hat Enterprise Linux, The Complete Reference, USA,: Tata

McGraw-Hill Edition, 2010, Chapters: 1, 2,23.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ed Lecky-Thompson, HeowEide-Goodman, Steven D.Nowicki & Alec Cove, Professional PHP5,

New Delhi, Wiley Publishing, 2012.

Lynn Beighley & Michael Morrison, Head First PHP & MySQL, O’REILLY, New Delhi, SHROFF

PUBLISHERS, 2012.

Partrick Galbraith, Developing Web Applications with Apache, MySQL, memcached, and Perl,

New Delhi, Wrox publishers, 2012.

PHY4401CM ELECTRONICS - II

(Theory)



• identify the development of ICs in electronics

• develop a strong foundation in electronics

• use differential amplifier in building op-amps.

• design and analyze linear and non linear op-amp circuits

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIERS 12 Hrs.

The long-tailed pair - The differential amplifier – DC analysis of a differential amplifier – AC

analysis of a differential amplifier- characteristics of the differential amplifier – common mode gain –

The current mirror- the loaded differential amplifier

39

UNIT-II : OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 12 Hrs.

Introduction to Op Amps -The 741 Op Amp – The Inverting amplifier – The noninverting

amplifier – Two Op Amp Applications – Four types of negative feedback– bandwidth - Inverting

amplifier circuits – Noninverting amplifier circuits – Inverter/Noninverter circuits

UNIT-III : LINEAR OP-AMP CIRCUITS 12 Hrs.

Differential amplifiers –Summing amplifier circuits –Active Filters - Ideal responses – Passive

filters – First order stages – VCVS Unity Gain second order low pass filters – VCVS High Pass

filters.

UNIT-IV : NONLINEAR OP-AMP CIRCUITS 12 Hrs.

Comparators with zero reference – comparators with nonzero references – comparators with

Hysteresis – Window comparator – The Integrator – Waveform Conversion – Waveform Generation

- The Differentiator.

UNIT-V : OSCILLATORS 12 Hrs.

Theory of Sinusoidal Oscillation – The Wien-Bridge oscillator –The Colpitts Oscillator - Quartz

Crystals – The 555 Timer – Astable operation of the 555 timer

TEXT BOOK(S)

Albert P.Malvino, & David J. Bates, Electronic Principles, seventh edition, New Delhi: Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2009, Chapters: 17.1-17.5, 17.7,17.8, 18.1-

18.5,19.1,19.7,20.1-20.4,20.6,21.1,21.3,21.4,21.5, 21.8,22.1-22.7,22.10, 23.1, 23.2, 23.4, 23.6-

23.8.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

John.D.Ryder, Electronic fundamentals and applications, Fifth edition, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall

of India Private Ltd, 1999.

Ramakant A. Gayakwad, Op-Amps and linear integrated circuits, Fourth Edition, New Delhi, PHI

Learning private Ltd, 2000.

Salivahanan S, & KanchanaBhaaskaran V.S, Linear Integrated Circuits, seventh reprint, New

Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2011.

Sedha R.S, A text book of Applied Electronics, Revised edition, New Delhi, S.Chand &Company

Ltd, 2013.

PHY4402CM MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS

(Theory)



• illustrate the difference and similarities between different mathematical series

• identify the use of complex numbers in explaining physical realities

• recognize the applications of integrals in solving physics problems

• apply the basic concepts of vectors to physical systems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Applications of Matrices 6 Hrs.

Linear combinations, Linear functions, Linear operators: Linear transformations and

Orthogonal transformations - eigenvalues and eigenvectors

UNIT-II : Power Series 6 Hrs.

Power series; interval of convergence-Theorems about power series-Techniques for obtaining

power series expansions-Multiplication of a series by a polynomial or by another series-Division of

two series or of a series by a polynomial-Binomial series

40

UNIT-III : Complex numbers 12 Hrs.

Complex algebra-Complex infinite series-Complex power series; circle of convergence-

Elementary functions of complex numbers-The exponential and trigonometric functions-Hyperbolic

functions-Logarithms- Inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic functions-Some applications

UNIT-IV : Vector Analysis 18 Hrs.

Vectors-Fields-Directional derivative; gradient-some other expressions involving gradient -Line

integrals-Green’s theorem in the plane-The divergence and the divergence theorem-The curl and

Stokes’ theorem

UNIT-V : Applications of Multiple Integrals 18 Hrs.

Introduction-Double and triple integrals-Applications of integration; single and multiple

integrals

TEXT BOOK(S)

Mary L. Boas, Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences, 3rd Ed, New York: John Wiley &

Sons, 2007, Chapters: 1.10,1.11,1.13,2.5-2.8,2.11-2.13,2.15,2.16,3.4,3.7,3.11,6.5-6.11,5.1-5.3.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Charlie Harper, Introduction to Mathematical Physics, Second edition, New Delhi, Prentice Hall

of India, Private limited, 2007.

Gupta B.D, Mathematical Physics, Third Edition, Delhi, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd, 2004.

Sathya Prakash, Mathematical Physics, 4th edition, New Delhi, Sultan Chand, 2002.

Weber & Arfken, Essential Mathematical Methods For Physicists, New Delhi, Academic Press,

2005.

PHY4403CM ATOMIC & QUANTUM PHYSICS

(Theory)



• compare the wave and particle nature of matter and radiation

• recognize the development of structure of atoms from a semi classical model

• apply quantum mechanical solutions to simple systems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PARTICLE NATURE OF LIGHT 12 Hrs.

Introducing the photon - thermal radiation - the photoelectric effect - the Compton effect - pair

production - the photon revealed - photons and waves - slowing down atoms by photon

bombardment

UNIT-II : WAVE NATURE OF MATTER 12 Hrs.

Matter waves - experimental verification of DeBroglie’s hypothesis - waves and particles -

Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle - the wave function

UNIT-III : ELECTRONS IN POTENTIAL WELLS 12 Hrs.

Schrodinger’s equation-barrier tunneling - Electrons, free and bound-an electron trapped in a

potential well-an electron trapped in a finite well-an electron trapped in an atom

UNIT-IV : ATOMIC STRUCTURE 12 Hrs.

The ground state of the Hydrogen Atom – Angular Momentum of electrons in atoms – An

excited state of the hydrogen atom – Counting the states of hydrogen - The X-ray spectrum of

Atoms – X-rays and the numbering of the elements – Building atoms – The periodic table

41

UNIT-V : EXPERIMENTAL APPLICATIONS 12 Hrs.

Intrinsic Spin – The stern - Gerlach experiment –The Zeeman Effect – Fine structure - Nuclear

magnetic resonance –Lasers

TEXT BOOK(S)

Halliday D, Resnick. R. and Krane K.S, Physics, Vol.2, 5th edition, New Delhi: John Willey& sons,

2010, Chapters: 45, 46, 47, 48.1-48.4,48.7,48.9.

Kenneth Krane, Modern Physics, 2nd edition, New Delhi: John Willey& sons, 1998, Chapters: 3.5,

7.5 , 7.8.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Acosta V et. al, Essentials of Modern Physics, New York, Harper International Edition, 1976.

Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-hill, 2003.

Aruldhas.G & Rajagopal.P, Modern Physics, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Private limited,

2005.

Mathews.P.M & Venkatesan.K, A text book of Quantum Mechanics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw

Hill, 2010.

PHY4501CM NON- CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES

(Theory)



• compare different forms of energy

• acquire knowledge of different methods of harvesting energy

• recognize the use of alternate sources of energy

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : SOLAR ENERGY 15 Hrs.

The Sun -The Earth - Sun Earth radiation spectra – Extraterrestrial and Terrestrial Radiations-

Solar time- Basic Sun-Earth Angles-Solar Radiation Data - Measurement of Solar Radiation data-

Solar collectors-Solar water Heater-Solar cookers-Solar Greenhouse effect - Solar Cell

fundamentals – a typical solar electric installation for home (solar panels, battery and inverter)

UNIT-II : WIND ENERGY 15 Hrs.

Origin of wind - Nature of wind - Wind Turbine Siting - Major Applications of Wind Power- Main

components of the horizontal axis wind turbine -Wind Energy Conversion systems - Wind–Diesel

Hybrid System.

UNIT-III : BIOMASS ENERGY 15 Hrs.

Introduction -Photosynthesis Process-Biofuels-Biomass Resources-Biomass conversion

technologies-Urban Waste to Energy Conversion –Biomass Gasification –Biomass to Ethanol

production-Biogas Production from Waste Biomass.

UNIT-IV : GEOTHERMAL ENERGY AND OCEAN ENERGY 15 Hrs.

Applications-Origin and Distribution of Geothermal Energy-Types of Geothermal sources-

Exploration and Development of geothermal Resources- Tidal energy-Wave Energy-Ocean

Thermal Energy-Thermoelectric power from waste heat

UNIT-V : CHEMICAL ENERGY SOURCES 15 Hrs.

Fuel cells- design and principle of operation of a fuel cell- Classification of fuel cells- Types of

Fuel cells-Hydrogen and fossil fuel cell- Advantages and disadvantages of fuel cells- Batteries

Introduction- basic battery theory-Different types of battery arrangement- classification of batteries

42

– Lead-Acid battery - Nickel cadmium battery – Li-ion battery – batteries used in portable devices

(laptops, cell phones, pace makers) - Hydrogen energy.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Khan B.H, Non Conventional Energy Resources, New Delhi: Tata McGraw –Hill Publishing

Company limited, 2006, Chapters: 4.2- 4.5, 4.7, 4.8, 4.12 ,4.16 ,5.2, 5.3, 5.7, 5.9, 6.2, 7.2 -7.5,

7.8.1-1, 7.9, 7.10, 8.1- 8.9, 9.2-9.5,10.2-10.4, 11.3.

Rai G.D, Non Conventional Energy Sources, 4thEdition, New Delhi: Khanna Publishers, 2009,

Chapters: 10.2.2 -10.2.5, 10.3.1, 10.3.2, 10.3.5, 10.3.6.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Chauhan D.S.and Srivastava S.K, Non-conventional energy resources, II edition, New Delhi,

New Age International (P) Ltd, publishers, 2006.

Hasan Saeed S. and Sharma D.K, Non-Conventional Energy Resources, NewDelhi, S.K.Kataria

&Sons publications, 2008.

Singal R.K, Non-conventional energy resources, New Delhi, International Publishing House

Pvt.Ltd, 2009.

Sukhatme.S.P, Solar energy, II edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw –Hill Publishing Company

limited, 2005.

PHY4502CM BASICS IN ASTROPHYSICS

(Theory)



• recognize the principles involved in astrophysical measurements.

• identify the basic principles behind the formation, evolution and death of stars.

• explain the different theories of the origin of universe.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MEASUREMENT TOOLS OF ASTRONOMY AND OUR SOLAR SYSTEM 12 Hrs.

The refracting telescope - reflecting telescope – new technology telescopes – the CCD-

spectrographs-radio telescopes - Terrestrial and Jovian planets

UNIT-II : OUR SUN AND INTERPLANETARY VAGABONDS 18 Hrs.

The photosphere – the chromosphere – the corona – sunspots and the sunspot cycle –

energy production in the Sun’s core – Bode’s law – asteroids and asteroid belt – Jupiter and Trojan

asteroids – asteroid collisions Classification of meteorites – meteorites and the formation of the

solar system – comets - cometary dust and meteor showers.

UNIT-III : NATURE OF STARS 15 Hrs.

Stellar distances and velocities – absolute magnitude and luminosity – the luminosity function

– star colors and Surface temperatures - spectral classification - The HR diagram – luminosity

classes

UNIT-IV : STELLAR EVOLUTION 15 Hrs.

The interstellar medium – dark nebulae and proto stars – main sequence stars – leaving the

main sequence – red giants – AGB stars and planetary nebulae – dying low mass stars – white

dwarfs – heavy element synthesis – supernovae – pulsars and neutron stars – properties of

neutron stars – black holes.

UNIT-V : GALAXIES AND COSMOLOGY 15 Hrs.

Dust and interstellar extinction – the size of the galaxy and the sun’s location – the spiral

43

structure of the galaxy – the sun’s orbit about the galactic center – star formation and spiral arms –

the distances to galaxies – the Hubble classification – the Hubble law – our expanding universe –

the big bang – the cosmic micro-wave background

TEXT BOOK(S)

William J.Kaufman III, Roger A. Freedman, and Robert M.Geller, Universe, 9th edition, USA: W.H.

Freeman Company, 2011, Chapters: 6.1-6.6, 7.1,15, 16.5-16.10, 17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Abhayankar K.D, Astrophysics: Stars and Galaxies, India, Universities Press, 2001.

Baidyanath Basu, TanukaChattopadyay and SudhindraNath Biswas, An introduction to

Astrophysics, second edition, New Delhi, PHI learning private Ltd, 2011.

Michael A. Seeds, Foundations of Astronomy, USA, Brooks/Cole Thomson learning, 2001.

Srinivasan G, Can stars find peace?, India, Universities Press, 2011.

PHE4201CP LAB ON LAMP

(Lab)



• apply theoretical principles of web designing practically

• develop the skill to install Open source software.

• acquire confidence in working with Mysql and PHP

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Installation of Linux

2. Installation of tasksel (Php,Mysql,Phpmyadmin)

3. Configuring apache

4. Basic commands in Linux

5. File permission in Linux

6. Basic Command ‘s: INSERT, SELECT and UPDATE,REPLACE, DELETE and DROP

Command

7. MySQL Functions

8. Working with HTML tags

9. Creating web page using HTML

10. Basic commands in PHP

11. Declaring simple PHP Arrays

12. Inserting MySQL with PHP

13. Validation with PHP

14. Planning and Creating the Database Tables

15. Creating Online Application

TEXT BOOK(S)

Julie C.Meloni, Sams Teach yourself PHP, MySQL and Apache, 5th Ed, New Delhi: Pearson

Publishing, 2012, Chapters: 7,8,10, 11, 15,16, 17,18.

Richard Petersen, Fedora 7 & Red Hat Enterprise Linux, The Complete Reference, USA: Tata

McGraw-Hill Edition, 2010, Chapters: 1, 2,23.

44

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ed Lecky-Thompson, HeowEide-Goodman, Steven D.Nowicki & Alec Cove, Professional PHP5,

New Delhi, Wiley Publishing, 2012.

Lynn Beighley & Michael Morrison, Head First PHP & MySQL, New Delhi, O’REILLY, SHROFF

PUBLISHERS, 2012.

Partrick Galbraith, Developing Web Applications with Apache, MySQL, memcached, andPerl,

New Delhi, Wrox Publishers, 2012.

PHY4201CP LAB PHYSICS - IV

(Lab)



• develop the skill of performing experiments accurately

• identify sources of error in their observations

• relate experimental ideas related with theory of matter, optics, electricity and magnetism

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Dispersive power of grating

2. Resolving power of grating

3. Fresnel’s biprism – wavelength of monochromatic source

4. Carey Fosters bridge – specific resistance of the given wire

5. Magnetic field due to a current carrying circular coil

6. self inductance using ballistic galvanometer

7. Diffraction at a straight edge

8. Polarimeter- Specific rotation of the given solution

9. Humidity measurements

10. Determination of rigidity modulus using static torsion method

11. Verification of Stefan’s law

12. Thermal conductivity measurement - Lee’s disc

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arora C.L, B.Sc. Practical Physics, New Delhi, S.Chand& company Ltd, 2011.

Chattapadhyay D and Rakshit P.C, An Advanced course in Practical Physics, 7th ed, Kolkatta,

New Central book agency pvt., ltd, 2005.

Gupta and V.Kumar S.L, Practical Physics, 25th ed, Meerut, Pragatiprakashan publication, 2002.

Ouseph C.C., Rao U.J and Viyayendran V, Practical Physics and Electronics, Chennai,

S.Viswanathan Printers and Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2010.

45

PHY4201SP CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS THROUGH FOSS (LAB)

(Lab)



• recognize the concepts of looping, branching, plotting functions in SCILAB

• identify the versatility of SCILAB in physics

• acquire knowledge to write efficient and documented programs in SCILAB

• develop problem solving skill in physics through SCILAB

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Getting familiarized with Working directory, variables, startup Commands, the Scilab menu

bar

2. Temperature conversion

3. Carbon 14 dating

4. Hyperbolic cosine functions

5. Energy stored in a spring

6. Radio receiver using Mathematical, Relational & logical operations and mathematical

functions such as trigonometric & hyperbolic functions

7. The ideal gas law

8. Refraction

9. High pass filter

10. Current through a diode

11. Tension on a cable

12. Decibels

13. Geometric mean

14. RMS average

15. Harmonic mean using branching and conditional statements

16. Determining wall thickness of a box

17. Floating height of buoy using polynomials

18. Maximum power transfer to a load

19. Decibel

20. Air craft turning radius

21. Frequency response of a low pass filter

22. Thermodynamics

23. Antenna gain pattern output power of a motor

24. Plotting orbits

25. Fitting a line to a set of noisy measurements (velocity of a falling object)

26. The flight of a ball using graphic commands

TEXT BOOK(S)

Hema Ramachandran & Achutsankar S.Nair, SCILAB, first edition, New Delhi: S.Chand &

company LTD, 2012.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Amos Gilat, MATLAB: An Introduction with Applications, U.K, John Wiley &sons,Inc, 2009.

Kirani Singh Y & Chaudhuri B.B, MATLAB Programming, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India

Pvt.Ltd, 2008.

46

Raj Kumar Bansal, Ashok Kumar Goel & Manoj Kumar Sharma, MATLAB and its Applications in

Engineering, New Delhi, Dorling kindersely Pvt Ltd, 2009.

Stephan J. Chapman, MATLAB Programming for Engineers, New Delhi, Cengage Learning

India Pvt Ltd, 2008.

PHY4202CP LAB PHYSICS - V

(Lab)



• recognize the characteristics of an op-amp

• compare the linear and nonlinear applications of op-amps

• develop skills in the experimental design of oscillators using IC 741 and IC 555.

• relate theoretical expectations and experimental results

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Differential amplifier

2. Characteristics of an op-amp

3. Op-amp circuits (Inverting amplifier, Non-inverting amplifier & Voltage follower)

4. VCIS and ICVS amplifiers

5. Linear op-amp applications ( Summing, difference and averaging amplifiers)

6. Non-linear op-amp applications (Comparators &Schmitt trigger)

7. Integrator and Differentiator circuits

8. First order low pass and high pass filters

9. Astable Multivibrator & Voltage controlled oscillator

10. Monostable Multivibrator

11. Phase shift oscillator / Wien bridge oscillator

12. Analysis of RLC circuit using OSCAD

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Albert P. Malvino and David J. Bates, Electronic Principles, seventh edition, New Delhi, Tata


Grob .B, Basic Electronics, 10th ed, New Delhi, Tata McGraw–Hill Publishing Company Ltd,

2007.

Jacob Millman, & Christos C. Halkias, Electronic Devices and Circuits, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-

Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006.

47

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I PHY1201FS PHYSICS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I PHY1302FM FOUNDATION PHYSICS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I PHY1501CM MECHANICS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I PHE1401AT PROGRAMMING IN C SUPHY LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II PHY2201FS DATA ANALYSIS AND REPORTING SKILLS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II PHY2502CM ELECTRONICS - I AUPHY SUPHY

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II PHY2202CP LAB - I AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

III PHY3401CM WAVE OPTICS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III PHY3402CM ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM AUPHY SUPHY

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III PHE3401CT OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING FOR PHYSICISTS

SUPHY LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

48

III PHY3403CT PROGRAMMING IN C AUPHY LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

III PHY3201CP LAB PHYSICS - II AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

III PHY3202CP LAB PHYSICS - III AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV PHE4501CM INTRODUCTION TO LAMP SUPHY TH 6 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHY4401CM ELECTRONICS - II AUPHY SUPHY

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHY4402CM MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AUPHY SUPHY

TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHY4403CM ATOMIC & QUANTUM PHYSICS AUPHY TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHYQ4501CM NON- CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SOURCES AUPHY TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHYQ4502CM BASICS IN ASTROPHYSICS AUPHY TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV PHE4201CP WEB DESIGNING LAB SUPHY LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV PHY4201CP LAB PHYSICS - IV AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV PHY4201SP CONCEPTUAL PHYSICS THROUGH FOSS (LAB) AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV PHY4202CP LAB PHYSICS - V AUPHY SUPHY

LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00


49



To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




ALL PHY0403CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS I ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL PHY0404CD PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS II ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

I PHY1401AA GENERAL PHYSICS AUMAT SUMAT

TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II PHY2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL PHYSICS ALLM TH 2 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III PHY3401AA BASIC PHYSICS AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --


50

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Chemistry








B.Sc. (Special) Chemistry with Cheminformatics - Aided

Course Profile



2014 Batch



CHE1201FS FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH FOR CHEMISTS 2 2

CHE1402CM GENERAL CHEMISTRY 5 4

MAT1421AA ALGEBRA, TRIGONOMETRY AND VECTORS 5 4 AU-2013 as MAT1421SA

CHE1302FT BASICS OF CHEMISTRY 2T + 2L 3


ADULTHOOD 2 --

Total 30 19



CHE2201FS DATA HANDLING AND PRESENTATION 2 2

CHE2502CM CHEMISTRY OF ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS 5 5

MAT2421AA CALCULUS 5 4 AU-2013 as MAT2421SA

CHE2202CP SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION TECHNIQUES 3 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 22

2013 Batch

III CHE3401CM INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM 4 4

CHE3402CM BEHAVIOUR OF GASES AND LIQUIDS 4 4

CHE3501CM CHEMISTRY OF s- AND p- BLOCK ELEMENTS 5 5

PHY3401AA BASIC PHYSICS 5 4

CHE3201CP EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 2

CHE0301CP EXPERIMENTAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 --



51

VBC0102FV / VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION / FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION

1 1


Total 30 24

IV CHE4401CM CHEMISTRY OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS WITH

OXYGEN FUNCTIONALITY

4 4

CHE4402CM CHEMISTRY OF TRANSITION ELEMENTS 4 4

CHE4403CM INTRODUCTION TO CHEMINFORMATICS 4 4

CHE4501CM CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS 5 5

CHE0301CP EXPERIMENTAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 3

CHE4201CP EXPERIMENTAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 2

CHE4201SP CHEMINFORMATICS LAB 2 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 28



To

Hrs./


I CHE1401AA FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY AUPHY 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE1401SA

I CHE1402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - I SUBTE 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE1402SA

II CHE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY ALLM 2 2

II CHE2401AA BASICS OF CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS AUZOO 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2401SA

II CHE2402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - II SUBTE 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2402SA

II CHE2403AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY FOR

BIOLOGISTS

AUBOT 3T + 2L 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2403SA

CHE1201FS FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH FOR CHEMISTS

(Theory)



• develop listening skills

• construct, correct and concise grammatical sentences

• identify the appropriate word and improve the vocabulary

• analyze the given passage and draw inferences

• demonstrate oral communication skills

52

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : LISTENING SKILLS 10 Hrs.

Types of Listening - Tips for Effective Listening - academic listening - Listening to Talks in

chemistry and Presentations - Comprehension

UNIT-II : WRITING AND SPEAKING SKILLS 10 Hrs.

Parts of Speech - noun - types of noun - verbs - types of tense - the Sentence - the phrase - kinds

of sentences - parts of sentence - adjectives - adverbs - preposition – Interjection - conjunction -

punctuation marks - articles - paragraph - construction of paragraph - linkage and cohesion -

summary - Précis - Writing - notes taking - Report - Abstracts - Letter Writing - Barriers of

Communication. Examples and activities will involve chemistry concepts.

UNIT-III : READING SKILLS 10 Hrs.

Importance of reading - types of reading - skimming - scanning - reading for information - technique

of reading - SQ3R (S-Survey Q-Question 3R-Read, Recite, Review.) Passages for reading to be

selected from Science and technology column (Newspaper) and simple everyday chemistry

applications from books.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Nthira S.R. and Saraswathi V, Enrich Your English Book I: Communication Skills, Oxford

University Press, Oxford, New York.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://depssa.ignou.ac.in/wiki/images/c/ca/Communication_skills_in_English.pdf

http://eltvoices.in/Volume1/Issue1/EVI11.5.pdf

http://www.angrau.net/StudyMaterial/English/ENGL101.pdf

http://www.sharadavikas.com/CourceMeterials/btc34.pdf

CHE1402CM GENERAL CHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• correlate the structure and behaviour of atom

• analyze and interpret the gradation in the properties of elements in the periodic table

• differentiate the various chemical interactions in molecules through bonding concepts

• predict the nuclear transmutations

• identify the role of radioactive materials in different applications.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : STRUCTURE OF ATOM 15 Hrs.

Discovery of electron - measurement of e/m for electrons - determination of charge on an electron -

positive rays - protons, neutrons - sub-atomic particles, alpha particles, Rutherford’s atomic model -

Mosley’s determination of atomic number -mass number - quantum theory of electromagnetic

radiation - photoelectric effect and Compton effect - Bohr theory of hydrogen atom - spectrum of

hydrogen atom - The Sommerfield’s extension of Bohr’s theory.

UNIT-II : PERIODIC TABLE AND ATOMIC PROPERTIES 15 Hrs.

The long form of periodic table - Electronic configuration of atoms - Division of elements - Cause of

periodicity - Periodicity of Atomic properties - Covalent, van der Waal’s and ionic radii - Ionisation

energy, electron affinity and electronegativity - factors affecting the periodic properties -

determination of electronegativity - Pauling’s approach, Allred and Rochow’s approach, Mulliken’s

approach - Applications of electronegativity.

53

UNIT-III : CHEMICAL BONDING –LEWIS CONCEPT 15 Hrs.

Chemical bond - types of bonds - ionic bond - factors favoring the formation of ionic compounds,

Born-Haber cycle - properties of ionic compounds - electrovalency, covalency, variable valency -

factors favouring the formation and properties of covalent compounds - comparison of ionic and

covalent compounds - octet rule and failure of octet rule - polar and non polar covalent bonds and

molecules - transition from ionic to covalent character - Fajans’ rule - applications of Fajan’s rule -

coordinate bond - Properties of coordinate compounds - comparison between ionic, covalent and

coordinate bonds - metallic bond - properties of metals - hydrogen bonding - types - consequences

of hydrogen bonding - importance of hydrogen bonding in sustaining life. Types of intermolecular

interactions - electrostatic and van der Waals interactions.

UNIT-IV : CHEMICAL BONDING – ORBITAL CONCEPT 15 Hrs.

Linnett’s DQ theory - VSEPR theory - VBT of covalent bond - formation of sigma and pi bonds -

Resonance structures of CO, CO2, CO32-, O3, SO2,SO3 - hybridisation - sp, sp2, sp3, sp3d,

sp3d2hybridisation - Molecular orbital theory - LCAO method - bonding and antibonding orbitals -

formation of MOs in homonuclear and heteronuclear diatomic molecules and ions.

UNIT-V : NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY 15 Hrs.

Composition of nucleus - nuclear size - nuclear forces - packing fraction - nuclear density - mass

defect - binding energy of the nucleus - nuclear models - nuclear shell model - concept of nuclear

spin-liquid drop model - collective model.

RADIOACTIVITY - Rays from radioactive materials - range of alpha particles - radioactive

disintegration - radioactive decay and half life - Geiger - Nuttal rule - radioactive equilibrium -

steady state - transmutation of elements - group displacement rule - nuclear stability - radioactive

series - applications of radioactivity - isotopes - isobars - isotones - separation of isotopes -

Determination of atomic masses - mass spectrographs - artificial radioactivity - induced radioactivity

- transuranic elements - nuclear coulombic energy barrier - cyclotron - synchrocyclotron - linear

electron accelerator - Q- values of nuclear reactions - Nuclear fission - The fission chain reaction -

release of fission energy - uncontrolled and controlled - disposal of radioactive wastes from nuclear

reactors - Nuclear fusion - hydrogen bomb - controlled nuclear fusion - fusion in stars - nuclear

energy as an alternative energy resource.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Madan R.D., Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd edition, New Delhi, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 2011,

Chapters: UNITS II,III&IV.

Puri B.R, Sharma L.R and Pathania S., Principles of Physical Chemistry, 46th edition, New

Delhi, Vishal Publishing Co., 2012, Chapters: UNITS I & V.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

ArunBahl, B.S. Bahl and G.D.Tuli, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, New Delhi, S.Chand and

Co. Ltd., 2009, Chapters: Unit I,II,III,V.

CHE1302FT BASICS OF CHEMISTRY

(Lab cum Theory)



• review the evolution of chemistry and its applications in daily life

• apply the IUPAC rules to name organic compounds

• predict the oxidation states and balance redox reactions

• analyze and estimate a chemical substance using titrimetric principles

54

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : EVOLUTION OF CHEMISTRY 6T Hrs./Wk.

From fire to atomism - Origin of metallurgy and alchemy - alchemy to chemistry - Early chemists -

(300 BCE-300 CE) - Robert Boyle and the origins of modern chemistry -Antoine Lavoisier and the

revolution in chemistry - Theory of vitalism and Wohler’s synthesis - Isolation and structure of

benzene - Evolution of Periodic Table - Quantum Chemistry - origin of Biochemistry - Chemical

industries - An overview on the historical development of organic, inorganic and physical chemistry

- Nobel laureates in chemistry - Women in chemistry.

UNIT-II : APPLICATIONS OF CHEMISTRY IN DAILY LIFE 6T Hrs./Wk.

Food, clothes, fuels, plastics, paints and varnishes, dyes, medicine, therapeutic drugs, cosmetics,

fertilizers, insecticides, explosives, building materials Applications in different fields - Forensic

science - Food processing -Energy conservation and storage - electronics - Interesting scientific

queries in day-to day life and simple solutions through chemistry - Societal and Ethical issues of

chemistry.

UNIT-III : NOMENCLATURE OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS 6T Hrs./Wk.

IUPAC nomenclature - rules for naming organic compounds - alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, cyclic

aliphatic hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and its

derivatives, alkyl cyanides, nitroalkanes and amines - selected examples of monofunctional and

polyfunctional organic compounds-structure of organic compound from its IUPAC name - common

errors in writing IUPAC names.

UNIT-IV : REDOX REACTIONS 6T Hrs./Wk.

Recall on writing the chemical formulae and balancing the chemical equations. Covalency,

Oxidation number and oxidation state -Rules for calculating oxidation number - oxidation -

reduction reactions - oxidizing and reducing agents - Equivalent weights of oxidizing and reducing

agents - Auto and induced oxidation - Balancing redox reactions by oxidation number method and

ion electron method.

UNIT-V : PREPARATION OF SOLUTIONS 6T + 30L Hrs.

Different concentration units - normality, molarity, molality, mole fraction, ppm, mole percent and

mass percent. Primary and secondary standard - Equivalent weight of acids, bases, Saturated,

unsaturated and supersaturated solutions.

TITRIMETRIC ANALYSIS

• Lab ethics and safety measures in a chemical laboratory [2hrs]

• Handling of glassware and electronic analytical balance [4hrs]

• Preparation of standard solutions and dilutions [4hrs]

• Classification of various chemicals as acids/ bases,–using pH paper, pH meter [2 hrs]

• Acid - base titration [6 hrs]

Titration between

o strong acid vs. strong base

o strong acid vs. weak base

o weak acid vs. strong base

• Redox titration [8hrs]

o Iodometry

o Iodimetry

o Permanganimetry

o Dichrometry

55

• One self designed experiment by the student on any one of the following titles/title of her

choice [4 hrs]

Determination of

o acidity in various soft drinks

o strength of antacids

o acid value in oils

o ascorbic acid in citrus fruits

o iron in iron tablets

o acetic acid in vinegar

o pH in various consumer products

TEXT BOOK(S)

Madan R.D, Modern Inorganic Chemistry, Third edition, Newdelhi 2011, S. Chand & Company

Ltd., Chapters: UNIT IV.

Puri, Sharma B. R., L.R. and Pathania, S., Principles of Physical Chemistry, 50th edition, New

Delhi, 2011, ShobanLalNagin Chand & Co., Chapters: UNIT V.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ahluwalia V.K., SumithaDingra and AdarshGulati, College Practical Chemistry, India, 2005,

University Press Pvt Ltd, Chapters: Lab.

Bhupinder Mehta , Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, First edition, Newdelhi 2005, PHI Learning

Pvt. Ltd., Chapters: UNIT III.

Datta N.C, The story of Chemistry, First Edition, India, 2005, University’s Press Pvt Ltd, Chapters:

UNIT I.

CHE2201FS DATA HANDLING AND PRESENTATION

(Theory)



• differentiate the various types of data

• represent the data using computers

• write a simple scientific report

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DATA ANALYSIS 10 Hrs.

Data - Definition and classification of data - Problem identification - variable -dependent and

independent - collection of primary data and secondary data. accuracy, precision, significant figures

- measure of central tendency and dispersion Tabulation of data

UNIT-II : DATA REPRESENTATION 10 Hrs.

conversion of table to graph - Curve sketching - linear (identification of slope and intercept values)

and non-linear plots – Using open source software in tabulating data, graphing data – bar charts,

pie charts, histograms - errors in presenting graphical data

UNIT-III : REPORT PREPARATION 10 Hrs.

Data interpretation - preparation of report - presentation of report (written & oral) - Use of open

source software in preparing and presenting the report - use of Chemsketch and Marvinsketch for

drawing chemical structures - effective usage of internet - plagiarism

56

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gary D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, 6th, Kundli, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Puri.B.R, Sharma.L.R and Pathania.S, Principles of Physical Chemistry, 50th, New Delhi,

ShobanLalNagin Chand & Co, 2011, Chapters: Unit-I.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=30388

http://resources.woodlands-junior.kent.sch.uk/maths/data.htm(UNITII)

http://www.ncl.ac.uk/undergraduate/modules/module/CHY1401/(UNITII)

www.au.af.mil/au/awc/awcgate/army.../graphical-excellence.ppt (UNIT III)

CHE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• identify basic environmental contaminants

• recognize the importance of environmental changes

• outline the various control measures

• reflect on burning environmental issues

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : SEGMENTS OF ENVIRONMENT 7 Hrs.

Atmosphere - composition, particles, ions and radicals in the atmosphere. Hydrosphere - Water

resources - Lithosphere - composition of soil, inorganic and organic compounds, micro and

macronutrients in soil. Biosphere.

UNIT-II : ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 8 Hrs.

Definition, Causes, effects and control measures of (a) Air pollution (b) Water pollution (c) Soil

pollution (d) Noise pollution (e) Radioactive pollution. Solid waste management: control measures

of urban and industrial wastes, integrated waste management of plastics. Disaster management:

Floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides

Activities

• Analysis of fine particulate matter

• Water analysis

• Discussion and reflection on Role of an individual in prevention of pollution

UNIT-III : ENERGY SOURCES AND ENVIRONMENT 8 Hrs.

Classification of fuels and energy sources - conventional (Coal, natural gas, fossil fuel) and non -

conventional, renewable and non - renewable energy sources - geothermal energy - different

types, origin and utilization, solar energy - introduction, direct utilization of solar energy as heat

energy through collectors - ocean energy, biomass based energy - bio gas and gobar gas -

special uses of biomass as fuels - hydropower.

Activity

• Discussion and reflection on Urban problems related to energy

UNIT-IV : SOCIAL ISSUES AND ENVIRONMENT 7 Hrs.

Environment Protection Acts - Protocols - Kyoto, Montreal - Carbon credits - introduction and

significance, Carbon footprint, Carbon trading - Water crisis - water conservation and rain water

harvesting, water recycling - Wasteland reclamation - Consumerism and waste products -

Energy Crisis - Nuclear energy - fusion vs fission for power generation, threats and challenges.

Activities

• Calculation of carbon and ecological footprint

• Discussion and reflection on Organic Farming-An alternative to fertilizers and pesticides?

57

Common Activities

• Sensitize the students for energy conservation on campus

• Collection of articles on environmental issues from magazines, newspaper

• On the spot study, Knowing the eco initiatives of campus - visit to vermiculture ,paper

recycling unit, Herbal garden , incineration unit etc

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

AsimK.Das, Environmental Chemistry with Green Chemistry, Kolkata, Book and Allied Pvt. Ltd,

2010.

Bhatia S.C, Environmental Chemistry, Newdelhi, CBS publishers, 2002.

Gary W.vanLoon& Stephen J.Duffy, Environmental Chemistry, New York, Oxford University

Press, 2003.

Sodhi G.S, Fundamental concepts of Environmental Chemistry, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing

House, 2000.

CHE2502CM CHEMISTRY OF ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS

(Theory)



• acquire the knowledge on the basic concepts of reaction mechanisms

• illustrate the mechanisms involved in alkanes, alkenes, alkynes and alkadienes

• formulate a suitable mechanism for reactions of aliphatic hydrocarbons

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC REACTIONS MECHANISMS 15 Hrs.

Electronic displacements, Steric effects, heterolytic and homolytic cleavages, reactive

intermediates - carbocations - stability of carbocations, carbanions - stability of carbanions, free

radicals -stability of free radicals , carbenes, nitrenes, electrophiles and nucleophiles, types of

reactions - substitution, addition, elimination and rearrangement reactions.

UNIT-II : CYCLOALKANES AND STEREOCHEMISTRY 15 Hrs.

ALKANES - Introduction - chemical properties-free radical substitution reactions - halogenation

(reactivity and selectivity) nitration - sulphonation-oxidation reactions - CYCLOALKANES -

Introduction - Strain in ring compounds - Baeyer’s strain theory - chemical properties.

BASICS OF STEREOCHEMISTRY -Introduction -plane polarized light and specific rotation –

optical activity - enantiomers, diastereomers Properties of enantiomers – racemic modification and

resolution - Fischer Projection - Newmann and Sawhorse Projection formulae and their

interconversions - assignment of configuration - R and S - sequence rule - Introduction on

stereochemistry of Allenes and Biphenyls. CONFORMATIONAL ISOMERISM: Definition of

conformation, differences between configuration and conformation. Conformational isomerism in

ethane, n-butane, 1,2-dibromoethane, ethylene glycol with energy profile diagrams- stability of

conformers - stereoisomerism of cyclohexane

UNIT-III : ALKENES 15 Hrs.

Introduction -physical properties - preparation- reduction of alkynes - elimination reactions

(Saytzeff’s and Hofmann’s rule), Wittig reaction, Kolbe’s electrolytic method - chemical properties-

stability of alkenes - electrophilic addition reactions, addition of halogens, hydrogen halide,

sulphuric acid, water, oxymercuration - demercuration reaction, hydroboration, peroxyacid, alkenes,

carbenes, free radical addition reaction - Addition of HBr(peroxide effect), oxidation reactions -

hydroxylation of alkenes with Baeyer’s reagent, acidified KMnO4, OsO4, K2Cr2O7, Pb (OAc)4,

ozonolysis-allylic substitution reactions -polymerization of alkenes.

58

GEOMETRICAL ISOMERISM - E / Z notation for double bonded compounds (C = C). Physical and

chemical methods used in distinguishing geometrical isomers. Inter conversions.

UNIT-IV : ALKADIENES 15 Hrs.

Introduction-stability of dienes - preparation of buta-1,3-diene - molecular orbital picture of 1,3 -

butadiene - Chemical properties of buta-1,3-diene - reduction and oxidation reactions - electrophilic

addition reaction (1,2 - addition Versus 1,4 - addition) - free radical addition reactions - Diels - Alder

reaction. Polymerization - isoprene-preparation-chemical properties - chloroprene-preparation -

chemical properties

UNIT-V : ALKYNES 15 Hrs.

Introduction-preparation (recall) - physical properties - chemical properties-addition of hydrogen -

electrophilic addition reactions oxidation reactions - addition of halogens, hydrogen halides, water -

nucleophilic addition reactions-reactions involving acetylenichydrogens - reactions with sodamide,

lithium amide and Grignard reagent - synthetic application of metal alkynides- reaction of terminal

alkynes with ammoniacal cuprous chloride, silver nitrate- polymerization reactions - isomerization

(AcetylenicAllene Rearrangement).

TEXT BOOK(S)

Bhupinder Mehta, Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, 6th, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private

Limited, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Morrison R. T, Boyd R.N, Organic Chemistry, 7th, Prentice Hall,New Delhi, 2008.

Raj.K.Bansal, Organic Reaction Mechanisms, 3rd, New Delhi, Tata MCGraw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited, 1998.

Sachin Kumar Ghosh,Advanced General Organic Chemistry, 2nd, Calcutta, Books and Allied (P)

Ltd, 1998.

Soni. P.L, Chawala H.M, Text book of Organic Chemistry, 26, Delhi, Sultan Chand, 1994.

CHE2202CP SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION TECHNIQUES

(Lab)



• employ the techniques for the separation and purification of organic compounds.

• estimate the organic compounds using titrimetry

• apply the techniques for the extraction of natural products

COURSE OUTLINE :


TECHNIQUES FOR SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION

1. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization using the following solvents: [5 hrs]

a. Water

b. Alcohol

c. Alcohol-Water

2. Determination of melting and boiling point [ 3 hrs]

3. Distillation [6 hrs]

a. Simple

b. Steam

c. Fractional

d. Reduced pressure (demonstration only)

59

4. Soxhlet extraction [ 12 hrs]

5. Chromatographic techniques:[ 12hrs]

Adsorption Chromatography

a. Column

b. TLC

Partition Chromatography

c. Paper- Ascending

d. Circular disc

e. HPLC demonstration only

f. GC demonstration only

6. Solvent extraction technique for separation of organic mixture [6hrs]

7. Estimation of Organic compounds [10hrs]

a. Estimation of ketone.

b. Estimation of phenol

All lab classes will have pre-lab discussions.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Donald L Pavia, Gary M.Lampman, George S Kritz, Organic Chemistry – A Lab Manual

Sengage Learning, New Delhi, 2009..

Furniss B.S.et al, Vogel’s Textbook of Organic Chemistry, 5th edition, London, ELBS, 1989.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://phschool.com/science/biology_place/labbench/lab4/intro.html

http://www.phschool.com/science/biology_place/labbench/lab4/intro.html

http://chemsite.lsrhs.net/FlashMedia/html/paperChrom.html

http://chemsite.lsrhs.net/FlashMedia/html/columnChrom.html

http://iqa.evergreenps.org/science/chemistry/labs/1stsemester/1.07-paper-

chromatography_lab.html

CHE3401CM INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM

(Theory)



• infer the rates of the reactions of alkyl halides using mechanistic details

• identify the aromatic compounds and predict its reactivity

• analyze the mechanistic details of electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution in aromatic compounds

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ALKYL HALIDES 12 Hrs.

Nomenclature and classification of organic halogen compounds - Halogenation of alkanes - free

radical mechanism, reactions of alkyl, vinyl and allyl halides - Nucleophilic aliphatic substitution -

orientation - kinetics of nucleophilic aliphatic substitution, duality of mechanism. SN2 & SN1 reaction

- mechanism, kinetics, stereochemistry, reactivity, rearrangement of carbonium ion, Elimination -

Mechanisms: E1, E2 and E1cB; reactivity, orientation (Saytzeff/ Hofmann) and stereoselectivity,

Elimination vs Substitution.

Concepts for virtual lab:

• Nucleophilic aliphatic substitution

• Elimination - Mechanisms

UNIT-II : CHEMISTRY OF BENZENE AND ITS DERIVATIVES 12 Hrs.

60

Concept of aromaticity: Criteria for aromaticity - Aromatic and non - aromatic cyclic, polycyclic

and heterocyclic compounds - aromaticity and annulenes - chemical consequences of aromaticity -

antiaromaticity - molecular orbital description of aromaticity and non-aromaticity, nonbenzenoid

aromatic compounds.

Benzene and its derivatives: Nomenclature, Structure of benzene - Kekule structure - stability of

benzene - reactions of benzene, Alkenyl benzene, allylic and benzylic halides, Arenes - industrial

source of alkyl benzenes, reactions of alkyl benzenes - reduction, oxidation, substitution in ring and

side chain. Reactions of alkenyl benzenes - substitution, addition, polymerization.

Concept for virtual lab: HOMO, LUMO visualization - Argus Lab

UNIT-III : ARYL HALIDES 12 Hrs.

Nucleophilic aromatic substitution, unimolecular ,bimolecular displacement , SNAr mechanism,

elimination - addition(benzyne) mechanism. Alkyl halides Vs aryl halides.

Concepts for virtual lab:Nucleophilic aromatic substitution mechanisms.

UNIT-IV : AROMATIC ELECTROPHILIC SUBSTITUTION I 12 Hrs.

General mechanism for electrophilic substitution ,arenium ions, Mechanism - halogenations,

nitration, Friedal Crafts alkylation - limitation, Friedel crafts acylation - Friedel Crafts alkylation

vsFriedal Crafts acylation - sulphonation.

Concept for virtual lab:Friedel Crafts alkylation/acylation

UNIT-V : AROMATIC ELECTROPHILIC SUBSTITUTION II 12 Hrs.

Orientation and reactivity in mono substituted and disubstituted benzene. Introduction - effect of

substituents - orientation - relative reactivity - classification of substituents - orientation in

disubstituted benzenes - reactivity and orientation - theory of reactivity and orientation – electron

release via resonance – effect of halogen on electrophilic substitution.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jain. M. K., Sharma, S. C, Modern Organic Chemistry, 4th, New Delhi, Vishal Publishing, 2013,

Chapters: UNITS I, IV & V.

Morrison R. T, Boyd R.N, Organic Chemistry, 7th, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2008, Chapters:

(UNITS II & III).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

BhupinderMehta ,Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, First, Newdelhi, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Paula YurkanisBruice, Organic Chemistry, 3rd, Delhi, Pearson education,Inc, 2002.

Solomons T.W.G, Organic Chemistry, 8th, Singapore, John Willey & Sons Inc, 2004.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.chemtube3d.com

CHE3402CM BEHAVIOUR OF GASES AND LIQUIDS

(Theory)



• recognize and relate the properties of ideal and real gases

• describe the properties of liquids

• identify and distinguish the types of solutions

• discuss the fundamental aspects of chemical and ionic equilibrium

61

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : IDEAL GASES 12 Hrs.

General characteristics of gases - parameters of a gas - gas laws - Boyle’s law, Charle’s law,

combined gas law, Gay Lussac’s law, Avogadro’s law - Ideal gas equation - Dalton’s law of partial

pressures -kinetic molecular theory of gases - derivation of kinetic gas equation - distribution of

molecular velocities - different kinds of velocities - calculation of molecular velocities - collision

parameters.

Concepts for Virtual Lab:

• All laws

• Collision parameters

• Molecular velocities

UNIT-II : REAL GASES 12 Hrs.

Deviation from ideal behavior - Explanation for deviations of van der Waals’ equation - limitations -

Liquefaction of gases - Critical phenomena - van der Waals equation and critical constants -

experimental determination of critical constants - law of corresponding states - methods of

liquefaction of gases.


• Liquefaction of gases

UNIT-III : LIQUIDS 12 Hrs.

Intermolecular forces of attraction (Recall) - Vapour pressure -effect of temperature on vapour

pressure - methods of determination of vapour pressure - effect of vapour pressure on boiling point

- surface tension - effect of temperature on surface tension - methods of determination of surface

tension - Viscosity - measurement of viscosity - effect of temperature on viscosity - refractive index

- specific and molar refraction - determination of refractive index -molar refraction and chemical

constitution - optical activity - specific rotation - measurement of optical activity

Concepts for Virtual Lab

• Effect of vapour pressure on boiling point

• Surface tension

UNIT-IV : SOLUTIONS 12 Hrs.

Solutions of liquids in liquids- Ideal solutions-Raoult’s law - vapour pressures of ideal solutions -

activity of a component in an ideal solution - Gibbs-Duhem - Margules equation - thermodynamics

of ideal solutions - Real solutions - types of non - ideal solutions - completely miscible binary

solutions and types - fractional distillation of binary liquids of different types - lever rule - distillation

of immiscible liquids - partially miscible liquids - types - phenol - water system, aniline - hexane

system, triethylamine - water system and nicotine -water system. Solutions of gases in liquids -

factors influencing solubility of a gas - Henry’s law - comparison of Henry’s law and

Raoult’slaw.The Distribution law - thermodynamic derivation - association of solute in one of the

solvents - dissociation of solute in one of the solvents - solute entering into chemical combination

with one of the solvents - applications of distribution law - solvent extraction.


• Distillation techniques

• Solvent extraction

UNIT-V : CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIA 12 Hrs.

Reversible reactions - Nature and characteristics of chemical equilibrium -law of mass action -

equilibrium constant - equilibrium constant expression in terms of partial pressures - relationship

between Kp and Kc - calculations involving Kp - Units of equilibrium constant - Thermodynamic

derivation of law of chemical equilibrium - temperature dependence of equilibrium constant -

homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria -Le Chatelier’s principle

62

IONIC EQUILIBRIA - Recall on acids and bases-Arrhenius concept, Lowry-Br?nsted concept,

Lewis concept - dissociation of a weak acids and bases - dissociation constants of polybasic acids -

dissociation of a weak base-ionic product of water - pH scale - common ion effect - buffer solutions

- buffer mixtures of a weak acid/ weak base and its salt - Henderson’s equation -hydrolysis of salts

- hydrolysis constant - relation between Kh ,Ka and Kw - degree of hydrolysis -pH of hydrolysed

salt solutions - salts of weak acids and strong bases - strong acids and weak bases - weak acids

and weak bases - their degree of hydrolysis - pH of their salt solutions - determination of degree of

hydrolysis - acid - base indicators - theories of indicators - pH titration-solubility product and its

applications.


• chemical Equilibrium and Le Chatelier’s principle

TEXT BOOK(S)

ArunBahl, Bahl B.S. and Tuli G.D, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, New Delhi, S.Chand and

Co. Ltd, 2009, Chapters: Unit I,II,III,V.

Puri B.R, Sharma L.R and Pathania S, Principles of Physical Chemistry, 46th, New Delhi, Vishal

Publishing Co, 2012, Chapters: Unit IV, Unit V.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atkins.P.W, Physical Chemistry, 8th, New York, Oxford University Press, 2006.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.harpercollege.edu/tm-ps/chm/100/dgodambe/thedisk/equil/8perform.html Unit V.

http://amrita.vlab.co.in/?sub=2&brch=193&sim=1255&cnt=1.html

CHE3501CM CHEMISTRY OF s- AND p- BLOCK ELEMENTS

(Theory)



• review the properties of hydrogen and hydrides

• compare the various concepts of acids and bases

• recognize the various metallurgical processes

• summarize the characteristics of s- and p- block elements

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : HYDROGEN AND HYDRIDES 15 Hrs.

Position of hydrogen in the periodic table - resemblance with alkali metals and with halogens -

nascent hydrogen- ortho and para hydrogen- isotopes of hydrogen - heavy water. Hydrides -

classification of hydrides - ionic, molecular, interstitial hydrides.

NON-AQUEOUS SOLVENTS:

Classification of solvents - characteristic properties of solvents - liquid ammonia, liquid N2O4, liquid

sulphur dioxide, liquid hydrogen sulphide, liquid HF.

UNIT-II : METALLURGICAL PROCESSES 15 Hrs.

Occurrence of metals - steps involved in metallurgical processes - concentration of ore - calcination

- roasting - smelting - electrometallurgy - refining - thermodynamics of oxidation of metals to metal

oxides - Ellingham diagram.

63

Concepts for virtual lab

• Elements in periodic table

• Metal extraction- Alloy analysis: (Sn, Pb, Fe, Cu and Zn)

s- BLOCK ELEMENTS: General characteristics and periodicity in the properties of group I and II

elements- diagonal relationship of lithium and magnesium, beryllium and aluminium- comparison of

lithium and beryllium with their respective group members - complexes of alkali and alkaline earth

metals.

Concepts for virtual lab

• Flame test- s block elements

• Reaction of Na with water

UNIT-III : BORON GROUP 15 Hrs.

Comparison of Boron and Aluminium - compounds- Boron trioxide - Boric acid and their salts,

boron nitride - borazine - Boranes - structure and bonding in B2H6 and B4H10 - alumina, aluminium

chloride.

Concept for virtual lab

• Bonding in boranes

CARBON GROUP:

Anomalous behaviour of carbon - comparison of carbon and silicon-allotropy of carbon - diamond,

graphite, fullerene and graphene - intercalation compounds of graphite- structure of oxides,

oxyacids and their salts - percarbonates, perhydrates of carbonates- carbides classification - silica,

classification, structure – silicates. Preparation, properties- Stannous chloride - white and red lead.

Concepts for virtual lab:

• Allotropes of carbon

• Intercalation of graphite

• Silicates

UNIT-IV : NITROGEN GROUP 15 Hrs.

Difference between Nitrogen and other elements - active nitrogen - structure and properties of

hydrides - classification of nitrides - structure and properties of oxides, oxoacids of nitrogen - (N2O,

NO, N2O4, N2O5, HNO2, HNO3) and phosphorus - (H3PO4, H3PO3) - halides of phosphorus - PCl3,

PCl5 - polysulphides of phosphorus - phosphazines - classification- Distinction between sulphides

of As, Sb, Bi.

OXYGEN GROUP:

Anomalous behaviour of oxygen - oxides and their classification - ozone - preparation, properties,

formula - hydrogen peroxide - polysulphide ions - comparitive study of hydrides- structure and

properties of oxides (SO2 and SO3) and oxoacids of sulphur - (H2SO4, peroxosulphuric acid, thionic

acids) - structure of halides of sulphur.

UNIT-V : HALOGEN FAMILY 15 Hrs.

Anomalous behaviour of fluorine - comparative study of halogen acids and halides - structure of

halogen oxides, oxoacids - interhalogen compounds - ICl, BrF3, IF5, IF7 - polyhalides -

pseudohalogens - cyanogen - pseudohalides - comparison of halogens and pseudo halogens.

NOBLE GASES:

Discovery - position in the periodic table - periodicity - separation and isolation of noble gases -

general properties and uses - compounds of noble gases - xenon fluorides - structure & properties -

clathrates.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Puri B.R., Sharma L.R.,Kalia K.C, Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, 31st, Delhi, Milestone

Publishers and distributors, 2010.

64

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atkins P., Overton T., RourkeJ.,Weller M., Armstrong. F, Shriver & Atkins’ Inorganic Chemistry,

4th, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2006.

Lee.J.D, A New Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th, London, ELBS, 2002.

Madan.R.D, Modern Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd revised, New Delhi, S.Chand and company, 2011.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.theodoregray.com/periodictable/AlkaliBangs/index.html

http://amrita.vlab.co.in/?sub=2&brch=193&sim=1255&cnt=1

http://www.800mainstreet.com/spect/emission-flame-exp.html#Anchor-ca

http://dqino.ua.es/en/virtual-lab/virtual-lab.html

http://www.chemeddl.org/resources/top10.php

http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/chemistry/

CHE3201CP EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

(Lab)



• analyze and interpret the experimental data.

• validate the theoretical concepts through experiments.

• design an indigenous experiment based on the concepts.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Concept & Experiment:Viscosity of liquids

1. Determination of viscosity of oils/ milk / so lvents using Ostwald’s Viscometer.[3hrs]

Refractive index of liquids

2. Specific and Molar Refraction of a Liquid by Abbe’s Refractometer.[3hrs]

Optical activity

3. Determination of specific rotation of sucrose solution by Polarimeter.[3hrs]

Miscibility of liquids

4. Critical solution temperature of partially miscible liquid system.

5. Effect of electrolytes on CST [3hrs]

Partition coefficient

6. Partition coefficient for the distribution of Iodine between water and CCl4[6hrs]

Buffers

7. Preparation of buffer mixtures

8. Determination of pH of various Buffer mixtures [6hrs]

Acid-base indicators, pH-Acidity vs alkalinity

9. Determination of working range of indicators

10. pH titration of a mixture of acids ( strong and weak) with a strong base.[3hrs]

Dissociation constant

11. Determination of dissociation constant of organic acids. [3hrs]

Solubility, solubility product and Common ion effect

12. Determination of solubility , solubility product of sparingly soluble salts on the effect of

common ion on the solubility of sparingly soluble salts.[6hrs]

Degree of hydrolysis

13. Determination of hydrolysis constant of salts of acids and bases (any one of the four types)

[3hrs]

65

One self design experiment by the student based on any one of the above concepts

[ 3hrs]

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ahluwalia V.K., SumithaDingra and AdarshGulati, College Practical Chemistry, Hyderabed,India,

University Press Pvt Ltd, 2005.

Gary D. Christian, Analytical Chemistry, Sixth, Kundli, John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Peter Mathews G, Experimental Physical Chemistry, Clarendon Press Oxford, 1985.

Viswanathan B., Raghavan, P. S., Practical Physical Chemistry, Newdelhi, Viva books Private

limited, 2012..

CHE4201SP CHEMINFORMATICS LAB

(Lab)



• build molecules and optimize its geometry

• convert the molecules into various file formats

• interpret the HOMO/LUMO of the molecule

• apply the datamining tools

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Construction of molecules in Argus Lab, BKTool, ChemSketch and MarvinSketch[6hrs]

2. Energy Optimization of the Built molecule [2hrs]

3. Retrieving the SMILES notation of the molecules [2hrs]

4. Converting the molecules into different file formats [2hrs]

5. Analysis of the molecular surfaces and molecular orbital of small molecules, proteins and

nucleic acids using MarvinSpace[4hrs]

6. Representation of reactions in MarvinView[4 hrs]

7. Creation of a database table using SQL commands [2hrs]

8. Determination of HOMO/LUMO band gap energy in benzene [2hrs]

9. Application of datamining - WEKA [4hrs]

10. Demonstration of CombiChem lab [2hrs]

TEXT BOOK(S)

Donald L. Pavia, Gary M. Lampman, George S. Kriz& Randall G. Engel, Organic Chemistry A

Lab Manual, Cengage Learning, 2009.

CHE4401CM CHEMISTRY OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS WITH OXYGEN

FUNCTIONALITY

(Theory)


• summarize the reactivity of alcohols , phenols, ethers and epoxides.

• illustrate the condensation reactions of aldehydes and ketones

• asses the chemistry of aliphatic and aromatic carboxylic acids and its derivatives.

• compare the acidic properties of carboxylic acids, substituted carboxylic acids and phenols.

66

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ALCOHOLS, PHENOLS, ETHERS AND EPOXIDES: 12 Hrs.

Alcohols: Physical properties - alcohols as an acid and as a base -reactions involving the

acidic and basic characteristics of alcohols - relative reactivity of 10, 20, 30 alcohols and distinction

- ascent and descent in alcohol series, comparison of alcohols with thiols

Phenols: Preparation and properties; Acidity and factors affecting it, Ring substitution

reactions, Reimer - Tiemann and kolbe - schmitt reaction, Fries and Claisen, Lederer - Manasse

reaction, rearrangements with mechanism - reactions of analytical importance.

Ethers: Preparation - Williamson ether synthesis, alkoxymercuration and demercuration of

alkenes - reactions involving etheral oxygen and ether linkage - comparison of ethers with

thioethers, crown ethers (introduction only)

Epoxides: Ring opening reactions of epoxides

Concept for virtual lab: Reactions of alcohols and phenols

UNIT-II : ALIPHATIC AND AROMATIC CARBONYL COMPOUNDS 12 Hrs.

Structure and reactivity of carbonyl group - nucleophilic addition reactions -reaction with carbon

nucleophiles - oxygen nucleophiles , nitrogen nuclephiles, sulphur nucleophile - oxidation reactions

of aldehydes and ketones - distinguishing aldehydes from ketones - reduction reactions of carbonyl

compounds - Catalytic reduction - reduction with metal hydrides - MPV reduction - Wolff - kishner

reduction - Clemmenson’s reduction

Concept for virtual lab: Analytically important reactions of carbonyl compounds

UNIT-III : REACTIONS OF ALDEHYDES AND KETONES 12 Hrs.

Acidity of a hydrogen - keto - enoltautomerism - Acid catalysed halogenation - Aldol condensation -

Dehydration of aldol products, crossed aldol condensation, reactions related to the aldol

condensation with mechanism, Claisen condensation - Crossed Claisen condensation , Benzoin

condensation, Claisen - Schmidt, Cannizaro’s reaction - Crossed Cannizzaro reaction, Mannich

reaction, Wittig reaction - Reactions of alpha, beta - unsaturated compounds - Michael addition,

Perkin, Knoevenagel, Stobbe condensations - Benzilic acid rearrangement.

UNIT-IV : ALIPHATIC AND AROMATIC CARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND THEIR

DERIVATIVES

12 Hrs.

Preparation, physical properties and reactions of monocarboxylic acids: Comparison of acidity of

various carboxylic acids. Preparation and reactions of acid chlorides, anhydrides, esters and

amides; Comparative study of nucleophilicsustitution at acyl group - Mechanism of acidic and

alkaline hydrolysis of esters, Dieckmann and Reformatsky reactions, Hofmann - bromamide

degradation and Curtius rearrangement, Sulphonic acid

Concept for virtual lab: Reactions of carboxylic acids and its derivatives.

UNIT-V : UNSATURATED AND SUBSTITUTED CARBOXYLIC ACIDS 12 Hrs.

Acidity of substituted acids, Typical reactions of dicarboxylic acids, ketoacids ,hydroxy acids and

unsaturated acids: succinic/,lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, maleic, fumaric and cinnamic acid , salicylic

acid, phthalic acid.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jain., M. K. Sharma, S. C, Modern Organic Chemistry, 4th, New Delhi, Vishal Publishing, 2013,

Chapters: (UNITS I, III & V).

Paula YurkanisBruice, Organic Chemistry, 3rd, Delhi, Pearson education,Inc, 2002, Chapters:

(UNITS II & IV).

67

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

BhupinderMehta ,Manju Mehta, Organic Chemistry, First, Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Morrison R. T, Boyd R.N, Organic Chemistry, 7th, New Delhi, Prentice Hall,, 2008.

Solomons T.W.G, Organic Chemistry, 8th, Singapore, John Willey & Sons Inc, 2004 .

WEBSITE(S) :

www.chemtube3d.com

CHE4402CM CHEMISTRY OF TRANSITION ELEMENTS

(Theory)



• recognize the importance of inorganic polymers

• identify the characteristics of d and f-block elements

• discuss the chemistry of transition elements

• compare the properties of Lanthanides and Actinides

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INORGANIC POLYMERS & NANO MATERIALS 12 Hrs.

General properties - classification - phosphorus based polymers - chain polymer , network polymer

- phosphate glasses- crystalline polymetaphosphates - sulphur based polymers - polymeric sulphur

nitrides - chalcogenides glasses - Boron based polymers - polycarboranes - polymeric boron

nitrides - silicon based polymers - organosilicones - preparation - structures - applications.

Introduction - definition for nanodimensional material (particles, rods, wires, tubes with examples) -

metallic nanoparticles - gold and silver - method of preparation (Chemical reduction method ) and

applications. Carbon Nanotubes - types, SWCNT, MWCNT - method of preparation - applications. Concepts for virtual lab:

• Preparation of CNT

• Synthesis of silver and gold nano particles

UNIT-II : GENERAL CHARACTEREISTICS OF d-BLOCK ELEMENTS 12 Hrs.

General properties - size - density - melting point - boiling point - reactivity of metals - ionisation

potentials - colour - magnetic properties - paramagenetism, diamagenetism, ferromagenetism,

antiferromagenetism - catalytic properties- variable valency - stability of various oxidation states -

ability to form complexes - non-stoichiometry. Position of elements of the transition series in the

periodic table.

Concept for virtual lab • Magnetic properties

UNIT-III : FIRST TRANSITION SERIES 12 Hrs.

Preparation, properties and uses - Titanium compounds - titanium dioxide, titanium tetrachloride -

Chromium compounds - chromous acetate, chromic oxide, chrome alum, potassium chromate,

potassium dichromate, chrome red, chromyl chloride. Iron compounds - ferrous sulphate, Mohr’s

salt, potassium ferrocyanide and ferricyanide, Prussian blue and Turnbull’s blue - rusting of iron -

Nickel compounds - nickel sulphate, nickel dimethyl glyoximate - Copper compounds - copper

sulphate, verdigris - alloys of copper.


• Colour reactions of Cr, Fe, Ni and Cu

68

UNIT-IV : SECOND AND THIRD TRANSITION SERIES 12 Hrs.

Preparation, properties and uses - Molybdenum compounds - molybdenum blue, Ammonium

molybdate - Tungsten bronze - Platinum compounds - chloroplatinic acid, complexes of platinum

- Mercury compounds - mercurouschloride,mercuric chloride, mercuric sulphide, mercuric iodide,

millon’s base, Nessler’s reagent-amalgams.


• Colour reactions of Mo and Hg

UNIT-V : LANTHANIDES AND ACTINIDES 12 Hrs.

General discussion - occurrence - isolation - separation techniques - oxidation states - lanthanide

contraction - colour - magnetic and spectral properties - actinides - general properties - comparison

of lanthanides and actinides.


• Lanthanide contraction

TEXT BOOK(S)

Puri B.R., Sharma L.R., Kalia K.C, Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, 31st, Delhi, Milestone

Publishers and distributors, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atkins P., Overton T., RourkeJ.,Weller M., Armstrong. F. Shriver & Atkins’, Inorganic Chemistry,

4th, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2006.

Lee.J.D, A New Concise Inorganic Chemistry, 5th, London, ELBS, 2002, Chapters: (UNIT II, III,

IV &V).

Pradeep T, Nano: The Essentials, New Delhi, McGraw Hill Education, 2009, Chapters: (UNIT I).

CHE4403CM INTRODUCTION TO CHEMINFORMATICS

(Theory)



• recognize the different types of 2D and 3D molecular representations

• identify the database models

• describe the applications of various databases

• classify the various datamining techniques

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CHEMICAL REPRESENTATION OF MOLECULES 12 Hrs.

History and Evolution of cheminformatics, Use of cheminformatics, Prospects of cheminformatics,

Representation of Chemical Compounds-Line Notations-WLN, ROSDAL, SMILES, SMARTS,

SYBYL, InCHI-Basics of Graph Theory- Matrix Representations-Adjacency, Distance, Atom-

Connectivity and Bond Matrix-Connection Table- Various File Formats-Structure of Molfiles, Sdfiles

and PDB -Library and Toolkits-Special Notations of Chemical Structures-Markush Structures-

Fragment Coding-Fingerprints, hashed fingerprints, hash codes-Representation of 3D structures-Z-

Matrix- Representation of Chemical Reactions- Different electronic effects; Reaction classification.

69

UNIT-II : DATABASE DESIGN & THEIR MANAGEMENT 12 Hrs.

Database Concepts- Structure Query Language, Design of Chemical Databases, Data Abstraction;

Data Models; Instances & Schemes; E-R Model - Entity and entity sets; Relations and relationship

sets; E-R diagrams; Reducing E-R Diagrams to tables; Network Data Model: Basic concepts;

Hierarchical Data Model: Basic Concepts; Metadatabases; Indexing and Hashing; Basic concepts;

Text Databases; Introduction to Distributed Database Processing, Data Security. Interfacing

programs with databases

UNIT-III : DATABASES 12 Hrs.

Sources, contents, design, Accessibility and use-Chemical database-PUBCHEM, CHEMBANK,

DRUGBANK, JCHEM, IUPAC, CAS Registry, ZINC, MOLTABLE, ChemExper, ChemSpider-

Literaturedatabase-PUBMED-Biological database-PRIDE, chemPDB, KEGG, Ligand Info,

GenBank, NCI

UNIT-IV : DATAMINING AND CHEMICAL STRUCTURE SEARCHING 12 Hrs.

Datamining: Introduction – Aspects of data mining-Techniques of Data mining – Multi dimensional

models – cube – star – snowflakes – classification techniques – K-nearest neighbour – Decision

tree –– Bayesian classifier – Introduction to neural network.

Molecular structure Searching techniques – Full structure, Super structure, Substructure

and Similarity searching methods - similarity based on 2D fingerprints - Tanimoto and Tversky,

Dice Coefficient, Cosine, Euclidean distance- Properties of similarity and distance coefficient.

UNIT-V : COMBINATORIAL CHEMISTRY 12 Hrs.

Principle of combinatorial chemistry – synthesis methods- Split-mix, parallel- diversed and focused

libraries- library enumeration- combinatorial library design stratergies- approaches to product based

library design-Molecular Scaffolds- Rule of five, Druglikeliness, Leadlikeliness, Drug design and

combinatorial libraries– case studies.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jiawen Han and MichelineKamber, Data Mining-Concepts and Techniques, Second Edition,

Elsevier publication, 2006, Chapters: (Unit IV).

Johann Gasteiger (ed.), Thomas Engel (ed.), Chemoinformatics: A Textbook, Weinheim, Wiley

VCH, 2003, Chapters: (Unit I,IV).

Leon A. & Leon M, Database Management System, Chennai, Vikas Publishing House, 2002,

Chapters: (Unit II).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Andrew R. Leach, Valerie J. Gillet, An Introduction to Chemoinformatics, revised edition,

Netherland, Springer, 2007.

Larsen, Textbook of Drug Design and Discovery, 3rd edition, London and New York, Taylor and

Francis, 2004.

CHE4501CM CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS

(Theory)


• classify the various types of solids based on symmetry elements.

• correlate the type of colloids with its properties.

• identify the fundamental concepts of thermodynamics

• relate and interpret the various laws of thermodynamics

• recognize the terms involved in statistical thermodynamics

70

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 15 Hrs.

Terms and concepts - systems, boundary, surroundings - macroscopic properties - intensive and

extensive - state variables - thermodynamic processes - reversible and irreversible processes -

nature of work and heat - pressure - volume work, isothermal, reversible and irreversible

expansion, work done in reversible expansion, internal energy - first law of thermodynamics -

enthalpy of a system - molar heat capacity - Joule Thomson effect - adiabatic expansion and work

done.

UNIT-II : THERMOCHEMISTRY 15 Hrs.

Zeroth Law of thermodynamics -Thermochemistry - exothermic and endothermic reactions -

thermochemical equations, enthalpy of a reaction, Variation of enthalpy of reaction with

temperature - different types of enthalpy of reaction - Hess’s law and applications, bond energy-

measurement of heat of reaction.


• Fundamentals of thermodynamics(different processes)

• Joule Thomson experiment

• Phase transition and energy change

• Bomb calorimeter

UNIT-III : SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS I 15 Hrs.

Limitations of the first law - Spontaneous processes and criteria of spontaneity - entropy-second

Law - Standard Entropy, entropy of formation, cyclic processes, heat engine , efficiency - Carnot

cycle - carnot theorem, other forms of second law - entropy from Carnot cycle - entropy change -

irreversible process, for an ideal gas, during change of phase, free energy -free energy and work

function, variation of free energy with temperature and pressure, isothermal change in free energy,

Gibbs - Helmholtz equation and its importance -Criterion for a spontaneous process


• Spontaneous/ non spontaneous processes

• Entropy change

• Carnot cycle

UNIT-IV : SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS II 15 Hrs.

ClausiusClapeyron equation and its application - van’t Hoff isotherm and isochore, derivations of

expressions for lowering of vapour pressure, osmotic pressure, elevation in boiling point and

depression in freezing point - fugacity and activity, chemical potential and its physical significance -

Gibbs - Duhem equation -Third Law of thermodynamics -Nernst heat theorem - third law of

thermodynamics - determination of absolute entropies of solids, liquids and gases -absolute

entropies of elements and compounds - experimental verification of third law - limitations to the

third law - entropy changes in chemical reactions.

UNIT-V : STATISTICAL THERMDYNAMICS 15 Hrs.

Introduction to Statistical Thermodynamics - macro and micro states - ensembles -

thermodynamical probability according to Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi - Dirac

statistics - most probable distributions.


• Colligative properties

• Probability and statistics

• Micro and macro states

• Ensembles

71

COLLOIDAL STATE Colloids - types of colloids - lyophillic and lyophobic sols and their

characteristics - preparation - dispersion - aggregation - purification - dialysis - optical properties -

kinetic properties - Electrical properties of colloids - gold number - stability of sols - associated

colloids - cleansing action of soaps and detergents - emulsions - gels - applications of colloids.

Concepts for Virtual LabPeptization, Electrodialysis, electro osmosis, coagulation,

surfactants, cleaning action of soaps and detergents, emulsion, gels, ultramicroscope, Tyndall

effect, Brownian movement .

TEXT BOOK(S)

ArunBahl, Bahl B.S. and Tuli G.D, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, New Delhi, S.Chand and

Co. Ltd, 2009, Chapters: (Unit I-V).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atkins.P.W, Physical Chemistry, 8th, New York, Oxford University Press, 2006..

Puri.B.R, Sharma.L.R and Pathania.S, Principles of Physical Chemistry, 46th, New Delhi, Vishal

Publishing Co., 2012.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://amrita.vlab.co.in/?sub=2&brch=193&sim=1255&cnt=1

CHE0301CP EXPERIMENTAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

(Lab)



• analyse the functional groups present in the given organic compound.

• synthesize industrially important compounds.

• apply the green principles in the preparation of organic compounds.

COURSE OUTLINE :


A. REACTIONS

Study of the effects on the rates of SN2 reactions

a. Structure of the Alkyl Halide

b. Steric Effects

c. Leaving Group

ORGANIC SYNTHESIS

d. Synthesis of Phenacetin; The Williamson Ether Synthesis

e. Synthesis of Diazonium Dyes

GREEN SYNTHESIS

f. Aldol condensation/Benzoin Condensation

g. Benzilic acid rearrangement

QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE FOLLOWING ORGANIC COMPOUNDS

Identification of nature and elements present

72

Preparation of derivatives

• Phenol

• Aldehydes

• Ketones

• Carboxylic acids

• Esters

• Nitro compounds

• Amine

• Amide

• Diamide

• Carbohydrates (mono- and di-saccharides)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Donald L Pavia, Gary M.Lampman, George S Kritz, Organic Chemistry – A Lab Manual, New

Delhi, Sengage Learning, 2009.

Furniss B.S.et al, Vogel’s Textbook of Organic Chemistry, 5th, London, ELBS, 1989.

Gnanapragasam N.S, Ramamurthy G, Organic Chemistry Lab Manual, Chennai, S.Viswanathan

(Printers and Publishers) PVT.LTD, 2013.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.umsl.edu/~orglab/

CHE4201CP EXPERIMENTAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

(Lab)



• identify the acid and basic radicals

• analyse the salt mixture qualitatively

• discuss the physico-chemical principles involved in the analysis

COURSE OUTLINE :


SEMI MICRO ANALYSIS INVOLVING GREEN PRINCIPLES

Qualitative analysis of Acid radicals

• CO32-, NO3-, CH3 COO-, Cl-, Br-, I-, SO4[sup2-, PO4

3-, BO33-,F-, C2O4

-2, CrO42-, S2O3

2-

,C4H4O62-

• Qualitative analysis of Basic radicals

o Pb2+, Bi3+, Cu2+, Cd2+, Sb3+, Fe3+, Al3+, Cr3+,Co2+, Ni2+,Zn2+, Mn2+, Ba2+, Sr2+, Ca2+, Mg2+,

NH4+, K+

• Qualitative analysis of salt mixture - Analysis of a salt mixture containing three anions and

three cations, inclusive of rare earths with atleast one interfering anion.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jeffery, G.H.. Basset J and others, Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 5th

edition, London, ELBS, 1989.

Pass G. & Sutcliffe H, Practical Inorganic Chemistry, 2nd edition, London, Chapman & Hall Ltd,

1979.

73

Ramanujam V.V, Inorganic Semi Micro Qualitative Analysis, Chennai, The National Publishing

Company, 1990.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://web.mst.edu/~gbert/qual/qual.html

http://www.dartmouth.edu/~chemlab/chem3-5/qual_cat/full_text/procedure.html

http://www.dartmouth.edu/~chemlab/chem3-5/qual_an/overview/procedure.html

74

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)

Sem Course Code

Course Title Offered

To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I CHE1201FS FUNCTIONAL ENGLISH FOR CHEMISTS

AUCHE TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I CHE1402CM GENERAL CHEMISTRY

AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I CHE1302FT BASICS OF CHEMISTRY

AUCHE LT 2 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

II CHE2201FS DATA HANDLING AND PRESENTATION

AUCHE TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II CHE2502CM CHEMISTRY OF ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS

AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CHE2202CP SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION TECHNIQUES

AUCHE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III CHE3401CM

INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIC REACTION MECHANISM

AUCHE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CHE3402CM BEHAVIOUR OF GASES AND LIQUIDS

AUCHE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

75

III CHE3501CM CHEMISTRY OF s- AND p- BLOCK ELEMENTS

AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CHE3201CP EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

AUCHE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CHE4401CM

CHEMISTRY OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS WITH OXYGEN FUNCTIONALITY

AUCHE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV CHE4402CM CHEMISTRY OF TRANSITION ELEMENTS

AUCHE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV CHE4403CM INTRODUCTION TO CHEMINFORMATICS

AUCHE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV CHE4501CM CHEMICAL THERMODYNAMICS

AUCHE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV CHE0301CP EXPERIMENTAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

AUCHE LA -- 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CHE4201CP EXPERIMENTAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

AUCHE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CHE4201SP CHEMINFORMATICS LAB

AUCHE LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00


76


Sem Course Code


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I CHE1401AA FUNDAMENTALS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

AUPHY TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I CHE1402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - I

SUBTE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CHE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY

ALLM TH 2 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CHE2401AA BASICS OF CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS

AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CHE2402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - II

SUBTE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CHE2403AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS

AUBOT LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --


77

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Botany revised

the Undergraduate curriculum to fit into the Integrated Curricular Model that the college evolved, in 2013.

The course profile, the course content & the evaluation pattern of the first two semesters were passed in

the Academic Council meeting held on April 3, 2013 (Appendix “AU”).





B.Sc. (Special) Botany (Specialization in Industrial Microbiology) - Aided

Course Profile



2014 Batch



BOT1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - I 2 2

BOT1302FT ALGAE AND FUNGI 3T + 1L 3

BOT1402CT BRYOPHYTES, PTERIDOPHYTES AND GYMNOSPERMS 4T + 1L 4

ZOO1401AT ANIMAL DIVERSITY 4T + 1L 4


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 19



BOT2201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - II 2 2

BOT2502CM PLANT SYSTEMATICS 5 5

CHE2403AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS 3T + 2L 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2403SA

BOT2202CP LAB FOR PLANT SYSTEMATICS 3 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 22

2013 Batch

III BOT3501CM BIOCHEMISTRY 5 5

BOT3502CM PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 5 5

BOT3503CM DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY AND PLANT BREEDING 5 5

BOT3401AT BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES AND COMPUTER APPLICATION 4T + 1L 4

BOT3201CP LAB FOR BIOCHEMISTRY, PHYSIOLOGY AND

DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY

4 2



78

VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 26

IV BOT4201SS HERBAL COSMETICS 2 2

BOT4402CM BIOFERTILIZERS AND PLANT PATHOLOGY 4 4

BOT4403CM ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 4 4

BOT4404CM FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY 4 4

BOT4401CT HORTICULTURE 3T + 1L 4

BOT4201CP LAB FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 3 2

BOT4202CP LAB FOR FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY, PLANT

PATHOLOGY AND BIOFERTILIZERS

4 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 26



To

Hrs./


I BOT1402AT FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY AUZOO 4T + 1L 4

II BOT2201NI BIODIVERSITY – CONSERVATION AND

MANAGEMENT

ALLM 2 2

BOT1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - I

(Theory)



• enhance the vocabulary

• apply functional grammar in Botany

• use correct pronunciation

• improve the communication skills

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNCTIONAL GRAMMAR THROUGH BOTANY 7 Hrs.

Essential rules of English grammar and usage. Use of articles, prepositions, adjectives, adverbs,

verbs, nouns, singular, plural, modals, words often confused.

UNIT-II : BOTANICAL VOCABULARY 7 Hrs.

Words commonly misspelt, word formation using prefix and suffix, synonyms and antonyms,

Substitution of words, Pronunciation of botanical terms and scientific terms

79

UNIT-III : SENTENCE SKILLS 8 Hrs.

Tenses, sentence improvement, sentence arrangement, sentence completion , sentence fill ups

and spotting errors.

UNIT-IV : COMMUNICATION SKILLS 8 Hrs.

Basics of communication – Communicative process, Seven C’s of communication, types of

communication -Verbal, non verbal, Barrier to effective communication, etiquette and mannerism.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gopalan R and V Rajagopalan, English for Competitive Examination, Chennai, Vijay Nicole

imprint private limited, 2007.

Jack. C.R, Language and Communication, Chennai, Orient Longmann Ltd, 1987.

Jain B.B, A Comparative book on English Grammars, Agra Sep, UpkarPrakashan, 2010.

Judith Verity, Succeeding at Interviews, Chennai, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd, 2000.

Krishna Mohan, Developing Communication Skills, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd, 1998.

ShaliniAgarwal, Essential Communication Skills, New Delhi, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd, 2013.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://botanydictonary.org

www.botany.com/index.16.htm

http://ontologi.es/biol/botany.htm/

BOT1302FT ALGAE AND FUNGI

(Lab cum Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME : 3T + 1L

Hrs./Wk.


• describe the structure and reproduction of different forms of algae and fungi.

• recognize the diversity, complexity and the economic value of algae & fungi

• prepare suitable micro slides of selected life forms in algae & fungi

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CLASSIFICATION (UPTO ORDER LEVEL) OF ALGAE, GENERAL

CHARACTERISTICS AND ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE

12T Hrs./Wk.

Classification of algae based on Fritsch, General characteristics of algae

Economic importance of Algae - food, medicine, biofertilizer, alginic acid and agar, diatomite.

Harmful effects of algae – Algal blooms &Cyanotoxins.

UNIT-II : STRUCTURE AND LIFE CYCLE OF THE FOLLOWING 12T Hrs./Wk.

Cyanophyceae – Oscillatoria

Chlorophyceae– Volvox, Oedogonium

Bacillariophyceae – Diatoms

Phaeophyceae – Sargassum

Rhodophyceae – Gracilaria

UNIT-III : CLASSIFICATION (UP TO ORDER LEVEL) OF FUNGI, GENERAL

CHARACTERISTICS AND ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE

12T Hrs./Wk.

Classification of fungi by Alexopolous, General characteristics of fungi

Economic importance of fungi

Role of fungi in Medicine, Industry, Agriculture & food

Mycotoxins - Aflatoxins, mushroom toxins

12T Hrs./Wk.

80

UNIT-IV : SALIENT FEATURES, STRUCTURE AND LIFE CYCLE OF THE FOLLOWING

Phycomycetes - Albugo

Ascomycetes - Saccharomyces

Basidiomycetes - Peziza

Deuteromycetes - Cercospora

Lichen:classification based on habitat, thallus, thallus structure – homothallic &

heterothallic,reproduction – types Usnea

UNIT-V : LAB 12L Hrs./Wk.

Microscopic observation of

Cyanophyceae – Oscillatoria

Chlorophyceae – Volvox, Oedogonium

Bacillariophyceae – Diatoms

Phycomycetes - Albugo

Ascomycetes - Saccharomyces

Deuteromycetes -Fusarium

Micropreparation of thallus of

Phaeophyceae – Sargassum

Rhodophyceae – Gracilaria

Basidiomycetes - Agaricus

TEXT BOOK(S)

Pandey B.P, College Botany, I, New Delhi, S, Chand & Company Ltd, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alexopoulos C.J. and C.W.Mims, Introductory Mycology, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited,

1979.

Pandey S.N. and P.S.Trivedi, A text book of Algae, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd,

2001.

Sharma O.P, Textbook of Algae, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill- Publishing Co.Ltd, 2011.

Smith G.M, Cryptogamic Botany, Algae and Fungi, I, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.

Ltd, 1986.

Vashishta B.R. and A.K.Sinha, Fungi, NewDelhi, S.Chand& Co. Ltd, 2010.

Vashishta B.R., Sinha A.K., Singh V.P, Algae, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co, 2010.

BOT1402AT FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY

(Lab cum Theory)



• understand the diversity of plants

• describe the floral organization and economic importance of selected families

• predict the internal structure, organization of plant parts & plant functioning

• develop skills in sectioning and designing simple experiments.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PLANT DIVERSITY 15T Hrs./Wk.

Classification of plant kingdom – general characteristics, thallus structure and reproduction of the

following.

Algae –Chlorella, Gracilaria

81

Fungi –Agaricus

Bryophyte – Marchantia

Pteridophyte – Selaginella

Gymnosperms – Pinus

UNIT-II : MORPHOTAXONOMY 15T Hrs./Wk.

Morphology of flowering plants – root, stem. leaf, flower, fruit.

Bentham &Hooker classification. Study of selected families.

Polypetalae – Annonaceae

Gamopetalae – Cucurbitaceae

Monoclamydae – Euphorbiaceae

Monocot – Poaceae

UNIT-III : PLANT ANATOMY 15T Hrs./Wk.

Tissues (simple & complex), primary structure of stem (dicot – Tridax, monocot - Grass), root (Dicot

– Bean, monocot – Grass) and leaf (dorsiventral – Hibiscus, isobilateral - Grass)

UNIT-IV : PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 15T Hrs./Wk.

Water absorption (Passive), Ascent of sap (cohesion tension theory),

Transpiration (stomatal), Mineral nutrition – macro nutrients (NPK & their physiological role)

Photosynthesis (light & dark reactions) Respiration (Glycolysis &Kreb’s cycle)

Physiological role of phytohormones (Auxin, GA, cytokinin, ABA)


1. Microscopic observation of the following forms

• Algae –Chlorella, Gracilaria

• Fungi –Agaricus

• Bryophyte – Marchantia

• Pteridophyte – Selaginella

• Gymnosperms – Pinus

2.Morphological observation of root, stem, leaf, flower and fruit

3.Dissection & technical description of floral parts of the following families

• Polypetalae – Annonaceae

• Gamopetalae – Cucurbitaceae

• Monoclamydae – Euphorbiaceae

• Monocot – Poaceae

4.Sectioning & microscopic observation of stem, root and leaf of mentioned plants.

5.Osmosis, Ringing experiment (Demo), Effect of light intensity, wavelength and CO2 concentration

on photosynthesis.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Devlin R.M and Witham F.H, Plant Physiology, New Delhi, CBS Publishers and Distributors,

1986.

Narayanaswamy R.V., Rao. K.N and Raman. A, Outlines of Botany, Madras, S.ViswanathanPvt

Ltd, 1992.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Pandey B.P, College Botany, I, New Delhi, S, Chand & Company Ltd, 2010.

Pandey B.P, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co Ltd, 2007.

Pandey S.N., &Misra S.P, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, Ane Books India, 2008.

Pandey, B.P, Plant Anatomy, New Delhi, S.Chand& Company Ltd, 2010.

82

BOT1402CT BRYOPHYTES, PTERIDOPHYTES AND GYMNOSPERMS

(Lab cum Theory)



• recognize the diversity

• interpret the complexity and

• illustrate the economic importance of Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms

• prepare suitable micropreparations of selected life forms in Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and

Gymnosperms

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GENERAL CLASSIFICATION 15T Hrs./Wk.

General Classification of the following ( upto order level )

Bryophytes - Engler&Rothmaler (1951 )

Pteridophytes - Smith ( 1955 )

Gymnosperms - Sporne (1965)

Economic importance of the Bryophytes, Pteridophytes& Gymnosperms

UNIT-II : BRYOPHYTES 15T Hrs./Wk.

Structure & life history of the following

Marchantia

Anthoceros

Polytrichum

UNIT-III : PTERIDOPHYTES 15T Hrs./Wk.


Psilotum

Lycopodium

Selaginella

Stelar evolution in pteridophytes

UNIT-IV : GYMNOSPERMS 15T Hrs./Wk.


Pinus

Gnetum

No developmental studies in Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms


1. Marchantia - Thallus,Gemma cup, archigoniophore, antheridiophore, sporophyte

2. Anthoceros- Thallus , capsule(Sporophyte)

3. Polytrichum: Thallus , capsule(Sporophyte)

4. Lycopodium-Root, strobilus

5. Selaginella – Stem, rhizophore, root and strobilus

6. Pinus -Pollen grain, ovule, male flower,

7. Gnetum-Ovule

TEXT BOOK(S)

Pandey B.P, College Botany, volume II, New Delhi, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Sharma O.P, Pteridophytes, New Delhi, S. Chand & Co, 1992.

Smith G.M, Cryptogamic Botany, Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (II), New Delhi, Tata McGrawHill

Publishing Co. Ltd, 1989.

83

Sporne K.R, The Morphology of Gymnosperms, London, Hutchinson University Lib, 1965.

Vashishta B.R., Sinha A.K., Adarsh Kumar, Bryophytes, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co, 2011.

Vashishta B.R., Sinha A.K., Anil Kumar, Pteridophyta, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co, 2010.

Vasishta P.C., Sinha A.K., Anil Kumar, Gymnosperms, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co, 2006.

BOT2201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - II

(Theory)



• acquire basic skills in listening, speaking, reading & writing

• apply the language effectively in describing the botanical concepts

• develop interpersonal skills.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GROUP COMMUNICATION & LISTENING SKILLS 8 Hrs.

Application of English language in learning Botany, fluency development, conversation, idea

generation techniques – creative thinking, brain storming, idea generating tools- Listening skills-

listening process, barriers to effective listening & guidelines for effective listening.

UNIT-II : PRESENTATION SKILLS 8 Hrs.

Bioconversation – dialogues, role play, public speaking, thematic letter writing, paragraph, essay,

précis writing, note taking tips, reflective, critical thinking, problem solving & substitution of words.

Preparation and presentation of PPT.

UNIT-III : REPORT PREPARATION & INTERVIEW SKILLS 7 Hrs.

Lab, OSS, field trip report, learning of concepts, writing methodology for an experiment,

observation and interpretation. Preparation for an interview & writing an impressive resume.

UNIT-IV : FOUNDATION SKILLS IN SCIENTIFIC WRITING AND INTERPRETATION 7 Hrs.

Description of laboratory glassware, cells, tissues, organelles, sectioning skills and preparation of

lab records.

TEXT BOOK(S)

ShaliniAgarwal, Essential communication skills, New Delhi, Ane Books Pvt. Ltd, 2013.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Agarwal R.S, Quantitative Aptitude, New Delhi, S. Chand & Co, 2003.

AgatheRavet. Haevermans, The art of Botanical drawing, An introductory guide, USA, Timber

Press, 2008.

Day R.A, Scientific English, A guide for scientists and other professionals, New York, University

press, 1995.

Fry.R, Your first interview, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2003.

Jack. C.R, Language and Communication, Chennai, Orient Longmann Ltd, 1987.

Judith Verity, Succeeding at Interviews, Chennai, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd, 2000.

Krishna Mohan, Developing Communication Skills, New Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd, 1998.

84

BOT2201NI BIODIVERSITY – CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

(Theory)



• identify the essential components and concepts of biodiversity

• recognize the threats and challenges of biodiversity

• explain the various methodologies adopted for biodiversity conservation

• discuss international and legal policies on environmental protection

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO BIODIVERSITY 7 Hrs.

Genetic diversity, species diversity, ecosystem diversity, agrobiodiversity. Biodiversity in India –

India as a mega diversity nation

UNIT-II : LOSS OF BIODIVERSITY & ITS CONSERVATION 8 Hrs.

Causes, factors, severe threats to biodiversity – hot spots, endangered plants & animal species,

endemic species, vulnerable, rare, threatened. Objectives, Importance & value of biodiversity

conservation, India’s efforts for conservation of biodiversity – in situ and ex-situ conservation of

biodiversity. afforestation.

UNIT-III : ENDANGERED ENVIRONMENT 7 Hrs.

Population growth and its impact on environment (Air, Water & Soil) green house effect & climate

change, acid rain, ozone depletion, disasters (natural & man-made)

UNIT-IV : ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION LAWS AND MOVEMENT. 8 Hrs.

Environmental Protection Act - Air act, Water act, Pollution Control Act (State) Wildlife Protection

act, Forest Conservation act, Biodiversity Act, 2002, Significance & Organizations associated with

Environmental Movement.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arvind Kumar, A text book of Environmental Science, New Delhi, APH Publishing corporation,

2009.

Bharucha E, Text book of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate courses, Hyderabad,

Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Krishnamurthy K.V, Textbook of Biodiversity, USA, Science Publishers, 2003.

Sharma P.D, Ecology & Environmental Studies, Meerut, Rastogi Publications, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Agarwal K.C, Environmental Biology, Bikaner, Nidi publication Ltd, 2001.

Heywood V.H. and Waston R.T, Global Biodiversity Assessment, New York, Cambridge

University Press, 1995.

Jadhav H. and Bhosale V.M, Environmental Protection and Laws, Delhi, Himalaya Publication

House, 1995.

Kumar U. and Asija M.J, Biodiversity – Principles and Conservation, JodhpurIndia, Agrobios,

2000.

85

BOT2502CM PLANT SYSTEMATICS

(Theory)

LEARNING OUTCOME : 5

Hrs./Wk.


• explain the principles of systematics

• describe the distinctive features of selected families

• recall the economic value of the plants in the cited families

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MORPHOLOGY OF PLANT PARTS AND HISTORY OF CLASSIFICATION 15 Hrs.

Morphology of root, stem, leaf, inflorescence flower and fruit, History of classification –

Theophrastus, Linnaeus, Bentham and Hooker, and Engler and Prantle

UNIT-II : PRINCIPLES OF TAXONOMY 15 Hrs.

Principles of Taxonomy – Minor and Major categories, rules and recommendations, ICBN, author

citation scientific naming of plants.

Dichotomous key preparation – indented key – Field and herbarium techniques.

Numerical taxonomy & Chemotaxonomy

UNIT-III : STUDY OF THE LOCALLY AVAILABLE FLORA OF POLYPETALAE WITH THEIR

ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE AND PHYLOGENETIC RELEATIONSHIP

15 Hrs.

Study of the locally available flora of Polypetalae

Polypetalae – Annonaceae, RutaceaeCaesalpiniaceae, Rosaceae,&Cucurbitaceae

UNIT-IV : STUDY OF THE LOCALLY AVAILABLE FLORA OF GAMOPETALAE WITH THEIR

ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE AND PHYLOGENETIC RELEATIONSHIP

15 Hrs.

Study of the locally available flora of Gamopetalae

Gamopetalae – Asteraceae, Asclepiadaceae, Convolvulaceae, Acanthaceae&Lamiaceae

UNIT-V : STUDY OF THE LOCALLY AVAILABLE FLORA OF MONOCHLAMYDEAE AND

MONOCOTYLEDONS WITH THEIR ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE AND PHYLOGENETIC

RELEATIONSHIP

15 Hrs.

Study of the locally available flora of Monochlamydeae and Monocot families

Monochlamydeae –Amarantaceae, Euphorbiaceae

Monocot – Orchidaceae, Liliaceae&Poaceae.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Narayanaswamy R.V., Rao. K.N and Raman. A, Outlines of Botany, Madras, S.ViswanathanPvt

Ltd, 1992.

Pandey B.P, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, S.Chand& Co Ltd, 2007.

Pandey S.N &Misra S.P, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, Ane Books India, 2008.

Verma B.K, Introduction to Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gamble J.S and Fischer C.E.C, Flora of the Presidency of Madras, I – III, W.C.London, Adlard&

Son Limited, 2011.

Jeffrey C, An introduction to Plant taxonomy, New Delhi, Allied publishers Private Limited, 1982.

Lawrence G.H.M, Taxonomy of Vascular plants, New York, The Mac Milan Co, 1965.

Sambamurty A.V.S.S, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, I.K. International Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

86

BOT2202CP LAB FOR PLANT SYSTEMATICS

(Lab)



• describe the distinctive features of selected families

• collect & prepare plant herbarium following standard format

• assign plants to their respective families and prepare a dichotomous key

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Morphology of root , stem , leaf , inflorescence , flower and fruit – Observation,

identification and recording the above mentioned plant parts

2. Dissection of floral parts of families mentioned in the theory syllabus.

3. Identification of their respective families and their economic importance.

4. Identification of families using Gamble.

5. Preparation of indented key

6. Submission of 20 herbarium sheets of weed plants available in the college campus.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gamble J.S and Fischer C.E.C, Flora of the Presidency of Madras, I – III, W.C.London, Adlard&

Son Limited, 2011.

Jeffrey C, An introduction to Plant taxonomy, New Delhi, Allied publishers Private Limited, 1982.

Lawrence G.H.M, Taxonomy of Vascular plants, New York, The Mac Milan Co, 1965.

Sambamurty A.V.S.S, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, I.K. International Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

BOT3501CM BIOCHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• acquire a deeper understanding of the structure and functioning of the biomolecules

• apply the concepts of thermodynamics in the biological system

• relate the basic concepts and designs of metabolic reactions that take place in the biological

systems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : THERMODYNAMICS AND CARBOHYDRATES 15 Hrs.

Introduction-basic concepts of laws of thermodynamics, Concept of free energy - biological

oxidation reduction reactions - high energy compounds – ATP. Monosaccharides – Classification,

structure, isomerism, ring structure of glucose – physical and chemical properties of

monosaccharides. Disaccharides – Structure of sucrose, Oligo and polysaccharides – Starch,

homo and hetero polysaccharides

UNIT-II : PROTIENS 15 Hrs.

Structure , classification and properties of aminoacids Formation and structure of peptides

Conformation of proteins. Classification and types of proteins, their structure and role, denaturation

15 Hrs.

87

UNIT-III : LIPIDS

Structure, classification and properties of fatty acids and their derivatives. Fats-structure, hydrolysis

and ß oxidation Phospholipids-types, structure and occurrence Non - phosphorylated lipids – types,

structure and occurrence.

UNIT-IV : NUCLEIC ACIDS 15 Hrs.

Structure of bases, nucleosides and nucleotides. Structure – Watson and Crick model of DNA and

its properties. Structure and types of RNA.

UNIT-V : BIOCATALYSTS 15 Hrs.

Nomenclature, classification and properties of enzymes Enzyme catalysis – mechanism & co-

factors in enzyme catalysis Enzyme inhibition- Competitive ,Non competitive , Allosteric and

Feedback inhibition. Enzyme kinetics - Michaelis-Menton Kinetics, Line-Weaver Burk plot.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Lehninger L.A., Nelson K.L., Cox M.M, Principles of Biochemistry, 5, New York, Worth

Publishers, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Devlin M. Thomas, Text book of Biochemistry with clinical correlations, 2006, A John Wiley &

Sons Inc. Publication, USA, ISBN: 6.

Elliot W.H., Elliot D., Biochemistry and Molecular Biology,, 1997, Oxford University Press, USA.

McKee Trudy and McKee.R.James,,Biochemistry and Introduction, 1996, Wm. C. Brown

Publishers, USA.

Stryer L, Biochemistry, 2007, W.H. Freeman Publishers,, New York, ISBN: 4.

Voet Donald, Voet G. Judith, Biochemistry, 3, USA,, A John Wiley & Sons Inc. Publication,, 2004..

West,E.S., Todd W.R Mason H.S. and Bruggen J.T.V., Text Book of Biochemistry, New Delhi,

Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, 1995.

BOT3502CM PLANT PHYSIOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate the role & movement of water and solutes in plants

• explain the mechanism & the role of photosynthesis in plants

• analyze the mechanism & the role of respiration

• relate the effects of plant movements and phytohormones on growth & development of plant

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : WATER RELATIONS 15 Hrs.

Diffusion, gaseous exchange, osmosis, Plasmolysis, absorption of water, ascent of sap (cohesion-

tension theory), transpiration – types, mechanism of stomatal movements, factors affecting

transpiration, Mineral nutrition- role of macro & micro nutrients, passive & active transport of ions,

translocation of organic solutes – Munch hypothesis.

UNIT-II : PHOTOSYNTHESIS IN PLANTS 15 Hrs.

Photosynthetic pigments, action & absorption spectra, Red drop, Emerson enhancement effect.

Photosystems, Light reaction – cyclic & Non cyclic photophosporylation, dark reaction, C4 cycle –

photorespiration. CAM, factors affecting photosynthesis.

15 Hrs.

88

UNIT-III : RESPIRATION

Respiratory substrates, RQ, Glycolysis, Kreb’s cycle, fermentation, Pentose phosphate pathway,

anaerobic respiration, factors affecting respiration.

UNIT-IV : PLANT MOVEMENTS & PHYTOHORMONES 15 Hrs.

Plant growth – definition, phases of growth of plant, Plant movements – autonomous and paratonic.

Phytohormones and their role – Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, ABA. Ethylene

UNIT-V : REPRODUCTIVE GROWTH AND PHYSIOLOGY OF SEEDS 15 Hrs.

Flowering - Photoperiodism and Vernalization, morphological and physiological changes that occur

during fruiting. Seed dormancy & germination – causes, methods of breaking dormancy,

physiological changes that occur during germination. Senescence, circadian rhythm.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Noggle and Fritz, Introductory Plant Physiology, 2, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India Private

Limited, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Devlin R.M and Witham, Plant Physiology, New Delhi, F.H CBS Publishers and Distributors,

1986.

Leopald Carl A, Plant Growth and Development, New York, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1964.

Salisbury B. and Ross F, Plant Physiology, 4, New Delhi, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2007.

BOT3503CM DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY AND PLANT BREEDING

(Theory)



• illustrate the structure, function of the reproductive organs and changes associated with seed

development

• discuss the procedures of plant breeding programmes

• assess the practical achievements in the development of new crop varieties

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MICROSPOROGENESIS AND MEGASPOROGENESIS 15 Hrs.

Microsporangium – T.S of a tetrasporangiate anther – Anther Wall – Structure , Nuclear behaviour

in tapetal Cells, Sporogenous tissue. Male Gametophyte – Vegetative and Generative Cell,

Formation of Sperm, Pollen Wall – Palynology, NPC system. Megasporangium – Types of Ovules –

Integuments, Nucellus, Megasporogenesis – Female Gametophyte, Types of Embryosac, –

Nutrition of Embryo sac. Pseudo embryosac&perisperm.

UNIT-II : POLLINATION AND FERTILIZATION 15 Hrs.

Pollination – Anther dehiscence, Pollen transfer. Fertilization – Pollen germination, Pollen tube

growth, Entry of pollen tube into the embryo sac, Pollen tube discharge, Fusion of gametes, Double

fertilization

UNIT-III : ENDOSPERM, EMBRYO AND POLYEMBRYONY 15 Hrs.

Endosperm - origin, types- free nuclear (coconut), cellular, helobial and ruminate endosperm,

function of endosperm. Embryo: Embryogeny, Development and structure of dicot

(Ceratocephalusfalcatus)and monocot (Triticum) embryo,suspensor, nutrition of embryo.

Polyembryony – causes, experimental induction, classification. Apomixis, Parthenocarpy – genetic,

environmental & chemically Induced.

15 Hrs.

89

UNIT-IV : SCOPE OF PLANT BREEDING AND METHODS OF CROP IMPROVEMENT

Scope of Plant breeding, Plant introduction and acclimatization –, Plant quarantine measures,

present organizations and their functions, utilization of introduced materials. Selection – Mass,

Pureline& Clonal selection – Definition, characters, production, importance, field technique,

advantages & disadvantages, achievements.

UNIT-V : METHODS OF BREEDING 15 Hrs.

Hybridization – emasculation, bagging, crossing, labeling, harvesting hybrid seeds, raising F1

generation, back cross method, single cross, double cross, three way cross, top cross, multiple

cross and synthetic cross, effect of hybridization on cross pollinated crops – Heterosis – mutation

breeding – role of mutants in improvement of crop – artificial induction of mutation, gamma garden.

Achievements in crop breeding in India with reference to Rice.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Bhojwani S.S. and Bhatnagar S.P, The Embryology of Angiosperms, 5th revised, New Delhi,

Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 2008.

Chaudhari H. K, Elementary Principles of Plant Breeding, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing

Co Pvt Ltd, 1992.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Acquaah George, Principles of Plant Genetics and Breeding, USA, Black well Publishing Ltd,

2007.

Maheswari, P, An Introduction to the Embryology of Angiosperms, New York, McGrawHill,

2002.

Mohanan, K.V, Essentials of Plant Breeding, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2010.

Pandey, B.P, Embryology of Angiosperms, New Delhi, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 1995.

Poehlman. J. M and Borthakur. D, Breeding Asian Field Crops, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH

Publishing Co, 1969.

Sharma J.R, Principles and Practice of Plant Breeding, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Co Ltd, 1994.

BOT3401AT BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES AND COMPUTER APPLICATION

(Lab cum Theory)



• describe the basic principles & working mechanism of various instruments used in Biological

research

• develop skills in the use of techniques & methodology relevant to the execution of a research

project

• distinguish data manipulations and display data as line graphs, histograms, charts and three

dimensional graphs

• relate the role of computers in biological research

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MICROSCOPY 15T Hrs./Wk.

Bright field (Review), Phase Contrast, Dark field, fluorescence microscope and Electron

microscopy. (Transmission and Scanning) – scanning probe, atomic force microscope

15T Hrs./Wk.

90

UNIT-II : SEPARATION & CHROMATOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES

Counter Current Distribution, partition adsorption chromatography, Paper, Ascending, Desending&

circular, Thin layer & Column chromatography. HPLC, Gas chromatography. Electrophoresis -

Paper, Polyacrylamide, Agarose and immuno electrophoresis.

UNIT-III : pH METRY & COLORIMETRY 15T Hrs./Wk.

pHmetry:- pH indicators- Buffer- Calomel and glass electrode, Henderson- Hasselbach equation-

releated problems. Colorimetry:- Beer and Lamber’t law, Absorption spectrum - spectrophotometer

- UV- visible, Fluorescence spectrophotometer.

UNIT-IV : CENTRIFUGATION & SPECTROSCOPY 15T Hrs./Wk.

RCF, Sedimentation coefficient, Types of Rotors Differential, Ultra & density gradient – Zonal

&isopycnic centrifugation. Flame photometer & AAS.

UNIT-V : LAB - COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 15L Hrs./Wk.

1. MS – Excel: - basics (Review) Working with Excel– Rearranging worksheets – Excel

Formatting Tips and Techniques – Organizing large projects – An introduction to functions

– Excels chart features – Working with Graphics in Excel – Introduction to Excels

command macros – Using worksheets as Databases -Automating “What – if” projects –

Auditing and Troubleshooting worksheets.

2. Application of Excel in the statistical analysis of biological data.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Boyer R.F, Modern Experimental Biochemistry, California, the Benjamin/ cummings Publishing

company, Inc, 2000.

Mansfied R, The Compact Guide to Microsoft and Office applications, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill Publications, 1994.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gube J and Cheung G, Straight to the point, Microsoft Excel 2003, New Delhi, Firewall Media,

2006.

Jayaraman J, Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, New Delhi, New Age international publishers,

1999.

Keith Wilson and John walker, Practical Biochemistry- Principles & techniques, New York,

Cambridge university press, 2005.

Mansfield R, Excel for windows 95 for Busy people, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill,publishing

company Ltd, 1997.

Nelson S.L, Excel-A Quick reference of more than 3000 Microsoft Excel Tasks, New Delhi,

terms & Tricks Firewall Media, 2002.

Palanichamy, S and Manoharan, M, Statistical Methods for Biologists, Palani, Palani Paramount

Publications, 1991.

Plummer.D.T, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company Ltd, 1999.

SundarRao, P.S.S, and Richard, J, An Introduction to Biostatistics, England, Prentice Hall

International Inc, 1996.

91

BOT3201CP LAB FOR BIOCHEMISTRY, PHYSIOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENTAL

BOTANY

(Lab)



• prepare solutions used in experiments accurately

• design simple experiments, collect the data, scientifically interpret and extrapolate the obtained

data

• apply the various techniques and skills to understand the biochemical aspects of plants

• describe the reproductive structures of angiospermic plants

COURSE OUTLINE :


BIOCHEMISTRY

1. Preparation of solutions – Molar, Molal, Normal, & Percentage solution

2. pHmetry – measurement of pH of different solutions using pH meter.

3. Colorimetry – Complementary colour. Verification of Beer’s law.

4. Qualitative and quantitative estimation from plant samples for the following:

A. Glucose - Anthrone method

B. Protein - Biuret method

C. Amino acid - Ninhydrin method

D. Lipid - Gravimetric method, Sudan III

5. Chromatographic techniques – paper (circular - dye mixture; Ascending-Aminoacid

mixture), TLC– separation of dye mixture. Column chromatography – Separation of

chlorophyll pigments (Demonstration)

PHYSIOLOGY

6. Potato osmoscope

7. DPD – Plasmolytic method

8. Stomatal frequency

9. Ringing experiment

10. Determination of RQ using respirometer and Smith Fermentation experiment.

11. Effect of light intensity, CO2 concentration and wavelength on the rate of

photosynthesis, Absorption spectrum.

DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY

12. Microscopic observation of C.S. of anther

13. Microscopic observation of ovules

14. Embryo mounting (Tridax / Achyranthus)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jayaraman. J, Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1992.

Palanivelu P, Laboratory Manual for Analytical Biochemistry & Separation Techniques,

Madurai, School of Biotechnology, Madurai Kamaraj University, 2000.

Palvannan T, Shanmugam S. and Sathish Kumar T, Laboratory manual on Biochemistry,

bioprocess & Microbiology, Chennai & Hyderabad, Scitech publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Pandey, B.P, Embryology of Angiosperms, New Delhi, S. Chand & Company Ltd, 1995.

Plummer D.T, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill

Publishing Company Limited, 1999.

Sadasivam S. and Manickam A, Biochemical Methods for Agricultural Sciences, New Delhi,

Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1992.

92

BOT4201SS HERBAL COSMETICS

(Theory)



• record the significance of plants in beauty therapy

• identify the useful effect of and natural products in maintaining a healthy body

• prepare herbal beauty formulations

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Definition 7 Hrs.

basic principles, unique features of herbs, useful herbs, botanical name of herbs.

UNIT-II : Basic anatomy of skin and hair, type of skin & hair, diseases of skin and hair 8 Hrs.

• Pimples

• Dry skin

• Dark circle

• Hyper pigmentation

• Hypo pigmentation

• Dandruff

UNIT-III : Methods of preparation of herbal formulation 8 Hrs.

• herbal hair oil

• scrubs

• face packs

• hair packs

UNIT-IV : Traditional methods of preparation of herbal formulation 7 Hrs.

Traditional methods of preparation of herbal formulation – kajal, kumkum, face packs, hair pack,

hair oil.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Asha Ram, Herbal Indian perfumes and cosmetics, Delhi, India, Sri Satguru publications, 2002.

ParveshHanda, Be your own beautician, New Delhi, Pustakmahal, 2011.

BOT4402CM BIOFERTILIZERS AND PLANT PATHOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate the various microbes used as Biofertilizers

• identify their role in the maintenance of soil fertility

• illustrate the various methods of mass cultivation and quality control involved in biofertilizer

production

• discuss the etiology, symptoms, transmission and management practices of plant diseases

93

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FREE LIVING & SYMBIOTIC NITROGEN FIXERS 12 Hrs.

Isolation, Identification, Characterization, Nitrogen fixing mechanism & Assimilation, Mass

Production, Quality control & applications of Azotobacter, Rhizobium &Nostoc

UNIT-II : AZOSPIRILLUM & MYCORRHIZAE 12 Hrs.

Associative symbiont – Azospirillum

Arbuscularmycorrhizae – types, taxonomy, occurrence and distribution

UNIT-III : MICROBIAL DISEASES OF CROPS 12 Hrs.

Transmission (Direct and indirect methods), Causative organism, Symptoms and control measures

for

Bacterial disease: Citrus canker.

Fungal disease: Tikka disease of groundnut

Viral disease: Tobacco mosaic.

Mycoplasmal disease: Little leaf of Brinjal

Algal disease: Red rust of Guava

Nematode infection: Root knot

UNIT-IV : PLANT PROTECTION 12 Hrs.

Exclusion, eradication, chemical methods, immunization

UNIT-V : BIOLOGICAL CONTROL 12 Hrs.

Biopesticides (Bacterial, Fungal and Viral), Biological control of weeds, pathogens.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Mehrotra R.S, Plant Pathology, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2003.

Sambamurthy A.V.S.S, Text book of Plant Pathology, New Delhi, I.K. International Pvt. Ltd,

2009.

SubbaRao N.S, Biofertilizers in Agriculture and Forestry, 3 Revised, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH

Publishing Co Pvt Ltd, 1997.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Mahanta, Fundamentals of Agricultural Microbiology, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co,,

1994.

Postgate J, Nitrogen Fixation, 3, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1998.

Sharma K.A, Biofertilizers for sustainable Agriculture, Jodhpur, Agrobios, 2003.

Sharma R.A., Totawat K.L., Maloo S.R. &Somani L.L, Biofertilizer technology, Udaipur, Agrotech

Publishing company, 2004.

SubbaRao N.S, Bioferilizers in Agriculture, 2, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd,

1988.

SubbaRao N.S, Soil Micro organisms and Plant Growth, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing

Co.Pvt Ltd, 1977.

SubbaRao N.S, Soil Microbiology, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co Pvt Ltd, 2000.

BOT4403CM ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Theory)


On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to • describe the components and functioning of different ecosystem. • analyze the factors influencing plants and microbes • relate the different types of interaction seen among plants and microbes and their role in sustaining

the ecosystem • analyze and evaluate their role in eco sustainability in the light of national and global environmental

issues

94

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGY & ECOSYSTEM 12 Hrs.

Definition, branches, scope, historical background – abiotic and biotic components of aquatic and

terrestrial ecosystem, Ecological pyramids, food chain, food web, energy flow, productivity and

measurement.

UNIT-II : ECOLOGICAL FACTORS 12 Hrs.

Classification, climatic factors – light, temperature, precipitation, atmospheric humidity. Edaphic

factors – soil, soil aeration, soil water, soil nutrients, soil temperature, soil organisms.

UNIT-III : BIOTIC FACTORS & POPULATION INTERACTION 12 Hrs.

Neutralism, Commensalism, Synergism, Mutualism, Competition, Amensalism, Antagonism,

Parasitism and Predation. Microbe - microbe interaction, Plant - microbe and animal - microbe

interaction.

UNIT-IV : PLANT COMMUNITIES & BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLES 12 Hrs.

Characteristics and structure of communities, Process of succession - Hydrosere, Xerosere.

Biogeochemical cycles – Definition, classification, Carbon, Water, Oxygen, Nitrogen, Sulphur and

Phosphorus cycles.

UNIT-V : CLIMATE CHANGE –GLOBAL AND LOCAL ISSUES 12 Hrs.

Climate change – perceptions – Unsustainable consumption pattern, methane emissions, low

agricultural production, rise in sea level, energy efficiency and conservation, renewable energy.

Natural disasters- Earthquakes, cyclones, floods. Carbon sinks, Ecological footprint, Climate

change and loss of biodiversity, Sustainable development - Global and local issues, Solid waste

management – Composting, Sewage treatment. Pollution case studies.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arvind Kumar, A Text Book of Environmental science, New Delhi, A P H Publishing Corporation,

2009.

Singh. H.R, Environmnetal Biology, New Delhi, S. Chand and company Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atlas. R.M and Bartha. R, Microbial Ecology: Fundamentals and Applications, California, The

Benjamin / Cummings Publishing Company, Inc, 2000.

Bhachura E, Text book of Environmental studies for under graduate students, Hyderabad,

India, Universities Press(India) Pvt Ltd, 2005.

Das. R. R, Environmental Studies, New Delhi, Paragon International Publishers, 2006.

Misra. D.D, Fundamental concepts in Environmental studies, New Delhi, S. Chand & company

Ltd, 2009.

Misra. S. P and Pandey.S. N, Essential Environmental studies, New Delhi, Ane Books India,

2008.

BOT4404CM FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY

(Theory)



• recall the history of microbiology

• categorize the techniques used in control, isolation, and identification of microbes

• describe and differentiate the various types of microbes.

• explain the structure, reproduction and growth of bacteria and viruses

95

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : HISTORY & CLASSIFICATION OF MICROBES 12 Hrs.

Early developments (Anton Van Leeuwenhoek, Needham, Robert Koch, John Tyndall, Louis

Pasteur, Schroeder, Brefeld, Petri, Hesse, Winogradsky, Beijerink, Flemming, Waksman, Edward

Jenner, Joseph Lister, Francesco Redi). General characteristics - Bacteria &Archaea,

Cyanobacteria, Mycoplasma, Actinomycetes [Classification – Bergey`s (IX edition- upto order level]

and virus.

UNIT-II : STRUCTURE & REPRODUCTION OF VIRUS

12 Hrs.

Virus – General characteristics, structure, classification, symmetry, lytic and lysogenic cycles.

UNIT-III : ULTRA STRUCTURE OF BACTERIA & REPRODUCTION 12 Hrs.

Ultra structure of bacterial cell - Gram +ve& Gram –ve. Staining – mechanism of staining, Simple,

Differential (Gram stain & Acid- fast) Negative staining, Endospore staining. Bacterial growth-

continuous & synchronous culture– Factors affecting growth, Determination of bacterial growth –

Direct method - Haemocytometer, Viable plate count - Indirect method – Turbidity, Motility-hanging

drop technique, Reproduction – Fission. Sporulation.

UNIT-IV : STERILIZATION 12 Hrs.

Sterilization – Disinfectant, sanitizer – ideal disinfectant, mechanism of action and application of

Physical agents (temperature – dry heat- incineration and hot air oven, wet heat- boiling,

pasteurization, tyndallisation, autoclave, desiccation, osmotic pressure, radiation - UV and filtration)

chemical agents (Phenol, Alcohol, Halogens, Heavy metals & Formaldehyde)

UNIT-V : CULTIVATION OF MICROBES 12 Hrs.

Nutritional requirements, nutritional types, Media – types and preparation, culture Methods (streak,

lawn, stab, slant, liquid) - pure culture – methods and maintenance. Cultivation of algae, fungi and

virus

TEXT BOOK(S)

Pelczar J.M., Chan E.C.S. and Kreig. R.N, Microbiology, 13th Reprint, New Delhi, Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Company Ltd,, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Atlas R.M, Microbiology - Principles of Microbiology, Missouri, Mosby Year Book Inc, 2000.

Black J, Microbiology - Principles and Explorations, 7, New York, Prentice Hall International,

Inc, 2007.

Brock T.D, Biology of Microorganisms, 9, Carbondale, Southern Illinois University, 2000.

Prescott L.M., Harley J.P. and Klein D.A, Microbiology, 3, Chicago, W.M.C. Brown Publishers,

1996.

Salle A.J, Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology, 7, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing

Company Ltd, 1997.

BOT4401CT HORTICULTURE

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify the basic concepts of horticulture

• illustrate the techniques involved in plant growing

• develop skills in plant growing and maintenance

96

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : BASIC PRACTICES IN HORTICULTURE 12T Hrs./Wk.

Horticulture - scope and importance. Plant containers, Preparation of pot mixture - individual and

group. Irrigation - surface, sub, spray and drip irrigation - Objectives and effects. Methods of

pruning – heading back, thinning out. Training - open centre, central leader and espalier.

Transplanting methods and factors influencing the plant recovery.

UNIT-II : PROPAGATION 12T Hrs./Wk.

Propagation by seed - Seed testing & sowing. Vegetative propagation – Cuttage, layerage (simple,

& air), grafting (tongue), budding (T). Manuring –organic, chemical and biofertilizers. Control of

weeds - definition, effects and methods.

UNIT-III : ORNAMENTAL GARDENING 12T Hrs./Wk.

Garden implements – uses. Ornamental gardening– principles of garden making, ornamental

garden and its parts. Lay out of ornamental garden. Establishment and maintenance of lawn,

Rockery.

UNIT-IV : OLERICULTURE 12T Hrs./Wk.

Principles, climate, soil and site selection, manuring, irrigation, Cultivation of Amaranthus. Kitchen

garden– simple plan. Pomology – planning, lay out and planting of orchards.


• Garden implements • Preparation of pots, transplanting, pruning • Propagation – cuttage,

layerage, grafting, budding, division and separation • Ornamental gardening – flower bed, hanging

pots, observation of cut flowers • Kitchen garden – Layout

BOT4201CP LAB FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Lab)



• develop the skills to analyze and collect data

• report the obtained ecological data

• interpret and relate plant and microbial life to the environmental conditions.

COURSE OUTLINE :


1.Study of vegetation in the campus by

▪ Quadrat method

▪ Line transect,

▪ Belt transect method.

2.Physical parameters of water:

pH, Temperature, Turbidity,

3.Chemical paratmeters of water

Acidity, Alkalinity, Dissolved oxygen,

BOD, COD and salinity.

4.Biotic and abiotic components of pond ecosystem

5.Bacteriological analysis of water sample

Presumptive, confirmed and completed tests, IMVIC tests.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cappucino, James G and Sherman Natalie ,Microbiology – A Laboratory Manual, 3, California,

The Benjamin / Cummings Publishing Company Inc, 1992.

97

Gunasekaran.P, Laboratory Manual in Microbiology, New Delhi, New Age International (P)

Limited Publishers, 1995.

Kannan. N, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology, TamilNadu, Palani Paramount

Publications, 1996.

Manivasakam, N, Industrial Effluents – Origin, Characteristics, Effects, Analysis & Treatment,

Coimbatore, Sakthi Publications, 1987.

Trivedi. P.R and Gurdeep Raj, Environmental Water and Soil Analysis, New Delhi, Akashdeep

Publishing House, 1992.

BOT4202CP LAB FOR FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY, PLANT PATHOLOGY

AND BIOFERTILIZERS

(Lab)



• prepare media for cultivation of bacteria and fungi

• demonstrate basic techniques involved in handling of glassware, isolation & cultivation of microbes

• prepare slides for staining & identification of microbes

• demonstrate biocontrol of phytopathogens

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Laboratory precautions.

2. Cleaning, Handling of glassware.

3. Sterilization –moist heat, dry heat & radiation.

4. Preparation of media – medium for the cultivation of

• Bacteria – Nutrient broth & Nutrient Agar

• Fungi - Martins Rose Bengal Agar

• Actinomycetes – Kuster’s Agar

• Algae – BG 11

5. Isolation of microbes from air, water and soil.

6. Culture methods - spread plate, pour plate, streak plate, stab & slant culture.

7. Staining techniques: Simple, Gram’s staining

8. Isolation of phytopathogen

9. Biocontrol of pathogen by Trichoderma( Dual culture)

10. Isolation of Azotobacter, Rhizobium, Azospirillum

11. Effect of commercially available bioinoculants (Azospirillum) on plant growth

(Morphometric analysis of plants)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Aneja K.R, Experiments in Microbiology, Plant Pathology and Biotechnology, Revised fourth

edition, New Delhi, New age international Ltd, 2009.

Cappuccino J.G., and Sherman N, Microbiology - A Laboratory Manual, 3, California, The

Benjamin/ Cummings Publishing Company, Inc, 2009.

Cappuccino, J.G, and Sherman, N, Microbiology, A Laboratory Manual, 3, California, The

Benjamin/ Cummings Publishing Company, Inc,, 1992.

98

Claws C.W, Understanding Microbes: Laboratory Text Book for Microbiology, New York, W.H.

Freeman Co, 1988.

Gunasekaran, P, Laboratory Manual in Microbiology, New Delhi, New Age International (P)

Limited, 2007.

Jha D.K, Laboratory manual on Plant Pathology, New Delhi, Pointer publishers Jaipur,

2004.Publishers, 1995.

Seeley H.W.Lee.J.J.Jr and Vandemark.P.J, Microbes in Action, New York, W.H. Freeman Co,,

1990.

99

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)

Sem Course Code Bat- ches


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I BOT1201FS 1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - I AUBOT TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I BOT1302FT 1 ALGAE AND FUNGI AUBOT LT 3 1 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I BOT1402CT 1 BRYOPHYTES, PTERIDOPHYTES AND GYMNOSPERMS

AUBOT LT 4 1 -- -- -- 2 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II BOT2201FS 1 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR BOTANY - II AUBOT TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II BOT2502CM 1 PLANT SYSTEMATICS AUBOT TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II BOT2202CP 1 LAB FOR PLANT SYSTEMATICS AUBOT LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

III BOT3501CM 1 BIOCHEMISTRY AUBOT TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BOT3502CM 1 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY AUBOT TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BOT3503CM 1 DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY AND PLANT BREEDING

AUBOT TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BOT3401AT 1 BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES AND COMPUTER APPLICATION

AUBOT LT 4 1 -- -- -- 2 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BOT3201CP 1 LAB FOR BIOCHEMISTRY, PHYSIOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENTAL BOTANY

AUBOT LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV BOT4201SS 1 HERBAL COSMETICS AUBOT TH 2 -- -- -- -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BOT4402CM 1 BIOFERTILIZERS AND PLANT PATHOLOGY AUBOT TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV BOT4403CM 1 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY AUBOT TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV BOT4404CM 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY AUBOT TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

100

IV BOT4401CT 1 HORTICULTURE AUBOT LT 3 1 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

IV BOT4201CP 1 LAB FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY AUBOT LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV BOT4202CP 1 LAB FOR FUNDAMENTALS OF MICROBIOLOGY, PLANT PATHOLOGY AND BIOFERTILIZERS

AUBOT LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00





To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I BOT1402AT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY AUZOO LT 4 1 -- -- -- 2 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II BOT2201NI 1 BIODIVERSITY – CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT

ALLM TH 2 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 1 15 -- -- 75 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --


101

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Zoology








The Post Graduate course profile and course content were revamped based on the students' need for

equivalence certificate.

B.Sc. (Special) Zoology (Specialization in Biotechnology) - Aided

Course Profile



2014 Batch



ZOO1201FS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS FOR ZOOLOGISTS - I 2 2 AU-2013 as

ZOO1101FS

BOT1402AT FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY 4T + 1L 4

ZOO1302FT INVERTEBRATA – I 3T + 1L 3

ZOO1401CT INVERTEBRATA-II 4T + 1L 4


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 19



CHE2401AA BASICS OF CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2401SA

ZOO2201FS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS FOR ZOOLOGISTS - II 2 2 AU-2013 as

ZOO2101FS

ZOO2301CM CELL BIOLOGY 4 3

ZOO2403CT CHORDATA 3T + 1L 4


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 22

2013 Batch

III MATQ3431AA / APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS / 5 4

MATQ3432AA MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS

ZOO3501CM BIOCHEMISTRY 5 5

ZOO3502CM GENETICS 5 5

102

ZOO3201CP LAB IN GENETICS 4 2

ZOO3302CP LAB IN CELL BIOLOGY & BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES 5 3



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 24

IV ZOO4401CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 4 4

ZOO4501CM ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 5 5

ZOO4502CM IMMUNOLOGY 5 5

ZOO4201CP LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 4 2

ZOO4201SP LAB IN BASIC CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS 2 2

ZOO4302CP LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY 5 3


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 25



To

Hrs./


I ZOO1401AT ANIMAL DIVERSITY AUBOT 4T + 1L 4

II ZOO2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY ALLM 2 2

M.Sc. - Aided

Course Profile

Sem Course Code Course Title Hrs./

Week Credit

I PGZ1527M PHYSIOLOGY 5 5

PGZ1528M BIOCHEMISTRY 5 5

PGZ1529M MICROBIOLOGY 5 5

PGZ1423P LAB IN MICROBIOLOGY 5 4

PGZ1424P LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY & BIOCHEMISTRY 5 4

VALUE BASED COURSES 2 1

LIBRARY 2

CLUB 1

Total 30 24

II PGZ2526M MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 5 5

103

PGZ2527M GENETICS AND EVOLUTION 5 5

PGZ2528M IMMUNOLOGY 5 5

PGZ2322P LAB IN IMMUNOLOGY 4 3

PGZ2323P LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 4 3

ELECTIVE 4 4

VALUE BASED COURSES 2 1

LIBRARY 1

Total 30 26

III PGZ0621M PROJECT 2 0

PGZ3522M rDNA TECHNOLOGY 4T + 2L 5

PGZ3424M STATISTICAL TOOLS IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH 4 4

PGZ3425M PLANT AND MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 4 4

PGZ3523O /

PGZ3524O

IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY /

MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS AND FORENSICS

5 5

PGZ3423P LAB IN BIOTECHNOLOGY 4 4

ELECTIVE 4 4

CLUB 1

Total 30 26

IV PGZ0621M PROJECT 8 6

PGZ4421M BIODIVERSITY,IPR AND BIOSAFETY 4 4

PGZ4524M ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 5 5

PGZ4527M DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 5 5

PGZ4525O /

PGZ4526O

ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY /

ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

5 5

LIBRARY/SEMINAR 2

CLUB 1

Total 30 25


Sem Course Code Course Title Offer To Hrs./

Week Credit

ALL PGZ0422D WILDLIFE IN INDIA ALLM -- 4

ALL PGZ0424D NATURE WATCH ALLM -- 4

ALL PGZ0425D GREEN TECHNOLOGY ALLM -- 4

II PGZ2423E NUTRITION, HEALTH AND CHILD CARE ALLM 4 4

III PGZ3422E HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY ALLM 4 4

104

ZOO1302FT INVERTEBRATA – I

(Lab cum Theory)



• differentiate diversity of the invertebrates.

• illustrate the basic plan of structure and classification of invertebrates.

• identify economically important invertebrates and explore the avenues to apply this knowledge

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : SYSTEMATICS 12T Hrs./Wk.

- Classification of animal kingdom – different grades of organization. PHYLUM PROTOZOA –

Characteristic features, classification upto classes, type study: Amoeba.Sporozoan parasite -

Plasmodium- development and life cycle. Biological significance of protozoans.

UNIT-II : PHYLUM: PORIFERA 10T Hrs./Wk.

Characteristics and classification upto classes based on complexity, structure of simple sponge

(Ascon type), canal system

UNIT-III : PHYLUM: COELENTERATA 11T Hrs./Wk.

Characteristics and classification upto classes, type study;Obelia- alternation of generations,

polymorphism. Coral wealth of India.

UNIT-IV : PHYLUM: HELMINTHES 12T Hrs./Wk.

Characteristics and classification upto classes. Fasciola hepatica and Ascaris lumbricoides - life

cycle and parasitic adaptations. Helminth parasites in man- Tape worm, Guinea worm, Hook worm

and Filarial worm (brief overview).

UNIT-V : LAB 15T Hrs./Wk.

SPOTTERS & SLIDES: PROTOZOA – Amoeba, Paramecium – entire, Foraminifera, Opalina.

PORIFERA – Observation of spicules. COELENTERATA – Obelia– entire, medusa, Hydra –

budding, Aurelia, Corallium rubrum, Physalia. HELMINTHES – Taenia solium – entire and scolex,

Fasciola hepatica – entire, Ascaris male & female, L.S of Ascaris.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jordan, E.L., & Verma, P.S, Invertebrate Zoology, New Delhi: Chand and Co., 2009.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ayyar, E., & Ananthakrishnan T.N, A Manual of Zoology,Invertebrata1(Part I), 5th ed., Vol 1,

Chennai, S.Viswanathan Printers and Publishers, 1982.

Barnes, R.D, Invertebrate Zoology, 5th ed., London, W.B.Saunders Co., 1986.

Kotpal R.L, Coelenterata, 7th ed., Meerut, India, Rastogi Publications, 2003.

Kotpal, R.L, Modern Text Book of Zoology – Invertebrates, 10th ed., Meerut,India, Rastogi

Publications, 2009.

ZOO1401CT INVERTEBRATA-II

(Lab cum Theory)



• differentiate diversity of the invertebrates.

• illustrate the basic plan of structure and classification of invertebrates.

• identify economically important invertebrates and explore the avenues to apply this knowledge.

105

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PHYLUM: ANNELIDA 12T + 3L Hrs.

Characteristics and classification upto classes, structure and organization of earthworm,

vermiculture and its applications.

UNIT-II : PHYLUM: ARTHROPODA 12T + 3L Hrs.

General characters and classification upto classes – Prawn – type study.

UNIT-III : CLASS INSECTA - SOCIAL INSECTS 12T + 3L Hrs.

Ants, Termites, Honeybee, Wasps.

UNIT-IV : PHYLUM: MOLLUSCA 12T + 3L Hrs.

Characteristics and classification upto classes, Type study – Pila, Pearl oyster culture.

UNIT-V : PHYLUM: ECHINODERMATA 12T + 3L Hrs.

Characteristics and classification upto classes, Type study - Asterias, larval forms of echinoderms.

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

LAB:

1. Earthworm – Demonstration of digestive system, lateral hearts and nervous system

2. Diversity of mouth parts of insects - cockroach, honey bee, mosquito and any other

relevant insect.

3. Mounting of appendages of prawn

4. Larval forms of Echinoderms (slides)

5. Spotters: Limulus, Pila, Asterias.

6. Field visit

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jordan, E.L., &Verma, P.S., Invertebrate Zoology, Multicolor revised ed., New Delhi: Chand and

Co., 2009.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ayyar, E., & Ananthakrishnan,T.N., A Manual of Zoology - Invertebrata – (Part II), 5th revised

ed., Vol 2., Chennai, S. Viswanathan, Printers and Publishers, 2003.

Barnes, R.D., Invertebrate Zoology, 5th ed., London, W.B. Saunders Co., 1986.

Kotpal, R.L, Echinodermata, 5th ed., Meerut, India, Rastogi Publications, 2003.

Kotpal, R.L., Modern Text Book of Zoology - Invertebrates, 10th ed., Meerut, India, Rastogi

Publications, 2009.

ZOO2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• differentiate the concepts and principles of inter-relationship between organisms and their

environment

• explain how energy and materials are transferred through the ecosystem

• organize activities pertaining to environmental management and prevention of environmental

pollution based on the awareness created.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 7 Hrs.

Concept and principles of an ecosystem: An introduction to biotic and abiotic factors - pond as an

ecosystem, energy relationships in an ecosystem.

106

UNIT-II : 7 Hrs.

Community Ecology - Biogeochemical cycles (Phosphorus cycle and Nitrogen cycle)

UNIT-III : 7 Hrs.

Habitat ecology: Adaptations of lentic, Lotic and Littoral organisms

UNIT-IV : 9 Hrs.

Human impact on Air, water and land pollution abatement. Sustainable environmental

management: solid waste disposal, and sewage sludge disposal.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Agarwal V.K., and Verma P.S., Environmental Biology: Principles of Ecology, Reprint, New

Delhi,India: Chand (S.) & Co., Ltd., 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arceivala, S.J, Waste water Treatment for Pollution Control, 2nd ed., New Delhi, Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2000.

Joseph, K., and Nagendran, R, Essentials of Environmental Studies, New Delhi, Pearson

Education Pvt. Ltd., 2004.

Molles, M.C.,, Ecology Concepts and Applications, 1st ed., New York, WCB McGraw Hill

Company, 1999.

WithGott, J., and Brennan,, Environment, 2nd ed., San Francisco,, Pearson Education, Inc.,

Publishing as Benjamin Cummings,, 2007.

ZOO2301CM CELL BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• define the cell as a structural and functional unit of life.

• cell organelles compare the structure and functions of various.

• interpret cell organization.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CELL MEMBRANE AND TRANSPORT 12 Hrs.

Cell as the basic unit of living organism – cell theory, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Structure of

plasma membrane (fluid mosaic model). Functions of plasma membrane – facilitative diffusion,

active transport mechanism.

UNIT-II : INTRACELLULAR COMPARTMENTS – I 12 Hrs.

Structure and functions of Endoplasmic reticulum,Golgi complex,Lysosomes.

UNIT-III : INTRACELLULAR COMPARTMENTS – II 12 Hrs.

Mitochondria-structure and functions. Nucleus: Structure – nuclear membrane, pore complex,

nucleolus, chromatin; euchromatin, heterochromatin, functions.

UNIT-IV : CELL CYCLE AND DIFFERENTIATION 12 Hrs.

Cell cycle stages and regulation – checkpoints. Cell division: mitosis, mitotic apparatus, meiosis,

difference between mitosis and meiosis; Cytoskeleton- microtubules, actin filaments and

intermediate filaments.

UNIT-V : CELL ORGANIZATION AND CELL DEATH 12 Hrs.

Cell organization into tissues and organs- glandular, epithelial, muscle, nerve and connective

tissues – structure and function (brief account) - Cell ageing and death - apoptosis– cellular

changes.

107

TEXT BOOK(S)

Alberts B, Johnson A, Lewis J, Raff M, Roberts K and Walter .P, Essential Cell Biology, 3rd ed.,

New York: Garland Science Publishers, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alberts B, Johnson A, Lewis J, Raff M, Roberts K and Walter .P., Molecular Biology of the Cell,

5th ed., New York, Garland Science Publications, 2008.

Becker W.M, Kleinsmith L.J and Hardin .J, The World of the Cell, 6th ed., London, Pearson

Education Inc., 2011.

De Robertis E.D.P. and De Robertis E.M.F, Cell and Molecular Biology, 8th ed., Indian Reprint,

New Delhi, B.I Publications Pvt Ltd, 2011.

Johnson K.E., The Medical Series for Independent Study- Histology and Cell Biology,

Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 1991.

Lewin B, Cassimeris L, Lingappa R.V. and Plopper G, Cells, 2nd ed., London, Jones and Bartlett

Publishers, 2007.

Swanson C.P. and Webster P.L, The Cell, 5th ed., New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 1990.

ZOO2403CT CHORDATA

(Lab cum Theory)



• recogonize the beauty and value of diverse vertebrate organisms

• compare and contrast characteristic features of lower vertebrates to human organization.

• organize entrepreneurial ventures to support life and enhance standard of living.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DIVISION: PROCHORDATES 12T Hrs./Wk.

Classification upto classes; Cephalochordata: Type study: Amphioxus; Urochordata: Special

features of Tunicates; Hemichordata: Special features of Balanoglossus; Agnatha – Petromyzon;

Chordate and vertebrates characteristics; systems and skeleton comparison of vertebrates. LAB :

PROCHORDATES: Ascidia, Amphioxus – section - Petromyzon - entire.

UNIT-II : CLASS: PISCES 12T Hrs./Wk.

Classification upto orders;Gnathostomata: Type study: Scoliodon; lung fishes; fish migration;

parental care in fishes LAB: PISCES: Shark - demonstration of digestive, arterial and urino –

genital system dissection; placoid scale mounting.

UNIT-III : CLASS: AMPHIBIA 14T Hrs./Wk.

General feature and classification up to orders with emphasis on newts and Apoda; Type Study:

Rana hexadactyla(Frog); Parental care in amphibians; neoteny. LAB: AMPHIBIA: Frog dissection

(Virtual lab), Ichthyophis, Salamandra, Axolotl, Hyla, Bufo CLASS: REPTILIA: General features

and classification upto orders; Type study: Calotes versicolor (Garden lizard); Poison apparatus;

identification of poisonous and non-poisonous snakes; economically important south Indian

reptiles. LAB: REPTILIA: Calotes (Virtual lab).

UNIT-IV : CLASS: AVES 11T Hrs./Wk.

General features and classification upto orders; Type study: Columba livia (Pigeon); Birds as

‘glorified reptiles’, flightless birds, migration of birds, beak and feet adaptation. LAB: AVES: Pigeon

- dissection (Virtual lab); Bird watcher’s diary (migratory and non-migratory birds) - to be submitted

at the end of the course.

108

UNIT-V : CLASS: MAMMALIA 11T Hrs./Wk.

General features and classification upto orders; Type study: Oryctolagus cuniculus (Rabbit);

Adaptive radiation in mammals; economic importance. LAB: Bat ( aerial adaptation), whale (

aquatic adaptation), cat ( terrestrial adaptation); Visit to a Sanctuary / Zoo/ Museum.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jordan E.L. and Verma P.S, Chordate Zoology, New Dlhi: S. Chand and Co., 1998.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ayyar, E., A Manual of Zoology - Invertebrata – (Part II), Chennai, S. Viswanathan Pvt. Ltd.

(Reprint), 2000.

Jhingran V.G, Fish and Fisheries of India, 2nd ed., Hindustan Publishers, 1998.

Kotpal R.L., Modern Textbook of Zoology - Vertebrates, Rastogi Publ., Meerut, 2000.

ZOO3501CM BIOCHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• explain biochemical basis of processes that occur in human body.

• express the role of macromolecules and their metabolism.

• apply concepts learnt in clinical diagnosis.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CARBOHYDRATES 18 Hrs.

Introduction-basic concepts and designs-Laws of thermodynamics- biological oxidations-high

energy compounds.Monosaccharides- structure, isomerism, ring structure of glucose - physical and

chemical properties of monosaccharides, Oligo and polysaccharides-homo and hetero

polysaccharides –Glycolysis – Citric acid cycle and electron transport chain. Role of carbohydrates

in living systems.

UNIT-II : PROTEINS 15 Hrs.

Structure, classification and properties of amino acids - Naturally occurring peptides and their

functions -Conformation of proteins and denaturation -Classification of proteins, their structure and

role. Biosynthesis and degradation of aminoacids

UNIT-III : LIPIDS 12 Hrs.

Structure, classification and properties of fatty acids and their derivatives - Fats - structure and

hydrolysis – Lipogenesis and beta oxidation of fatty acids - Role of lipids in living systems.

UNIT-IV : NUCLEIC ACIDS 15 Hrs.

Structure of bases-nucleosides and nucleotides - Structural conformation and properties of DNA

and RNA – Biosynthesis and degradation of nucleic acids. Role of nucleic acids in living systems.

UNIT-V : VITAMINS AND BIOCATALYSTS 15 Hrs.

Vitamins- Fat soluble and Water solublevitamins. Types and properties of enzymes - factors

affecting enzyme action,enzyme inhibition. Enzyme catalysis –catalytic mechanisms.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Conn E.E.P.K., Stumpf.G.,Bruening.R. and Doi .H., Outlines of Biochemistry, New York: John

Wiley & Sons, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Elliot W. H., Elliot.D.C., Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, India, Oxford University Press,

2013.

109

Lehninger L.A., Nelson D.L., Cox, M.M., Principles of Biochemistry, 4th ed., London, Worth

Publishers, 2014.

McKee .T and McKee.R.J, Biochemistry an Introduction, 4th ed., Philadelphia, USA,

Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 2013.

Stryer.L, Biochemistry, 7th ed., New York, W.H.Freeman publishers, 2012.

West, E.S., Todd.W.R.,Mason.H.S and Bruggen. J.T.V., Text Book of Biochemistry, New Delhi,

Oxford and IBH Publishing, Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1995.

ZOO3502CM GENETICS

(Theory)



• interpret the basic principles of heredity and their application in life situations.

• comprehend application of genetics in animal and plant breeding.

• relate principles of heredity to various genetic disorders in man and animals.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MENDEL'S WORK, DEVIATIONS AND SEX DETERMINATION 15 Hrs.

Review of Mendel’s work-Mono andDihybrid ratios; Deviant Mendelian Monohybrid and Dihybrid

ratios, Linkage and Crossing over, Mapping of Chromosomes; Sex Determination - Bipotential

nature of organisms, Role of external and internal environments, Chromosomal mechanism –

Gynandromorphism.

UNIT-II : QUANTITATIVE GENETICS,SEX LINED INHERITANCE AND CYTOPLASMIC

INHERITIANCE

17 Hrs.

Polygenic Inheritance - Skin pigmentation in man, Height and weight, ear length in maize/wheat

and spotting in mice; Multiple alleles - Blood grouping in man, coat colour in rabbit and Eye colour

in Drosophila - Related problems; Sex-linked inheritance in man (Colour blindness and Hemophilia)

and Drosophila (eye colour) – problems; Maternal inheritance - Coiling of shell, kappa particles,

milk factor and plastid inheritance.

UNIT-III : MICROBIAL AND MOLECULAR GENETICS 15 Hrs.

DNA as genetic material –One gene one enzyme concept; Chromosomal abberations and ploidy;

Mutation a) Spontaneous mutation b) induced c) Molecular basis d) types of mutation e) Mutagens

- their modes of action; Genetic recombination in bacteria.

UNIT-IV : HUMAN GENETICS 13 Hrs.

Simple Mendelian Traits; Pedigree analysis; Twin studies; Contribution of twins in understanding

Genetics; Inborn errors of metabolism and syndromes; Hereditary diseases, their mode of

inheritance; Eugenics and genetic counseling.

UNIT-V : PUPULATION GENETICS 15 Hrs.

Hardy – Weinberg theorem -derivation; Factors affecting gene frequencies; Application of genetics

in animal and plant breeding; problems.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Tamrin R.H, Principles of Genetics, 7th ed., India: Tata McGraw Hill Pub., 2007.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gardner E, Principles of Genetics, 5th ed., India, John Wiley and sons Inc., 1975.

Griffiths A.J.F, Wessler S.R, Carroll S B, Doebley J, Introduction to Genetic Analysis, New York,

W.H.Freeman & Company, 2012.

110

Klug W.S and Cumming M.R, Essentials of Genetics, 7th ed., New Delhi, India, Replica Press

Pvt. Ltd., 2003.

Pierce B.A., Genetics – A Conceptual Approach, 4th ed., New York, W.H.Freeman and Co.,

2012.

Sinnot E. W, Dunn L.C. and Dobzhansky T., Principles of Genetics, 5th ed. Reprint,, New Delhi,

Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., 2004.

Strickberger W., Genetics, 2nd ed., London, Macmillan Pub. Co. Inc., 1978.

Winchester A.M., Genetics, 3rd ed., New Delhi, Oxford and IBH Pub. Co., 1967.

ZOO3201CP LAB IN GENETICS

(Lab)



• apply the basic principles of Genetics.

• recall the concepts of human and microbial Genetics.

• explain pedigree trees and solve problems

COURSE OUTLINE :


DROSOPHILA GENETICS

1. Culture of Drosophila

2. Study of Drosophila - Isolation of virgin flies, life cycle and observation of giant

chromosomes.

3. Inheritance of eye color

HUMAN GENETICS

4. Simple Mendelian traits and pedigree analysis

5. Multiple alleles - blood grouping

6. Observation of Barr body

7. Polygenic inheritance with reference to height and weight – statistical analysis.

MICROBIAL GENETICS

8. Bacterial mutagenesis - physical (UV) - survival curve

9. Plasmid - encoded antibiotic resistance in different strains.

10. Phage infection and plaque formation.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jayaram K. and Jayaraman R, Laboratory Manual in Molecular Genetics, New Delhi, Wiley

Eastern Ltd., 1979.

Jayaraman K. and Krishnaswamy.S, Genetics – Experiments with Drosophila, Madurai, Printed

at Galaxy, 1973.

Miller H.J,, A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics –A Laboratory Manual and Handbook for

E.coli and Related Bacteria, New York, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory Press, 1992.

Sinnot E. W, L.C.Dunn and T. Dobzhansky, Principles of Genetics, 4th ed., New Delhi, Tata Mc

Graw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., 1973.

Winchester A.M, Genetics, 3rd ed., New Delhi, Oxford and IBH Pub.Co., 1967.

111

ZOO3302CP LAB IN CELL BIOLOGY & BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES

(Lab)



• discover the wonder of cells under a microscope.

• analyze biochemical parameters of biological samples.

• apply concepts in clinical diagnosis.

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Microscopy – basics, handling and cell measurement.

2. Observation of mitotic chromosomes.

3. Observation of meiotic chromosomes.

4. Observation of cells (prokaryote and eukaryote) and tissues (connective, cartilage,

muscle).

5. Preparation of solutions - Percentage, normality, molarity, molality and ppm

6. pHmetry – Titration curve of acetic acid.

7. Colorimetry – Verification of Beer – Lambert’s law.

8. Qualitative analysis of carbohydrates.

9. Qualitative analysis of amino acids and proteins.

10. Quantitative estimation of carbohydrates – Folin-Wu method.

11. Quantitative estimation of protein – Lowry’s method.

12. Separation of amino acids – paper chromatography.

13. Enzyme activity – effect of substrate concentration

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Celis.J.E., Cell Biology –A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., New York, Academic Press, 1998.

Gasque E.C., A Manual of Laboratory Experiences in Cell Biology, First Indian Reprint, New

Delhi, Universal Bookstall, 1990.

Palanivelu P., Analytical Biochemistry and separation techniques – A laboratory manual for

B.Sc.& M.Sc. students, 2nd ed., Madurai, Kalaimani printers, 2001.

Plummer T.D, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, 4th ed., Europe, Mc Graw Hill Book

Company, 2000.

Shanmugam G., Cell Biology – A Laboratory Manual, Madras, Macmillan India Ltd., 1988.

Wilson K. and Kenneth H.G., A Biologists Guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical

Biochemistry, 3rd ed., Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press, 1992.

ZOO4401CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate genes to functions at molecular level.

• identify molecular interactions in gene expression and control.

• apply concepts learnt in research.

112

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CHROMOSOME STRUCTURE AND TRANSPOSABLE ELEMENTS 12 Hrs.

Structure and organization – bacteria and eukaryotic chromosomes – chromatin, histones,

centromere and telomere – Gene structure and architecture – Introns and Exons, repetitive DNA,

gene duplication, pseudogenes.Transposable elements – mechanism of transposition –

transposable elements in bacteria and eukaryotes– transposition via DNA and RNA intermediates.

UNIT-II : DNA REPLICATION AND RECOMBINATION 12 Hrs.

Semi - conservative replication, enzymes and proteins – prokaryotic and eukaryotic replication.

Recombination and DNA repair mechanisms - models and enzymes involved in recombination,

types of DNA repair.

UNIT-III : TRANSCRIPTION AND TRANSLATION 14 Hrs.

Transcription apparatus – process of bacterial and eukaryotic transcription. RNA processing – Pre -

mRNA, polyadenylation, capping, splicing, editing. Genetic code – degeneracy, reading frame,

mechanism of translation, post - translational modification of proteins – chaperones and protein

folding, glycosylation, cleavage – Proteomics.

UNIT-IV : CONTROL OF GENE EXPRESSION 12 Hrs.

Operon – structure – inducible and repressible operons – Lac operon. Catabolite repression – Trp

operon, Attenuation.regulation in eukaryotes – methylation, histone modification, role of activators,

enhancers, Basic concepts of RNA interference.

UNIT-V : SIGNAL TRANSDUCTION 10 Hrs.

Receptors, Signaling pathways – types, G protein - coupled receptor, receptor protein tyrosine

kinase - second messengers, intracellular enzyme cascade.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Twyman R.M., Advanced Molecular Biology, 4th ed., New Delhi: Viva books Pvt.Ltd, 1998.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alberts B, Johnson A, Lewis J, Raff M, Roberts K, Walter P., Molecular Biology of the Cell, 5th

ed., UK, Garland Science Publishers, 2008.

Brown, T.A., Genomes 3, 3rd ed., UK, Garland Science Publishers, 2007.

Cooper G.M., The Cell –Molecular approach, Washington DC, ASM Press, 1997.

Marks, F, Klingmuller, U, Decker, K.M,, Cellular Signal Processing, Garland Science, USA,

Taylor & Francis Group LLC, 2009.

Watson, J.D, Baker, T.A., Bell, S.P, Gann, A, Levine, M, Losick, R., Molecular Biology of the

Gene, 5th ed., USA, Pearson Education Inc., 2004.

ZOO4501CM ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate structure and function in various grades of animals.

• identify the mechanisms of functioning of various organ systems.

• recognise the fundamental unity in their physiological function.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NUTRITION 15 Hrs.

Types of feeding – particulate and liquid, digestion and absorption of carbohydrate, protein and fat,

cellulose digestion in ruminants. RESPIRATION Respiratory organs,respiratory pigments, oxygen

and carbon-di-oxide transport, dissociation curves, respiratory quotient, respiratory control.

113

UNIT-II : THERMOREGULATION 15 Hrs.

Poikilotherms and homeotherms, physiological adaptations, thermostat, hibernation and

aestivation. OSMOREGULATION AND NITROGEN EXCRETION Osmoconformers and

osmoregulators with specific examples, osmotic and ionic balance, acid-base balance, types of

excretory organs, nitrogen excretion patterns, ornithine cycle.

UNIT-III : CIRCULATION 12 Hrs.

Pulmonary and systemic, blood composition, coagulation, types of heart, haemodynamic principles,

cardiovascular regulation.

UNIT-IV : NEUROSENSORY MECHANISMS 18 Hrs.

Mechano, photo and chemoreceptors and their physiology, structure of neuron, synapse,

mechanism of impulse conduction, chemical transmitters – acetylcholine, adrenaline,

neuromuscular junction, EFFECTORS: Ultra structure of skeletal muscle and mechanism of muscle

contraction.

UNIT-V : ENDOCRINE MECHANISMS 15 Hrs.

Hormones in crustaceans and insects, hormones in metabolism in mammals, hormones in color

change in reptiles, hormones in mammalian reproduction.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Nielson S.K, Physiology, 5th ed, New York: Cambridge press, 1990.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Eckert R. and Randall D., Animal Physiology, 2nd ed., New York, CBS publishers and

distributors, 1987.

Hoar W.S.,, General and Comparative Animal Physiology, India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 1967.

Strand F.L., Physiology – A regulatory Approach System, Meerut, Macmillan publishing

company, 1983.

ZOO4502CM IMMUNOLOGY

(Theory)



• explain basic principles of Immunology

• compare the intricate functions of effector cells and relate them to human health

• develop concepts and apply in relevant areas of study

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNE SYSTEM 15 Hrs.

Historical perspectives, innate and adaptive system-. Organs and cells involved in immune

response

UNIT-II : ANTIGEN - ANTIBODY INTERACTION 15 Hrs.

Antigen, antibody types- structure and characterization- class switching, genetic diversity of

antibody production, Factors involved in Antigen – antibody interaction, hybridomatechnology.

UNIT-III : TYPES OF IMMUNE RESPONSE 15 Hrs.

a)Cellular immune response: T cellreceptor- maturation, activation and differentiation in immune

response- cytokines. b)Humoral immune response: B cell activation and proliferation, clonal

selection, antibody production

UNIT-IV : MHC-H2 AND HLA 15 Hrs.

Tissue typing, MHC- Its role in immune regulation and disease association; Immune response in

infectious diseases- bacterial, viral infections Immune response to tumours

114

UNIT-V : HYPERSENSITIVITY REACTIONS 15 Hrs.

Type I, II, III, IV, Autoimmunity and related immunological disorders and Immuno deficiency-

AIDS,Vaccines.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Coico.R. & Sunshine.G, Immunology –A Short course: John Wiley & Sons Inc. publication, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Coleman. R.M., Lombard M.F., Sicard R.E. and Rencricca N.J., Fundamental Immunology, 3rd

ed., Iowa, Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 1994.

Goldsby. R.A., Kindt T.J. Osborne B.A., Kuby., Immunology, 4th ed., New York, W.H. Freeman

and Co, 2000.

Male, D, Brostoff. J, Roth D.B, Roitt. I ,, Immunology, 7th ed., London, Mosby Elsevier, 2006.

Stites D.P, Terr A.I &Parslow T.G, Basic and Clinical Immunology, UK, Prentice Hall Publishing,

1994.

Tizard, I.R., Immunology – An Introduction, 4th ed., Canada, Saunders College Publishing,

2007.

Weir DM, Stewart J, Immunology, 8th ed., New York, Pearson Professional Ltd, 1997.

ZOO4201CP LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Lab)



• develop practical knowledge about enzyme kinetics.

• identify and compare the functioning of various receptors.

• assess pollution status of their immediate environment.

COURSE OUTLINE :


EXPERIMENTS – PHYSIOLOGY

1. Enzymatic hydrolysis of starch.

2. Effect of temperature on the opercular activity of fresh water fish.

3. Plasticity of pulse rate and heart beat in human.

4. Analysis of nitrogenous wastes in fish and mammal.

5. Haemin crystal mounting.

6. Uric acid crystal mounting.

7. Demonstration of diagnostic tools – ECG, EEG, Angiogram and dialysis.

8. Study of sensory receptors – mechano, olfactory and photoreceptors.

EXPERIMENTS – ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

9. Study of physical factors – temperature, humidity, light, wind velocity, current, soil profile,

substrate analysis.

10. Analysis of water quality – pH, CO2, O2, ammonia, phosphate, salinity and alkalinity in

water samples.

11. Measurement of primary productivity – light and dark bottle method.

12. Population study using yeast.

13. Estimation of biological oxygen demand.

115

14. Analysis of fresh water plankton.

15. Study of ecological succession – quadrate analysis.

16. Survey on pollution - related problems in Madurai city.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alison L.B., Ecology of Fresh Water, London, Heimemamm Educational books Ltd, 1971.

Charles K.S., Animal Ecology, USA, Prentice Cliffs, N.J, 1961.

Eugene P.O., Fundamentals of Ecology, 3rd ed., USA, W.B.Saunderscom.Ltd, 1971.

Hoar, W.S, A Laboratory companion, General and comparative Physiology, New Delhi,

Prentice Hall, 1967.

Jeyaraj N., and MahadevanA., Animal Physiology Manual, Tamilnadu, Arte Publishers, 1994.

Michael.P,, Ecological Methods for Field and Laboratory Investigations, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill publishing company Ltd, 1984.

Rastogi, S.C., Experimental Physiology, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1982.

ZOO4201SP LAB IN BASIC CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS

(Lab)



• interpret the principles of clinical screening.

• relateclinical conditions to the results obtained.

• applyconcepts in clinical diagnosis.

COURSE OUTLINE :


READING EXERCISE:Lab safety and regulation – first aid – clinical laboratory records – specimen

collection – preparation of reagent Solutions & Laboratory Calculations.

1. Haematological tests

a. Hb estimation

b. ESR

c. Bleeding and clotting time

d. RBC and WBC count

e. differential WBC count

2. Biochemical Tests

Estimation of

a. Glucose

b. Protein

c. Albumin

d. Urea

e. Bilirubin

f. Triglycerides

g. Cholesterol and

h. Enzymes (LDH, SGOT, SGPT)

3. Clinical pathology

a. Urine analysis – visual urine attributes, sediment examination,

b. Pregnancy test

116

c. Semen analysis

d. Observation of pathogenic microbes – by visiting a clinical laboratory.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Godkar B.P. and Godkar D.P., Textbook of Medical Laboratory Technology, 2nd ed., India, Jay

Kay Book Shop, 2008.

Harold.V., Practical Clinical Biochemistry, 4th ed., Delhi, CBS Publishers, 1996.

HawksB.O.L., Physiological Chemistry, 14th ed., New York, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1965.

ZOO4302CP LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY

(Lab)



• relate the principles of molecular interactions in different techniques.

• acquire hands-on training in various techniques and apply them in research and diagnostics.

• relate the techniques to otherrelevant areas of study.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Review: Safety precautions in Molecular Biology and Immunology lab.

1. Isolation of genomic DNA from E. coli and mammalian tissue

2. Isolation of plasmid DNA

3. Electrophoretic separation of DNA and elution.

4. Estimation of DNA by DPA method

5. Determination of Tm value of isolated DNA.

6. Transformation.

7. Study of lymphoid organs in chick/mice – Demonstration

8. Isolation of T and B lymphocytes and identification by E-Rosette method

9. Raising polyclonal antibodies in fish to antigen BSA

10. Immunoassay – Single radial immunodiffusion

11. Immunoelectrophoresis/ ELISA – Demonstration

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Hudson. L and Hay.F.C, Practical Immunology, 3rd ed., London, Blackwell Publishing, 1989.

Mehra, N.K and Gupta. S.K, A Handbook of practical and clinical Immunology, 2nd ed., 3 vol.,

NewDelhi, CBS Publishers, 1992.

Stites.D.P and Terr. A.I, Basic clinical Immunology, 7th ed., UK, Prentice – Hall International Ltd,

1991.

Talwar.G.P and Gupta. S.K, A Handbook of practical and clinical Immunology, 2nd ed.,

NewDelhi, CBS Publishers, 1992.

117

M.Sc. - Zoology with Specialization in Biotechnology

PGZ0422D WILDLIFE IN INDIA

(Theory)



• Understand the importance of wildlife diversity in India

• Realize the need for sustainable development

• Create an awareness on wildlife conservation and their importance

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Wildlife Profile 12 Hrs.

Introduction – Historical aspects – Wildlife Profile in India – Faunal diversity, Brief outline,

geographical patterns, megadiversity regions, hotpots (Western ghats, Eastern Himalayas)

Importance of wildlife in India – economic and medical importance, scientific and ecological

importance, aesthetic and recreational importance, ethical importance

UNIT-II : Status and loss of Wild life 12 Hrs.

Vanishing wilderness- causes of depletion and premature extinction of wild species. Root causes of

wildlife depletion and extinction- habitat loss and fragmentation- commercial hunting and poaching-

exotic species - global climate change and pollution, overexploitation, economic policies, global

trading systems, unsustainable natural resource consumption

UNIT-III : In situ Conservation strategies 12 Hrs.

National parks, sanctuaries, zoos, Biosphere reserves, Project tiger, project elephant, crocodile

conservation, Introduction and conservation of cheetah Role of indigenous community / tribal

communities in conservation (case studies). Role of NGO’s in conservation - Wildlife Society of

Orissa(Orissa), Rhino Foundation for Nature (Assam), Friends of Forests (Maharashtra), North

Eastern Society for Preservation of Nature and Wildlife (West Bengal), Nature's Beckon (Assam),

Nature Conservation Society Amravati (Maharashtra), The Friends of the Doon (Uttaranchal) and

Bali Nature and Wild Life Conservation Society (West Bengal). Ecotourism in India ( Brief outline).

UNIT-IV : Ex situ Conservation strategies 12 Hrs.

Germplasm storage, cell and Tissue culture techniques , cryopreservation, DNA banks, gene

banks, seed banks and pollen banks

UNIT-V : Legal aspects and wildlife management 12 Hrs.

Wildlife management- Role of vegetation and water supply manipulation, role of sport hunting in

managing wildlife population Legislations- Wildlife protection act, Indian forest act, wildlife act,

endangered species act, national and international conventions and agencies, Indian wildlife board,

CITES, TRIPS, WWF, IUCN and Red Data Book

TEXT BOOK(S)

Tylermiller G, ‘Living in the Environment – Principles, Connections and Solutions', 11th Ed,

Toronto: Broke cole publishers, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Balakrishna seshadri, ‘The Twilight of India’s Wildlife’, John baker publishers oxford university

press, 1969.

Kumar U., and Asija M.J, ‘Biodiversity – Principles and Conservation’, Agrobios,Jodhpur,India,

Agrobios, 2000.

Roma mukherjee, Environmental Management and Awareness issue, New delhi, Sterling

publisher, 2002.

118

WEBSITE(S) :

• www.wildlywise.com/wlf_index.htm

• www.wildlifeindia.co.uk/

• www.indianholiday.com/...wildlife.../wildlife-conservation-in-india/ - United States

• www.wild-india.com/ Wildlife Communities

• www.wpsi-india.org/

• www.indianwildlifeportal.com/wildlife-conservation/

PGZ0424D NATURE WATCH

(Theory)



• To improve the skill of observation to learn from the nature

• To understand and appreciate the behavioral adaptation among animals

• To realize the importance of human commitment in conserving nature

COURSE CONTENT

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 12 Hrs.

Introduction – Basic ecological principles, Eco-balance, Food web, Food Chain, Animal

Interactions. Biodiversity – Genetic diversity – Species Diversity, Ecosystem diversity, Loss of

diversity

UNIT-II : 12 Hrs.

Characteristics of Terrestrial ecosystem, Adaptation of flora and fauna. Biomes-Tundra – Taiga –

Temperate Rain forest – Deciduous forest – Grassland, Desert- Savannah

UNIT-III : 12 Hrs.

Characteristics of Aquatic ecosystem – Adaptation of flora and fauna. Aquatic – Marine,

Freshwater, Estuarine habitat, Coral reefs and Mangrooves. Observation and documentation of

local floral and faunal Diversity

UNIT-IV : 12 Hrs.

Social behavior of Animals- Honeybees, Penguins,Bower birds, Primates- Territoriality, Insects-

Communication, Division of labor and Altruism. Birds-Courtship, Parentalcare.Primates threat,

aggression, feeding,Reproductive behavior, parental care.

UNIT-V : 12 Hrs.

Humans in the Environment –decline in Biological Diversity, Deforestation, Atmospheric pollutants,

Global warming. Conservation Strategies – In Situ –National Parks, Wild life sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Ex Situ- Reclamation and Cryopreservation.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Dilger W.C, Scientific American – Resource library- Reading in the Life Science, Vol.6, San

Francisco, W.H.Freeman & Company, 1969.

GrierJ.W, Biology of Animal Behavior, St.Louis,Missouri, Times Mirror/Mosby publishing, 1984.

Gush D.G.M.W,, Elements of Ethology,A Text book for agricultural and veterinary students,

London, Chapman & Hall, 1983.

Kumar U.,Asija M.J, Biodiversity – Principles & Conservation, 1st Agro bios, India, New Delhi,

2000.

119

Mader S.S, Biology, 4th ed, Melbourne,Australia, WMC Brown Pub, 1993.

Solomon E.P, Berg L.R,Martin D.W, Biology, 5th ed, New York, Saunders College publishing,

1999.

PGZ0425D GREEN TECHNOLOGY

(Theory)



• Understand the concepts and applications of green technology

• Appreciate the potentials of natural resources

• Understand the importance of sustainable development

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GREEN TECHNOLOGY: VISION AND DEVELOPMENT 12 Hrs.

Introduction – Vision – Scope – Agriculture, Food technology and Environmental applications, Bio

ethics & Safety

UNIT-II : PLANTS AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

Phytoremediation of polluted air – Land & Soil and water; Plants in combating radiological pollution;

Drugs from plants; Vetriver Grass

UNIT-III : AGRICULTURE AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

Vermiculture for sustainable agriculture & safe food – solid wastes management using earthworms

– Vermifiltration – Vermi stabilization. Genetically modified plants and their related ethical issues.

UNIT-IV : MICROBES AND GREEN TECHNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

Microbes in service of mankind – microbial remediation of contaminated lands and water,

Management of waste water and solid wastes.

UNIT-V : IMPACT OF GREEN TECHNOLOGY ON SOCIOECONOMICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL

AND HUMAN HEALTH ASPECTS

12 Hrs.

Biopesticides – Biofertilizers – Bioenergy and Biofuels – Bio gas – Bio plastics

TEXT BOOK(S)

Chatterji.A.K, ‘Introduction to Environmental Biology', New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,

2002.

Fulekar, ‘Envrionmental Biotechnology’, N.D: Oxford Publication, 2005.

Sinha.R & Sinha .R, ‘Environmental biotechnology’, Jaipur, India: Aavishka Publishers,

Distributors, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bruce.A & Pagreyman .J, ’Forest Products Biotechnology’, Taylor & Francies, 2003.

Chawla, ‘Biotechnology and Human life’, Pearl Books, 2005.

Glazer.A & Nikaido., ‘Microbial Biotechnology’,, ‘Microbial Biotechnology’, IInd

Edition,Fundamentals of applied microbiology, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

Pandy.A, ‘Concise Encyclopedia of Bioresource Technology’, USA, Haworth Press, 2005.

120

PGZ0426D ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

(Theory)



• appreciate the interrelationships among living organisms in nature and the delicate balance that

exist in the ecosystem

• correlate man’s unplanned activities in the name of development with upsets in this balance

• find career options in Pollution Control Boards, Government and Non Governmental Agencies

involved in Environmental management

• Create awareness in the local community about waste management and power conservation

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION 15 Hrs.

The Environment - What is Environment? Impacts on the Environment Human impact on the

environment – Global impact – Acid rain, ozone depletion, global warming; Ecosystem impact –

pollution, Impacts on human and animal health, loss of biodiversity – Case studies – Sustainable

management Waste produced – types of waste: Municipal Solid waste, Radioactive waste,

Industrial waste, Bio Medical Waste. Introduction to nanotechnology

UNIT-II : WASTE MANAGEMENT 15 Hrs.

Physical operations for waste treatment-screening, shredding, Densification, Dewatering,

Pelletisation, Evaporation; Chemical processes for waste treatment-Precipitation, Disinfection,

Adsorption, Ion exchange, Incineration, Chemical Oxidation, Solidification; Biological process of

waste management. Aerobic and Anaerobic processes, Activated sludge process, Biofilters,

Composting, Biomethanation Nanobiosensors – Environmental monitoring & monitoring of

industrial processes

UNIT-III : STANDARD AND TOOLS OF MANAGEMENT 15 Hrs.

Standards – Ambient standards, Emission Standards, Minimum National Standards (MINAS),

International standards; Tools for Environmental Management – EIA – Process and Status in India;

Environmental Risk Assessment – Hazard identification, Dose-response assessment, Exposure

assessment and Risk characterization; Environmental auditing Nanomaterials in environment –

nanopollution, risk assessment

UNIT-IV : ALTERNATIVE SOURCES OF ENERGY 15 Hrs.

Primary sources of energy: Renewable (hydropower, wood & animal residues) and Non renewable

(origin, production, utilization and impacts). Secondary sources of energy – Solar energy –

technology and its applications, Wind energy, Geothermal energy, Bio-energy, Ocean energy, Tidal

& Wave energy, Hydrogen energy, Nuclear energy – Safety measures Nanobased eco-friendly fuel

cells

UNIT-V : ENVIRONMENTAL INSTITUTIONS AND LEGISLATIONS 15 Hrs.

EPA, Water & Air acts, BD related legislation-WPA, CITES TRIPS; National Environmental policy,

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Central and State Pollution control boards and Non –

Governmental Organizations – UN Charter

TEXT BOOK(S)

Joseph, K and R Nagendran, Essentials of Environmental Studies, 1st ed: Pearson Education

Publishers, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Adds, J, E. Larkcom and R. Miller, The organism and the environment, 2nd ed, Thomas Nelson

and sons Publications, 1997.

121

Balaji S, Nanobiotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Chapman, J.L and Reiss M.J, Ecology – Principles & Applications, 2nd ed, Cambridge

University Publishers, 1995.

Cunningham, W.P and Saigo B.W, Environmental Science: a global concern, 5th ed, Wm. C.

Brown Publication, 1990.

Nyamadzi Z, A reference handbook of nanotoxicology, New Delhi, Dominant publishers and

distributors, 2008..

Poole C.P., and Owens F.J, Introduction to Nanotechnology, New Delhi, John Wiley & Sons,

2006.

Shanmugam S, Nanotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Sharma, B.K, Environmental chemistry, 6th ed, GOEL publishing house, 2001.

PGZ1527M PHYSIOLOGY

(Theory)



• differentiate the functional organization of different systems of the vertebrate body

• comprehend the physical principles involved in biological processes

• relate disruptions in physiological mechanisms to disorders in humans.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DIGESTION 15 Hrs.

Micronutrients and macronutrients and their role, epithelial transport, digestion, absorption and

assimilation of nutrients with special emphasis on the role of enzymes and hormones, metabolic

homeostasis

UNIT-II : RESPIRATION 15 Hrs.

Hemoglobin and myoglobin in respiration, storage and transport of O2 and CO2, O2 dissociation

curves (Review). Respiratory quotient and regulation of respiration, factors affecting respiration,

oxygen debt, Respiration at high altitude, undersea and outer space. Circulation – Composition of

blood and physiology of blood clotting (Review), conduction of heartbeat, stroke volume, heart rate,

cardiac output, electrocardiogram, myocardial infarction and coronary arterial diseases.

UNIT-III : EXCRETION 15 Hrs.

Acid-base regulation, structure of nephron and juxtaglomerular apparatus, physiology of urine

formation (Review). Counter current multiplier system, osmoregulatory adaptations - osmotic

stress. Neuronal conduction – Central nervous system, Hypothalamo - Pituitary- Gonadal axis,

biophysics of impulse conduction, diffusion and mobility of ions – resting potential, action potential,

synapse, neurotransmitters and their role, electroencephalography.

UNIT-IV : MUSCLE CONTRACTION 15 Hrs.

Ultra structure of skeletal muscle (Review). Motor proteins – myosin and actin, electromechanical

coupling, energy for contraction, neuromuscular junction, electromyography.

UNIT-V : SENSORY PERCEPTION 15 Hrs.

i) Optics of vision, Ultra structure and neural function of retina, photoreceptors, color vision, visual

abnormalities and correction. ii) Mechanics of audition, transmission of sound waves, function of

organ of Corti. iii) Mechanics of tactile, olfactory and gustatory reception.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Strand, F. L., Physiology, 2nd ed, New York: Macmillan press, 1983.

122

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alberts B., Bray D., Lewis J., Watson J.D, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 2nd ed, GarlandU.S.A,

1989.

Eckert R. and Randall D, Animal Physiology – Mechanisms and Adaptations, New Delhi, CBS

Pub.and Distributors, 2000.

Guyton and Hall, Text Book of Medical Physiology, 9th ed., U.P. India, W.B.Saunders Company,

1999.

Larsen R.P., Kronenberg H. N., Melmed S., Polonsky K.S, William’sTextbook of Endocrinology,

10th ed.,, U.S.A, W. B. Saunders Company, 2003.

Schmidt- Nielsen K, Animal Physiology, 5th ed., UK, Cambridge University Press, 2002.

PGZ1528M BIOCHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• identify the molecular logic of the living state.

• comprehend the hierarchy in the molecular organization in relation to its function.

• compare the breakdown and synthetic processes at cellular level.

COURSE OUTLINE :


History, scope, matrix of life, non-covalent interactions – role of water, ionic equilibrium, acid, base

and buffers.Carbohydrate and Glycobiology: Basic chemistry of carbohydrates (review).

Oligosaccharides, polysaccharides and glyco-conjugates, proteo-glycans, glyco-proteins and glyco-

lipids.

UNIT-II : METABOLISM 15 Hrs.

Basic concepts and designs; Bioenergetics and thermodynamics – Concept of free energy, delta G

- energy rich compounds, oxidation-reduction reaction and redox potential Enzymes: Classification

and factors influencing enzyme activity (review) – enzyme kinetics, catalytic strategies, isozymes,

ribozymes and regulatory enzymes

UNIT-III : CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM 18 Hrs.

Glycolysis and citric acid cycle (review) – Oxidative phosphorylation- electron transport chain and

its regulation, HMP shunt, Gluconeogenesis, Glycogenolysis and glycogenesis. Aminoacids,

Peptides and Proteins: Amino acid chemistry and primary structure (review), peptides – levels of

protein structure: Three dimensional structure of proteins – secondary a & ß forms, tertiary and

quarternary structure – fibrous and globular proteins; protein folding and denaturation.

UNIT-IV : BIOSYNTHESIS OF AMINOACIDS 15 Hrs.

Overview of Nitrogen metabolism – Biosynthesis and degradation of amino acids; Lipids:

Classification of lipids – lipid bilayer, the composition and architecture of membrane, lipid as

signals, cofactors and pigments. Lipid metabolism: Oxidation of fatty acids(review), ketone

bodies, biosynthesis of fatty acids, membrane phospholipids, cholesterol, steroids and isoprenoids.

UNIT-V : STRUCTURE AND BIOSYNTHESIS OF NUCLEOTIDES 15 Hrs.

Basic chemistry of Nucleic acids - Structure, properties and types of DNA and RNA. Biosynthesis

and degradation of nucleic acids.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Nelson D.L., Cox M.M, Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, 5th ed, New York: W.H.

Freeman and Company, 2010.

123

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Berg J.M, Tymoczko J.L, Stryer.L, Biochemistry, 7th ed., New York, W.H. Freeman and company,

2012.

Champe.P.C and Harvey. R.A, Lippincott’s illustrated reviews: Biochemistry, Philadelphia,

Lippincott-Raven publishers, 1994.

Devlin.M.T, Text book of Biochemistry with clinical correlations, 7th ed., USA, Macmillan

Company, 2011.

Elliot W.H. and Elliot D.C., Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, London, Oxford University

Press, 1997.

Satyanarayana U. and Chakrapani U., Biochemistry, Kolkata, Books and Allied (P) Ltd., 2012.

Trudy Mc. and James Mc. R, Biochemistry an Introduction, U.S.A, Wm.C.Brown Publishers,

1996.

Voet D. and Voet J.G., Biochemistry, 3rd ed., U.S.A, John Wiley and sons, Inc., 2004.

PGZ1529M MICROBIOLOGY

(Theory)



• identify the diversity, economic and clinical significance of microbes

• create awareness among the community about the communicable diseases caused by bacteria

and viruses

• apply concepts in microbiological clinical labs

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : THE DIVERSITY OF THE MICROBIAL WORLD 15 Hrs.

Introduction – history – scope, ribotyping and its applications.,Bergey’s manual of systematic

bacteriology. Archaebacteria – Archeal cell wall, taxonomy – Phylum Crenarcheota, Euryarcheota,

Halobacteria, Thermoplasms, Sulphate reducing archae – economic importance of microbes .

UNIT-II : MICROBIOLOGY AND ULTRASTRUCTURE OF BACTERIA 15 Hrs.

Viewing of microorganisms – Microscopy – Fluorescence, dark and light field, Electron-

transmission-scanning, Phase-Contrast, Confocal, Scanning probe microscopes – Principles and

uses – Micrometry. Ultra structure of Bacterial cell membranes and cytoplasmic matrix – inclusion

bodies – Cell wall structure – Gram Positive and Gram Negative bacteria, Protein secretion,

external cell wall components – Capsules, Flagella.

UNIT-III : MICROBIAL NUTRITION, GROWTH AND METABOLISM 15 Hrs.

The common nutrition requirements – culture media, Isolation of pure culture – growth curve,

continuous and synchronous culture of bacteria – effect of environmental factors on growth –

pH,oxygen,temperature,salinity. Microbial metabolism –Breakdown of glucose – Entner-Doudoroff

Pathway – Fermentation – Yield of ATP in glycolysis and aerobic respiration –– Peptidoglycan

synthesis – Nitrogen fixation, Photosynthesis – Light reaction in Eukaryotes and Cyanobacteria.

UNIT-IV : VIRUSES & MICROBIAL AND VIRAL DISEASES 15 Hrs.

A. Introduction – general characteristics – Cultivation – Purification – Classification,

Bacteriophages – Replication of DNA and RNA phages – lysogeny, Viruses of Eukaryotes

– Replication of Animal and Plant Viruses – Insect Viruses, Viroids and Prions.

B. Normal microflora – Host-Parasite Interactions – Virulence factors – Gnotobiotic and

Nosocomial infections, STD – Syphilis, , Air, food and water borne diseases –

Tuberculosis, Hepatitis, Dengue,– Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, Prophylaxis and control.

124

UNIT-V : FOOD MICROBIOLOGY & ANTIMICROBIAL CHEMOTHERAPY 15 Hrs.

A. Microbial flora of fresh foods – Microbial spoilage of foods – Preservation – aseptic

handling – physical, chemical and radiation factors. Industrially important organisms –

Microbiology of fermented foods – dairy, alcoholic beverages, bread and fermented plant

products.

B. Dawn of chemotherapy – General characters and classification of antibiotics – Factors

influencing the effectiveness of antibiotics – Mode of action – antibiotic resistance- MRSA,

NDM -1

TEXT BOOK(S)

WilleyJ.M., SherwoodL.M., WoolvertonC.J, Prescott’s Microbiology, 8th ed., Boston: McGraw Hill

Inc, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Davis B.D., Dulbecco R., Eison H.N.,Ginberg H.S, Microbiology, 4th ed., USA, Harper and Row,

1990.

Garrity G.M, Bergey’s Manual of systematic Bacteriology, 2nd ed., New York, Springer-Verlag,

2001.

Ingraham J.L., Ingraham C.A, Introduction to Microbiology, 3rd ed., Australia, Thomson

Brooks/Cole, 2004.

Pelczar M.J, Schan E.C., Krieg, Microbiology concepts and applications, Boston, McgrawHill

Inc., 2004.

PresscottL.M.,Harley K.P., D.A, Microbiology, 5th ed., Boston, McGraw Hill Inc, 2005.

PGZ1423P LAB IN MICROBIOLOGY

(Lab)



• Understand the principles and procedures of basic microbiological techniques

• Acquire basic skills in culturing microbes, their identification and characterization

• Appreciate the significance of microbial behavior in relation to the environment

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. General rules and Laboratory Regulations

2. Methods of sterilization and culture media preparation

3. Techniques for isolating pure culture

a. Streak plate method

b. Spread plate method

c. Pour plate method

4. Morphological study of microorganisms

a. Gram staining

b. Endospore staining

5. Biochemical characterization of microorganisms

Exo enzymes

• Starch hydrolysis

• Casein hydrolysis

• Gelatin hydrolysis

125

Endo enzymes

• Carbohydrate fermentation

• Catalase test

IMViC test

• Indole production

• Methyl Red

• Voges proskauer

• Citrate utilization

Hydrogen sulphide test

Urease test

Triple Sugar Iron test

Identification of Unknown bacterial Culture

Antiseptic and Disinfection function

• Assay with antimicrobial chemical agents

• Microbial Antibiosis

Soil microbiology

• Isolation of Rhizobium

• Isolation of Pseudomonas

Food microbiology

• Bacteriological testing of milk

• Standard analysis of drinking water

Titration of Bacteriophage

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cappucino J.G, Sherman N., Microbiology – A Laboratory Manual, 6th ed., Singapore, Pearson

education, 2002.

Garrity G.M., Bergy’s Manual of systematic bacteriology, 2nd ed., Newyork, Springer – Verlag,

2001.

Gunasekaran P., Laboratory Manual in Microbiology, New Age international (P) Ltd., publishers,

1996.

Kale V.V and Bhusari K.P., Practical Microbiology – Principles and techniques, Mumbai,

Himalaya publishing house, 2005.

Seeley H.W, Paul J.R, Vandemark J.J, Lee J.J, Microbes in action – A Lab Manual of

Microbiology, 4th ed., U.S.A., W.H.Freeman and company, 1991.

PGZ1424P LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY & BIOCHEMISTRY

(Lab)



• analyze biochemical parameters of biological samples.

• acquire practical knowledge about enzyme kinetics.

• apply knowledge of analytical techniques in research.

126

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Preparation of solutions(Molarity, Molality, Normality,Percentage, PPM).

2. Buffer Preparation and determination of pH

3. Centrifugation – Density gradient

4. Principles and application of sphygmomanometer, Kymograph, Haemoglobinometer and

Spectrophotometer.

5. Enzyme Kinetics – Effect of enzyme concentration and substrate concentration on enzyme

activity.

6. Separation of compounds by thin layer chromatography and column chromatography.

7. Estimation of bile salts and pigments.

8. Estimation of respiratory quotient in fish with reference to temperature

9. Estimation of calcium in milk by Atomic absorption spectrophotometry and Flame

photometry.

10. Biochemical analysis of urea, creatinine and cholesterol

Visit to a research lab

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Celis.J.E, Cell Biology – A Laboratory Manual, 3rd ed., New York, Academic Press, 2006.

Cromwell L.,Weibell F.J and Pfeiffer E.A, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements, 2nd

ed., New Delhi, Prentice – Hall of India Private Limited, 2007.

Jayaraman .J, Laboratory Manual in Biochemistry, New Delhi, New age International publishers,

2004.

Nigam S.C. and Omkar, Experimental Animal Physiology and Biochemistry, 1st ed., New

Delhi, New Age International (p) Ltd.,Publishers, 2006.

Palanivelu P, Analytical Biochemistry and separation techniques – A laboratory manual for

B.Sc&M.Sc students, 2nd ed., Madurai, Kalaimani printers, 2001.

Plummer T.D, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, 4th ed., Europe, Mc Graw Hill Book

Company, 1990.

Rastogi S.C, Experimental Physiology, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern limited, 1982.

Wilson K. and Kenneth H.G.,, A Biologists Guide to Principles and Techniques of Practical

Biochemistry, 3rd ed., Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University press, 1992.

PGZ2526M MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• explain concepts of biology at molecular level

• comprehend the molecular mechanisms of a cell

• apply the basic concepts to solve problems at molecular level

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GENOME ORGANIZATION AND GENOME REPLICATION 12 Hrs.

Central dogma of Molecular Biology - Prokaryotic genome – Genetic organization of prokaryotic

and eukaryotic genome, organelle genome Genome replication: Theories and models, enzymology

and mechanism of replication in Prokaryotes and eukaryotes

127

UNIT-II : RECOMBINATION 16 Hrs.

Molecular mechanism of transformation, Conjugation and Transduction – mapping of genes.

Recombination - Types and Models – enzymes involved in recombination – mechanism of

recombination - Role of Rec protein in recombination in E coli.

UNIT-III : TRANSCRIPTION AND TRANSLATION

17 Hrs.

DNA binding proteins – DNA–Protein Interaction in transcription initiation –Synthesis of RNAin

prokaryotes and eukaryotes - Regulation – Splicing, RNA interference, Role of tRNA – ribosome –

mechanism of translation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes – Molecular chaperones and protein

folding – turnover.

UNIT-IV : MOLECULAR MECHANISM OF SIGNAL TRANSDUCTION 15 Hrs.

Receptors: Transmembrane- G-proteins, TGF ß, cytokine, tyrosine kinases, signal transducers –

cyclic AMP, inositol tri phosphate, calcium ions, diacyl glycerol; Signaling pathways: G-protein

coupled pathway, Tyrosine Kinase pathway.

UNIT-V : GENOMIC AND PROTEOMIC TOOLS 15 Hrs.

Genome annotation, Comparative transcriptomics - DNA microarray, differential display, Protein

sequencing, Mass spectrometry - MALDI-TOF, 2D Gel electrophoresis, cation-exchange and

reverse phase chromatography, isotope-coded affinity tags (ICAT), BLAST and FASTA tool.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Brown T.A, Genomes 3, 3rd ed., U.S.A: Wiley-Liss Pub, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Friefelder D, Molecular Biology, 2nd ed., New Delhi, Narosa Pub. House, 2003.

Lesk.A, Introduction to Bioinformatics, 3rd ed., London, Oxford Pub, 2008.

Lewin B, Genes IX, UK, Pearson-Prentice Hall, 2004.

Lodish H.,Berk A., Matsudaira P., Kaiser C.A., Krieger M., Scott M.P., Zipursky S.L., Darnell, J.,

Molecular Cell Biology, 5th ed., New York, W.H.Freeman & Co., 2004.

Weaver .R, Molecular Biology, 3rd ed., London, WCB/Mc Graw-Hill Pub, 2005.

PGZ2527M GENETICS AND EVOLUTION

(Theory)



• identify the genetic processes which form the basis of evolution

• relate principles of Genetics and Evolution.

• interpret the theory of natural selection, the basis of heredity and variation, population structure and

genetics, and mechanisms of speciation.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Father of genetics, Mendel’s work and his contributions, gene interactions, alteration in gene

expression, Mendelian and non-Mendelian traits, inheritance patterns, genetic disorders

UNIT-II : MUTATION AND EVOLUTION 15 Hrs.

Mutation – mutagenesis (direct, indirect and site-directed) – mutagens - physical, chemical and

biological (transposon, mu phage) – types of mutation – biochemical and molecular basis of

mutation – mutation rates – repair mechanisms - defects in DNA repair and inherited human

diseases – cancer

UNIT-III : GENETIC RECOMBINATION AND EVOLUTION 15 Hrs.

128

Linkage, recombination and chromosomal mapping - Origin, acquisition of new genes – duplication

and rearrangement, introns, evolutionary significance of site specific recombination and

transposition of DNA, regulatory genes and evolutionary consequences - Chromosomal variations

– Mosaic genes – Evolution of multi-gene families.

UNIT-IV : EVOLUTION:INTROUDCTION,EVIDENCES AND THEORIES 16 Hrs.

a. Molecular and biological evolution – Origin of life and species – Organic evolution –

Lamarckism, Darwinism, Neo Darwinism. , present state of evolution.

b. Direct: Fossils – palaeontological evidences – dating methods, types of fossils,

significance, Geological time scale, molecular clock.

c. Indirect: Micro and Macro evolution, comparative anatomy, biogeographical, adaptive

radiation, punctuated equilibria.

d. Selection in action - Speciation – causes and modes – geographical and reproductive

isolation, Co speciation.

UNIT-V : POPULATION GENETCS AND HUMAN EVOLUTION 16 Hrs.

a. Foundations of population genetics – genetic variation – coalescent theory (genetic drift) –

neutral theories (genetic drift, neutral evolution, molecular clock, tests of neutrality) - Gene

pool – Hardy Weinberg equilibrium and factors affecting the equilibrium, Founder principle,

genetic polymorphism.

b. Primates – origin of apes – human evolution (history, anatomical changes, evidences,

genus Homo, behaviourial modernity, cultural evolution, current human evolution).

TEXT BOOK(S)

Brown, T.A, Genomes 3, 3rd ed., New York: Wiley – Liss, 2007.

Stebins, L.G, Processes of organic evolution, New Delhi: Prentice Hall India Private Ltd., 1979.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jha, A.P, Genes and Evolution, Bangalore, Macmillan India Ltd., 1993.

Lewin B, Genes VIII, UK, Oxford University press, 2004.

Ridley, M., Evolution, 3rd ed., USA, Blackwell Publishing Co., 2004.

Strickberger, M.W, Evolution, Boston, USA, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 1994.

Stringer.C., Andrews .P, The Complete World of Human Evolution, London, Thames and

Hudson Publishers, 2005.

PGZ2528M IMMUNOLOGY

(Theory)



• differentiate the principles of Immunology.

• compare T and B cell and other effector mechanisms.

• relate immunological aspects to human health disorders.

COURSE OUTLINE :


History, introduction and overview, innate immunity – barriers; acquired immunity – cells involved,

humoral and cell-mediated immunity; lymphoid organs –primary and secondary; immunogens and

antigens –characteristics, classes of antigens Antibody structure, function and Genetic

basis:Antibody – classification and characterization, structure; biological properties, kinetics of

antibody response, Genetic basis of antibody structure, Genetic events in the synthesis of

129

immunoglobulin chains, organization and rearrangement of light and heavy chains, isotype

switching, generation of antibody diversity, Ag-Ab interactions (immunoassays not included)

UNIT-II : MAJOR HISTOCOMPATIBILITY COMPLEX (MHC) AND ANTIGEN

PROCESSING AND PRESENTATION

15 Hrs.

General organization of MHC, structure, MHC polymorphism, MHC and disease susceptibility.

Antigen Processing and Presentation: Role of APC’s, the cytosolic and Endocytic pathways. T-cell

receptor: Structure of T cell receptors, organization and rearrangement of TCR genes, TCR

complex Tand B cell maturation, activation and differentiation:T cell maturation, activation and

differentiation, B cell maturation, activation and proliferation, Humoral response, regulation of B cell

development. Tolerance – induction in immature and mature T & B cells.

UNIT-III : CYTOKINES AND COMPLEMENT 15 Hrs.

Properties, Cytokine receptors, Cytokine secretion by TH subsets, Cytokine related disease.

Complement: Functions, components, activation and regulation, Biological consequences of

complement activation and Complement deficiencies Cell mediated effector mechanisms:

General properties of effector T cells, Cytotoxic T cells, NK cells, ADCC

UNIT-IV : IMMUNE RESPONSE TO INFECTIOUS DIESEASE 15 Hrs.

Viral, bacterial, Protozoan diseases. Hypersensitivity reactions:Type I – Ig E mediated reaction,

type II – Ab mediated cytotoxic reaction, type III immune complex mediated reactions, type IV –

delayed type hypersensitivity reactions AIDS and other Immunodeficiencies and Autoimmunity:

Primary and Secondary immuno-deficiencies- AIDS. Autoimmunity – organ specific and systemic

diseases, Mechanism for induction of Autoimmunity.

UNIT-V : TRANSPLANTATION IMMUNOLOGY AND TUMOR IMMUNOLOGY 15 Hrs.

Immunological basis of graft rejection, clinical manifestation of Graft rejection, Histocompatibility

Testing, HLA typing – HLA 1 & 2, cross matching, serological and cellular methods. General and

specific immunosuppressive therapy, Clinical transplantation, Tumor Immunology: Tumor antigens,

classification, immune responses to tumors, surveillance, tumor diagnosis and therapy.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Goldsby. R.A., Kindt T.J. Osborne B.A., Kuby Immunology, 4th ed., New York: W.H. Freeman

and Co., 2000.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Coico R. and Sunshine G, Immunology – A Short course, Canada, John Wiley & Sons Inc.

publication, 2009.

Coleman. R.M., Lombard M.F., Sicard R.E. and Rencricca N.J., Fundamental Immunology, 3rd

ed., Iowa, Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 1994.

Male, D, Brostoff. J, Roth D.B, Roitt. I, Immunology, 7th ed., UK, Mosby Elsevier, 2006.

Rao C.V, Immunology –A Textbook, India, Narosa Publishing House Ltd., 2008.

Stites D.P, Terr A.I &Parslow T.G, Basic and Clinical Immunology, UK, Prentice Hall Publishing,

1994.

Tizard I.R, Immunology – An Introduction, 4th ed., UK, Saunders College Publishing, 2007.

PGZ2322P LAB IN IMMUNOLOGY

(Lab)



• To learn and develop skills in basic immunological techniques

• To gain practical knowledge and understand the basic principles and Procedures of immunological

techniques

• To appreciate the working of sensitive immunological techniques

130

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Routes of immunization and bleeding techniques.

2. Dissection of lymphoid organ and preparation of single cell suspension.

3. Purification of serum immunoglobulin.

4. Raising anti-BSA antibodies in rabbit.

5. Antibody titration by Passive Haemagglutination.

6. Separation of lymphocytes from peripheral blood and counting in Haemocytometer.

7. Separation of T and B-lymphocytes by nylon wool column method/E-Rosette Method.

8. Hypersensitivity –Footpad thickening in mice.

9. Complement mediated hemolysis.

10. Immunodiffusion techniques.

11. Rocket immunoelectrophoresis.

12. Demonstration of ELISA and immunoblot.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Hudson L and Hay FC, Practical Immonology, 3rd ed., London, Blackwell Publishing, 1989.

Mehra,N.K. and Gupta S.K., A Handbook of Practical and Clinical Immunology, 2nd ed., 3

vols., New Delhi, CBS Publishers, 1993.

Stities, D.P and Terr A.I., Basic Clinical Immunology, 7th ed., UK, Prentice-Hall International Ltd.,

1991.

Talwar, G.P. and Gupta S.K., A Handbook of Practical and Immunology, 2nd ed., New Delhi,

CBS Publishers, 1992.

PGZ2323P LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

(Lab)



• acquire basic knowledge and training on some techniques in molecular studies

• recognizethe role of recombination

• apply their knowledge in the field of research at molecular level

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Transformation of E.coli using plasmid DNA

2. Chemical mutagenesis

3. UV mutagenesis

4. Restriction and modification.

5. Preparation of lambda DNA – plate and liquid lysis methods.

6. Conjugation.

7. Transduction

8. Isolation and estimation of Total RNA

9. Separation of proteins by SDS-PAGE

10. BLAST and FASTA analysis

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Glover D.M, DNA cloning – A Practical approach, Vol. I and II, England, IRL press, 1995.

Glover D.M., and Hames B.D, DNA cloning – a practical approach – core techniquies, 2nd ed.,

New York, IRL Press, 1995.

131

Miller J.H, A short course in Bacterial Genetics – Laboratory manual, U.S.A., Cold Spring

Harbour laboratory press, 1992.

SambrookJ.,Fritsch .E.F and Maniatis . T, Molecular cloning- A laboratory manual, 2nd ed., New

York, CSH pub, 1989.

PGZ2423E NUTRITION, HEALTH AND CHILD CARE

(Theory)



• know the functions of food and their nutritive value.

• identify the nutritional requirements for different age groups.

• organize the home effectively, giving proper care to family members.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FOOD AND ITS FUNCTIONS 12 Hrs.

Role of nutrients, Nutritional classification of foods - Macro and micronutrients - sources, daily

requirements, BMR, Calorific value of food; BMI, balanced diet.

UNIT-II : NUTRITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS AND

NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCEIS

12 Hrs.

Nutritional requirements - Infants, children, adolescence, adults, elderly, pregnant and lactating

women, for diabetes and hypertension.Malnutrition – over nutrition – under nutrition, effects of

excess nutrients.Nutrition - related diseases- Protein energy malnutrition, diabetes, hypertension,

mineral deficiency diseases, vitamin deficiency diseases, bulemia, anorexia nervosa.

UNIT-III : SPECIAL DIETS AND FOOD HYGIENE 12 Hrs.

Diet for different sicknesses - fever, diabetes, diarrhoea, jaundice, hypertension, typhoid, chicken

pox.Food standards- AGMARK, BIS, FPO, ISI, FDA, IO. Food adulteration- Types of

adulterants, their effects and preventive measures; Food Addition and food fortification. Food

spoilage - Types, causes and preventive measures. Food preservation – methods – curing,

canning, freezing and drying.

UNIT-IV : PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH PREGNANCY, CARE DURING PREGNANCY 12 Hrs.

Pregnancy tests, common complaints, preparation during pregnancy. Antenatal visits, nutrition,

physical care and hygiene at various stages of pregnancy. Surrogate mothers, twins, test tube

babies, stem cell banks. Family welfare programmes

UNIT-V : NEINATAL AND POSTNATAL CARE 12 Hrs.

Care of the new born - Breast feeding – colostrum, its composition and importance; weaning and

supplementary feeding: birth defects, common diseases of baby, childhood care (from 0-5 years)

National Immunization schedule; Government programmes in child care (Maternity and child health

services and Integrated child development services).

TEXT BOOK(S)

Park J. E. and Park K., Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine, 21st ed., Jabalpur, India:

Banarsidas Bhanot Publishers, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Begum R., A Text book of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics, 2nd revised ed., New Delhi, Sterling,

1997.

Fenwick E., The Complete Book of Mother and Baby Care, Switzerland, DorlingKinderselyLtd.,

1995.

Rayner C., Baby and Young Child Care, Berkshire, Purnell, 1984.

Srilakshmi B., Dietetics, New Age international, New Delhi, 1997.

Swaminathan M., Food and Nutrition, Vol III, Bangalore, The Bangalore Printing, 1990.

132

PGZ3424M STATISTICAL TOOLS IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH

(Theory)



• design the methodology of research work

• differentiate the various statistical principles.

• apply appropriate statistical tools in their research work.

COURSE OUTLINE :


A. i)Selecting a problem and designing the methodology of the work –ii) collection of literature

- primary, secondary, tertiary sources –iii) Research proposal

B. i) Collection of data -Methods involved – primary data, secondary data, survey –

Questionnaire, interviews. ii) Sampling techniques – types of sampling – random and non

random sampling. iii) Classification and tabulation of data. iv) Research report writing.

UNIT-II : FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION, MEASURES OF CENTRAL TENDENCY &

DISPERSION

12 Hrs.

A. Diagrammatic representation – bar diagrams, pie diagrams, scatter diagram or dot diagram

–graphical representation – line graph, line of best fit, range chart, graphs of frequency

distribution.

B. Mean, Mode, Median – Range, semi quartile range deciles, percentiles and quartiles –

Mean deviation, standard deviation, and variance-Quartile deviation – co-efficient of

variation

UNIT-III : PROBABILITY & THEORETICAL DISTRIBUTION 12 Hrs.

A. Definition – events-addition, product theorem-conditional probability – Bayer’s theorem

B. Binomial and Normal distribution-Binomial probability-normal distribution-symmetry and

kurtosis, proportions of a normal curve-Z score, assessing normality, confidence limits.

UNIT-IV : CORRELATION, REGRESSION & CHI-SQUARE TEST 12 Hrs.

Positive and negative correlation –correlation co-efficient-linear regression and testing the

significance of regression – Pearson’s correlation co-efficient-co-efficient of determination.

UNIT-V : HYPOTHESES TESTING – t TEST AND ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE 12 Hrs.

A. The t-distribution and t-tests –two tailed and one tailed hypothesis –null hypotheses-one

sample t-test, paired and unpaired t-tests.

B. Single factor ANOVA-ANOVA with two treatments – F-test

C. MS-EXCEL & SPSS PACKAGE

TEXT BOOK(S)

Khan IA and Khanum, A- Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 2nd revised ed., India: Ukaaz

publications, 2004.

Kothari.C.R., Research Methodology – Methods and Techniques, 2nd ed., New Delhi: New Age

International (P) Ltd., 2007.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Campbell R.C., Statistics for Biologists, 3rd ed., Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1990.

Daniel,W.W., Biostatistics: A Foundation for analysis in the health sciences, 7th ed., New

York, John Wiley and sons, 2005.

Dunn.O.J., Basic Statistics, 2nd ed., NewYork, John Wiley and sons, 1977.

133

Dutta .N.KR., Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 1st ed., New Delhi, Kanishka Publications, 2002.

Misra.B.N. and Misra.M.K., Introductory Practical Biostatistics, Calcutta, NayaPrakash, 1983.

Rosner.B, Fundamentals of Biostatistics, 5th ed., USA, Duxbury Thomson Learning, 2000.

Ross.S.M., Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, New York,

Johnwiley and sons, 1987.

Selvin.S., Biostatistics, 1st ed., Singapore, Pearson Education, 2005.

Zar.J.H., Biostatistical Analysis, 4th ed., Singapore, Peatam Education, 2004.

PGZ3425M PLANT AND MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

(Theory)



• identify the basic principles and techniques in tissue culture and fermentation technology.

• relate the tissue culture techniques and the mechanism of creating genetically modified plants.

• identify potential career options in the field of tissue culture.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

INTRODUCTION Plant genomes (DNA, chromatin and chromosome structure), genome size and

organization, plant systems with biotechnological implications – Arabidopsis, a model plant;

Arabidopsis Genome Sequencing Initiative. Plant tissue culture requirements – explant – media –

macronutrients, micronutrients, organic supplements, vitamins, growth regulators (regular and

unusual), callus induction and culture, totipotency.

UNIT-II : TISSUE CULTURE 12 Hrs.

vegetative tissue culture: leaf, shoot and root culture – reproductive tissue culture: anther and

pollen culture, ovary and ovule culture, embryo culture, organogenesis, embryogenesis, protoplast

isolation and fusion, cybridization, somaclonal and gametoclonal variation – applications.

Agricultural applications – Micropropagation, synthetic seeds, gene conservation banks,

construction of transgenic plants, bacterial / viral resistance, drought resistance and herbicide

resistance in plants- Genetically Modified plants and their uses: Golden rice, tobacco, papaya,

Flavr-Savr tomato, potato, banana, soyabean. Plant-microbe interactions, Biopharming and plant

neutraceuticals; microbial insecticide – Bacillus thuringiensis- Applications.

UNIT-III : MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

INTRODUCTION An historical perspective – basic principles in bioprocess, methods of

fermentation – batch, continuous and fed-batch systems – scaling up and down processing,

selection of strains – major types of organisms used in fermentation – bacteria, yeast, fungi, plant

cells, algae, mammalian cell culture. Isolation and screening of industrially important microbes –

improvement of strains for increased yield and other desirable characters – selection of mutants –

regeneration, secondary metabolite production (biotransformation) – enzymes, antibiotics, vitamin

B12, edible vaccines.

UNIT-IV : BIOPROCESS AND EXPRESSION SYSTEMS 12 Hrs.

Importance of oxygen in fermentation systems. Production of proteins in bacteria and yeast –

introduction of DNA into bacteria and yeast – bacterial expression systems - yeast expression

systems - expression of cloned genes – recovery and purification of expressed heterologous

proteins.

UNIT-V : INDUSTRIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL APPLICATIONS 12 Hrs.

Bioleaching – Pseudomonas putida – chemistry and other commercial future prospects, microbes

in textile, leather, food processing industries – dairy and beverages, biopolymers – microbial

134

polysaccharides – Xanthan gum - properties, production and applications - polyesters (PHB) –

structure, properties, biosynthesis, production and modification- Polymer degradation.

Phytoremediation - Bioremediation – SCP – production from wood – carbohydrates – sewage,

contaminated soil. Biosensors: introduction – transducers – electrochemical transducers –

biosensors based on thermal effects – biosensors based on optical effects.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Crueger W, and Crueger A, Biotechnology , 2nd ed., New Delhi: Panima Publishing Corporation,

2002.

El – mansi E.M.T. and Bryse C.F.A., Fermentation Microbiology and Biotechnology, U.S.A.:

Taylor & Francis, Phil, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Das H.K., Text Book of Biotechnology, New Delhi, Wiley Dream tech India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

Narayanaswamy S., Plant Cell & Tissue Culture, New Delhi, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing

Company, 1999.

Pareek L.K., Trends in Plant Tissue Culture & Biotechnology, Jodhpur, Agrobios, 2002.

Prescott S. and Dunn S.A., Industrial Microbiology, 4th ed., New Delhi, CBS Publishers, 1987.

Razdan M.K., An Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.

Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

Slater A., Scott N. and Fowler M., Plant Biotechnology – The genetic manipulation of plants,

Oxford, Oxford University Press, 2003.

Trivedi P.C., Plant Biotechnology – Recent Advances, New Delhi, Panima Publishing

Corporation, 2000.

Walker.J.M and Rapley.R, Molecular biology and Biotechnology, 4th ed., New Delhi, Panima

Publishing Corporation, 2003.

PGZ3522M rDNA TECHNOLOGY

(Lab cum Theory)



• dentify concepts of rDNA technology.

• interpret the value of rDNA technology.

• apply the knowledge gained in research.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION 10T + 6L Hrs.

Scope and overview of rDNA technology - DNA manipulative enzymes:DNA and RNA

polymerases, restriction endonucleases, types and mechanism of action, DNA methylases, alkaline

phosphatases, polynucleotide kinases, exonuclease, terminal transferases, reverse transcriptase,

Ligases.

UNIT-II : CONING VECTORS AND CLONING TECHNIQUES 12T + 6L Hrs.

Requirements for a vector – promoters - plasmid vectors: types, compatibility, viral vectors – M13,

plant and animal viral vectors – Plant plasmid vectors, Expression vectors – pET, ptac vectors -

Genomic DNA and cDNA cloning for library construction.

UNIT-III : PRODUCTION AND SCREENING OF RECOMBINANT

CLONES

14T + 6L Hrs.

Methods of transfer: electroporation, gene gun, calcium chloride precipitation, transfection, viral

transfer (retroviral and adenoviral system); screening: antibiotic inactivation, blue - white selection,

colony hybridization, plaque lifting, southern blotting, hybridization and immunological screening

12T + 6L Hrs.

135

UNIT-IV : PCR AND DNA SEQUENCING

PCR: Basic process, optimization of PCR reaction, types of PCR-asymmetric PCR, inverse PCR,

hot start PCR, RT PCR, nested PCR, multiplex PCR, real time PCR and differential display PCR -

DNA sequencing - Enzymatic method (Review), next generation DNA sequencing - Human

Genome Project ,

UNIT-V : NUCLEIC ACID LABELING 12T + 6L Hrs.

Radioactive and non-radioactive methods, Probes – types, nick translation, random priming, primer

extension, end filling and 5’ end labeling, non – radioactive labeling – biotin based labeling,

detection with chemiluminiscent systems

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

1. Isolation of chromosomal DNA – Plant/animal (blood cells)/bacterial

2. Isolation of plasmid DNA (Mini prep)

3. Electrophoresis of restricted DNA and elution

4. Transformation of E.coli

5. Selection & screening – Antibiotic markers- ampicillin, tetracycline /Blue white

selection/GFP

6. DNA amplification using PCR (demonstration)

TEXT BOOK(S)

Primrose S.B, and Twyman R.M, Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics, 7th ed.,

U.S.A.: Blackwell Publishing, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Brown, TA, Gene Cloning and DNA analysis – An Introduction, 5th ed., USA, Blackwell

publishing, 2006.

Clark .D, Molecular Biology, Elsevier, 2005.

Glick B.R. and Pasternak J.J., Molecular Biotechnology, 3rd ed., Washington D.C., ASM press,

2003.

Janarthanan S and Vincent S., Practical Biotechnology, Methods and protocols, India,

Universities Press, 2007.

Reece, RJ., Analysis of genes and genomes, Canada, John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2004.

Sambrook J, Russell D.W., The condensed protocols from molecular cloning: A laboratory

manual, New York, Cold Spring Harbour Laboratory, 2006.

Walker J.M. and Rapley R., Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, 4th ed., New Delhi, Panima

Pub.Corpn., 2003.

Winnacker E.L., From genes to clones– Introduction to Gene technology, New York, VCH

Pub., 1987.

PGZ3523O IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY

(Theory)



• Understand the principles of immunological techniques based on antigen-antibody interactions.

• Appreciate the technological application of immunological principles

• Comprehend the various aspects of clinical diagnostics and therapeutics based on immune

reactions.

136

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ANTIGEN-ANTIBODY INTERACTIONS, ANTIBODY AND ANTIGEN ASSAYS 15 Hrs.

A. Agglutination – haemagglutination, passive agglutination- latex & bacterial agglutination.

Precipitation – Ouchterlony double diffusion, Mancini’s Single Radial Immunodiffusion.

B. Assays for complement - Total hemolytic complement, complement fixation, complement

mediated hemolysis. Immunoelectrophoresis- counter, rocket & two dimensional

immunoelectrophoresis, ELISA, RIA, Immunoblotting.

UNIT-II : ANTIBODIES AS PROBES, IMMUNOFLUORESCENCE & RELATED

TECHNIQUES

15 Hrs.

A. Immunohistochemistry, fluorochrome conjugated antibody, enzyme labeling, gold labeling,

biotin- avidin system, radio labeling, autoradiography & fluorography, applications in

Western blotting, anti-idiotype antibodies, immuno screening.

B. Direct and indirect fluorescence, fluorescent microscopy, Flow cytometry – T cells subset

analysis, B cell analysis.

UNIT-III : ANIMAL MODEL AND CELL CULTURE SYSTEMS; CELLULAR ASSAYS 15 Hrs.

A. Animal models – Inbred strains, Adoptive transfer systems, SCID mice – Human SCID

mice, Congenic mice, transgenic & knock out mice. Culture systems- Primary lymphoid cell

cultures, cloned lymphoid cell lines, Hybrid lymphoid cell lines.

B. Isolation of lymphocyte by density gradient, Effector cell assays – PFC, ELISPOT.

Lymphocyte stimulation test, C-M lympholysis, Neutrophil function tests, Assays for LAK &

NK cell activity, MLR, Apoptosis.

UNIT-IV : HYBRIDOMA TECHNOLOGY AND ANTIBODY ENGINEERING; VACCINE

TECHNOLOGY

15 Hrs.

A. Monoclonal antibody production enrichment and application, T cell hybridoma Chimeric

antibody, abzymes, plantibodies, Immunotoxins.

B. Designing vaccines, types of vaccines – whole organism inactivated and attenuated

vaccines, anti-idiotypic vaccines, purified macromolecules as vaccines – polysaccharides,

toxoid and recombinant vaccines, recombinant vector vaccines, DNA vaccine, synthetic

peptide vaccines, multivalent subunit vaccine, edible vaccines.

UNIT-V : TRANSPLANTATION IMMUNOLOGY; IMMUNODIAGNOSTICS AND

THERAPEUTICS

15 Hrs.

A. ABO grouping, detection of Australian antigen & antibody in sera of blood donors, Rhesus

antigen, tissue typing, HLA – DNA typing using probes, HLA typing – HLA 1 & 2, cross

matching, serological, cellular and genomic typing

B. Immunodiagnosis – infectious diseases, specific antibodies in the serum (eg) Anti HIV

antibodies using Immunodiffusion, Immunoelectrophoresis, ELISA, RIA etc., Tumor

diagnosis (eg) ?- fetoprotein. Immunotherapy – passive immunization, specific and

nonspecific immuno stimulation, Immunotargeting for cancer therapy.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Benjamini, E., Sunshine G and Leskowitz .S, Immunology: A short course, 3rd ed., England:

John Wiley & Sons, 1996.

Hudson L & Hay FC, Practical Immunology, 3rd ed., London: Blackwell Publishing, 1989.

137

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

3. Stites D.P, Terr A.I & Parslow T.G, Basic and Clinical Immunology, UK, Prentice Hall

Publishing, 1994.

Goldsby. R.A.Kindt T.J. Osborne B.A., Kuby Immunology, 4th ed., New York, W.H.Freeman and

Co, 2000.

Roitt, I.M., Brostoff and Male., Immunology, 4th ed., London, Blackwell publishing, 1995.

PGZ3524O MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS AND FORENSICS

(Theory)



• recognize and identify symptoms of hereditary diseases

• evaluate choices available for prenatal and adult screening

• relate DNA fingerprinting to appropriate problem area

• assess the applicability of available gene therapy options to particular disease

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : HISTORICAL HIGHLIGHTS & REVIEW 15 Hrs.

Introduction – molecular era and organization of human genome. Genome mapping and

Sequencing – Genetic Mapping, DNA Markers – RFLPs, SSLPs, SNPs and linkage analysis;

Physical mapping –Restriction Mapping – FISH and STs Mapping; Methodology – Chain

termination and assembling contiguous sequences – Human Genome Project.

UNIT-II : MOLECULAR DIAGNOSIS OF INHERITED DISORDERS 15 Hrs.

Direct detection & indirect diagnosis – Huntington’s Disease, Chronic Granulomatous Disease

(CGD), Duchenne & Becker Muscular Dystrophy (DMD & BMD), Cystic fibrosis (CF). Diagnostic

application – Detection and characterization of bacterial pathogens, viruses, fungal pathogens and

parasitic pathogens – malaria, filariasis.

UNIT-III : MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS IN MEDICINE 15 Hrs.

Genetic screening and prenatal diagnosis - prenatal screening, neonatal screening, adult

screening, Personalized medicine, medical informatics and information based medicine, antisense

RNA technology.

UNIT-IV : MOLECULAR DIAGNOTICS IN FORENSICS, ANIMAL AND

PLANT BREEDING

15 Hrs.

DNA fingerprinting/ DNA profiling – SLP and MLP – minisatellite/ VNTR probes – oligonucleotide as

probe, PCR based DNA profiling – AmpFLP, STR-PCR, multiplex PCR. Applications of DNA

profiling in human identification, criminal identification, paternity testing, animal and plant breeding,

identification of animal and plant pathogens, RAPD and AFLP – their applications.

UNIT-V : FUTURE PROSPECTS 15 Hrs.

Nanofabricated chips – analytical devices; nanorobots – cancer detection and treatment, diabetes

treatment, respirocyte, microbivores, cell repair.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Augen J., Bioinformatics in the Post-genomic era, Boston, Addison Wesley, 2005.

Balaji S., Nanobiotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Brown T.A., Genomes 2, 2nd ed., U.S.A, Wiley-Liss Pub, 2002.

Das H.K., Text Book of Biotechnology, New Delhi, Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt. Ltd., 2004.

McConkey E.H, Human Genetics – The Molecular Revolution, Boston, London, Jones and

Barlett Pub., 1997.

138

Nyamadzi Z., A reference handbook of nanotoxicology, New Delhi, Dominant publishers and

distributors, 2008.

Persing D.H, Molecular Microbiology - Diagnostic principles and practice, 1st Indian Reprint,

New Delhi, ASM Pub., 2004.

Poole C.P., and Owens F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology, New Delhi, John Wiley & Sons,

2006.

Shanmugam S., Nanotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Walker.J.M and Rapley. R, Molecular biology and Biotechnology, 4thed., New Delhi, Panima


PGZ3423P LAB IN BIOTECHNOLOGY

(Lab)



• interpret the principles involved in various techniques

• investigate techniques relating to tissue culture

• apply techniques in Genetic Engineering

COURSE OUTLINE :


READING EXERCISES: Lab safety – Aseptic techniques – Preparation of medium -

Instrumentation – Disposal of lab wastes.

A) Plant Biotechnology: Commonly used medium (composition, function & applications) –

Establishment of Explant – Induction of callus culture – Rhizogenesis and caulogenesis –

Transformation of explants with Vectors – Selection of transformed cells – Stock maintenance &

sub-culturing

B) Animal Biotechnology: Commonly used medium-Contamination of cultures – Establishment of

primary and secondary culture – Cell line and its applications – transfection of animal cells –

Expression of genes in animal cells – Cloning – Transgenic cells and tissues

1. Preparation of media

2. Callus induction, caulogenesis and rhizogenesis, Micropropagation

3. Synthetic seed production and testing.

4. Somatic embryogenesis

5. Protoplast isolation and fusion

6. Agrobacterium mediated transformation & screening

7. Culturing of blood cells/ fibroblast cells (demo)

8. Karyotyping – Fish/ human

9. Toxicity testing of a chemical / drug

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Freshney R.I., Culture of Animal cells – A manual of basic technique, 4th Ed., New York, Wiley

liss Pub, 2000.

Giri C.C &Giri A., Plant Biotechnology – practical manual, Bangalore, IK International publishing

Pvt. Ltd, 2007.

Ignacimuthu S., Plant Biotechnology, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, 1997.

Jha T.B and Ghosh B., Plant tissue culture –basic and applied, Hyderabad, Universities press,

2007.

Narayanaswamy S., Plant Cell & Tissue Culture, New Delhi, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing

Company, 1999.

139

Razdan M.K.,, An Introduction to Plant Tissue Culture, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.

Pvt. Ltd, 1994.

Sudha G., Principles and Practices of Animal Tissue Culture, Hyderabad, Universities press,

2007.

PGZ3422E HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• To make the students understand and appreciate the process of fertilization and foetal

development.

• To expose the students to the problem of infertility and methods to overcome the condition.

• To give a glimpse into cloning, its applications and ethics.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 12 Hrs.

Male and female reproductive systems – structure, function and hormones involved.

Gametogenesis – Oogenesis and Spermatogenesis, Fertilization, Cleavage Implantation.

UNIT-II : 12 Hrs.

Formation of Germ layers, Gastrulation, Foetal growth – Early Organ development and

differentiation, pregnancy test., Stages of foetal development.

UNIT-III : 12 Hrs.

Placenta and foetal membranes, Psychological and Physical chan ges, Care and Nutrition during

Pregnancy, Risk and Problems during gestation, Prenatal care, Parturition, Premature labor,

Lactation.

UNIT-IV : 12 Hrs.

Birth defects – Congenital malformation, Teratology – definition, malformation in legs, arms, hand

and feet, drug induced malformation, Characteristics of newborn, Vaccination and Immunization

Schedule.

UNIT-V : 12 Hrs.

Birth defects – Congenital malformation, Teratology – definition, malformation in legs, arms, hand

and feet, drug induced malformation, Characteristics of newborn, Vaccination and Immunization

Schedule.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balinsky B.I., An introduction to embryology, 5th ed., Philadelphia, London: Holt – Saunders

International, 1981.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Berril N.J, Developmental Biology, New Delhi, Tata McGrawHill Pub. Company Ltd., 1980.

De Hart.G.B., Sroufe.L.A., and Cooper.R.G., Child development – its nature and course, 4th

ed., Boston, MC Graw Pub., 2000.

Fenwick. E, The Complete Book of Mother and Baby Care, Dorling Kindersley Limited., 2001.

140

PGZ4421M BIODIVERSITY,IPR AND BIOSAFETY

(Theory)



• To understand the importance of species diversity

• To realize the need for sustainable development

• To become aware of patenting rights and their importance

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 18 Hrs.

A. Plant and Animal Kingdom - Outline classification upto phylum with salient features

(review). Phylogenetic tree – Past and present status of biodiversity – a comparison (Case

studies). 6 hrs

B. Biodiversity concepts - levels of biodiversity - genetic diversity, species diversity,

ecosystem diversity - Distribution of flora and fauna - Brief outline, geographical patterns,

megadiversity regions, hotspots. Agro biodiversity (Traditional/ modern agriculture,

ethnobotany).

UNIT-II : 7 Hrs.

Status and loss of biodiversity – Homeostasis in the ecosystem; Habitat loss and alteration -

exotic species, overexploitation, pollution, global climate change, economic policies, global trading

systems, unsustainable natural resource consumption.

UNIT-III : 8 Hrs.

Conservation strategies - in situ conservation – parks, sanctuaries, Biosphere reserves; ex situ

conservation – Tissue culture, cryopreservation, seed banks and pollen banks. Role of NGO’s and

tribal communities in conservation (case studies).

UNIT-IV : 10 Hrs.

Biosafety – Need, Classification of pathogenic microorganisms (Risk groups), Containment levels,

Biosafety levels, Biosafety efforts – IBC, USEPA, USDA, RDAC, RCGM, GEAC and TIFAC

UNIT-V : 17 Hrs.

Intellectual Property Rights and Protection – Trade marks, Copyrights, Geographical

indications. Patenting - transgenic organisms and isolated genes, Indian Patent Act, Biopiracy,

Case studies on patents and legal battles. Plant genetic resources - Plant breeders (PBR) and

farmer’s rights. Legal aspects - Earth summit. Post – Rio scenario - CITES, Ramsar convention,

World heritage Convention, GATT, WTO, TRIPS.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Kumar U., and Asija M.J., Biodiversity- Principles and Conservation, Jodhpur, India: Agrobios,

2000.

SubbaramN.R., Hand book of Indian Patent Law and practice: S.Viswanathan (Printers and

Publishers) Pvt.ltd, 1998.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Benson. E. E., Plant Conservation Biotechnology, London, Philadelphia, Taylor and Francis Ltd.,

2003.

Dadhich L.K., and Sharma A.P., Biodiversity: Strategies for conservation, New Delhi, P H


141

Kumar. U and Sharma A. K., Plant Biotechnology and Biodiversity Conservation, Agrobios

India, 2001.

Meffe G.K and Carroll C.R., Principles of Conservation Biology, Sunderland, Massachusetts,

Sinauer Associates Inc. Publishers, 1994.

WEBSITE(S) :

• www.indianpatents.org.in

• en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patent

• www.uspto.gov/go/pac/doc/general

• en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Copyright

• en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intellectual_property

• www.wto.org/english/tratop_e/trips_e/trips_e.htm

• ces.iisc.ernet.in/hpg/cesmg/indiabio.html

PGZ4524M ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

(Theory)



• list the concept and principles of animal cell culture and production of transgenic animals

• relate the knowledge on gene manipulation techniques to its applications

• create a link between genetic processes and apply them in developing animal models

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ANIMAL CELL CULTURE 15 Hrs.

Requirements, basic techniques – aseptic techniques, safety methods, disposal, media- physical

and chemical characteristics, cell culture and cell lines, biology of cultured cells, passaging and

maintenance, disaggregation, cell suspension and maintenance, measurement of viability and

parameters of growth.

UNIT-II : LARGE SCALE CULTURE & TRANSFECTION STRATEGIES 15 Hrs.

Types of culture – cell culture, tissue culture, organ culture, embryo culture, organotypic and

histotypic culture, manipulation of cultured cells and tissues – scaling up in suspension and in

monolayer culture, cell synchronization- senescence, immortalization and cell transformation. Gene

transfer to cultured animal cells – Transfection methods – Expression systems –Viral vectors –a

review, transgene amplification – selectable markers and screening strategies

UNIT-III : TRANSGENIC ANIMAL TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATION 15 Hrs.

Gene transfer methods, targeted gene transfer – insertion and replacement strategies – gene

knock out, knock in – cre- lox P system. Transgenic fish with special reference to growth hormones

and antifreeze proteins, transgenic mice and livestock, transgenic cloned goats, transgenic insects.

Applications of transgenic animals – gene pharming, xenotransplantation, production of therapeutic

proteins, human and animal disease models..Vaccine production - Humanized antibodies in

transgenic mice, bispecific antibodies, recombinant immunotoxins.

UNIT-IV : MANIPULATION OF REPRODUCTION IN ANIMALS 15 Hrs.

Artificial insemination, ovulation control, superovulation, embryo transfer, IVF, intra cytoplasmic

sperm transfer, embryo sexing, splitting, chimera, nuclear transplantation, gene banks and

cryopreservation. Animal cloning – amphibians, fish, mice, rabbits, swine, cattle, non human

primates – methodology, obstacles and commercial applications, stem cell research, reproductive

and therapeutic cloning, nuclear reprogramming, technical hurdles, ethical and legal implications of

human cloning, challenges for the future

142

UNIT-V : STEM CELL TECHNOLOGY AND GENE THERAPY 15 Hrs.

Types of stem cell, adult and embryonic stem cell culture, organ regeneration- bone, nerve, etc.,

types of scaffolds, stem cell therapy – tissue engineering - applications, regulatory issues. Gene

therapy – Genetic defects- vectors for gene delivery – non viral and viral – gene augmentation-

germ line cell therapy – antisense therapy – cancer , AIDS – DNA vaccines. Drug delivery systems

– dendrimers, microneedles, micropumps, microchips for sustained drug release, liposomes.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Balaji S., Nanobiotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Cibell J,Lanza R.P.,Campbell K.H.S., West M.D., Principles of cloning, Academic Press, 2002.

Dubey R.C, A Textbook of Biotechnology, New Delhi, S. Chand & Comp.Ltd., 2004.

Freshney R.I., Culture of Animal cells – A manual of Basic techniques, 4th ed., New york,

Wiley liss Pub., 2000.

Gilbert S.F, Developmental Biology, 4th ed., Sunderland, Sinaur associates Inc., 1994.

Latchman D.S, Gene Regulation: A Eukaryotic perspective, London, Academic division of unwin

hyman Ltd., 1990.

Nyamadzi Z., A reference handbook of nanotoxicology, New Delhi, Dominant publishers and

distributors, 2008.

Poole C.P., and Owens F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology, New Delhi, John Wiley & Sons,

2006.

Puhler A., Genetic Engineering of Animals, New York, U.S.A, VCH publications, 1993.

Shanmugam S., Nanotechnology, Chennai, MJP Publishers, 2010.

Strachan T. and Read A.P, Human Molecular Genetics, 2nd, London, Bios Scientific Publishers

Ltd., 1999.

Strachan T. and Read A.P, Human Molecular Genetics,, 2nd, London, Bios Scientific Publishers

Ltd., 1999.

Thomas J.A, Biotechnology and Safety assessment, 2nd ed., Phil, USA, Taylor and Francis,

1999.

Walker J.M. and Rapley R., Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, 4th ed., New Delhi, Panima


Watson J.D. Gilmer M, Witkowski J & Zoller., Recombinant DNA, 2nd ed., W.H.Freeman and

Company, 1992.

PGZ4527M DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• differentiate the processes involved in development of an organism

• relate concepts of differentiation and growth

• identify coordination of movements necessary to transform an unicellular zygote into a multicellular

organism

COURSE OUTLINE :


History and types of embryology (Review) – Basic concepts of Developmental Biology –

development among the unicellular and colonial eukaryotes – the origins of sexual reproduction –

patterns of development among metazoans – the genetic background

UNIT-II : GERM CELL DIFFERENTIATION 15 Hrs.

Origin of primordial germ cells – Germ cell migration – Spermatogenesis – Oogenesis -

Organization of the mammalian egg and differentiation of oocyte constituents – - Lamp brush

143

chromosomes – Fertilization – recognition of gametes – gamete fusion and the prevention of

polyspermy – activation of egg metabolism – rearrangement of egg cytoplasam – preparation for

cleavage

UNIT-III : CELLULAR BASIS OF MORPHOGENESIS 16 Hrs.

Integrating cells into tissues - Differential cell affinity – cell – cell and cell-matrix adhesion – extra

cellular matrix. Patterns of embryonic cleavage – mechanism of cleavage.Mechanism of

gastrulation – morphogenetic movements - Cell motility and cellular interactions,Maternal factors of

development

UNIT-IV : ORGANOGENESIS 16 Hrs.

Mechanism of neurulation – developmental potency of neural crest cells – generation of

ectodermal, mesodermal and endodermal organ rudiments,Neoteny

UNIT-V : METAMORPHOSIS AND REGENERATION 16 Hrs.

i) Causation of metamorphosis and tissue reactivity in amphibian metamorphosis – metamorphosis

in insects and hormonal effects. ii) Regenerative ability in animals-stimulation and suppression of

regeneration – histological and physiological processes in amphibian limb regeneration.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balinsky,B.I and Fabian B.C, An Introduction to Embryology, 5th ed., Philadelphia: Saunders

college pub, 2004.

Gilbert, S.F., Developmental Biology, 8th ed., Sunderland: Sinauer associates Inc, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Browder, L.W, Erickson C.A. and Jeffery W.R., Developmental Biology, 3rd ed., Philadelphia,

Saunder College Pub, 1991.

Carlson, B.M, Patten’s Foundations of Embryology, 5th ed., India, McGraw Hill Inc, 2007.

Goel S.C, Principles of Animal Development Biology, 1st ed., Bombay, Himalaya Pub, 1984.

Majumdar.N.N, Text Book of Vertebrate Embryology, New Delhi, Tata Mc.Graw.Hall Publishing

company Ltd., 1988.

Notarianni,E and Evans, M.J., Embryonic stem cells – Practical approach, New York, Oxford

university press, 2006.

PGZ4525O ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY

(Theory)



• acquire knowledge on the insect world & the structural and functional organization of insects

• understand and apply the knowledge about economically important insects

• be aware of vectors and their relation to human health

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Introduction 15 Hrs.

A. History of Entomology in India - scope- insect dominance- reasons - Preservation –

collection -culture of insects - water regulation, rhythms

B. Systematics - General characters -classification upto orders with examples. Insect diversity

-environment, behaviour and adaptations

UNIT-II : Insect structure and function 15 Hrs.

External anatomy -head, thorax, abdomen, cuticle, mouthparts. Internal anatomy –digestive,

circulatory, respiratory, nervous and reproductive systems –metamorphosis -neuro endocrine

coordination, Biology of reproduction, diapauses

144

UNIT-III : Beneficial Insects 15 Hrs.

Productive insects – Honey bee, silkworm, lac insect; Helpful insects – insect pollinators, predators,

parasites, scavengers

UNIT-IV : Medical Entomology 15 Hrs.

Mosquitoes, sand fly, fleas, house fly, bed bug, louse – vector biology, diseases transmitted,

symptoms, control, Biomedical significance.

UNIT-V : Agricultural Entomology 15 Hrs.

A. Harmful insects - plant pests - Rice, Oilseed, Coconut, Cotton, Brinjal, Mango - biology,

pest status, symptoms and control

B. Methods and principles of pest control

Insecticides -botanical insecticides, insect growth regulators -handling of insecticides. Integrated

pest management – biological control – signaling chemicals – anti feedants, repellants

TEXT BOOK(S)

David B.V and Ananthakrishnan T.N, General and Applied Entomology, 2nd edition, New Delhi:

Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

David,V and Kumaraswamy T, Elements of Economic Entomology, SaidapetMadras-15.,

Popular Book Depot, 1988.

Fenemore P.G and Prakash, A, Applied Entomology, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 1992.

Imms A.D,, General Text book of Entomology, Bombay, Asia Publishing House, 1963.

Metcalf and Flint, Destructive and useful insect, NY, McGraw Hill Book Company Inc, 1932.

Ramakrishna Iyer T.V, Handbook of economic entomology of South India, New Delhi,

International books and periodical supply service, 1984.

Ross H.H, Ross C.A and Ross J.R.P, A text book of Entomology, 4th edition, Canada, John

Wiley & Sons Inc, 1982.

PGZ4526O ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR

(Theory)



• interpret the mystery of behaviour patterns

• reviewdifferent strategies evolved by animals to improve their chances of survival

• design and perform an experimental study in Ethology.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Historical outline, behaviour as a homeostatic and adaptive mechanism- evolution of animal

behaviour – modes of behaviour- innate behaviour – taxis, kinesis – instinctive behaviour – learning

behaviour – habituation, imprinting – conditioned reflexes – trial and error learning – reasoning

UNIT-II : BEHAVIOURAL GENETICS 15 Hrs.

Hybridization-single gene and behaviour- heritability of behaviour – genetic basis of behaviour –

genes and criminal behaviour in humans. Nature vs Nurture

UNIT-III : SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR 15 Hrs.

A. Basis - factors regulating social behaviour – social behaviour in insects and primates –

social dominance – aggression – territoriality - Altruism – reciprocal altruism, kin selection,

parental care and cooperation- alarm call- hierarchy, solitary life

B. Animal Communication – Visual communication - communication by sound, touch,

vibration, bee dance ,chemicals - Pheromones – types.

145

UNIT-IV : HUMAN BEHAVIOUR 15 Hrs.

Nervous system and mind synaptic learning –origin of mind – emotions- emotional intelligence and

significance, learning andmemory, human actions and gestures,behavioural disorders , deviant

behaviour –alcoholism and drug abuse

UNIT-V : BIOLOGICAL RHYTHMS 15 Hrs.

Exo and Endogenous rhythms – circadian,circannual, tidal and lunar rhythms – biological clock –

mechanism, hormonal and genetic control of biological clock – biorhythms in humans

TEXT BOOK(S)

Farland . D.M, Animal Behaviour, 1st ed., London: Pitman Pub.Ltd., 1985.

Shukla.J.P, Fundamentals of Animal Behaviour, New Delhi: Atlantic Pub (P)Ltd., 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Chandrashekaran M.K., Biological Rhythms, 1st ed., Bombay, BharatiyaVidyaBhavan, 1985.

Chandrashekaran M.K., Time in the Living World, Hyderabad, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd.,

2005.

Gadagkar R., Survival Strategies, Hyderabad, Universities Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., 1997.

Mandal F.B., Text Book of Animal Behaviour, New Delhi, PHI Learning (P) Ltd., 2010.

Manning A., An Introduction to Animal Behaviour, UK,, E.L.B.S & Edward Arnold (P) Ltd., 1969.

Minors.D.S and Waterhouse J.M., Circadian Rhythms and the Human, Bristol, John Wight

andSons Ltd., 1981.

Poole T.B,, Social Behaviour in Mammals, New York, Blackie and Sons.Ltd., 1985.

Prakash.M, Diwan.A.P, Sharad S., Vineeta S., Recent Advances in Animal Behaviour, 1st ed.,

New Delhi, Anmol .Pub.Ltd., 1994.

Sarkar A, Understanding Social Animals, New Delhi, DPH (P) Ltd., 2010.

Tinbergen N., Animal Behaviour, Netherlands, Time Life International, 1968.

146

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I ZOO1201FS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS FOR ZOOLOGISTS - I AUZOO TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I ZOO1302FT INVERTEBRATA – I AUZOO LT 3 1 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I ZOO1401CT INVERTEBRATA-II AUZOO LT 4 1 -- -- -- 2 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II ZOO2201FS COMMUNICATIVE SKILLS FOR ZOOLOGISTS - II AUZOO TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II ZOO2301CM CELL BIOLOGY AUZOO TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II ZOO2403CT CHORDATA AUZOO LT 3 1 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

III ZOO3501CM BIOCHEMISTRY AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ZOO3502CM GENETICS AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ZOO3201CP LAB IN GENETICS AUZOO LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III ZOO3302CP LAB IN CELL BIOLOGY & BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES AUZOO LA -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV ZOO4401CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AUZOO TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV ZOO4501CM ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV ZOO4502CM IMMUNOLOGY AUZOO TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

147

IV ZOO4201CP LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL

BIOLOGY AUZOO

LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV ZOO4201SP LAB IN BASIC CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS AUZOO LA

-- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV ZOO4302CP LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY AUZOO LA

-- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00




To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I ZOO1401AT ANIMAL DIVERSITY AUBOT LT

4 1 -- -- -- 2 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II ZOO2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY ALLM TH

2 -- -- -- -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --


148



To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn

Quiz Seminar

FLab Project

Fd.Work


Theory Lab Viva

Exam Hrs.


ALL PGZ0426D ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT APZOO TH -- -- 1 2

30 30

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

I PGZ1527M PHYSIOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

I PGZ1528M BIOCHEMISTRY APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

I PGZ1529M MICROBIOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

I PGZ1423P LAB IN MICROBIOLOGY APZOO LA -- 5 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- 3.00

I PGZ1424P LAB IN PHYSIOLOGY & BIOCHEMISTRY APZOO LA -- 5 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- 3.00

II PGZ2526M MOLECULAR BIOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

149

II PGZ2527M GENETICS AND EVOLUTION APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

II PGZ2528M IMMUNOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 2 2

40 10

-- 1

-- 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

II PGZ2322P LAB IN IMMUNOLOGY APZOO LA -- 4 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- 3.00

II PGZ2323P LAB IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY APZOO LA -- 4 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- 3.00

III PGZ0621M PROJECT APZOO LA -- 2 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- --

III PGZ3424M STATISTICAL TOOLS IN BIOLOGICAL RESEARCH APZOO TH 4 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

III PGZ3425M PLANT AND MICROBIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY APZOO TH 4 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

III PGZ3522M rDNA TECHNOLOGY APZOO LT 4 2 1 --

30 --

-- 1

-- 10

1 20 -- --

-- -- --

60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

III PGZ3523O IMMUNOTECHNOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

III PGZ3524O MOLECULAR DIAGNOSTICS AND FORENSICS APZOO TH 5 -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- 3.00 --

150

1 10 1 10 -- -- --

--

III PGZ3423P LAB IN BIOTECHNOLOGY APZOO LA -- 4 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

1 75 -- --

-- -- --

75 -- -- 25 --

-- 3.00

IV PGZ0621M PROJECT APZOO PR -- 8 -- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- -- 60 --

-- -- --

60 -- -- -- 40

-- --

IV PGZ4421M BIODIVERSITY,IPR AND BIOSAFETY APZOO TH 4 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

IV PGZ4524M ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

IV PGZ4527M DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

IV PGZ4525O ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY APZOO TH 5 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --

IV PGZ4526O ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR APZOO TH 5 -- 1 1

30 10

1 1

10 10

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 100 -- --

3.00 --


151

Evaluation Pattern offered by the Other Department (PG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn

Quiz Seminar

FLab Project Mini Project

Term Paper Total

Theory Lab Viva

Exam Hrs.


ALL PGZ0422D WILDLIFE IN INDIA ALLM TH -- -- 1 2

30 30

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

ALL PGZ0424D NATURE WATCH ALLM TH -- -- 1 2

30 30

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

ALL PGZ0425D GREEN TECHNOLOGY ALLM TH -- -- 1 2

30 30

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

II PGZ2423E NUTRITION, HEALTH AND CHILD CARE ALLM TH 4 -- 2 1

40 20

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --

III PGZ3422E HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY ALLM TH 4 -- 2 1

40 20

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- --

2.30 --


152

DEPARTMENT OF BIOTECHNOLOGY

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Biotechnology








The department proposes the modification made in the course content of BTE 2401CM BIOCHEMISTRY

(Semester II) which was passed in the Academic Council Meeting (Appendix ‘AU’) be ratified.

B.Sc. Biotechnology - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



BTE1201FS ENGLISH THROUGH BIOLOGY 2 2 AU-2013 as

BTE1101FS

CHE1402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - I 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE1402SA

BTE1302FT CELL BIOLOGY 3T + 1L 3

BTE1401CT ANIMAL DIVERSITY 3T + 2L 4


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 19



BTE2201FS ANALYTICAL BIOLOGY 2 2 AU-2013 as

BTE2101FS

BTE2402CM BIOCHEMISTRY 4 4

CHE2402AA GENERAL CHEMISTRY FOR BIOLOGISTS - II 5 4 AU-2013 as

CHE2402SA

BTE2201CP BIOCHEMISTRY LAB 4 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 21

2013 Batch

III BTE3301CM MICROBIOLOGY 4 3

BTE3302CM PHYSIOLOGY 4 3

BTE3401CM DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 5 4

BTE3201CP MICROBIOLOGY LAB 3 2

153

BTE3202CP DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY LAB 3 2

MATQ3431AA APPLIED MATHEMATICS FOR BIOLOGISTS 5 4



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 23

IV BTE4401CM IMMUNOLOGY 4 4

BTE4501CM PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS 5 5

BTE4502CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 5 5

BTE4201CP GENETICS LAB 3 2

BTE4201SP LAB IN AQUARIUM MAINTENANCE 2 2

BTE4202CP MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB 3 2

BTE4203CP IMMUNOLOGY LAB 3 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 26



To

Hrs./


ALL BTE0401CD AQUARIUM MAINTENANCE ALLM -- 4 AU-2013

ALL BTE0402CD APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY ALLM -- 4 AQ-2009 as BTE0422D

ALL BTE0403CD BIOMATERIALS ALLM -- 4 AQ-2009 as BTE0321E

ALL BTE0404CD MOLECULAR TECHNIQUES ALLM -- 4 AQ-2009 as BTE0421E

ALL BTE0405CD IPR AND PATENTS ALLM -- 4 AQ-2009 as BTE0422E

II BTE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY ALLM 2 2

BTE1302FT CELL BIOLOGY

(Lab cum Theory)



• relate the basic structure and function of a cell

• describe the structural organization of cell under microscopic observation

• apply certain vital staining and cell enumeration procedures in research

154

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNDAMENTALS OF A CELL AND BIO-MEMBRANES 10T + 5L Hrs.

Introduction - basic structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. Structure and function of plasma

membrane: models, peripheral and integral proteins, membrane transport mechanisms- passive

transport (simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion & osmosis) and active transport (ion channels,

exocytosis and endocytosis)

UNIT-II : SUBCELLULAR ORGANIZATION OF EUKARYOTIC CELLS 10T + 2L Hrs.

Subcellular organization: Nucleus, nuclear pore complex –nucleoplasm, chromosomal organization,

special chromosomes – polytene&lampbrush chromosomes (morphology & functional significance).

Structure and function of mitochondria (Electron transport chain and ATP synthesis) and plastids

UNIT-III : INTRACELLULAR ORGANIZATION OF CELLS 8T + 3L Hrs.

Intracellular membrane compartments- structure and function of ribosomes, endoplasmic reticulum,

Golgi complex and lysosomes.

UNIT-IV : CYTOSKELETAL STRUCTURES AND CELL MOTILITY 8T + 2L Hrs.

Cytoskeletal structures - actin filaments, intermediate filaments, microtubules and centriole

(structure and function). The extra cellular matrix and cell to cell interactions. Cell mobility:

amoeboid, cell crawling – cilium: ultra structure and ciliary movement

UNIT-V : REGULATION OF THE EUKARYOTIC CELL CYCLE 9T + 3L Hrs.

Cell division – stages & significance- mitosis, mitotic apparatus, meiosis. Cellcycle-phases,

regulation and check points

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

1. Microscope handling; Reading exercise: types – applications – advancements

2. Buccal epithelial cell measurement

3. Staining and enumeration of blood cells

4. Observation of membrane transport (Osmosis)

5. Viability testing of cells using trypan blue

6. Observation of giant chromosomes in chironomous larva

7. Observation of mitotic chromosomes using onion root tip

8. Observation of different stages of meiosis in grasshopper testis (simulation/preserved

specimen)

TEXT BOOK(S)

Cells J.E., (editor), Cell Biology – A Laboratory Handbook, 2nd Ed, Volumes I, II, III and IV,

London, UK, Academic Press Limited, 1998.

De Robertis E.D.P and De Robertis E.M.F, Cell and Molecular Biology, 8th Ed, USA, Lippincott

Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alberts B., Lewis B.D.J., Raff M., Roberts K and Watson D, Molecular Biology of the Cell, 2nd

Ed, New York, Garland Publishing, 1989.

Cooper G. M and Hausman, The Cell – A Molecular Approach, 4th Ed, Washington D.C, ASM

Press, 2007.

Johnson K.E, The Medical Series for Independent Study- Histology and Cell Biology, 2nd Ed,

Maryland, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, 1991.

Karp G, Cell and Molecular Biology – Concepts and Experiments, 4th Ed, USA, John Wiley and

Sons IncNew Jersey, 2005.

Pappas G.S, Laboratory Manual of Histology, , 2nd Ed, England, Oxford,Wm. C.Brown

Publishers,, 1994.

Sumner A.T and Sumner B.E.H, A Laboratory Manual of Microtechnique and Histochemistry,

Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1969.

155

BTE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate the basic concepts and principles of interrelationships between organisms and their

environment

• describe the transfer of energy through ecosystems and material cycles

• predict the impacts of population growth, pollution and their management

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 7 Hrs.

Introduction- Concepts and types of an ecosystem. Energy transfer patterns. Physical and chemical

factors, biogeochemical cycles, resources-use and abuse

UNIT-II : 8 Hrs.

Biological communities and species interactions: Community properties-critical factors, tolerance

limits, niche, habitats, succession, species interaction- predation, competition, symbiosis and

keystone species

UNIT-III : 7 Hrs.

Population and related issues: Dynamics of population growth and factors influencing population.

Pollution- types, sources, hazards and management. Types and sources of waste, management

strategies ( the three R’s )

UNIT-IV : 8 Hrs.

Biomes-Terrestrial biomes and aquatic ecosystems, ecotones and edge effect. Restoration and

management- tools of restoration, principles and goals of ecosystem management

TEXT BOOK(S)

Cunningham W.P. and Saigo B.W, Environmental Science, 5th Ed, New York, WCB McGraw –

Hill Publishers, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cunningham W. P and Saigo B. W, Environmental Science – A Global Concern, 3rd Ed,

London, Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 1995.

Kormondy E.J, Concepts of Ecology, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 1989.

Miller T.G (Jr.), Living in the Enviroment – Principles, 9th Ed, USA, Connections and Solutions

Wadsworth Publishing Company, 1996.

Odum E.P, Fundamentals of Ecology, 3rd Ed, London, W.B. Saunders Company, 1971.

Pathade G.P and Goel P.K, Environmental pollution and management of waste waters by

microbial techniques, Jaipur, En, ABD Publishers, 2001.

BTE2402CM BIOCHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• acquire a fundamental knowledge of the chemistry and functioning of the biomolecules

• recognize the mechanism of molecular interaction

• analyze the properties and significance of biomolecules

156

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CARBOHYDRATES 12 Hrs.

Introduction to biomolecules - Structure, occurrence, and classification (review), physical and

chemical properties of monosaccharide, disaccharides and polysaccharides (Homo and

Heteropolysaccharides), biological significance of carbohydrate-Glycolysis, TCA cycle, Pentose

Phosphate pathway and Electron transport chain, oxidative phosphorylation

UNIT-II : AMINO ACIDS AND PROTEINS 12 Hrs.

Structure and classification of amino acids (review). Physical and chemical properties of

aminoacids, peptide bond formation, Ramachandran plot, role of amino acids in living

system.Classification and structure of protein (review). Biological role of proteins-Urea cycle

UNIT-III : ENZYMES, COENZYMES AND COFACTORS 14 Hrs.

Enzymes- classification, properties, nomenclature (IUB). Models on specificity of enzyme action,

kinetics and factors affecting enzyme activity. Michaelis-Menten equation, Line Weaver-Burk Plot.

Enzyme inhibition. Allosteric and feedback regulation. Vitamins as coenzymes, minerals as

cofactors

UNIT-IV : LIPIDS 10 Hrs.

Structure and functions of phospholipids, physical and chemical properties of fatty

acid,classification of lipids-cholesterol, glycolipids and calciferol. Role of lipids in living system-ß-

oxidation & -oxidation

UNIT-V : NUCLEIC ACIDS 12 Hrs.

General Properties, structure and composition of nucleic acids. Conformation of DNA and RNA.

Role of nucleic acid in biological system

TEXT BOOK(S)

Conn E.E., Stumpf P.K., Bruening G and Doi R.H, Outlines of Biochemistry, 5th Ed, Singapore,

John-Wiley and Sons, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

David L. Nelson and Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Ed, New York,

W.H.Freeman and Company, 2004.

Donald Voet and Judith Voet, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, New Jersey, John Wiley

Publications, 2006.

Jain J.L, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, New Delhi, S.Chand and Company Ltd, 2002.

Jeremy M. Berg, Biochemistry, New York, USA, W.H. Freeman & Company, 2007.

Lehninger L.A., Nelson D.L and Cox M.M, Principles of Biochemistry, 4th Ed, New York, Worth

Publishers, 2005.

McKee T and McKee J.R, Biochemistry-the Molecular Basis of Life, 3rd Ed, U.S.A,

Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 2003.

Murray K.R., Granner D.K., Mayer A.P and Rodwell V.W, Harper’s Biochemistry, 25th Ed,

California, Appleton and Lange, 2000.

Nicolas C. Price, Fundamentals of Enzymology, New York, Oxford Press, 2006.

Stryer L, Biochemistry, 5th Ed, New York, W.H.Freeman Publishers, 2003.

West E.S., Todd W.R., Mason H.S and Bruggen J.T.V, Text Book of Biochemistry, New Delhi,

Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd, 1995.

157

BTE3301CM MICROBIOLOGY

(Theory)



• describe the classification of microorganisms

• appraise the diversity of microbial structures and their role

• analyse the importance of microbes in human health

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO MICROBIOLOGY 12 Hrs.

History, scope of microbiology. Systematic nomenclature, identification of microbes, Photosynthetic

bacteria. Ultra structure of prokaryotic cell, flagella and cell wall structure, peptidoglycan synthesis,

inclusion bodies – endospore

UNIT-II : MAINTENANCE OF MICROBIAL CULTURE 12 Hrs.

Sterilization techniques – Physical and chemical methods. Antimicrobial agents: General

characteristics, mechanism of action – antibacterial (penicillin, tetracycline, sulfonamides),

antifungal, antiviral drugs, drug resistance- MDR.

UNIT-III : MICROBIAL NUTRITION AND GROWTH 12 Hrs.

Nutritional requirements, culture media, isolation of pure culture, growth curve – measurement of

microbial growth, factors affecting growth: Batch, fed batch and continuous culture; Microbial

metabolism- ED pathway, Fermentation, Nitrogen fixation, Photosynthesis

UNIT-IV : VIROLOGY 12 Hrs.

General characteristics and Classification of viruses- life cycle of Bacteriophages; T4, Lambda &

M13, Plant viruses (TMV, CMV) and animal viruses (Retroviruses, Hepatitis virus) - Viroids and

Prions

UNIT-V : MICROBIAL DISEASES 12 Hrs.

Normal microflora in human, microbial diseases: Typhoid, tuberculosis, leprosy, hepatitis and AIDS.

Food Microbiology: Microbial growth and food spoilage, food borne diseases (Botulism,

Salmonellosis) and control of food spoilage

TEXT BOOK(S)

Pelczar M.J., Schan E.C and Krieg N.R, Microbiology Concepts and Applications, 5th Ed,

Boston, McGraw Hill Inc, 2004.

Prescott L.M., Harley K.P and Klein D.A, Microbiology, 7th Ed, Boston, McGraw Hill Inc, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Alcamo I.E, Microbiology, , New Delhi, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited, 1998.

Banwart G. J, Basic Food Microbiology, 2nd Ed, New Delhi, CBS Publishers, 1998.

Caldwell D.R, Microbial Physiology and Metabolism, USA, W.M.C. Brown Publishers, 1995.

Ingraham J. L, Introduction to Microbiology, 2nd Ed, Bangalore, Thomson Books, 2000.

Nayudu M.V, Plant Viruses, New Delhi, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2008.

Persing D.H., (editor), Molecular Microbiology – Diagnostic Principles and Practice,

Washington, ASM Press, 2003.

Shimeld L. A, Essentials of Diagnostic Microbiology, London, Delmer Publishers, 1999.

Talaro K.P and Talaro, Foundation in Microbiology, 4th Ed, Boston, A McGraw Hill Inc, 2002.

Tauro P., Kapoor K.K and Yadav K.S, An Introduction to Microbiology, New Delhi, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1996.

158

BTE3302CM PHYSIOLOGY

(Theory)



• recall the various functions of the organ systems

• discuss the importance of homeostasis in living organisms

• demonstrate the interdependence of various organ system

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DIGESTION 11 Hrs.

Nutrition – (Review), Physiology of digestion and digestive glands in human, regulation of blood

glucose level

UNIT-II : RESPIRATION 12 Hrs.

Mechanism – Transport and Exchange of gases - Control of respiration. Circulatory –

Cardiovascular system –Blood, Blood vessels, Heart, Vascular circuitry- Blood pressure- lymphatic

system.

UNIT-III : EXCRETION 11 Hrs.

Excretion and Water balance- Kidney and its function- Urine formation, hormonal regulation

UNIT-IV : ENDOCRINE SYSTEM 13 Hrs.

Endocrine system – Pituitary- Hypothalamus- Endocrine glands – structure and functions.

Deficiency disorders (Goitre, cretinism), Hormonal regulation in Reproduction – Reproductive organ

(male and female)

UNIT-V : NEUROMUSCULAR SYSTEM 13 Hrs.

Central nervous system- peripheral and autonomous nervous system - neuron & impulse

conduction, neurotransmitters-neuromuscular junction. Receptors - Types-sensory and motor,

skeletal muscles - contractile machinery. Thermoregulation.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Strand F.L, Physiology – A Regulatory Approach System, Macmillan Meerut, (Chapters 7-12,

14-18, 21,22, 25), Meerut, Publishing Company, 1983.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Curtis H and Barnes N.S, Biology of organisms –Part –II, 5th Ed, New York, worth publishers,

1968.

Gray A T., Kevin T., Mosby P, Anatomy and Physiology, 6th Ed., Elsevier, USA, 1987.

Knut Schmidt-Nielson, Animal Physiology – Adaptation and Environment, New Delhi,

ManasSaikia for Cambridge Univeristy Press India PVT. LTD, 1997.

Lauralee S, Human Physiology from Cells to Systems, 4th Ed.Brooks, USA, 2001.

Rastogi SC, Essential of Animal Physiology, 4th Ed, New Delhi, New Age International Pvt. Ltd

publishers, 2010.

Sherwood L., Klandorf H and Yancey P.H, Animal Physiology, Singapore, Thomson Books /Cole,

A division of Thomson Learning, 2005.

Swart I F, Human Physiology, WMC brown Communications, USA, Dubuque, 1984.

VeenaMehataAhuja, Text book of Medical Physiology, 2nd Ed, New Delhi, Ane books Pvt. Ltd,

2011.

159

BTE3401CM DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• describe the various stages during development

• evaluate the orchestral link in the developmental process

• interpret the principle behind abnormalities in the developmental biology

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GAMETOGENESIS AND FERTILIZATION 15 Hrs.

Introduction: Historical perspectives – concep2012.ts (Classical and Modern Embryology) – model

organisms, Scope; Gametogenesis: Primordial germ cells, spermatogenesis and oogenesis.

Fertilization: types and physiological changes involved in fertilization, cortical reaction, amphimixis.

UNIT-II : CLEAVAGE AND FATE MAP 15 Hrs.

Types of cleavage- based on types of oocytes, amount, distribution of yolk, polarity in egg, and

morula. Factors affecting cleavage and changes in the cleaving cells. Fate map of frog and its

significance.

UNIT-III : GASTRULATION 15 Hrs.

Process of gastrulation, types of morphogenetic movements and their mechanism. Organizer

concept with experimental evidences, molecular mechanisms of action.

UNIT-IV : ORGANOGENESIS 15 Hrs.

Morphogenetic field, organizers and inducers. Neurogenesis, formation of notochord and

derivatives of germ layers. Organogenesis in mammal - Eye, heart and limb.

UNIT-V : PLACENTATION AND DEVELOPMENTAL DISORDERS 15 Hrs.

Placentation – Types of placenta, extra embryonic membranes & significance. Poly embryony&

twinning. Teratology - Congenital and neonatal abnormalities In vitro fertilization – Germ bank –

GIFT – test tube baby.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balinsky B.I, An Introduction to Embryology, 5th Ed, Philadelphia, Holt-Saunders International,

2012.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Berril N.J, Developmental Biology, Company Ltd, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 1980.

Bradley P.M, The Early Embryology of the Chick, 3rd Ed, The Blakiston Company, Toronto,

1925.

Browder L.W., Erickson C.A and Jeffery W.R, Developmental Biology, 3rd Ed, London, Saunder

College, 1991.

Carlson B.M, Patten’s Foundation of Embryology, he Early Embryology of the Chick 1. Retrieved

December 6, 2013, from http://embryology.med.unsw.edu.au/embryology/index.php?title=Book_-

_The_Early_Embryology_of_the_Chick_1, 5th Ed, London, 1998.

Gilbert S.F, Developmental Biology, 4th Ed, Sinauer Associates Inc., Sunderland,

Massachusetts, 2010.

Wolpert L, Principles of Development, 2nd Ed., New York, Oxford University Press, 2002.

160

BTE3201CP MICROBIOLOGY LAB

(Lab)



• acquire the basic skills needed in microbiology lab

• describe techniques involved in the identification and growth of microbes

• employ the assay techniques in their research work

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Usage of lab accessories and its importance (pipetteman, eppendorf tubes, tips, screw cap

vials)

2. Aseptic handling and storage (bottles, flasks, culture vessels, pipetting, pouring)

3. Maintenance and disposal of microbial strains

4. Media preparation for microbial culture

5. Isolation of pure culture – broth, agar slants, stab, plating and streaking

6. Sterilization methods – physical and chemical

7. Staining techniques (simple, Gram staining and endospore staining)

8. Estimation of growth – turbidometric method

9. Biochemical characterization of pure culture- IMViC test

10. Antibiotic sensitivity test

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Brown.A, Benson's Microbiological Applications, Laboratory Manual in General Microbiology,

10th Ed, McGraw-Hill, 2006.

Cappucino J.G and Sherman N, Microbiology - A Laboratory Manual, 7th Ed, South Asia,

Pearson Education Inc. and Dorling Kindersley Publishing Inc, 2008.

Garrity G.M, Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 2nd Ed, New York, Springer Verlag,

2001.

Gunasekaran P, Laboratory Manual in Microbiology, New Delhi, New Age International (P) Ltd

Publishers, 2002.

Holt J.G., Kreig N.R., Peter H.A., Stanley S.J.T and Williams S.T, Bergey’s Manual of

Determinative Bacteriology, Williams and Wilkins, A Maverly Company, Philadelphia, 1994.

Prescott L.M., Harley K.P and Klein D.A, Microbiology, 7th Ed, Boston, McGraw Hill Inc, 2008.

BTE3202CP DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY LAB

(Lab)



• recognize the basic concepts in development

• detect the principle of each experiment

• infer the process of development

161

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. T.S. of mammalian ovary, mammalian testis & chick ovary

2. Observation of live chick embryo – 24hrs, 48hrs, 72hrs & 96 hrs

3. Viral inoculation in embryonic egg

4. Observation of specimen: Placentation types - yolk sac placenta (Shark), deciduous

placenta, Polyembryony – Armadillo, Human developmental stages and early

developmental stages in frog

5. Tadpole tail regeneration

6. Detection of nitrogenous waste products – ammonia, urea & uric acid

7. Bleeding and clotting time

8. Estimation of haemoglobin

9. APTT (Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time) assay

10. ESR (Erythrocyte sedimentation rate) test

11. Enzyme assay- Salivary amylase

12. Muscle twitch in frog- (Demo)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Balinsky B.I, An Introduction to Embryology, , 5th Ed, Philadelphia, Holt-Saunders International,

2012.

Bradley P.M, The Early Embryology of the Chick, 3rd Ed, Toronto, The Blakiston Company,

1925.

Carlson B.M, Patten’s Foundation of Embryology, 5th Ed, New Delhi, McGraw Hill Inc, 1998.

Cruz Y.P, Laboratory exercises in developmental biology, USA, Academic press, Inc, 1993.

Keibel F., Mall F. P, Manual of Human Embryology, Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Company,

1912.

Mukherjee K. L., Medical Laboratory Technology – a procedure manual for routine diagnostic

tests, Volume I, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company limited, 1988.

Nigam S. C and Omkar, Experimental Animal Physiology and Biochemistry, New Age

International (P) Limited, 2003.

Pappas G.S., Laboratory Manual of Histology, 2nd Ed, Oxford, England, Wm. C. Brown

Publishers, 1994.

Rastogi S. C., Experimental Physiology, Wiley Eastern Limited, 1982.

Sumner A.T and Sumner B.E.H., A Laboratory Manual of Microtechnique and Histochemistry,

Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1969.

BTE4401CM IMMUNOLOGY

(Theory)



• acquire the basic principles of Immunology

• relate the cellular and molecular bases of immune response

• analyze the role of immune system in enhancing human health

162

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ELEMENTS OF IMMUNITY 12 Hrs.

Introduction to Immune system - innate and acquired immunity –humoral and cellular immunity;

lymphoid organs – primary and secondary; immunogens and antigens, Antibody – structure

characterization, and properties. Kinetics of antibody response

UNIT-II : BIOLOGY AND ACTIVATION OF B AND T LYMPHOCYTES 12 Hrs.

Identification and characterization of B & T cells. Organization and structure of MHC, antigen

processing and presentation - MHC restriction, diversity, association of disease – activation of CD4

T cells – T&B cell cooperation; B cell activation, activation of CD8 cytotoxic T cells, cytokines,

super antigens

UNIT-III : CONTROL MECHANISMS IN THE IMMUNE RESPONSE AND COMPLEMENT 12 Hrs.

Classical and alternate pathways, biological activity, receptors, activation; Complement deficiencies

UNIT-IV : HYPERSENSITIVITY AND AUTOIMMUNITY 12 Hrs.

Detailed study on Type I, II , III & IV –hypersensitivity reactions. Autoimmune diseases and immune

deficiency disorders

UNIT-V : TRANSPLANTATION IMMUNOLOGY 12 Hrs.

Transplantation – relationship between donor and recipient, allograft rejection; bone marrow

transplantation, Graft Vs Host reactions, fetal-maternal relationships

TEXT BOOK(S)

Benjamini E., Sunshine G and Leskowitz S, Immunology: A short course, 5th Ed, New York,

John Wiley &Sons - Inc, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Abbas A.K and Lichtman A.H, Cellular and Molecular Immunology, 5th Ed, Philadelphia,

Saunder’s Publishers, 2003.

Abbas A.K and Lichtman A.H, Basic Immunology, 2nd Ed, New Delhi, Elsevier Inc, 2004.

Chakravarthy A.K, Immunology and Immunotechnology, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,

India, 2006.

Coleman R.M, Fundamental Immunology, 3rd Ed, USA, Wm.C.Brown Publishers, 1994.

Delves J.P., Martin J.S and Roitt I.M, Roitt’s - Essential Immunology, 11th Ed, London,

Blackwellpublishers, 1996.

Goldsby R.A., Kindt T.J., Osborne B.A and Kuby J, Immunology, 5th Ed, New York, W.H.

Freeman and Company, 2003.

Male D., Brostoff J., Roth D.B and Roitt I, Immunology, Canada, Mosby Elsevier Ltd, 2006.

Murphy K., Travers P and Walport M, Janeway’s –Immunobiology, 7th Ed, London, Blackwell

Publishers, 2007.

Murphy K., Travers P and Walport M, Janeway’s–Immunobiology, 7th Ed, London, Blackwell

Publishers, 2007.

Roitt I.M, Essential Immunology, 10th Ed, London, Blackwell Scientific Publishers, 2011.

Roitt I.M and Delver P.J, Essential Immunology, 10th Ed, London, Blackwell Pub, 2005.

Roitt M.,Brostoff and Male D.K, Immunology, 8th Ed, London, Gower Medical Publishing, 2013.

163

BTE4501CM PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS

(Theory)



• acquire knowledge about the basic principles of heredity

• assess the practical application of genetics

• review the various genetic disorders in man and animals

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CLASSICAL GENETICS 15 Hrs.

Introduction to Mendelism: Mono and Di-hybrid ratios. Deviation from Mendelian ratios, gene

interaction. Polygenic inheritance: Skin pigmentation on man, ear length in maize/wheat; Spotting

in mice. Multiple alleles: Blood grouping in man; Coat color in rabbits; Pseudoallelism- Eye colour in

Drosophila-Related problems.

UNIT-II : SEX DETERMINATION 15 Hrs.

Bipotential nature of organisms, Role of external and internal environment, Chromosomal

mechanisms, Gynandromorphism. Sex-linked inheritance: In man - color blindness and hemophilia.

Linkage and crossing over, Genetic map. Maternal inheritance- coiling of shell, kappa particles,

milk factor and plastid inheritance

UNIT-III : HUMAN GENETICS 18 Hrs.

Simple Mendelian traits in man. Human pedigree: symbols applied- inheritance patterns.

Chromosomal aberrations: their variation in number and structures. Inborn errors of metabolism;

Hereditary disorders: their mode of inheritance and diagnosis

UNIT-IV : MICROBIAL GENETICS 15 Hrs.

Mutation: Molecular basis of gene mutation; Types of gene mutation; Mutagens: types and their

mode of action. Genetic recombination in Bacteria – Transformation, Conjugation and Transduction

UNIT-V : POPULATION GENETICS 12 Hrs.

Hardy-Weinberg Law, factors affecting gene frequencies, congenital diseases Eugenics and

Genetic counseling

TEXT BOOK(S)

Alice Marcus, Human Genetics- An Overview, New Delhi, Narosa publishing house Pvt LTD,

2010.

P.S Verma and V. K Agarwal, Genetics, New Delhi, S. Chand & company LTD, 2009.

Sinnot E. W., Dunn L.C and Dobzhansky T, Principles of Genetics, 4th Ed, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, 1973.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Brooker R, Genetics: Analysis and Principles, McGraw Hill International, 4th Ed, New York,

2008.

Busk D, Molecular Genetics, London, Collier- Macmillan Ltd, 1968.

Gardner E, Principles of Genetics, 5th Ed, Canada, John Wiley and Sons Inc, 1975.

Gardner E.H., Simmons M.J and Snustad D.P, Principles of Genetics, 8th Ed, Singapore, John

Wiley and Sons, 2007.

Hancock J.T, Molecular Genetics, 1st Ed, UK, Scion Publishing Limited, 2008.

Hartl D and Jones E.W, Genetics - Principles and Analysis, 4th Ed, London, Jones and Barlett

Publishers, 1998.

Jorde L.B., Carey J.C., Bamshad M.J and White R.L, Medical Genetics, 3rd Ed, Missour, Elsevier

Publications, 2007.

Maloy S.R., Cronan J.E and Freifelder D, Microbial Genetics, 2nd Ed, London, Jones and Barlett

Publishers, 1994.

164

Snyder L and Champness W, Molecular Genetics of Bacteria, 3rd Ed, Washington, American

Society for Microbiology, 2007.

Stent G.S and Calendar R, Molecular Genetics - An introductory narrative, 2nd Ed, New York,

CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2004.

Strickberger W, Genetics, 5nd Ed, Boston, Macmillan Pub. Co. Inc, 1991.

BTE4502CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY

(Theory)



• relate the central dogma of life at the molecular level

• interpret the various DNA damage and its safeguarding mechanisms

• evaluate the regulatory mechanisms in the flow of genetic information

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : GENOME ORGANISATION 15 Hrs.

Introduction –DNA as genetic material- Experimental evidences, structure of nucleic acids- Types –

DNA and RNA, Genetic code. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic genome - C-value paradox, Structural

organization of chromosome -Histones, Nucleosome – Cot kinetics, functional elements at

molecular level, DNA Sequencing Methods.

UNIT-II : TRANSCRIPTION 15 Hrs.

Basic principles – Process of transcription – Regulation of transcription – Positive & Negative

control – lac operon and trp operon. Transcription in Eukaryotes– transcription by RNA Pol I, II & III.

Transcriptional modifications of mRNA (5’CAP-3’Poly (A) tail and splicing), t RNA and rRNA.

UNIT-III : TRANSLATION 15 Hrs.

Process of Translation – Genetic code Initiation, Elongation and Termination, Eukaryotic protein

synthesis and post translational modifications.

UNIT-IV : DNA REPLICATION 15 Hrs.

Replication – Types- conservative, semi conservative and dispersive. Stages in Replication -

Origin, termination– Enzymes involved in Replication, Mechanism in Replication-rolling circle, D-

loop. Eukaryotic replication.

UNIT-V : REPAIR AND RECOMBINATION 15 Hrs.

DNA Repair – types of DNA damage – causes direct reversal of DNA damage – Light repair and

dark repair – Excision repair – Mismatch and recombination repair. Recombination – Models of

Homologous recombination, Types of recombination.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Friefelder D, Molecular Biology, 2nd Ed, New Delhi, Narosa Publishing House, 1993.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Becker W.M., Kleinsmith L.J and Jeff Hardin, The World of the Cell, 4th Ed, San Francisco, The

Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, 2000.

Cooper G. M and Hausman, The Cell – A Molecular Approach, 4th Ed, Washington D.C, ASM

Press, 2007.

Karp G, Cell and Molecular Biology – Concepts and Experiments, 4th Ed, USA,, John Wiley

and Sons Inc., New Jersey, 2005.

Lodish D.J and Baltimore D, Molecular Cell Biology, 2nd Ed, New York, Sci. American Books,

W.H. Freeman & Comp, 1990.

165

Lodish H., Berk A., Zipursky S.L., Matsudaira P., Baltimore D and Darnell J, Molecular Cell

Biology, 4th Ed, USA, W.H. Freeman & Company, 2000.

Malacirski G. M and Freifelder D, Essentials of Molecular Biology, 3rd Ed, Boston, Jones &

Bartlett Pub. Inc, 1998.

Wolfe S.L, An Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology, New York, Wadsworth Publishing

Company, 1995.

BTE4201CP GENETICS LAB

(Lab)



• explain the mechanism of inheritance and its practical applications

• identify the concept of basic Bacterial Genetics

• evaluate the Mendelian traits in population Genetics

COURSE OUTLINE :


DROSOPHILA GENETICS

1. Culture of Drosophila

2. Study of Drosophila- Isolation of virgin flies and observation of life cycle

3. Inheritance of eye color

HUMAN GENETICS

4. Simple Mendelian trait and pedigree analysis

5. Multiple alleles -blood grouping

6. Verification of Hardy-Weinberg’s law using beads

7. Human karyotyping – analysis of Karyogram

8. Polygenic inheritance with reference to height and weight –statistical

MICROBIAL GENETICS

9. Bacterial mutagenesis-Chemical (NTG) and Physical (UV)-Survival Curve

10. Plasmid encoded antibiotic resistance in different strains

11. Conjugation and gene mapping

12. Phage titration using M13 phages

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gardner E.H., Simmons M.J and Snustad D.P, Principles of Genetics, 8th Ed, Singapore, John


Jayaram K and Jayaraman R, Laboratory Manual in Molecular Genetics, New Delhi, Wiley

Eastern Ltd, 1979.

Jayaraman K and Krishnaswamy S, Genetics – Experiments with Drosophila, Printed at Galaxy,

Madurai, 1986.

Miller H.J, A Short Course in Bacterial Genetics – A laboratory manual and handbook for

E.coliand related Bacteria, New York, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1992.

Sambrook J., Fritsch E.F and Maniatis T, Molecular Cloning – A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Ed,

New York, CSH Pub, 1999.

Sambrook J., Fritsch E.F and Maniatis T, Molecular Cloning, [ 3 volumes], New York, Cold

Spring Harbor, 2012.

Tamarin R.H, Principles of Genetics, 7th Ed, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company

Ltd, 2004.

166

BTE4201SP LAB IN AQUARIUM MAINTENANCE

(Lab)



• develop the techniques of rearing ornamental fishes

• investigate the factors influencing fish health

• apply the acquired knowledge in becoming an entrepreneur

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Introduction to setting up an aquarium

2. Identification of ornamental fishes -visit to an aquarium (packaging and transportation)

3. Aquarium plants and their types

4. Study on the Biology and behavior of the fish of interest

5. Natural fish feed- Culture and collection

6. Preparation of Artificial fish feed

7. Study on the factors influencing life in aquarium - Aeration and filtration

8. Handling of fish for laboratory studies

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Axelord H.R and Vorderwinkler W, Encyclopedia of Tropical Fishes – with special emphasis on

techniques of breeding, 28th Ed, USA, TFH Pub. Inc., New Jersey, 1988.

Bhamrah H.S Kavitha J, An Introduction to Fishes, 2nd revised Ed, New Delhi,

AnmolPublicationPvt Ltd, 2001.

Biswas. S.P., J.N.Das, U.K.Sarkar and Lakra W.S, Ornamental fishes of North East India : An

Atlas, Lucknow, NBFGR publication, 2007.

Escobal, Pedro Ramon, Aquatic Systems Engineering: Devices and How They Function,

Ireland, Dimension Engineering Press, 2000.

Hemdal, Jay, Advanced Marine Aquarium Techniques, California, TFH Publications, 2006.

Noga, Edward, Fish Disease: Diagnosis and Treatment, UK, Wiley-Blackwell, 2000.

Saxena A, Aquarium Management, New Delhi, Daya Pub. House, 2003.

Shammi Q.J and Bhatnagar S, Applied Fisheries, Jodhpur, Agrobios (India), 2002.

Srivastava C.B.C, Aquarium – Fishkeeping, 1st Ed, Allahabad, KitabMahal, 2002.

Vierke J, Your Home Aquarium, USA, TFH Publishing Inc.,New Jersey, 1991.

BTE4202CP MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB

(Lab)



• Relate the principles and protocols of various isolation techniques

• acquire hands-on training in basic molecular separation techniques

• apply the skills in the field of research

167

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Cell fractionation by differential centrifugation

2. Isolation of genomic DNA from prokaryotic cells – E. coli

3. Isolation of genomic DNA from Eukaryotic cells - mammalian tissues / plant cells

4. Isolation of total RNA from mammalian tissue/ yeast

5. Electrophoretic separation of DNA

6. Electrophoretic separation of RNA

7. Spectrophotometric estimation of DNA and RNA

8. Determination of Tm value of isolated DNA

9. Separation of macromolecules - Sephadex chromatography (group work)

10. PCR (demo)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Boyer R, Modern Experimental Biochemistry, 3rd Ed, Pearson Education Inc, 2000.

Gardner E.H Simmons M.J and Snustad D.P, Principles of Genetics, 8th Ed, Singapore, John


Glover D.M and Hames B.D, DNA Cloning, Volumes I, II, III, 2nd Ed, New York, IRL Press at

Oxford University Press, 1995.

Palanivelu P, Analytical Biochemistry and Separation Techniques – A laboratory manual for

B.Sc. & M.Sc. students, 3rd Ed, Madurai, Kalaimani Printers, 2004.

Plummer T.D, An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry, 4th Ed, Europe, McGraw Hill Book

Company, 1990.

Sawhaney S.K and Randhir Singh, Introductory Practical Biochemistry, New Delhi, Narosa


BTE4203CP IMMUNOLOGY LAB

(Lab)



• describe the basic principles and procedures of immunological techniques

• develop skills in basic immunological techniques

• design approaches for diagnosis and therapy

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. Animal handling - procedures (rearing & maintenance

2. Demonstration of repetitive bleeding technique and injection routes in fish

3. Preparation of antigens-soluble and cellular

4. Agglutination assay – direct and passive agglutination

5. Total RBC count

6. WBC differential count

7. Separation of lymphocytes from peripheral blood and counting in haemocytometer

8. Density gradient centrifugation of T and B-lymphocytes and separation by nylon wool

column method

9. Hypersensitivity – footpad thickening in mice

10. Hemolysis – Complement Mediated

168

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Garvey J.S., Cremer N.E and Sussdorf D.H, Methods in Immunology, 3rd Ed, London, Benjamin

Cummins Publishing, 1983.

Hay F.C and Westwood M.R, Practical Immunology, 4th Ed, UK, Blackwell Publishing Company,

2008.

Hudson L and Hay F.C, Practical Immunology, 3rd Ed, London, Blackwell Publishing, 1989.

Talwar, G.P., Gupta, S.K, A Handbook of practical and Clinical Immunology, 2nd Ed, (Vol- I),

New Delhi, CBS, 2008.

169

Evaluation Pattern(UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I BTE1201FS ENGLISH THROUGH BIOLOGY SUBTE TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I BTE1302FT CELL BIOLOGY SUBTE LT 3 1 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I BTE1401CT ANIMAL DIVERSITY SUBTE LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II BTE2201FS ANALYTICAL BIOLOGY SUBTE TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II BTE2402CM BIOCHEMISTRY SUBTE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II BTE2201CP BIOCHEMISTRY LAB SUBTE LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

III BTE3301CM MICROBIOLOGY SUBTE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BTE3302CM PHYSIOLOGY SUBTE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BTE3401CM DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY SUBTE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III BTE3201CP MICROBIOLOGY LAB SUBTE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

III BTE3202CP DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGY LAB SUBTE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV BTE4401CM IMMUNOLOGY SUBTE TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV BTE4501CM PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS SUBTE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV BTE4502CM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY SUBTE TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV BTE4201CP GENETICS LAB SUBTE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV BTE4201SP LAB IN AQUARIUM MAINTENANCE SUBTE LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV BTE4202CP MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB SUBTE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00

IV BTE4203CP IMMUNOLOGY LAB SUBTE LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 3.00


170



To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




ALL BTE0401CD AQUARIUM MAINTENANCE ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL BTE0402CD APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL BTE0403CD BIOMATERIALS ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL BTE0404CD MOLECULAR TECHNIQUES ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

ALL BTE0405CD IPR AND PATENTS ALLM TH -- -- -- -- -- 1 30 2 30 -- -- -- -- 60 40 60 -- -- 2.00 --

II BTE2201NI ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY ALLM TH 2 -- -- -- -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --


171

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

PREAMBLE :

To equip the learners to face the current challenges in Higher Education, the Department of Computer

Science revised the Undergraduate curriculum to fit into the Integrated Curricular Model that the college

evolved, in 2013. The course profile, the course content & the evaluation pattern of the first two semesters

were passed in the Academic Council meeting held on April 3, 2013 (Appendix “AU”).

The department is now presenting the course profile, course content & evaluation pattern for Semesters III &

IV of the Undergraduate programme of 2013 batch.



The course content of the courses PCS3526O Cloud Computing and PCS 1623M Microprocessor, PC

Hardware and Interfacing of M.Sc., Computer Science are modified.

B.Sc. Computer Applications - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



CSC1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH COMPUTER

SCIENCE

2 2 AU-2013 as

CSC1101FS

CSC1301FM DATA STRUCTURES 4 3

CSC1402AT DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3T + 2L 4

CSC1402CT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 19



CSC2201FS PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE 2 2 Au-2013 as

CSC2101FS

CSC2401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I 4 4

CSC2402AT MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING 3T + 2L 4

CSC2201CP LAB - I (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I - C++) 4 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 21

2013 Batch

III CSC3401AA BUSINESS ACCOUNTING 5 5

CSC3401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II 4 4

CSC3402CM OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS 4 4

CSC3403CM RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 4 4

172

CSC3201CP LAB - II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II) 4 2

CSC3202CP LAB - III (RDBMS) 3 2



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 26

IV CSC4501CM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 5 5

CSC4502CM DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS 5 5

CSC4201CP DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING

JAVA

3 2

CSC4201SP ANIMATION 2 2

CSC4301CP VISUAL PROGRAMMING - I 5 3

CSC4302CP PHP PROGRAMMING 5 3


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 24

CSC1301FM DATA STRUCTURES

(Theory)



• design and apply appropriate data structures for solving computing problems

• develop computer programs to implement different data structures and related algorithms

• evaluate critically and solve problems independently

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DATA STRUCTURES – AN OVERVIEW 10 Hrs.

Basic terminology – elementary data organization – Data structures – data structure operation

algorithms, complexity, time space, trade off.


Linear arrays – Representation of linear arrays in memory – traversing linear arrays – inserting and

deleting – sorting: Bubble sort – searching: Linear search – binary search – multidimensional arrays

– pointer array – Matrices – Sparse Matrices. Sorting – insertion sort – selection sort – merging –

merge sort – radix sort – hashing


Linked lists – Representation of Linked lists in memory – Traversing a Linked list – searching linked

list – memory allocation: Garbage collection – insertion into a linked list – deletion from a linked list

– Header linked lists – two way lists.

10 Hrs.

173

UNIT-IV : STACKS, QUEUES, RECURSION

Stacks – Array representation of stacks – arithmetic expression : Polish Notation – Quick sort, An

application of stacks – Recursion – Towers of Hanoi – Queues – De-queues – priority queues

UNIT-V : TREES AND GRAPHS 15 Hrs.

Binary trees Algorithm - Representation binary trees in memory – traversing binary trees – traversal

algorithms using stacks – General trees - Graph theory terminology – Sequential representation of

graphs: Adjacency matrix: Path matrix – Warshall’s algorithm: Shortest path – linked representation

of a graph - Traversing a graph.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Aaron M. Tennenbaum, YedidyahLangsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, DataStructures using C, 4th,

New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India (P) Limited, 2006.

Ellis Horowitz, Sartajsahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures, New Delhi, GalgotiaBookSource

publishers, 2001.

Seymour Lipschutz, DataStructures, Schaum’s Outlines (Indian Adopted Edition, New Delhi,

TataMcGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2006.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.ibilce.unesp.br/courseware/datas/data1.htm

http://ciips.ee.uwa.edu.au/~morris/year2/PLDS210/ds_ToC.htm

http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/computer-science/nptel-iit-kharagpur/c-programming-and-data-

structures/?course_id=162

CSC1402AT DIGITAL ELECTRONICS

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify and apply the functions of various logic circuits

• design and implement appropriate logic circuits for the specified outcome

• analyze and evolve the optimum circuit

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : LOGIC CIRCUITS, CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 8T + 6L Hrs.

The Basic Gates – Boolean algebra – NOR & NAND gates, Boolean laws and Theorems – Sum of

products method –Truth table to Karnaugh map – pairs, quads and octets –Karnaugh simplifications

–Don’t care conditions –Product of Sums method –Product of Sums simplification.

UNIT-II : NUMBER SYSTEMS AND CODES 7T + 6L Hrs.

Binary Number systems - Need for Binary numbers –Binary to Decimal conversion –Decimal to

Binary conversion –Octal numbers –Hexadecimal numbers –The ASCII code –The Excess 3 Code

–The Gray Code

UNIT-III : ARITHMETIC CIRCUITS 10T + 6L Hrs.

Binary addition – Binary Subtraction – Unsigned Binary numbers – Sign magnitude numbers – 2’s

Complement Representation – 2’s complement arithmetic –Arithmetic Building Blocks –The Adder–

Subtractor–Binary multiplication and division.

UNIT-IV : FLIP-FLOPS 10T + 6L Hrs.

RS Flip-Flop –Gated Flip-Flops- Edge-Triggered RS Flip-Flops- Edge triggered D Flip-Flops - Edge

triggered JK Flip-Flops – JK Master-Slave Flip-Flops – Schmitt Trigger.

174

UNIT-V : REGISTERS 10T + 6L Hrs.

Shift Registers –Types of Registers –Serial in Serial out –Serial in Parallel out –Ring counter

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

Implementation of the following Lab exercises using Simulator:

1. Basic Gates – AND ,OR, NOT

2. Universal Gates – NAND , NOR and EX-OR

3. Half Adder Circuit

4. Full Adder Circuit

5. Flip-Flops

6. Demonstration on Registers-Serial in Serial Out, Serial in Parallel out

7. C Callable routines using Simulator

TEXT BOOK(S)

Donald P.Leach,Albert Paul Malvino, Digital Principles and Applications, Sixth, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill Pvt Ltd, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Moris Mano, Digital Design, Fifth, New Delhi, Pearson Higher Education publishing, 2013.

Raja.P, Digital Electronics, Chennai, Scitech Publication (India) Pvt Ltd, 2005.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.electronics-tutorials.com

dmoz.org/Science/Technology/Electronics/Tutorials

www.aade.com

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2310/Digital-Circuits-and-Systems

CSC1402CT PROGRAMMING IN C

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify and apply the basic terminology used in computer programming

• plan,design and create programs in C language

• design programs involving decision structures, loops and function

COURSE OUTLINE :


Basic steps in a program - History of C - Character set - Tokens - Constant - Data types - Operators

and Expression

Lab: Example programs with scanf() and printf() statements to practice Programs relating to

declaration of variables with different data types. Programs on conditional and unconditional

structures. Series evaluation.

UNIT-II : FLOW CONTROL AND ARRAYS 10T + 5L Hrs.

Decision making and Branching - if-else statements - Decision making and Looping - for, while, do

while - Arrays - One dimensional array - Multi dimensional array - Character Array – Strings - String

functions

Lab: Programs on number checking, extracting specified data from array, expressions. Application

programs based on if, if-else, nested if, else-if ladder, switch. Programs on looping statements

175

Series evaluations Different output designs Real time programs based on for, while, do-while

Programs on operators and data type conversions. Programs on strings and string functions


Functions – argument and parameters – Call by value – Call by reference – Passing arrays

Lab: Programs on recursive functions Programs on call by value and call by reference. Programs to

return the value from the function. Programs on passing arrays to the functions

UNIT-IV : STRUCTURES 10T + 5L Hrs.

Structures – Concept of structures – Initializing a structure – The structure tag- Arrays of structures–

Union

Lab: Simple programs in defining structures and printing structure values. Application programs on

structures and unions. Programs on arrays of structures.

UNIT-V : FILES AND POINTERS 10T + 5L Hrs.

Pointers – Introduction to pointer – Pointer Expressions and Pointer Arithmetic – Introduction to files

– Opening and closing files – Creating and accessing files.

Lab: Programs relating to declaration of pointer variables and printing the values and address.

Programs on file variables, opening and closing. Programs on creating and accessing files.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balagurusamy E, Programming in ANSI C, Sixth, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publications,

2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Byron Gottfried, JitenderChhabra, Programming with C, New Delhi, McGraw Hill Publication,

2006.

YashavantKanetkar, Understanding Pointers In C, 4Th Revised & Updated, New Delhi, BPB

Publications,, 2009.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.freevideolectures.com

www.cprogramming.com

cprogramminglanguage.net

www.cprogrammingexpert.com

CSC2402AT MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify and relate INTEL 8086 microprocessor architecture.

• write assembly language programs using TASM

• describe the purpose of interfacing with 8086.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTEL 8086 MICROPROCESSOR 7T + 6L Hrs.

Features of the Intel 8086 – 8086 internal architecture: The Execution Unit – The Bus Interfacing

Unit.

UNIT-II : 8086 INSTRUCTION SET AND ASSEMBLY L DIRECTIVES 8T + 6L Hrs.

Addressing modes of 8086 – instruction set of 8086 – Assembly directives and operators.

176

UNIT-III : ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING WITH 8086 10T + 6L Hrs.

Assembly language – development of an assembly language program – Assembly language program

development tool – Assembly language structure – Assembly language programs.

UNIT-IV : 8086 INTERRUPTS 10T + 6L Hrs.

8086 Interrupt Structure – Software Interrupts – Interrupt Service Routines – Interrupt Vector Table

– Dedicated Interrupt Pointer – Hardware Interrupts – Priority of 8086 Interrupts.

UNIT-V : 8086 INTERFACING 10T + 6L Hrs.

Basic peripherals and their interfacing with 8086/88: Semiconductor Memory Interfacing – Dynamic

RAM Interfacing – Interfacing I/O Ports – PIO 8255 – Modes of operation of 8255

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

Assembly Language Programs using TASM

1. String Processing

2. Arithmetic Operations 8-bit and 16-bit numbers

3. Compare Operations

4. Shift operations

5. Logical operations

6. Interfacing using simulator

TEXT BOOK(S)

Ray .A.K, Bhurchandi.K.M, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals –Architecture,

Programming and Interfacing, twelfth reprint, New Delhi, Tata McGraw- Hill Publishing Company

Ltd, 2009, Chapters: 2.2 – 2.4, 5.1-5.5.

Shah.U.S, Microprocessor and Microcontrollers 1/e, Pune, Tech-Max Publications,, 2005,

Chapters: 5.1-5.5, 8.1-8.4, 8.7, 8.9, 9.1-9.6, 9.8.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Anokh Singh, A.K. Chhabra, Fundamental of Microprocessors & Its application, Delhi, S.

Chand limited, 2005.

DuglasV.Hall, Microprocessor and Interfacing, Revised 2nd special Indian, New Delhi, Tata

McGrawHill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.epn-online .com

http://www.cpu-world.com/Arch/8086.html

CSC3401AA BUSINESS ACCOUNTING

(Theory)



• illustrate the basic principles of accountancy

• develop skill in preparing fund flow and cash flow statements

• create budgets and forecast working capital requirements.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 18 Hrs.

Meaning – definition – objectives - importance of accounting - branches of accounting - concepts and

convention - classification of accounts – limitations of accounting – journal – ledger – trial balance -

final accounts (basic)

177

UNIT-II : RATIO ANALYSIS 15 Hrs.

Definition – importance - limitations of ratio analysis - classification of accounting ratios and

interpretations - inter firm and intra firm comparisons - accounting ratios.

UNIT-III : FUND FLOW AND CASH FLOW 15 Hrs.

Definition – importance – limitations - preparations of fund flow and cash flow statements

UNIT-IV : MARGINAL COSTING 15 Hrs.

Definition - features – advantages - disadvantages of marginal costing - break even analysis

UNIT-V : BUDGETARY CONTROL 12 Hrs.

Definition – advantages - limitations of budgetary control - classifications of budgets - preparation of

cash budget and flexible budget.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Jain S.P, Financial Accounting and Analysis, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & company, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Greweal T.S, Introduction to Accounting, New Delhi, S. Chand & co, ,2000.

Mahesware S.N, Management Accounting Principles and Practice, New Delhi, Sultan Chand &

company, 2002.

Pillai R.S.N., Bagavathi, Management Accounting, New Delhi, S. Chand & company Ltd,, 2003.

Srinivasan N.P., SakthivelMurugan.M, Accounting for Management, New Delhi, Sultan Chand &

company, 2006.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.business.com

http://www.taxsites.com

http://www.mhhe.com

http://www.tallyguru.com

CSC3401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II

(Theory)



• apply object oriented concepts in solving problems

• exhibit programs with Applets and AWT concepts.

• plan and create the java application with a Database

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS 10 Hrs.

Genesis of Java – Data Types, Variables and Array – Classes and Methods- String Handling.

UNIT-II : INHERITANCE AND PACKAGES 10 Hrs.

Inheritance: using super – Method overriding – Dynamic method dispatch – Abstract class – using

Final- Packages - Interfaces

UNIT-III : EXCEPTIONS AND THREAD 15 Hrs.

Exceptions handling: Predefined exception- user defined exceptions- Multithreaded Programming:

Threads creation – Thread Priorities – Synchronization - Interthread Communication

UNIT-IV : APPLETS AND AWT 15 Hrs.

Applet: The Applets Class – Thread and Applet- Event Handling- Introducing the AWT: Working with

windows, graphics and text- AWT controls-Layout Managers and Menus.

178

UNIT-V : DATABASE CONNECTIVITY 10 Hrs.

Introduction to databases – Java Database connectivity -record navigation – Record manipulation.

TEXT BOOK(S)

George Reese, Database programming with JDBC and Java, Second Edition, New Delhi,

O’Reilly Media, 2000.

Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference JAVA 2, Fifth Edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing company Limited, 2007, Chapters: 1, 3, 6 - 11, 13, 19 – 22..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Khalid A.Mughal,TorillHamre,RolfW.Rasmussen, Java Actually A First Course, First Indian

Reprint, New Delhi, Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2008.

Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel., Java How to Program, Eighth Edition, New Delhi, PHI Learning

Private Limited, 2010.

SharanamShah,Vaishali Shah., Core Java for Beginners, First Reprint, Mumbai, Shroff

Publishers and Distributors Private Limited, 2011.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.learnerstv.com/Free-Computers-Video-lectures-ltv006-Page1.htm

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/

http://www.javabeginner.com/

http://www.learnjavaonline.org/

CSC3402CM OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS

(Theory)



• develop fundamental knowledge of Operating systems.

• acquire and apply memory management and other related concepts.

• Identify and apply the concepts of CPU and disk scheduling process.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Operating Systems-Computer System organization-Computer system architecture-Operating

system structure-operating system operations-Process Management-Memory Management-Storage

Management-Protection and Security-Distributed Systems. .

UNIT-II : PROCESS MANAGEMENT 10 Hrs.

Process concept-Process scheduling-Operation on Processes-Inter process Communication-

Communication in Client-Server Systems.

UNIT-III : CPU AND DISK SCHEDULING 12 Hrs.

Basic concepts-Scheduling Criteria-Scheduling Algorithms-Thread Scheduling-Disk Structure-Disk

Scheduling

UNIT-IV : PROCESS SYNCHRONIZATION 14 Hrs.

Background-The critical section problem – Peterson’s Solution-Synchronization Hardware –

Semaphores – Classic problems of Synchronization – Monitors- Synchronization Examples-

Deadlocks.

179

UNIT-V : FILE MANAGEMENT AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT 16 Hrs.

File Management - Memory Management : Background-Swapping-Contiguous Memory Allocation-

Paging-Structure of the page table-Segmentation-Demand Paging-Copy-On-Write- Page

Replacement-Allocation of Frames- Thrashing-Memory Mapped Files.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Concepts Essentials,

Eighth Edition, New Delhi, Wiley Publications, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DeitelH.M, Deitel.P.J,.Choffnes D.R., Operating Systems, Third Edition, New Delhi, Pearson

Education, 2007.

Gary Nutt, Operating Systems, Second Edition, New Delhi, Addison-wesley Longman Inc, 1990.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/Operating%20Systems/New_index1.html

www.personal.kent.edu

www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/

www.tutorialfind.com


CSC3403CM RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(Theory)



• identify and define the information that is needed to design a database management system for a

business information problem

• create conceptual and logical database designs for a business information problem

• create and develop a database management system that satisfies relational theory and provides

users with customized business queries

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE 12 Hrs.

Introduction – Database Management Systems – Benefits of DBMS – Relational Database

Management System – Need of RDBMS – Database Model: Hierarchical Model, Networking Model,

Relational Model, Object Oriented Model, Object/ Relational Model – Codd’s Rules – Entity

Relationship Diagram – Normalization- NOSQL Databases: Introduction-advantages-challenges.

UNIT-II : BASICS OF SQL 13 Hrs.

Data Types – Data Definition Language (DDL) – Data Manipulation Language (DML) – Transaction

Control Language (TCL) – Data Control Language (DCL) – Data Constraints – Operators – String

Functions – Date Functions – Aggregate Functions.

UNIT-III : WORKING WITH SUBQUERIES AND JOINS 10 Hrs.

Subqueries: Correlated Subquery – Joins: Self, Inner, Outer, Equi and Non-equi joins – Set

Operators: Union, Intersect and Minus – Index – Sequences – Synonym – Views.

UNIT-IV : INTRODUCTION TO PL/ SQL 10 Hrs.

Introduction – Structure of PL/SQL – Data Types – Variables – Control Statements – Procedures and

Functions.

180

UNIT-V : EXCEPTIONS, CURSORS, TRIGGERS AND PACKAGES 15 Hrs.

Error Handling: Pre-defined Exception, User-defined Exception – Cursors: Explicit, and Implicit

Cursors – Triggers: Types, DDL Triggers and INSTEAD OF Triggers – Packages: Creating and

Invoking Packages.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Kevin Loney, Oracle Database 11g The Complete Reference, New Delhi, McGraw Hill, 2009,

Chapters: 32-37.

Rajeev A. Parida, Vinod Sharma, The Power of Oracle 9i, New Delhi, Firewall Media, 2010,

Chapters: Chapter 1.

Sharanam Shah, Vaishali Shah, Oracle for Professionals, Mumbai, Sharoff Publishers and

Distributers Pvt. Ltd, 2011, Chapters: 1, 8 – 24, 32, 33, 35, 40, 42.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Deshpande., P.S, SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g, New Delhi, Dreamtech Press, 2007.

James R. Groff, Paul N. Weinberg, Andrew J. Oppel, SQL: The Complete Reference, Third

Edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill.

Joan Casteel,,Oracle 10g: SQL,, united states, Thomson Course Technology, 2007.

SharadMaheswari, Ruchin Jain, Introduction to SQL and PL/SQL, New Delhi, Firewall Media,

2009.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://beginner-sql-tutorial.com/sql.htm

http://plsql-tutorial.com/

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/plsql/

http://utubersity.com/?page_id=853

http://www.techrepublic.com/blog/10-things/10-things-you-should-know-about-nosql-databases/#.

http://searchdatamanagement.techtarget.com/definition/NoSQL-Not-Only-SQL http://nosql-

database.org/

CSC3201CP LAB II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II)

(Lab)



• interpret and implement the primitive data types and methods

• identify and experiment the application skills by applying object oriented concepts, Multithreading

and Exceptions.

• develop programming skills using applets, thread and database

COURSE OUTLINE :


FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING USING VARIABLES AND IDENTIFIERS

Programs, which read, process and display the different data types Example programs which

deal with variable, objects, and arithmetic and assignment operators

SELECTION, ITERATION AND STRING

Programs, which deal with looping and control statements Programs designed to read and

process single and multidimensional arrays Programs using String and String buffer concepts

181

CLASSES AND OBJECTS, INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACES

Programs for designing a class and creating array of object Programs to design multiple

methods and invoke methods through objects Develop example programs for handling different types

of classes (final and inner classes) Programs to handle applications, which involve different types of

methods (overloading, overriding methods) Programs, which deals with constructor and finalizer

Programs, to implement Packages Implement Multiple Inheritance using Interfaces

EXCEPTIONS

Example programs to handle exceptions in real-time applications Programs involving

applications using predefined java exceptions

THREADS

Programs which creates and set priority for multiple threads Example Programs that integrate

threads and applets Programs which deals with inter process communication through threads

Example programs that involve thread synchronization Example programs with animation in applets

through threads

APPLETS

Programs using Applet class, Applet programs that involve graphics, Applet programs which

involve drawing of different shapes and colors

AWT AND MENUS IN APPLETS

Programs, which impart AWT components in applets Programs, which implement container

types in applets Applets designed with menu-oriented applications Applet programs with specially

designed event handling techniques Programs using Mouse and Key listeners for applications

JDBC

Programs to implement database operations (insert, delete, update) using JDBC

connectivityPrograms to execute custom queries

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

George Reese, Database programming with JDBC and Java, Second Edition, Sebastopol,

O’Reilly, 2000..

Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference JAVA 2, Fifth Edition, New Delhi,, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing company Limited, 2007.

Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Java How to Program, Eighth Edition, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private

Limited, 2010.

Xavier.C, Programming with JAVA 2, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt Ltd, Copyright,, 2000.

182

CSC3202CP LAB III (RDBMS)

(Lab)



• apply the basic concepts of relational database management.

• implement logical thinking in designing the database

• develop programming skills in PL/SQL and usage of triggers.

COURSE OUTLINE :


BASICS OF SQL

Schema Design and Normalization of Tables - Queries using select statements and operators

(using DDL, DML, DCL functions) – Queries using single row functions, Date functions – Character

functions – Numeric functions – Group functions.

OPERATORS, JOINS AND SUBQUERY

Operators – Set Operators: Union, Union All, Intersect and Minus – Join concept: Simple, Self,

Outer, Inner, and Non-equi joins – Table aliases - Sub Queries: Multiple Subqueries, Correlated

subquery.

CONSTRAINTS AND DATABASE OBJECTS

Setting constraints to tables with integrity constraints – Domain Integrity – Check Constraints –

Entity Integrity constraints – Referential Integrity constraints – Deferrable constraints - Creating

different database objects like Synonym – Sequences – View – Index.

INTRODUCTION TO PL/SQL AND CURSOR

Programs with different data types – Scalar data types, Composite data types – LOB types,

user defined data types – Programs using iterative and sequential control – Programs to implement

predefined exception, user defined exception. Implement different cursor types: STATIC CURSORS,

EXPLICIT and IMPLICIT CURSORS.

SUBPROGRAMS, TRIGGERS AND PACKAGES

Demonstrate PL/SQL using Procedures and Functions - Triggers - Packages.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Deshpande.P.S, SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g, New Delhi, Dreamtech Press, 2007.

Kevin Loney, Oracle Database 11g The Complete Reference, New Delhi,, Tata McGraw Hill,

2009, Chapters: Chapter 32-37.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

James R. Groff, Paul N. Weinberg, Andrew J. Oppel, SQL: The Complete Reference, Third

Edition, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.

Joan Casteel, Oracle 10g: SQL, United States, Thomson Course Technology, 2007.

SharadMaheswari, Ruchin Jain, Introduction to SQL and PL/SQL, New Delhi, Firewall Media,

2009.

183

WEBSITE(S) :




CSC4501CM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

(Theory)



• recognize software engineering methods, procedures and tools.

• compare current trends and technologies in Software Engineering.

• apply the knowledge in developing community development projects.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION AND SOFTWARE PROCESS 15 Hrs.

The evolving Role of software – software –The changing nature of software – Legacy software –

Software Myths. Prescriptive models – The waterfall model – Incremental process models –

Evolutionary Process Models.

UNIT-II : REQUIREMENTS AND ANALYSIS 15 Hrs.

A bridge to Design and Construction – Requirements engineering tasks – Initiating the requirements

engineering process – eliciting requirements. Requirement analysis – Approaches – Data modeling

concepts – object oriented analysis – flow oriented modeling.

UNIT-III : DESIGN ENGINEERING 15 Hrs.

Design within the context of software engineering - Design process and Design Quality – Design

Concepts –The design Model.

UNIT-IV : TESTING 15 Hrs.

A strategic approach to software testing – Test strategies for conventional software – Validation

Testing – System testing – The art of Debugging. Software Testing Fundamentals – White-Box

Testing – Basis Path Testing – Control Structure Testing – Black-Box testing

UNIT-V : PRODUCT METRICS AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT 15 Hrs.

Measures, Metrics and Indicators – Measurement principles – Metrics for the Analysis model –

Metrics for source code – Metrics for testing – Metrics for maintenance. Quality concepts – software

quality assurance – Software reviews – Formal Technical reviews – Formal approaches to SQA –

Software reliability - The ISO 9000 Quality standards –The SQA Plan.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering-A Practitioner’s Approach,, Sixth Edition, New

Delhi, McGraw Hill International Edition, 2005, Chapters: 1.1-1.5, 3.1- 3.4, 7.1- 7.4, 8.1-8.4, 8.6, 9.1

- 9.4, 13.1, 13.3, 13.5-13.7, 14.1-4.3, 14.5, 14.6,15.2.1,15.2.3, 15.3,15.5- 15.7, 26.1- 26.5, 26.7-

26.9.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Richard Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts,, Reprint, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

Waman S. Jawadekar, Software Engineering, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004..

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.polaris.umuc.edu/~gmackenz/XMIT/help/wbib_swe.htm

http://www.dcs.qmul.ac.uk/~norman/SE-pages/index

184

CSC4502CM DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS

(Theory)



• identify and apply the networking topology and the basic model followed in Network design

• relate networking security concepts

• develop network programming using Java

COURSE OUTLINE :


Data Communications – Networks– Reference Models – Layers in the OSI Model – TCP/IP protocol

suite – Analog and Digital signals – Transmission Impairment.

UNIT-II : PHYSICAL LAYER 15 Hrs.

Digital transmission – Analog Transmission – Multiplexing – Switching – Transmission Media: Guided

and unguided Media.

UNIT-III : DATA LINK LAYER 15 Hrs.

Error Correction and Detection: Introduction – Block Coding – Linear Block Codes – Cyclic Codes -

Checksum – Multiple Access: Random Access - ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA – Connecting

devices.

UNIT-IV : NETWORK LAYER 15 Hrs.

Network Layer: Logical Addressing – IPV4 Addresses– IPV6 Addresses – Unicast Routing Protocols

– Congestion control – Quality of service – Techniques to improve Quality of service.

UNIT-V : SECURITY 15 Hrs.

Cryptography – Introduction – Symmetric Key Cryptography - Asymmetric Key Cryptography –

Security Services – Message Confidentiality – Message Integrity – Message Authentication - Digital

Signatures – Firewalls – Virtual Private Network.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Behrouz A Forouzan, Introduction to Data Communications and Networking, 4th Edition, New

Delhi, TataMcGraw-Hill, 2006, Chapters: 1-8, 10, 15.1, 19, 24.5, 24.6,30,31.1 – 31.5, 32.1 & 31.4..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Andrew. S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.

Ltd, 2005.

Jain.V.K and Naveena Bajaj, Computer Networks and Communications, First Edition, New

Delhi, Cyber Tech Publications, 2001.

John R. Freer, Computer Communications and Network,, First Edition, New York, Affiliated

East-West Press private Limited, 2011.

William, Data Communication and Networks, New York, McGraw Hill, 1998.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.networkmagazine.com

www.data.com

www.avaya.com

www.williamstallings.com

185

CSC4201CP DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING JAVA

(Lab)



• analyze the importance of Networking and the basic model followed in Network design


• plan and invent appropriate network programming in java

COURSE OUTLINE :


WORKING WITH IP-ADDRESS AND URL

Programs to process Internet Address – Programs to get the address of Websites , Programs

to find the address, hostname, IP address of local Machine. Programs to work with URLs – Programs

to construct the URLs, Program to extract the parts of URL. WORKING WITH DATA

TRANSMISSION

Programs to manipulate data rate, signal rate, Bandwidth. Programs to achieve Block coding

using Modular arithmetic. SOCKET PROGRAMMING

Programs for Client server communication. Programs for connection oriented communication

using TCP, Programs for connectionless communication using UDP. SECURITY

Programs to implement cryptography – Programs to encode and decode the message,

Programs to generate Message digest, Programs to implement steganography. REMOTE METHOD

INVOCATION

Programs to access remote objects. Programs to manipulate remote objects

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Andrew. S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th Edition, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.

Ltd, 2005.

Jain.V.K and Naveena Bajaj, Computer Networks and Communications,, First Edition, New

Delhi, Cyber Tech Publications, 2001.

John R. Freer, Computer Communications and Network, First Edition, New York, Affiliated East-

West Press private Limited, 2011.


WEBSITE(S) :


www.data.com

www.avaya.com


www.cafeaulait.org/books/jnp/javanetexamples/index.html

186

CSC4201SP ANIMATION

(Lab)



• apply object-oriented programming concepts and techniques

• create and experiment with interactive applications

• argue for the use of open source software tools and adoption of open source collaboration practices

COURSE OUTLINE :


INTRODUCTION TO ALICE

Objects and Methods – Control Structure and functions- Properties and Techniques – Custom

methods – Object oriented thinking – Object state -orientation, vehicle, and arguments

ALGORITHMS

Algorithms - Boolean Logic in Programming - Text and Sound - Recursive Algorithms –Lists

and Arrays in Alice - Making Animated Movies with Alice

GREENFOOT ENVIRONMENT

Java Syntax- Java Programming – Interacting with Greenfoot - Movement and Key Control

ACTORS and WORLD

Detecting and Removing Actors- Making methods - Adding a randomly moving enemy –

accessone object from another - Tile game framework – basic objects –advanced objects

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.dickbaldwin.com/tocalice.htm

http://www.cs.duke.edu/csed/alice/aliceInSchools/workshop08/tutorials.php

http://nzacditt.org.nz/resources/programming-and-cs/level-1-programming-alice

CSC4301CP VISUAL PROGRAMMING – I

(Lab)



• create applications in Visual Basic utilizing various objects/ controls with appropriate properties that

are required for successful execution in a windows environment.

• design and develop an application following methodical approach and utilize the debugging tools of

Visual Basic when needed.

• illustrate the interface and output of an application with graphics using graphics controls that can be

added at design time and/or runtime.

187

COURSE OUTLINE :


FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS:

Understand the features of Visual Basic - Understand the Integrated Development Environment

- Design a GUI to display a line of Text, run and terminate this program. Working with Forms - Design

SDI applications that use appropriate controls (Label Box, Text Box, Command Button, Check Box,

Radio Button, List and Combo Box, Horizontal and Vertical Scroll Bar, Frame, File List Box, Drive

List Box, Directory List Box, Picture Box, Image control and Timer) - Usage of procedures, methods,

events and properties.

FUNCTIONS IN VISUAL BASIC:

Demonstrate the scoping issues of Variables: Local, Global and Static, Data types and

operators – String functions – Number functions – Date Functions – Format functions – Conversion

functions. Control structures: if-then-else, Select Case. Looping Structure: Do-while, Do – loop - until,

For-Next, For Each, With-End With, Exit For, Exit Do and Exit Sub.

WORKING WITH MENUS, DIALOG BOXES AND MDI:

Working with Arrays – Control Arrays – Dim and Redim statements – Preserve keyword -

Understanding and creating menu using menu editor. Dialog box: Pre-defined, Custom and common

dialog controls. Demonstrate Multiple Document Interface.

GRAPHICS, MOUSE EVENTS FLEXGRID CONTROL AND FILES

Understanding graphical controls and methods – Using mouse events – Creating interactive

applications using flexgrid controls – Real time GUI environment for creating animations. Working

with Files

STORING AND RETRIEVING DATA, DATA REPORTS:

Using Data controls – Demonstrate the navigation methods using Data Access Objects (DAO)

and Activex Data Objects (ADO) – Use Find methods – Accessing EOF and BOF - Access different

database using DSN and ODBC connection. Displaying the data using data reports. Creating and

using OLE components. Design a GUI application using Activex controls.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Content Development Group, Visual Basic 6 Programming, First Edition, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw Hill, 2005.

EvangelosPetroutsos, Mastering Visual Basic 6.0, Wiley India Edition, New Delhi, Wiley India Pvt.

Ltd, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Steve Brown, Visual Basic 6, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2006.

Steve Holzner, Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book, First Edition, New Delhi, DreamTech

Press, 2005.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.vb6.us

www.vbtutor.net/

http://www.vbtutes.com

http://visualbasic.freetutes.com/learn-vb6/

188

CSC4302CP PHP PROGRAMMING

(Lab)



• design server side software with PHP

• develop dynamic web pages both as input device for the data and for delivering

• apply skills in developing interface with MYSQL database

COURSE OUTLINE :


THE BASICS OF PHP SCRIPTS

Beginning and ending of a block of PHP statements The echo statements and print() function

combining HTML and PHP Adding comments to PHP code.

BUILDING BLOCKS OF PHP & FLOW CONTROL FUNCTION IN PHP

Globals and superglobals – data types- Operators and expressions-ConstantsThe if and if else

statement the switch statement- Loops-Code blocks and Browser output

WORKING WITH FUNCTIONS AND ARRAYS OBJECTS

Calling functions – Defining functions-Returning values from user defined functions -Creating

arrays-some array related functions Creating an object- object inheritance

WORKING WITH STRINGS, DATES TIMES AND FORMS

Investigating string in PHP – Manipulating Strings with PHP Using date and time functions in

PHP -Creating a simple Input Form – Accessing Form Input with user Defined arrays – Redirecting

the user – sending mail on From submission – working with uploads

INTERACTING WITH MYSQL USING PHP

Creating a page for real time applications using database connectivity.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Allan Kent, Clark Morgan, Dan Squire, Dave W.Mercer, David Mercer, Ed Lecky-Thompson,

HeowEide Goodman, Squier, Steven D. Nowicki, Wankyu Choi, Beginning PHP5, New Delhi,,

Wrox Press Inc, 2004.

Janet Valade, wiley, PHP & MySQL, New Delhi, Publishing Inc, 2000.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.hudzilla.org/phpbook/

http://www.php.net/

http://www.programming.php

189

M.Sc. - Computer Science

PCS1623M MICROPROCESSOR, PC HARDWARE AND INTERFACING

(Lab cum Theory)



• apply and design problems related to microprocessor instructions and I/O interfacing

• identify and develop the skills needed to troubleshoot and maintain a PC

• develop the skills in writing assembly language programs

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 8086 ARCHITECTURE AND ADDRESSING MODES 10T + 6L Hrs.

Features of the Intel 8086 - 8086 internal architecture-The Execution unit The Bus Interfacing unit-

Introduction to Addressing Modes

UNIT-II : MULTIPROCESSOR CONFIGURATION AND MEMORY,I/O INTERFACING 14T + 6L Hrs.

Problems in Multiprocessor systems- Multiprocessor configuration Solutions for problems in

Multiprocessor systems- Memory interfacing: EPROM Interfacing-Decoder Logic using PAL-Address

decoding techniques-I/O Interfacing –I/O Interfacing techniques- Memory Mapped I/O and I/O

Mapped I/O-Types of I/O Devices.

UNIT-III : 8253/8254 TIMER COUNTER AND 8259 PIC 12T + 6L Hrs.

Features of programmable interval timer –Pin configuration of 8254-8254 function block-control word

register format-8254 Write operation -8254 Read operation-PIC 8259-8259 block diagram-Pin

configuration of 8259

UNIT-IV : PC HARDWARE MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING AND

INTERFACING

12T + 6L Hrs.

Fundamentals of PC technology: Building blocks, Principle of CPU operation –Troubleshooting the

CPU-Memory chips and modules-Troubleshooting memory-Motherboard Controllers and system

resources, ROM BIOS, ROM POST-Power supply function and operation.

UNIT-V : PERIPHERAL DEVICES AND HARDWARE OVERVIEW 12T + 6L Hrs.

Peripheral devices-Keyboard-Monitors-Printer-Hard disk drive-Floppy disk drive-Os Installation and

preventive maintenance-troubleshooting tools and Techniques-Basic data recovery and Disaster

recovery: Backup Strategies &fault tolerance -DOS commands.

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

• String Processing

• Arithmetic Operations 8-bit and 16-bit numbers

• Compare Operations

• Interfacing using simulator

• Identifying the motherboard components

• BIOS setup

• Assembling and Troubleshooting techniques of H/W components

• Installation of OS and S/W

TEXT BOOK(S)

Craig Zacker, John Rourke, PC Hardware The Complete Reference, New Delhi, Tata Mc-Graw

Hill Publishing Company, 2001, Chapters: 1,2,3,4,5,7,10,11,17,18.

Shah.U.S, Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, Pune, Tech-Max Publications, 2005.

190

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bigelow, Troubleshooting, Maintenance and Preparing PCs, Fifth, New Delhi, TATA McGraw-


DuglasV.Hall, Microprocessor and Interfacing, Revised Indian Edition, New Delhi, TATA

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2006.

Govindarajalu.B, IBM PC and Clones Hardware Troubleshooting and Maintenance, New Delhi,

TATA McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2003.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intel_8086

http://www.cpu-world.com/Arch/8086.html

www.pcguide.com

www.pccomputernotes.com

www.hardwarecentral.com/hardwarecentral/tutorials

PCS3526O CLOUD COMPUTING

(Theory)



• identify the critical aspects in the design of different systems ,applicability and scope of these systems

• apply the key dimensions of the research challenges in Cloud Computing

• analyze concepts in the design space of big data and cloud computing

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : UNDERSTANDING CLOUD COMPUTING 15 Hrs.

Cloud Computing – History of Cloud Computing – Cloud Architecture – Cloud Storage – Cloud

Services – Companies in the Cloud Today – Cloud Matters – Advantages and Disadvantages of

Cloud Computing.

UNIT-II : DEVELOPING CLOUD SERVICES 15 Hrs.

Web-Based Application – Pros and Cons of Cloud Service Development – Types of Cloud Service

Development – Software as a Service, Platform as a Service, Web Services, On-Demand Computing

– Discovering Cloud Services Development Services and Tools – Amazon Ec2, Google App

Engine,IBM.

UNIT-III : USING CLOUD SERVICES 15 Hrs.

Collaborating on Calendars, Schedules and Task Management – Exploring Online Calendar –

Exploring online Scheduling Applications – Exploring Online Planning and Task Management –

Collaborating on Databases – Storing and Sharing Files – Evaluating online File-Storage and Sharing

Services.

UNIT-IV : VIRTUALIZATION 15 Hrs.

Understanding Virtualization – Server Virtualization – Desktop Virtualization – Desktop Solutions on

Demand – Virtual Networks – Data Storage Virtualization

UNIT-V : SECURING THE CLOUD, DISASTER RECOVERY AND BUSINESS

CONTINUITY AND THE CLOUD

15 Hrs.

General Security Advantages of Cloud –Based Solutions – Introducing Business Continuity and

disaster Recovery – Understanding the Threats.

191

TEXT BOOK(S)

Kris Jamsa,PhD, MBA, Cloud Computing, Jones & Bartlett Student, United Kingdom, 2011,

Chapters: 8, 9,10.

Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work

and Collaborate Online, Second, United Kingdom, Que Publishing, August 2008, Chapters: 1, 2

3, 7, 13, 15.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Haley Beard, Cloud Computing Best Practices for Managing and Measuring Processes for.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.infoworld.com/d/cloud-computing/

www.wikinvest.com/concept/Cloud_Compu

192

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)

Sem Course Code


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I CSC1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH COMPUTER SCIENCE

SUCSC TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I CSC1301FM DATA STRUCTURES SUCSC TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I CSC1402AT DIGITAL ELECTRONICS SUCSC LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I CSC1402CT PROGRAMMING IN C SUCSC LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II CSC2201FS PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE SUCSC TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II CSC2401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I SUCSC TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II CSC2402AT MICROPROCESSOR AND INTERFACING SUCSC LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II CSC2201CP LAB - I (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I - C++)

SUCSC LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III CSC3401AA BUSINESS ACCOUNTING SUCSC TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CSC3401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II SUCSC TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CSC3402CM OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS SUCSC TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CSC3403CM RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUCSC TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III CSC3201CP LAB - II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II) SUCSC LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III CSC3202CP LAB - III (RDBMS) SUCSC LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CSC4501CM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SUCSC TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV CSC4502CM DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS SUCSC TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

193

IV CSC4201CP DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING JAVA

SUCSC LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CSC4201SP ANIMATION SUCSC LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CSC4301CP VISUAL PROGRAMMING - I SUCSC LA -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV CSC4302CP PHP PROGRAMMING SUCSC LA -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00




To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn

Quiz Seminar

FLab Project

Fd.Work


Theory Lab Viva

Exam Hrs.


I PCS1623M MICROPROCESSOR, PC HARDWARE AND INTERFACING SPCSC LT 4 2 2 1

30 10

-- --

-- --

1 20 -- --

-- -- --

60 40 -- -- --

-- --

III PCS3526O CLOUD COMPUTING SPCSC TH 5 -- 2 2

45 15

-- --

-- --

-- -- -- --

-- -- --

60 40 -- -- --

-- --


194

B.Sc. Information Technology and Management - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



ITM1201FS COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH COMPUTER

SCIENCE

2 2 AU-2013 as

ITM1101FS

ITM1301FM DATA STRUCTURES 4 3

ITM1402AA PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 5 4

ITM1402CT PROGRAMMING IN C 3T + 2L 4 AU-2013 as

ITM1401CM


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 19



ITM2201FS PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 2 2 AU-2013 as

ITM2101FS

ITM2401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I 4 4

ITM2402AT MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS & COMPUTER

ORGANIZATION

3T + 2L 4

ITM2201CP LAB I (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING I-C++) 4 2


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 21

2013 Batch

III ITM3401AA IT SERVICES AND MARKETING 5 4

ITM3401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II 4 4

ITM3402CM OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS 4 4

ITM3403CM RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 4 4

ITM3201CP LAB II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II) 4 2

ITM3202CP LAB III (RDBMS) 3 2



VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1


Total 30 25

IV ITM4501CM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 5 5

ITM4502CM DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS 5 5

ITM4503CM ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 5 5

195

ITM4201SP ANIMATION 2 2

ITM4301CP VISUAL PROGRAMMING – I 5 3

ITM4201CP DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING

JAVA

3 2


VBC0201FV /

VBC0202FV

WOMEN’S STUDIES /


2 2


Total 30 26

ITM1301FM DATA STRUCTURES

(Theory)



• design and apply appropriate data structures for solving computing problems

• develop computer programs to implement different data structures and related algorithms

• evaluate critically and solve problems independently

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : DATA STRUCTURES – AN OVERVIEW 10 Hrs.

Basic terminology – elementary data organization – Data structures – data structure operation

algorithms, complexity, time space, trade off.


Linear arrays – Representation of linear arrays in memory – traversing linear arrays – inserting and

deleting – sorting: Bubble sort – searching: Linear search – binary search – multidimensional

arrays – pointer array – Matrices – Sparse Matrices. Sorting – insertion sort – selection sort –

merging – merge sort – radix sort – hashing


Linked lists – Representation of Linked lists in memory – Traversing a Linked list – searching linked

list – memory allocation: Garbage collection – insertion into a linked list – deletion from a linked list

– Header linked lists – two way lists.

UNIT-IV : STACKS, QUEUES, RECURSION 10 Hrs.

Stacks – Array representation of stacks – arithmetic expression : Polish Notation – Quick sort, An

application of stacks – Recursion – Towers of Hanoi – Queues – De-queues – priority queues

UNIT-V : TREES AND GRAPHS 15 Hrs.

Binary trees Algorithm- Representation binary trees in memory – traversing binary trees – traversal

algorithms using stacks – General trees -Graph theory terminology – Sequential representation of

graphs: Adjacency matrix: Path matrix – Warshall’s algorithm: Shortest path – linked representation

of a graph- Traversing a graph.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures, Schaum’s Outlines (Indian Adopted Edition),, New Delhi:

Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Aaron M. Tennenbaum, YedidyahLangsam, Moshe J. Augenstein, DataStructures using C, 4th,

New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India (P) Limited, 2006.

196

Ellis Horowitz, Sartajsahni, Fundamentals of Data Structures, New Delhi, GalgotiaBookSource

publishers, 2001.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.ibilce.unesp.br/courseware/datas/data1.htm

http://ciips.ee.uwa.edu.au/~morris/year2/PLDS210/ds_ToC.htm

http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/computer-science/nptel-iit-kharagpur/c-programming-and-data-

structures/?course_id=162

ITM1402AA PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT

(Theory)



• understand the concepts in management.

• become familiar with various functions of management

• get an insight about the process of management

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MANAGEMENT 15 Hrs.

Introduction , meaning and definition of management, functions of management, functions of a

manager, difference between administration and management, Schools of management thought-

Henry Fayol, F.W Taylor, George Elton Mayo

UNIT-II : PLANNING 15 Hrs.

Definition- Nature of planning- Types - Steps, Decision making –meaning-process – types,

Forecasting-meaning-process-techniques of forecasting.

UNIT-III : ORGANIZATION 15 Hrs.

Nature, Organization structure, Line / Staff Authority, Centralization / Decentralization, Committees.

UNIT-IV : STAFFING / DIRECTION 15 Hrs.

Recruitment- meaning- sources, Selection-meaning- stages of selection procedure, Motivation,

Communication- importance & Barriers, Leadership –functions & styles

UNIT-V : CONTROLLING 15 Hrs.

Process of controlling-steps, Control techniques- Budget, Break Even Analysis, Internal / External

Audit, PERT and CPM

TEXT BOOK(S)

Harold Koontz, Essentials of management, enhanced, New Delhi: Tata McGraw – Hill publishing

house Ltd, 2006, Chapters: all units.

P.C. Tripathi & Reddy, Principles of Management, fourth reprint, New Delhi: Tata Mcgraw Hill

publishing house Ltd,, 2008, Chapters: all units.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Donald H. Sanders, Computers Today, McGraw – Hill International Editions, 1988.

V.Rajaraman, Fundamentals of Computer, NewDelhi, Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd, 1996.

WEBSITE(S) :

1. www.training-course.net

2. www.upenn.edu

3. www.course.com

197

ITM1402CT PROGRAMMING IN C

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify and apply the basic terminology used in computer programming

• plan,design and create programs in C language

• design programs involving decision structures, loops and functions

COURSE OUTLINE :


Basic steps in a program – History of C – Character set – Tokens – Constant - Data types–

Operators and Expression Lab: Example programs with scanf and printf statements to practice

Programs relating to declaration of variables with different data types. Programs on conditional and

unconditional structures. - Series evaluation.

UNIT-II : FLOW CONTROL AND ARRAYS 10T + 5L Hrs.

Decision making and Branching – if –else statements - Decision making and Looping – for, while,

do while – Arrays – One dimensional array – Multi dimensional array – Character Array – Strings –

String functions Lab: Programs on number checking, extracting specified data from array,

expressions. Application programs based on if, if-else, nested if, else-if ladder, switch. Programs on

looping statements Series evaluations Different output designs Real time programs based on for,

while, do-while Programs on operators and data type conversions. Programs on strings and string

functions


Functions – argument and parameters – Call by value – Call by reference – Passing arrays Lab:

Programs on recursive functions Programs on call by value and call by reference. Programs to

return the value from the function. Programs on passing arrays to the functions

UNIT-IV : STRUCTURES 10T + 5L Hrs.

Structures – Concept of structures – Initializing a structure – The structure tag- Arrays of

structures– Union Lab: Simple programs in defining structures and printing structure values.

Application programs on structures and unions. Programs on arrays of structures.

UNIT-V : FILES AND POINTERS 10T + 5L Hrs.

Pointers – Introduction to pointer – Pointer Expressions and Pointer Arithmetic – Introduction to

files – Opening and closing Text files – Creating a Text file Lab: Programs relating to declaration of

pointer variables and printing the values and address. Programs on file variables, opening and

closing. Programs on creating Text file.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Balagurusamy E, Programming in ANSI C, Sixth, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publications,

2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Byron Gottfried, JitenderChhabra,, Programming with C, New Delhi, McGraw Hill Publication,

2006.

Yashavant Kanetkar, Understanding Pointers In C, 4Th Revised & Updated, New Delhi, BPB

Publications, 2009.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.freevideolectures.com

www.cprogramming.com

cprogramminglanguage.net www.cprogrammingexpert.com

198

ITM2402AT MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

(Lab cum Theory)



• identify and explain the features of microprocessor and able to identify different types of

microprocessor architecture

• define terms used to describe microprocessor/microcomputer systems

• develop program and operate applications for microprocessor /microcomputer systems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NUMBER SYSTEMS, COMPUTER ARITHMETIC, COMPUTER CODES 10T + 6L Hrs.

Number system-decimal system-binary numbering system-binary calculations-octal system-

hexadecimal system-radix conversions-examples-arithmetic operations of octal numbers-arithmetic

operations of hexadecimal numbers.

UNIT-II : BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC CIRCUITS 10T + 6L Hrs.

Inverters(NOT gates)-OR gates-AND Gates-NOR gates-NAND gates-NOT operations-OR

operations-AND operations-NOR operation-exclusive OR gates-exclusive NOR gates-DE morgans

first theorem- DE morgans second theorem-Boolean relations-OR operations-AND operation-Sum

of products method-simplifying logic circuit-karnaugh maps-logic circuit design-don’t care

conditions-arithmetic logic units-half adders-full adders-binary adders-signed binary numbers-2’s

complement representation-adder- subtractor.

UNIT-III : MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND MICROCOMPUTER

SYSTEMS

10T + 6L Hrs.

Microprocessor architecture and its operations-Input/Output devices- Instruction classification-

Instruction format-overview of the 8085/8080Ainstruction sets.

UNIT-IV : PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUE WITH ADDITIONAL INTRODUCTIONS 10T + 6L Hrs.

Looping-counting and indexing-additional data transfer and 16 bit arithmetic instructions-arithmetic

operations related to memory-logic operations-rotate, compare-dynamic debugging.

UNIT-V : THE MAIN MEMORY AND COMPUTER PERIPHERALS 5T + 6L Hrs.

Some Basic concepts-semiconductor RAM memories-Internal Organizations of Memory Chips-

Static Memories-Asynchronous Drams-Synchronous Drams - cache memories-Mapping functions-

Replacement Algorithm

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

LAB Exercises:

1. Arithmetic Operations 8-bit and 16-bit numbers

2. Shift operations

3. Compare Operations

4. String Processing

5. Logical operations

6. Interfacing using simulator

TEXT BOOK(S)

Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization, Fifth, New Delhi:

TataMc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2002, Chapters: 5.1 to 5.3, 5.5(Unit V).

Raja.P, Digital Electronics, New Delhi: Scitech Publications, 2005, Chapters: 1 – 1.1 to 1.11 (Unit

I& II).

199

Ramesh S. Gaonker, Microprocessor and its applications 8080/8085A, Second, New Delhi:

TataMc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2006, Chapters: 2.1 to 2.3,(Unit III& IV).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DuglasV.Hall, Microprocessor and Interfacing, 2nd, New Delhi, Tata Mcgraw Hill publication,

2011.

John P.Hayes, Computer Architecture & Organization,, 3rd,, New Delhi, McGraw Hill

International Editions, 2011.

Lance A.Leventhal, Introduction to Microprocessors, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India(P) Ltd,

1978.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.icgst.com

www.handbook.unsw

www.asee.org

ITM3401AA IT SERVICES AND MARKETING

(Theory)



• apply the marketing strategies for IT services firms

• analyze and evaluate the recent issues of IT .

• monitor and market the products based on current trend.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CONCEPT OF SERVICES MARKETING 15 Hrs.

Marketing- meaning & definition- importance-services- meaning-nature and characteristics of

services- types of services- marketing implications on services- meaning of services marketing-

services marketing environment in India. Historical evolution of IT

UNIT-II : STRATEGIC ASPECTS OF IT SERVICES MARKETING 15 Hrs.

Study of the Indian IT market- Segmenting the IT market- SEC grid- Segment selection and

targeting of a few segments- Targeting Niche markets- Positioning for the selected segments-

Building the brand Nationally and Globally- Brand positioning- Brand equity- Role of marketing

research

UNIT-III : THE IT SERVICES MARKETING MIX 15 Hrs.

Product – Defining IT product –Service life cycle- Service quality- product planning and

development– Price- Factors deciding the price of IT product - Methods of pricing IT services –

Promotion – Promotion plan and advertising IT products – Direct marketing and publicity– Place –

Channel management issues - People – Physical Evidence - Process- blueprinting

UNIT-IV : IT SERVICE QUALITY 15 Hrs.

Dimensions of service quality, measurement of service quality- improving service quality, causes

for service quality problems, TQM, Quality circles

UNIT-V : RECENT ISSUES OF IT 15 Hrs.

Growth of consumer awareness of IT in India Developing Scenario of IT in India and abroad –

Monitoring of Change in IT Industry –IT service contracts- Marketing implications of the internet

TEXT BOOK(S)

Gupta S.P.Rajendra Nargundkar, Services Marketing- text and cases, New Delhi: Tata McGraw


200

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Christopher Lovelock, Services Marketing,People, Technology, Strategy, fourth, Pearson

Education, 1997.

Helen Wordruffe, Services Marketing, Macmillen India Ltd, 1997.

Lovelock Christoper.H, Managing Service: Marketing Operations and Human Resources,

Prentice Hall International, 1997.

Reddy P. N., Appainiah H R.,Anil Kumar S.,Nirmala, Services Marketing, First, Himalaya


Roland T Rust., Antony J. Daherik.,Timothy L Detmingham, Services Marketing, Addison Wesley

Longman Inc, 1999.

Valarie A Zeithaml., Mary Jo Bitner, Services Marketing, Third, integrating customer focus across

the firm, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002.

ITM3401CM OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II

(Theory)



• apply object oriented concepts in solving problems.

• exhibit programs with Applets and AWT concepts.

• plan and create the java application with a Database

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS 10 Hrs.

Genesis of Java – Data Types, Variables and Array – Classes and Methods- String Handling.

UNIT-II : INHERITANCE AND PACKAGES 10 Hrs.

Inheritance: using super – Method overriding – Dynamic method dispatch – Abstract class – using

Final- Packages - Interfaces.

UNIT-III : EXCEPTIONS AND THREADS 15 Hrs.

Exceptions handling: Predefined exception- user defined exceptions- Multithreaded Programming:

Threads creation – Thread Priorities – Synchronization - Interthread Communication.

UNIT-IV : APPLETS AND AWT 15 Hrs.

Applet: The Applets Class – Thread and Applet- Event Handling- Introducing the AWT: Working

with windows, graphics and text- AWT controls-Layout Managers and Menus.

UNIT-V : DATABASE CONNECTIVITY 10 Hrs.

Introduction to databases – Java Database connectivity -record navigation – Record manipulation.

TEXT BOOK(S)

George Reese, Database programming with JDBC and Java, Second: O’Reilly Media 2000.

Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference JAVA 2, Fifth, New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

company Limited, 2007, Chapters: 1, 3, 6 - 11, 13, 19 – 22.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Khalid A.Mughal,Torill Hamre,Rolf W.Rasmussen, Java Actually A First Course, First Indian

Reprint, New Delhi, Cengage Learning India Private Limited, 2008.

Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Java How to Program, Eighth, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private

Limited, 2010.

Sharanam Shah,Vaishali Shah, Core Java for Beginners, First Reprint, Mumbai, Shroff

Publishers and Distributors Private Limited, 2011.

201

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.learnerstv.com/Free-Computers-Video-lectures-ltv006-Page1.htm

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/

http://www.javabeginner.com/

http://www.learnjavaonline.org/

ITM3402CM OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS

(Theory)



• develop fundamental knowledge of Operating systems.

• acquire and apply memory management and other related concepts.

• Identify and apply the concepts of CPU and disk scheduling process

COURSE OUTLINE :


Operating Systems-Computer System organization-Computer system architecture-Operating

system structure-operating system operations-Process Management-Memory Management-

Storage Management-Protection and Security-Distributed Systems.

UNIT-II : PROCESS MANAGEMENT 10 Hrs.

Process concept-Process scheduling-Operation on Processes-Inter process Communication-

Communication in Client-Server Systems.

UNIT-III : CPU AND DISK SCHEDULING 12 Hrs.

Basic concepts-Scheduling Criteria-Scheduling Algorithms-Thread Scheduling-Disk Structure-Disk

Scheduling.

UNIT-IV : PROCESS SYNCHRONIZATION 14 Hrs.

Background-The critical section problem – Peterson’s Solution-Synchronization Hardware –

Semaphores – Classic problems of Synchronization – Monitors- Synchronization Examples-

Deadlocks.

UNIT-V : MEMORY MANAGEMENT 16 Hrs.

Background-Swapping-Contiguous Memory Allocation-Paging-Structure of the page table-

Segmentation-Demand Paging-Copy-On-Write- Page Replacement-Allocation of Frames-

Thrashing-Memory Mapped Files.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Concepts Essentials,

Eighth, New Delhi: Wiley Publications, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DeitelH.M, Deitel.P.J,. Choffnes D.R, Operating Systems, Third, New Delhi, Pearson Education,

2007.

Gary Nutt, Operating Systems, Second, New Delhi, Addison-wesley Longman Inc, 1990.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IISc-BANG/Operating20Systems/New_index1.html


www.tutorialspoint.com/operating_system/

www.tutorialfind.com


202

ITM3403CM RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

(Theory)



• identify and define the information that is needed to design a database management system for a

business information problem

• create conceptual and logical database designs for a business information problem

• create and develop a database management system that satisfies relational theory and provides

users with customized business queries

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE 12 Hrs.

Introduction – Database Management Systems – Benefits of DBMS – Relational Database

Management System – Need of RDBMS – Database Model: Hierarchical Model, Networking

Model, Relational Model, Object Oriented Model, Object/ Relational Model – Codd’s Rules – Entity

Relationship Diagram – Normalization - NOSQL Databases: Introduction-advantages-challenges.

UNIT-II : BASICS OF SQL 13 Hrs.

Data Types – Data Definition Language (DDL) – Data Manipulation Language (DML) – Transaction

Control Language (TCL) – Data Control Language (DCL) – Data Constraints – Operators – String

Functions – Date Functions – Aggregate Functions.

UNIT-III : WORKING WITH SUBQUERIES AND JOINS 10 Hrs.

Subqueries: Correlated Subquery – Joins: Self, Inner, Outer, Equi and Non-equi joins – Set

Operators: Union, Intersect and Minus – Index – Sequences – Synonym – Views.

UNIT-IV : INTRODUCTION TO PL/ SQL 10 Hrs.

Introduction – Structure of PL/SQL – Data Types – Variables – Control Statements – Procedures

and Functions.

UNIT-V : EXCEPTIONS, CURSORS, TRIGGERS AND PACKAGES 15 Hrs.

Error Handling: Pre-defined Exception, User-defined Exception – Cursors: Explicit, and Implicit

Cursors – Triggers: Types, DDL Triggers and INSTEAD OF Triggers – Packages: Creating and

Invoking Packages.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Kevin Loney, Oracle Database 11g The Complete Reference, New Delhi: McGraw Hill, 2009,

Chapters: 32-37.

Rajeev A. Parida, Vinod Sharma, The Power of Oracle 9i, New Delhi: Firewall Media, 2010,

Chapters: 1.

Sharanam Shah, Vaishali Shah, Oracle for Professionals, Mumbai: Sharoff Publishers and

Distributers Pvt. Ltd., 2011, Chapters: 1, 8 – 24, 32, 33, 35, 40, 42.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Deshpande.P.S, SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g, New Delhi, Dreamtech Press, 2007.

James R. Groff, Paul N. Weinberg, Andrew J. Oppel, SQL: The Complete Reference, Third, New

Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill.


SharadMaheswari, Ruchin Jain, Introduction to SQL and PL/SQL, New Delhi, Firewall Media.

WEBSITE(S) :




http://utubersity.com/?page_id=853

203

ITM3201CP LAB II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II)

(Lab)



• interpret and implement the primitive data types and methods

• identify and experiment the application skills by applying object oriented concepts, Multithreading

and Exceptions.

• develop programming skills using applets, thread and database

COURSE OUTLINE :


FUNDAMENTALS OF JAVA PROGRAMMING USING VARIABLES AND IDENTIFIERS

Programs, which read, process and display the different data types Example programs which

deal with variable, objects, and arithmetic and assignment operators

SELECTION, ITERATION AND STRING

Programs, which deal with looping and control statements Programs designed to read and

process single and multidimensional arrays Programs using String and String buffer concepts

CLASSES AND OBJECTS, INHERITANCE, PACKAGES AND INTERFACES

Programs for designing a class and creating array of object Programs to design multiple

methods and invoke methods through objects Develop example programs for handling different

types of classes (final and inner classes) Programs to handle applications, which involve different

types of methods (overloading, overriding methods) Programs, which deals with constructor and

finalizer Programs, to implement Packages Implement Multiple Inheritance using Interfaces

EXCEPTIONS

Example programs to handle exceptions in real-time applications Programs involving

applications using predefined java exceptions

THREADS

Programs which creates and set priority for multiple threads Example Programs that integrate

threads and applets Programs which deals with inter process communication through threads

Example programs that involve thread synchronization Example programs with animation in applets

through threads

APPLETS

Programs using Applet class, Applet programs that involve graphics, Applet programs which

involve drawing of different shapes and colors

AWT AND MENUS IN APPLETS

Programs, which impart AWT components in applets Programs, which implement container

types in applets Applets designed with menu-oriented applications Applet programs with specially

designed event handling techniques Programs using Mouse and Key listeners for applications

204

JDBC

Programs to implement database operations (insert, delete, update) using JDBC connectivity

Programs to execute custom queries

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

George Reese, Database programming with JDBC and Java, Second, O’Reilly.

Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference JAVA 2, Fifth, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

company Limited, 2007.

Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Java How to Program, Eighth, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private

Limited, 2010.

Xavier.C, Programming with JAVA 2, Copyright, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt Ltd,, 2000.

ITM3202CP LAB III (RDBMS)

(Lab)



• apply the basic concepts of relational database management.

• implement logical thinking in designing the database.

• develop programming skills in PL/SQL and usage of triggers.

COURSE OUTLINE :


BASICS OF SQL

Schema Design and Normalization of Tables - Queries using select statements and operators

(using DDL, DML, DCL functions) – Queries using single row functions, Date functions – Character

functions – Numeric functions – Group functions.

OPERATORS, JOINS AND SUBQUERY

Operators – Set Operators: Union, Union All, Intersect and Minus – Join concept: Simple,

Self, Outer, Inner, and Non-equi joins – Table aliases - Sub Queries: Multiple Subqueries,

Correlated subquery.

CONSTRAINTS AND DATABASE OBJECTS

Setting constraints to tables with integrity constraints – Domain Integrity – Check Constraints

– Entity Integrity constraints – Referential Integrity constraints – Deferrable constraints - Creating

different database objects like Synonym – Sequences – View – Index.

INTRODUCTION TO PL/SQL AND CURSOR

Programs with different data types – Scalar data types, Composite data types – LOB types,

user defined data types – Programs using iterative and sequential control – Programs to implement

predefined exception, user defined exception. Implement different cursor types: STATIC

CURSORS, EXPLICIT and IMPLICIT CURSORS.

SUBPROGRAMS, TRIGGERS AND PACKAGES

Demonstrate PL/SQL using Procedures and Functions - Triggers - Packages.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Deshpande.P.S, SQL & PL/SQL for Oracle 10g, New Delhi: Dreamtech Press, 2007.

Kevin Loney, Oracle Database 11g The Complete Reference, New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill,

2009, Chapters: 32-37.

205

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

James R. Groff, Paul N. Weinberg, Andrew J. Oppel, SQL: The Complete Reference, Third, New

Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.


WEBSITE(S) :




ITM4501CM SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

(Theory)



• recognize software engineering methods, procedures and tools.

• compare current trends and technologies in Software Engineering.

• apply the knowledge in developing community development projects.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION AND SOFTWARE PROCESS 15 Hrs.

The evolving Role of software – software –The changing nature of software – Legacy software –

Software Myths. Prescriptive models – The waterfall model – Incremental process models –

Evolutionary Process Models.

UNIT-II : REQUIREMENTS AND ANALYSIS 15 Hrs.

A bridge to Design and Construction – Requirements engineering tasks – Initiating the

requirements engineering process – eliciting requirements. Requirement analysis – Approaches –

Data modeling concepts – object oriented analysis – flow oriented modeling.

UNIT-III : DESIGN ENGINEERING 15 Hrs.

Design within the context of software engineering - Design process and Design Quality – Design

Concepts –The design Model.

UNIT-IV : TESTING 15 Hrs.

A strategic approach to software testing – Test strategies for conventional software – Validation

Testing – System testing – The art of Debugging. Software Testing Fundamentals – White-Box

Testing – Basis Path Testing – Control Structure Testing – Black-Box testing.

UNIT-V : PRODUCT METRICS AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT 15 Hrs.

Measures, Metrics and Indicators – Measurement principles – Metrics for the Analysis model –

Metrics for source code – Metrics for testing – Metrics for maintenance. Quality concepts –

software quality assurance – Software reviews – Formal Technical reviews – Formal approaches to

SQA – Software reliability - The ISO 9000 Quality standards –The SQA Plan.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering-A Practitioner’s Approach, Sixth, New Delhi:

McGraw Hill International Edition, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Richard Fairley, Software Engineering Concepts, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, Reprint 2008.

Waman S. Jawadekar, Software Engineering, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.polaris.umuc.edu/~gmackenz/XMIT/help/wbib_swe.htm

http://www.dcs.qmul.ac.uk/~norman/SE-pages/index

206

ITM4502CM DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS

(Theory)



• identify and apply the networking topology and the basic model followed in Network design


• develop network programming using Java

COURSE OUTLINE :


Data Communications – Networks– Reference Models – Layers in the OSI Model – TCP/IP

protocol suite – Analog and Digital signals – Transmission Impairment.

UNIT-II : PHYSICAL LAYER 15 Hrs.

Digital transmission – Analog Transmission – Multiplexing – Switching – Transmission Media:

Guided and unguided Media.

UNIT-III : DATA LINK LAYER 15 Hrs.

Error Correction and Detection: Introduction – Block Coding – Linear Block Codes – Cyclic Codes -

Checksum – Multiple Access: Random Access - ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA –

Connecting devices

UNIT-IV : NETWORK LAYER 15 Hrs.

Network Layer: Logical Addressing – IPV4 Addresses– IPV6 Addresses – Unicast Routing

Protocols – Congestion control – Quality of service – Techniques to improve Quality of service

UNIT-V : SECURITY 15 Hrs.

Cryptography – Introduction – Symmetric Key Cryptography - Asymmetric Key Cryptography –

Security Services – Message Confidentiality – Message Integrity – Message Authentication - Digital

Signatures – Firewalls – Virtual Private Network.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Behrouz A Forouzan, Introduction to Data Communications and Networking, 4th, New Delhi:

TataMcGraw-Hill, 2006, Chapters: 1-8, 10, 15.1, 19, 24.5, 24.6,30,31.1 – 31.5, 32.1 & 31.4..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Andrew. S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Jain.V.K and Naveena Bajaj, Computer Networks and Communications,, First, New Delhi,

Cyber Tech Publications, 2001.

John R. Freer, Computer Communications and Network, First Edition, New York, Affiliated East-

West Press private Limited, 2011.


WEBSITE(S) :


www.data.com

www.avaya.com


207

ITM4503CM ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR

(Theory)



• analyze the human behavior in organization

• apply various leadership styles & its application in different situations

• apply these knowledge in improving organization’s effectiveness

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 15 Hrs.

Nature, Scope, Challenges & opportunities for OB.

UNIT-II : PERSONALITY AND PERCEPTION 15 Hrs.

Personality Definition, Determinants of Personality – Biological, Cultural, Family & Social factors –

Types A & B Perception Definition – Emotional Intelligence.

UNIT-III : LEARNING & ATTITUDES 15 Hrs.

Learning process – Types of conditioning – (classical, operant) Attitudes – Meaning & features,

Attitudes & Productivity

UNIT-IV : MOTIVATION & LEADERSHIP 15 Hrs.

Motivation – Definition, importance, features, Financial & Non financial incentives

Leadership – Meaning & various styles

UNIT-V : CONFLICT & ORGANIZATION CHANGE 15 Hrs.

Conflict – Meaning & features, Constructive & Destructive conflicts

Conflict management Organizational change, Resistance to change, Change management

TEXT BOOK(S)

K. Aswathappa,, Organizational Behavior.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Stephen P. Robbins,, Organizational Behavior.

ITM4201CP DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING JAVA

(Lab)



• analyze the importance of Networking and the basic model followed in Network design


• plan and invent appropriate network programming in java

COURSE OUTLINE :


WORKING WITH IP-ADDRESS AND URL

Programs to process Internet Address – Programs to get the address of Websites , Programs

to find the address, hostname, IP address of local Machine.

Programs to work with URLs – Programs to construct the URLs, Program to extract the parts of

URL.

208

WORKING WITH DATA TRANSMISSION

Programs to manipulate data rate, signal rate, Bandwidth. Programs to achieve Block coding

using Modular arithmetic.

SOCKET PROGRAMMING

Programs for Client server communication. Programs for connection oriented communication

using TCP, Programs for connectionless communication using UDP.

SECURITY

Programs to implement cryptography – Programs to encode and decode the message,

Programs to generate Message digest, Programs to implement steganography.

REMOTE METHOD INVOCATION

Programs to access remote objects. Programs to manipulate remote objects.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Andrew. S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th, New Delhi, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2005.

Jain.V.K and Naveena Bajaj, Computer Networks and Communications,, First, New Delhi,,

Cyber Tech Publications, 2001.

John R. Freer, Computer Communications and Network, First, New York, Affiliated East-West

Press private Limited, 2011.


WEBSITE(S) :


www.data.com

www.avaya.com


www.cafeaulait.org/books/jnp/javanetexamples/index.html

ITM4201SP ANIMATION

(Lab)



• apply object-oriented programming concepts and techniques

• create and experiment with interactive applications

• argue for the use of open source software tools and adoption of open source collaboration

practices

COURSE OUTLINE :


INTRODUCTION TO ALICE

Objects and Methods – Control Structure and functions- Properties and Techniques – Custom

methods – Object oriented thinking – Object state -orientation, vehicle, and arguments

http://www.cafeaulait.org/books/jnp/javanetexamples/index.html

209

ALGORITHMS

Algorithms - Boolean Logic in Programming - Text and Sound - Recursive Algorithms –Lists

and Arrays in Alice - Making Animated Movies with Alice

GREENFOOT ENVIRONMENT

Java Syntax- Java Programming – Interacting with Greenfoot - Movement and Key Control

ACTORS and WORLD

Detecting and Removing Actors- Making methods - Adding a randomly moving enemy –

accessone object from another - Tile game framework – basic objects –advanced objects

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Charles W. Herbert, An Introduction to Programming using Alice 2.2, Second Edition,

Philadelphia, community college of Philadelphia, 2010.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.dickbaldwin.com/tocalice.htm

http://www.cs.duke.edu/csed/alice/aliceInSchools/workshop08/tutorials.php

http://nzacditt.org.nz/resources/programming-and-cs/level-1-programming-alice

ITM4301CP VISUAL PROGRAMMING – I

(Lab)



• create applications in Visual Basic utilizing various objects/ controls with appropriate properties that

are required for successful execution in a windows environment.

• design and develop an application following methodical approach and utilize the debugging tools of

Visual Basic when needed.

• illustrate the interface and output of an application with graphics using graphics controls that can be

added at design time and/or runtime.

COURSE OUTLINE :


FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS:

Understand the features of Visual Basic - Understand the Integrated Development

Environment - Design a GUI to display a line of Text, run and terminate this program. Working with

Forms - Design SDI applications that use appropriate controls (Label Box, Text Box, Command

Button, Check Box, Radio Button, List and Combo Box, Horizontal and Vertical Scroll Bar, Frame,

File List Box, Drive List Box, Directory List Box, Picture Box, Image control and Timer) - Usage of

procedures, methods, events and properties.

FUNCTIONS IN VISUAL BASIC:

Demonstrate the scoping issues of Variables: Local, Global and Static, Data types and

operators – String functions – Number functions – Date Functions – Format functions – Conversion

functions. Control structures: if-then-else, Select Case. Looping Structure: Do-while, Do – loop -

until, For-Next, For Each, With-End With, Exit For, Exit Do and Exit Sub.

210

WORKING WITH MENUS, DIALOG BOXES AND MDI:

Working with Arrays – Control Arrays – Dim and Redim statements – Preserve keyword -

Understanding and creating menu using menu editor. Dialog box: Pre-defined, Custom and

common dialog controls. Demonstrate Multiple Document Interface.

GRAPHICS, MOUSE EVENTS FLEXGRID CONTROL AND FILES

Understanding graphical controls and methods – Using mouse events – Creating interactive

applications using flexgrid controls – Real time GUI environment for creating animations. Working

with Files

STORING AND RETRIEVING DATA, DATA REPORTS:

Using Data controls – Demonstrate the navigation methods using Data Access Objects (DAO)

and Activex Data Objects (ADO) – Use Find methods – Accessing EOF and BOF - Access different

database using DSN and ODBC connection. Displaying the data using data reports. Creating and

using OLE components. Design a GUI application using Activex controls.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Content Development Group, Visual Basic 6 Programming, First Edition, New Delhi: Tata

McGraw Hill, 2005.

EvangelosPetroutsos, Mastering Visual Basic 6.0, Wiley India, New Delhi: Wiley India Pvt. Ltd,

2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Steve Brown, Visual Basic 6, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2006.

Steve Holzner, Visual Basic 6 Programming Black Book,, First, New Delhi, DreamTech Press,

2005.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.vb6.us www.vbtutor.net/

http://www.vbtutes.com

http://visualbasic.freetutes.com/learn-vb6/

211

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)



To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I ITM1201FS 2 COMMUNICATION SKILLS THROUGH COMPUTER SCIENCE

SUITM TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

I ITM1301FM 2 DATA STRUCTURES SUITM TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I ITM1402AA 2 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT SUITM TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I ITM1402CT 2 PROGRAMMING IN C SUITM LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II ITM2201FS 2 PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES SUITM TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II ITM2401CM 2 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - I SUITM TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II ITM2402AT 2 MICROPROCESSOR FUNDAMENTALS & COMPUTER ORGANIZATION

SUITM LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

II ITM2201CP 2 LAB I (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING I-C++) SUITM LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III ITM3401AA 2 IT SERVICES AND MARKETING SUITM TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ITM3401CM 2 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING - II SUITM TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ITM3402CM 2 OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS SUITM TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ITM3403CM 2 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUITM TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III ITM3201CP 2 LAB II (OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING II) SUITM LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

III ITM3202CP 2 LAB III (RDBMS) SUITM LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

212

IV ITM4501CM 2 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING SUITM TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV ITM4502CM 2 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS SUITM TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV ITM4503CM 2 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR SUITM TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

IV ITM4201CP 2 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING USING JAVA

SUITM LA -- 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV ITM4201SP 2 ANIMATION SUITM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

IV ITM4301CP 2 VISUAL PROGRAMMING – I SUITM LA -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00


213

DEPARTMENT OF FASHION DESIGNING

PREAMBLE :

The college is introducing an Undergraduate programme B.Sc. Fashion Designing. the course profile,

course content and evaluation pattern which is to be offered from 2014 is being presented.

B.Sc. Fashion Designing - Self-Financed

Course Profile



2014 Batch



FDS1401FM FASHION STUDIES 4 4

FDS1501CM FIBRE AND YARN SCIENCE 5 5

FDS1401AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3T + 2L 4

FDS1101CP BASIC FASHION ILLUSTRATION 2 1


ADULTHOOD

2 --

Total 30 20



FDS2101FS FASHION COMMUNICATION 2 1

FDS2401CM PATTERN DRAFTING AND CONSTRUCTION- KIDS

WEAR

4 4

FDS2201CP KIDS WEAR 4 2

FDS2401AP ADVANCED FASHION ILLUSTRATIONS 5 4


VBC0102FV /

VBC0103FV

CIVIC EDUCATION /


1 1

Total 30 20

FDS1401FM FASHION STUDIES

(Theory)



• recognize the meaning of fashion

• discover the current trends in fashion

• identify the trends in fashion industry

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO FASHION: 10 Hrs.

Definition, Importance, Designs – Principles & Elements. Terminologies of fashion, Nature of

fashion, Myths about fashion, Fashion Concepts in different regions, Leaders of fashion.

214

UNIT-II : ENVIRONMENT OF FASHION: 12 Hrs.

History of fashion – Origin of fashion, Adoption of fashion-Trickle up, Trickle down & Trickle across

theory, Cultural value, Evaluation & Revolution of fashion- Vertical & Horizontal concepts,

Environment of fashion, Factors influencing fashion- Psychological needs of fashion, Socio

Psychology of fashion, Technological, Political, Legal and Seasonal influence.

UNIT-III : FASHION PSYCHOLOGY: 13 Hrs.

Principles of fashion- Fashion cycle, Movement of fashion, Role of costume as a status symbol,

Costume as personality and sex appeal, Diffusion of fashion line, Historic costumes, Evaluation of

Indian costumes.

UNIT-IV : FASHION MARKETING: 12 Hrs.

Fashion Forecasting- Fashion marketing – Definition, Classification of marketing, Fashion Market

size and structure, Marketing Environment, Fashion Advertising, Fashion Sales Promotional

Programme. Fashion merchandising, Fashion retailing – Retailing structure, Scope of retailing,

Retail Strategy Development.

UNIT-V : FASHION SECTOR: 13 Hrs.

Fashion industry -Importance, Work of fashion director, work of fashion designer, Fashion Capitals,

Fashion Brands. Fashion designers - National Level fashion designers, International level fashion

designers, Brief study of American, French, Italian and Indian Fashion Designers. Fashion styling –

A complete study, Fashion shows.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Debbie Ann Goello& Beverly Berke, Fashion Production Terms, Fairchild Publications, New York,

2005.

Dickerson, Inside Fashion Business, 7th Ed Pearson Education Publications, United States of

America, 2010.

Easey M(ed), Fashion Marketing, London, Blackwell Science, 1994.

Elizabeth Ewing, History of 20th Century Fashion, the University of Virginia, Costume & Fashion

Press, 1997.

Elizabeth Rouse, Understanding Fashion, London, Blackwell Science, 1999.

Gini Stephens Frings, Fashion - From concept to consumer, USA, 6th Edition Prentice Hall,

1999.

Grace I kunz, Merchandising Theory: Principles and Practices, IOWA state UniversityFairchild

Publication, 2005.

Martin M Peglar S. V. M, Visual Merchandising and Display, New York, Fairchild Publication Inc,

2002.

FDS1501CM FIBRE AND YARN SCIENCE

(Theory)



• elaborate the process of fibre to yarn making

• differentiate properties of natural and manmade fibre

• recognize the types of yarn and its quality parameter.

215

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO FIBRES: 12 Hrs.

Classification of textile fibres according to their nature and origin, essential and desirable properties

of textile fibres, staple fibre and continuous filaments, comparison of natural and manmade fibres.

UNIT-II : NATURAL FIBRES: 20 Hrs.

Cotton fibres – Properties and uses of cotton fibres – Jute fibre – Extraction of Jute fibre from plant

– Properties and uses of Jute fibres – Properties and uses of flax fibre and hemp fibres- Silk fibre –

Life cycle of silk worm – Silk reeling and throwing – Properties and uses of silk fibre – Wool fibre –

varieties of wool – Differences between worsted and woolen fibre – Properties and uses of wool

fibre. Brief study of Bamboo- Lyocel – Soya bean – Banana – Pineapple – Sisal fibres –

Chinelfibre.

UNIT-III : MAN- MADE FIBRES: 15 Hrs.

Viscose rayon- Manufacturing process and Properties and uses of viscose rayon – Modal –

Polyester fibre – Nylon 66 – Polypropylene and acrylic fibre and their uses. Study of elastomeric

yarn – study of Nomex – Kevlar fibres – Properties and uses of Nomex and Kevlar fibres – study of

carbon and glass fibres – Properties and uses of carbon and glass fibres - Fibres used for Non

wovenfibre.

UNIT-IV : YARN MANUFACTURING PROCESS: 14 Hrs.

Introduction to ginning – carded and combed yarn manufacturing – Flow chart of blow room line for

cotton – objects of mixing and blending- carding – drawing – comber – simplex – ring frame –Brief

study of open end spinning – Brief study of ring frame yarn– Twist yarn (TPI) – High twist – Soft

twist – Neps and Uneveness percentage - Differences between carded and combed yarn, ring

frame and yarn and Open End yarn.

UNIT-V : YARN AND ITS TYPES: 14 Hrs.

Brief study of –Principles of Compact, Friction and Air-Jet yarn production system- classification of

yarn– simple and fancy yarns - Quality parameter while sourcing yarn, Sewing threads and its

properties

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bernard Corban P, Fiber to Fabric, McGraw-Hill Publication, 6th Edition Singapore, 1983.

Gohl E P G, Vilensky L.D, Textile Science, Delhi, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1999.

Jayaprakasam S, Gopalakrishnan R, Kasinathan V, Fibre Science and Technology,

Komarapalayam, S.S.M.I.I.T staff and students Co. operatives stores Ltd, 1997.

Joseph Pretal J, Fabric Science, Newyork, 5th edition, Fairchild Publications, 1990.

Klein W. G, The Technology of Short Staple Spinning, Manchester, Textile Institute, 1988.

Lewin M and. Peare E.M, Fiber Science and Technology, Singapore, Vol. IV, Book Company,

1985.

FDS1401AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION

(Lab cum Theory)



• differentiate the types of sewing machines and basic tools

• construct various parts of garment.

• design parts of a garment

216

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO SEWING MACHINE: 5T + 9L Hrs.

Introduction to sewing machine-classification-Single thread and Multi thread- Parts and functions -

single needle machine, essential tools – cutting tools, measuring tools, marking tools, general tools,

pressing tools. Stitch formation-different types

UNIT-II : SEAMS AND SEAM FINISHES: 6T + 9L Hrs.

Seams and seam finishes – types, working of seams and seam finishes- Hems – types, stitches

used-Fullness- definition, types. Darts, tucks, pleats, flares and godet, gathers and shirrs, frills or

ruffles, flounces.

UNIT-III : PLACKETS AND FASTENERS: 7T + 9L Hrs.

Plackets – definition, characteristics of a good placket, types – inconspicuous placket and

conspicuous plackets. Fasteners – conspicuous (Button and button-holes, button loops, button with

holes, shank buttons, eyelets and cords). Inconspicuous (press buttons, hooks and eyes, zips).

UNIT-IV : SLEEVES AND YOKES: 7T + 9L Hrs.

Sleeves – definition, types, set-in-sleeves – plain sleeve, puff sleeve, bishop sleeve, bell sleeve.

Modified armhole –cap sleeve and Magyar sleeve. Sleeve and bodice combined – raglan, kimono

and dolman. Yokes – types, method of construction- simple yoke, yoke with fullness within the

yoke, yoke supporting/ releasing fullness.

UNIT-V : COLLARS AND POCKETS: 5T + 9L Hrs.

Neck facing and Binding - Collars – definitions, types, peter pan, scalloped, square, full shirt collar,

open collar, chinese, shawl collar. Pockets – types – patch pocket, bound pocket, pocket in a

seam, front hip pocket.

EXPERIMENTS / LAB :

List of Practicals:

Preparation of samples for:

1. Seam and seam finishes.

2. Hems

3.Fullness

4.Plackets and fasteners

5.Set in sleeves and sleeves with modified arm.

6.Yoke with or without fullness.

7.Flat collars and rolled collars

8.Patch pocket, seam pocket, bound pocket

9.Facing and Binding

FDS1101CP BASIC FASHION ILLUSTRATION

(Lab)



• acquire knowledge & importance of color in the fashion world

• illustrate the techniques in fashion sketching

• know about various body shapes

• draw figures in proportion

217

COURSE OUTLINE :


LIST OF PRACTICALS:

1.Introduction to Sketching

2.Prang Color Chart

3.Value Chart

4.Intensity Chart

5.Color Harmony- Color Analogous, Color Complimentary-Single Complimentary, Double

Complimentary, Split Complimentary & Triad Color Harmony.

6.Free hand drawing

7.Block Figures – Front View, Back View, Side View, Diagonal View

8.Stick Figures

9.Flesh Figures – Front View, Back View, Side View, Diagonal View

10.Steps to form a figure without a grid

FDS2101FS FASHION COMMUNICATION

(Theory)



• review the role of digital, broadcast and print media in the creation, communication and

consumption of fashion products and brands.

• interpret text and speeches on fashion promotions

• discuss how a fashion publication works.

• identify and create a portfolio

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ADVANCED WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: 10 Hrs.

Precision writing, Creative Writing, Social Media Publishing, Social Media Review & research

UNIT-II : STRATEGIC FASHION COMMUNICATION: 10 Hrs.

Fashion publication review, Speech preparation, Public Speaking, Promotional Material Study,

Promotional Campaigns, Types of Fashion advertising, IN STORE Visual Merchandising

,Negotiation Skills, Branding & Endorsements.

UNIT-III : Magazine Production PorMAGAZINE PRODUCTION PORTFOLIO CREATION

AND PROMOTION:

10 Hrs.

Working of a fashion publication , media promotion & presentation, Portfolio development, Fashion

shows& runways..

MAGAZINE(S) :

VOGUE, FEMINA, WOMEN’S ERA, COSMOPOLITAN, INSTYLE, ELLE, SAVVY, BAZAAR.

218

FDS2401CM PATTERN DRAFTING AND CONSTRUCTION- KIDS WEAR

(Theory)



• draw any garment with Bodice variation

• apply different laying and cutting techniques

• design pattern for kids wear

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MEASUREMENTS: 10 Hrs.

Body measurement–importance, measurement preparation for children, women and men.

Standardizing body measurements –importance, techniques used. Relative length and girth

measures in ladies /gentlemen Preparation of fabric for cutting –importance of grain in cutting and

construction, Bias in cutting and construction-steps in preparing the fabric for cutting.

UNIT-II : PATTERN MAKING AND GRADING: 12 Hrs.

Definition of various garment parts - methods of making pattern: drafting method &draping method,

flat pattern. Pattern layout- definition, purpose, rules in layout, types of layouts for stripes checks,

prints, and fabric with bold design, asymmetric designs and one way designs. Grading- definition-

techniques- importance.

UNIT-III : GARMENTS FOR INFANT(0-1year): 12 Hrs.

Drafting and pattern making Bib with Variation in outline shape- Panty with plain or Plastic lined –

Knickers with elastic waist, side pockets

UNIT-IV : KIDS WEAR (1-6years): 14 Hrs.

Drafting and pattern making -Zabla- without sleeve, front open -Magyar sleeve, back opens- -Baba

suit- knicker with chest piece attached- Romper - Petticoat- ‘A’ line petticoat - pleated or gathered

skirt

UNIT-V : GARMENTS FOR SCHOOL CHILDREN ( 6-12 years): 12 Hrs.

Drafting and pattern making. Frock- yoke at chest line, with open, with sleeve, gathered skirt/

circular skirt at waist line-Princess line frock --School uniform for girls-A line - pleated skirt - with

blouse --School uniform for boys-Shorts and shirt.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Amstrong, Draping for Apparel Design, United states, Pearson Education Publications, 2007.

Gerry Cooklin, Pattern Grading for Women’s clothing, London, Blackwell Science Ltd, 1990.

Helan Joseph &Amstrong, Pattern Making for Fashion Designers, United states, 4thEdn,

Pearson Education Publications, 2008.

Mary Mathews, Practical Clothing Construction -part I and part-II, Chennai, Cosmic Press,

1986.

Price Zamkoff, Grading techniques for Fashion Designers, New York, Fairchild Publications,

2004.

Zarapker. K. R, Zarapker system of Cutting, Ahmedabad, Navneet Publications Ltd, 2011.

219

FDS2201CP KIDS WEAR

(Lab)



• design kids garments

• construct infant & kids wear

• acquire practical experience in garment making for children

COURSE OUTLINE :


LIST OF PRACTICALS:

1. Bib- Variation in outline shape

2. Panty-plain or plastic lined panty –

3. Knicker- elastic waist, side pockets

4. Zabla- without sleeve, front open (or) Magyar sleeve, back opens

5. Baba suit- knickers with chest piece attached (or) Romper

6. Petticoat- A line petticoat (or) petticoat with pleated or gathered waist

7. Frock- yoke at chest line, with open, with sleeve, gathered skirt/ circular skirt at waist line (or)

Princess Line frock

8. School uniform for girls-A line or pleated waist with blouse

9. School uniform for boys-Shorts and Shirt

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Chris Jefferys, The Complete Book of Sewing, London, Dorling Kindersley Limited, 1986.

Mary Mathews, Practical Clothing Construction – Part I and II, Chennai, Cosmic Press, 1986.

Sewing and Knitting, A Readers Digest, step- by – step guide, Australia, Readers Digest Pvt.

Ltd, 1993.

Zarapker. K. R, Zarapker system of cutting, Ahamedabad, Navneet publications Ltd, 2008.

FDS2401AP ADVANCED FASHION ILLUSTRATIONS

(Lab)



• illustrate the draping of costumes

• develop their imagination into the initial designing process

• organize and produce a complete costume

COURSE OUTLINE :


LIST OF PRACTICALS:

1.Legs & feet– Principle for drawing the legs, Study for the legs in different views, Motion to the

legs

2.Arms & Hands – Principle of drawing the arms, Arms and hands in different forms, Hand

proportion

220

3.Whole Face in different views-eyes-nose-ears and lips

4.Movement figure – Twisting & Turning, Running, Walking

5.Application of Elements of design on costume

6.Application of Principles of design on costume

7.Techniques in creating textures and patterns

8.Designing by using various color medium – crayon/steadler, Oil pastels, pencil color, line work,

pencil work, stripling, water color, poster color

9.Accessories – Hats, Bags, Scarves and Stoles, Bow and Ties

10.Draping techniques in sketching

11.Modeling figures – Application of corqies

12.Designing work from temple sculptures

13.Illustration on the background of party

14.Illustration on the background of office

15.Designing a costume for Haute Couture

16.Developing a fashion garment based on seasons

17.Designing a garment with theme.

221

Evaluation Pattern

(UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE




I FDS1401FM FASHION STUDIES SUFDG TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I FDS1501CM FIBRE AND YARN SCIENCE SUFDG TH 5 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

I FDS1401AT FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION SUFDG LT 3 2 -- -- -- 1 30 1 10 -- -- 1 20 60 40 80 -- -- 2.30 --

I FDS1101CP BASIC FASHION ILLUSTRATION SUFDG LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

II FDS2101FS FASHION COMMUNICATION SUFDG TH 2 -- 25 25 25 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 75 25 40 -- -- 1.00 --

II FDS2401CM PATTERN DRAFTING AND CONSTRUCTION- KIDS WEAR

SUFDG TH 4 -- -- -- -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

II FDS2201CP KIDS WEAR SUFDG LA -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00

II FDS2401AP ADVANCED FASHION ILLUSTRATIONS SUFDG LA -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 2.00


222

CENTRE FOR ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT

PREAMBLE :

To develop vocational skills of the students and instill the seed of entrepreneurship in them

college has entered into Integrated Curricular Model from 2013 batch onwards. A few departments

and centre have proposed Vocational Courses in Semester III.


To

Hrs./

Week Credit

III BOT3201VI MUSHROOM CULTIVATION ALLM 2 2

III CED3201VI FLOWER MAKING AND FLOWER ARRANGEMENT ALLM 2 2

III CED3202VI BAG DESIGNING ALLM 2 2

III CED3203VI BAKERY AND SWEETMEAT PREPARATION ALLM 2 2

III CED3204VI CUSHION MAKING ALLM 2 2

III CED3205VI DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND POST PRODUCTION ALLM 2 2

III CED3206VI DOCUMENTARY FILM MAKING (MULTIMEDIA) ALLM 2 2

III CED3207VI FABRIC PAINTING ALLM 2 2

III CED3208VI FOOD PRESERVATION ALLM 2 2

III CED3209VI FUR DOLL MAKING ALLM 2 2

III CED3210VI GLASS PAINTING (2D AND 3D) ALLM 2 2

III CED3211VI JEWEL DESIGNING ALLM 2 2

III CED3212VI JUTE ACCESSORY MAKING ALLM 2 2

III CED3213VI MEDICAL-CODING AND TRANSCRIPTION

(PREPARATORY)

ALLM 2 2

III CED3214VI PAINTING ALLM 2 2

III CED3215VI PAPER ART ALLM 2 2

III CED3216VI PAPER QUILLING ALLM 2 2

III CED3217VI SOUND RECORDING AND VIDEO EDITING

(MULTIMEDIA)

ALLM 2 2

III CED3218VI TAILORING ALLM 2 2

III CED3219VI ZARDOSI AND EMBROIDERY ALLM 2 2

III CHE3201VI TEXTILE-DYEING AND PRINTING ALLM 2 2

III ITM3201VI PC HARDWARE ALLM 2 2

III ZOO3201VI VERMICULTURE ALLM 2 2

III ZOO3202VI ORNAMENTAL FISH MANAGEMENT ALLM 2 2

223

BOT3201VI MUSHROOM CULTIVATION

(Vocational Course)



• describe and identify edible and non edible mushroom

• equip the skills in oyster mushroom cultivation

• become a successful entrepreneur

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

History of mushroom cultivation, classification, external structure of mushroom, types of

mushroom, edible and poisonous, identification of poisonous mushrooms. Nutritive values

of mushrooms. Requirements, Substrate preparation, spawning, preparing bed, pinning

and harvesting Methods of storage - short term storage, long term storage, different

methods of storage, canning of mushrooms, Freeze-drying method, pickling of

mushrooms, vacuum cooling method.

UNIT-II : Entrepreneurship 6 Hrs.

Concept of Entrepreneurship – Qualities of Entrepreneurs – Product Selection –

Institutional Support – DIC, SISI, SIDCO, Industrial Estates – Sources of Finance –

Government Assistance – Preparation of cash book and statement of cost and profit –

Advertising and sales promotion for small business

TEXT BOOK(S)

Bahl.N., Handbook on Mushrooms, 4th Edition, New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing

Co. Pvt.Ltd., 2009.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Kapoor.J.N., Mushroom Cultivation, NewDelhi, ICAR Publication, 1989.

Subrata Biswas, M. Datta, S.V. Ngachan, Mushrooms A Manual for cultivation, New

Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

Suman & Sharma, Mushroom – Cultivation and Uses, Jodhpur, Agrobios, 2011.

Tripathi D.P., Mushroom Cultivation, New Delhi, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

2005.

CED3201VI FLOWER MAKING AND FLOWER ARRANGEMENT

(Vocational Course)



• make flowers using different materials

• design creative flower arrangements

• become an entrepreneur

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Flower Making and Flower Arrangement: Organdie – Stockings – Imported Ribbon Flower

– Satin Ribbon – Paper Bouquet making.

224





Advertising and sales promotion for small business.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jane Packer, The Complete Guide to Flower Arranging (e-book), DK Publishing, 1998.

R.V. Badi, N.V. Badi, Entrepreneurship, New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd., 2005.

Rosemary Brinley, Artificial Flower Making (e-book), Dickens Press.

CED3202VI BAG DESIGNING

(Vocational Course)



• identify the kinds of materials available for bag designing

• design bags with different materials


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Brazilian Smocked Satin Bag, Draw Shrink Bag and Frilled Bag, Skirt Shaped Bag, Water

Bottle Pouch and Fancy Ladies Bag.






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Emily Blumenthal, Hand Bag Designer 101(e-book), MBI Publishing Company, 2011.

R.V. Badi, N.V. Badi, Entrepreneurship , New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd., 2005.

Sally Southern, Sewing Pattern for Bags(e-book), F & W Media International, 2011.

CED3203VI BAKERY AND SWEETMEAT PREPARATION

(Vocational Course)



• understand the basics of baking and sweetmeat making

• bake cakes, cookies and make sweets


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Preparation of Bakery Products 24 Hrs.

Tea Cake, Chocolates Cake, Cookies, Sweets and Chocolates, Chocolate Bouquets, Visit

to yard

225






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Aroona Reejhsinghani, Best of Indian Sweets and Desserts(e-book), Jaico Publishing

House, 2001.

Ashok Kumar, Yogambal, Textbook of Bakery and Confectionary (e-book), PHI

Learning Publications, 2010.


Sanjeev Kapoor, Chocolate (e-book), Popular Prakashan Publications, 2011.

CED3204VI CUSHION MAKING

(Vocational Course)



• apply the Brazilian smocking technique in cushion making

• make different kinds of cushions


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Smocked cushion making in different shapes






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Clare Cromption, Simple Knits – Cushions and Pillows (e-book), David and Charles

Publications, 2012.

Helen Philipps, Pretty Patchwork – Cushions and Pillows (e-book), David and Charles

Publications, 2013.


CED3205VI DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND POST PRODUCTION

(Vocational Course)



• learn how to "see photographically" that includes developing a fine appreciation for seeing

light and the way light works on photo sensitive materials to produce expressive, elegant

prints

• learn how space works in the frame to create intentional, elegant designs

226

• understand the metaphoric possibilities in the images created that transcend the literalness

of the object(s) photographed

• implement photography post production technique using Photoshop

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

The Camera, Rangefinder. Single lens reflex, twin lens reflex, the view camera. Camera

controls: shutter, aperture, light meter, depth of field control, how shutter and aperture work

together. Lenses,focallength.,Filters for black and white film. Film: ISO and grain size,

developing the film properly, reciprocity failure,Massive List of Developing

Times/Termperatures, Develop film videos, print video Photoshop Environment- Tools –

Layers -Brightness and Contrast Correction-Photo Restoration and Retouching-Color

Enhancement and Adjustment Layers-Sharpening Images-Cropping an Image





Advertising and sales promotion for small business.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Colin Smith, Photoshop CS for Digital Photographers(e-book), 1st Edition, Charles

River Media, 2004.

Craven, George M., Object and Image, An Introduction to Photography, New Jersey,

Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1990.

Horenstein, Henry, Beyond Basic Photography, A Technical Manual, Boston, Little

Brown and Company, 1977.


Schaefer, John P., Basic Techniques of Photography AnAnsel Adams Guide, Boston,

Little Brown and Company, 1992.

CED3206VI DOCUMENTARY FILM MAKING (MULTIMEDIA)

(Vocational Course)



• understand and review films

• develop an idea into an audio visual medium of communication

• film a documentary

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Film Making – Review of Contextually and Socially relevant Documentary Movies – Social

Media Production of Documentary Film as a team – Idea and Script – Schedule – Aspects

related to Camera Handling and Shooting – Editing – Final Product Final Report as a Film

– Film Presentation to the Experts




227



REFERENCE BOOK(S)


CED3207VI FABRIC PAINTING

(Vocational Course)



• prepare designs for fabric painting

• use brush, mix colours and paint on the cloth


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Fabric Painting –– preparing the cloth for painting – mixing and colouring - decoration and

maintenance






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cheryl Rezendes, Fabric Surface Design (e-book), Storey Publishing, 2013.


Sukaadas, Fabric Art: Heritage of India (e-book), Abhinav Publications, 1992.

CED3208VI FOOD PRESERVATION

(Vocational Course)



• develop techniques for food preservation

• maintain quality control in production, as well as storage


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Food Preservation - Juices and Syrups – Jam - Pickle and Ready-mix - Visit to yard






228

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Janet Chadwick, The Beginner’s Guide to Preserving Food at Home (e-book), Storey

Publications, 2009.


Shafiur Rahman, Handbook of Food Preservation (e-book), Second Edition, CRC Press,

2007.

CED3209VI FUR DOLL MAKING

(Vocational Course)



• know the fundamentals of fur doll making

• produce fur dolls and other fur utility items

• initiate self employment

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Doll Making: Teddy Bear, Dog – Fur Pillow - Mobile Phone Pouch






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Brian Gibbs and Donna Gibbs, The Teddy Bear Making Book (e-book), KHL Printing Co

Pvt Ltd for David and Charles, 2003.

Pamela Peake, The Complete Book of Doll Making: A Practical Step-by-Step Guide

(e-book), Watson-Guptill Publications, 1997.


CED3210VI GLASS PAINTING (2D AND 3D)

(Vocational Course)



• differentiate between 2D and 3D glass painting

• produce a 2D and 3D glass painting

• start a business enterprise

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Glass painting - 2D and 3D




229



REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Anne Dimock, Reverse Glass Painting (e-book), Stackpole Books, 2010.

Nat Hubert John Westlake, A History of Design in Painted Glass (e-book), J. Parker and

Company Publications, 1981.


CED3211VI JEWEL DESIGNING

(Vocational Course)



• understand the basics of jewellery making

• creatively use pearls, stones and other materials to make jewellery


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Jewel Designing - Pearl Stud - Antique Set – Semi-precious Beads Set – Gun Metal Set –

Crystal Set






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

J. Marsha Michler, Bead & Wire Art Jewelry: Techniques & Designs for all Skill Levels

(e-book), Krause Publications Craft, 2006.

Janet Evans, Making Costume Jewelry: An Easy & Complete Step by Step Guide (e-

book), Speedy Publishing LLC, 2013.


CED3212VI JUTE ACCESSORY MAKING

(Vocational Course)



• understand the basics of jute and its usage

• know how to make jute bags, files, pouches and jewellery


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Jute Bag, Jute Jewellery and Jute Folders

230






REFERENCE BOOK(S)


CED3213VI MEDICAL-CODING AND TRANSCRIPTION (PREPARATORY)

(Vocational Course)



• understand the language of Medicine

• know Medical Coding essentials

• do an advanced level course on Medical Coding and Transcription and become a medical

transcriptionist

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Basic Word Structure, Combining Forms and Terms – Prefixes and Suffixes – Pharma –

Radiology – Oncology - Gastroenterology and Urogenital - Cardiovascular and Respiratory

- Musculoskeletal and Neurology - Dermatology – Ophthalmology and ENT – Hematology,

Lymphatic, Immunology and Endocrinology – Practical Applications Ground Rules, Basic

Titles, Physicians’ Hospital Coding and Work Types – Pharmacological Units and

Measurements with Numbers, Figures, Acronyms and Special Symbols – Clinical

Abbreviations and Laboratory Data – The AAPC, Responsibilities, Ethics and HIPAA –

Usage of Search Engines, Application Software and Standard References Medical English

Basics – Americanism for Coders – Operational Methods, Billing Services, Coding,

Charges and Audit – AR analysis, AR callers and Submitting – Guidelines of CPT (Current

Procedural Coding) – ICD (International Classification of Diseases) 9CM, HCPCS

(Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System – Pre-evaluation and Evaluation






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jha Alok and Arora Priyanka, Medical Transcription Made Easy, first, Chennai,

Macmillan Publishers India Ltd., 2009.

Karonne J. Becklin, Edith M, Sunnarborg, Medical Office Transcription, second, New

York, MacGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2002.

R.V.Badi, N.V. Badi, Entrepreneurship, New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (p) Ltd, 2005.

231

CED3214VI PAINTING

(Vocational Course)



• handle brushes and draw pictures using different strokes

• trace and paint on glass pots, aluminium sheet and emboss with colours

• start their own business

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Glass Painting and Emboss Painting - Pot Painting and Still Life Painting

UNIT-II : Entrepeurship 6 Hrs.





REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Jerry Yarnell, Paint Along with Jerry Yarnell Volume One - Painting Basics (e-book),

North Light Books, 2000.

Mitchell Albala, Landscape Painting: Essential Concepts and Techniques for Plein Air

and Studio Practice (e-book), Random House LLC, 2011.

R.V. Badi, N.V. Badi, Entrepreneurship, New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (p) Ltd, 2005.

CED3215VI PAPER ART

(Vocational Course)



• make stationery and gift articles for various occasions

• create paper jewellery

• start their own ventures

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Paper Art - Stationery – Paper Jewellery - Gift Articles






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Maria Luisa Mejorada, Paper Art:Designs, Paintings and Crafts (e-book), Palibrio

Publications, 2012.


232

CED3216VI PAPER QUILLING

(Vocational Course)



• identify different type of paper and handle tools that are used for making paper products

• make paper jewellery and other paper products


COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Paper Jewellery – Greeting Cards – Pen Holders– Quilled Jewel Boxes – Wall Hanging

(two types)






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Maria Luisa Mejorada, Paper Art:Designs, Paintings and Crafts (e-book), Palibrio

Publications, 2012.


CED3217VI SOUND RECORDING AND VIDEO EDITING (MULTIMEDIA)

(Vocational Course)



• understand and apply skills in advanced audio production techniques including recording,

editing, mixing various audio projects

• demonstrate knowledge and skill in advanced video production techniques including

recording and editing

• serve as an internship or start employment at an entry level position in a recording studio

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Editing as an Art and Craft of Film & Television – Role of the Editor and her Relationship

with the Director Video Editing Theory and Practice – Film versus Video Editing – The

Video Cassette Recorder and the Recording of Television Programme Tape to Tape Video

Editing System – Digital – Computer as a Tool of Editing – Picture Transitions






233

REFERENCE BOOK(S)


CED3218VI TAILORING

(Vocational Course)



• measure, cut and stitch the cloth

• cut and stitch dresses, inner wear and children’s apparel

• start a tailoring unit

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Inner Garments – Children’s apparel






REFERENCE BOOK(S)


CED3219VI ZARDOSI AND EMBROIDERY

(Vocational Course)



• acquire knowledge of traditional Indian embroidery and surface ornamentation techniques

• do zardosi, bead work and mirror work

• setup home-made embroidery unit

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Embroidery - Shishas – Zardosi – Applique – Satin Ribbon – free hand






REFERENCE BOOK(S)


234

CHE3201VI TEXTILE-DYEING AND PRINTING

(Vocational Course)



• know the pretreatment methods

• develop the skills in dyeing

• develop skills in printing

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Introduction, Pretreatment – scouring, bleaching Dyeing: Direct dyes (cotton, jute and

synthetic fibers), Natural dyes, Tie and dye Printing: Batik, Screen (Demonstration)






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Badi R.V., Badi N.V., Entrepreneurship, New Delhi, Vrinda Publications (P) Ltd., 2005.

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

• Textile Wet Processing, The Directorate of Technical Education, Tamilnadu (e-

book)

ITM3201VI PC HARDWARE

(Vocational Course)



• become familiar with tools and test equipment used.

• troubleshoot the hardware and software problems.

• Start her own venture

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Motherboard components and its operation- internal and external connections of the

motherboard- BIOS setup utilities and its functions. Magnetic storage: Hard Disk

components-working and specifications-Floppy Disk Components-architecture and

working-Peripheral Devices: Mouse-Architecture and working-Troubleshooting Mouse-

Keyboard - Architecture and working-Troubleshooting Keyboard DOS commands-hard disk

partitioning-Installation of OS and software-Tools and techniques to troubleshoot the

components of PC-Introduction to networking technology.






235

TEXT BOOK(S)

Craig Zacker, John Rourke, PC Hardware , 2nd Edition, New Delhi: Tata MC-Graw Hills,

2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Blgelow, Troubleshooting, Maintaining and Preparing PCs , New Delhi, TATA McGraw-

Hill, 2001.

WEBSITE(S) :

• www.pcguide.com

• www.pccomputernotes.com

• www.hardwarecentral.com/hardwarecentral/tutorials

ZOO3201VI VERMICULTURE

(Vocational Course)



• segregate house-hold waste into degradable and non –biodegradable waste and process

the former to produce bio fertilizer.

• appreciate the contribution of earthworms to soil fertility, and as a protein source for animal

feed.

• start a low-investment, income -generating enterprise at home.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Definition and objectives of vermiculture – production of vermicompost, fish and pet feed,

Earthworms as ‘farmers’ friends’ and ‘solid waste managers’; contribution to organic

farming, income – generating enterprise with a small investment. Role played by

earthworms in soil fertility – the significance of their digestive system and gut- microbial

fauna and flora. Common earthworms used in vermiculture and their eco-physiology –

Perionyx excavatus, Lampito mauritii, Eudrilus eugineae and Eisenia foetida – epigeics,

anecics, hypogeics.Ideal conditions for culturing worms-importance of moisture and shade,

shielding from light and heat, protection from rain and predators. Process of

vermicomposting as a means of income; waste as a misplaced resource and source -

segregation of degradable waste; vermicompost tea ( Vermiwash ). Requirements for

vermicomposting within houses and apartments and in gardens – containers and

parameters to be maintained. Separation of worms, sieving, weighing and packaging of

vermicompost.Processing earthworms for animal feed. ACTIVITY - Segregation of house-

hold green waste and preparation of vermicompost, analysing N,P,K value of the

vermicompost, preparation of vermicompost tea, observation of a vermicompost –treated

plant with an untreated plant.






236

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ismail S.A., Vermicology – The Biology of Earthworms, , New Delhi, Orient Longman

Ltd. Chennai, 1997.

Kale R.D., Earthworm – Cinderella of Organic Farming, India, Prism, 1998.

Kale R.D., Earthworms – Crown Jewel of Organic Farming– A memoir, Bangalore,

N.D. Kale, 1998.


RanganathanL.S., Vermibiotechnology, Jodhpur, Agrobios (India), 2006.

ZOO3202VI ORNAMENTAL FISH MANAGEMENT

(Vocational Course)



• understand the various culture techniques in ornamental fish keeping

• have an idea on effective management of ornamental fishes

• set - up and maintain an aquarium and be involved in entrepreneurial ventures

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 24 Hrs.

Introduction to aquaculture, Fish biology – buoyancy- movement – breathing – respiration –

digestion – Reproduction. Ornamental fish culture: introduction – common ornamental

fishes (Rosy barb, Angel fish, Gowrami, blackmolly, Guppy and Common gold fish). -

Identification of aquatic plants and ornamental fish Feeds and Feeding habits: Fish feeds –

Natural and artificial feeds. Feeding habits – Spawning.Fish health and diseases.

(Ulcerations, Lymphocystis) -Preparation of fish feed Setup and maintenance of an

aquarium – Physical , Chemical and biological factors of a tank – Choice of fish and

aquatic plants – care of the aquarium – commercial aspects of aquarium -Setup an

aquarium - Visit to fish farms






REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cherunilam. F, Fisheries: Global perspective and Indian Development, New Delhi,

Himalaya Publishing House, 1993.

Jhingran V.G., Fish and Fisheries of India, New Delhi, Hindustan Publishing Corporation,

1983.

Misra. S.R., Fisheries in India, New Delhi, Ashish Pub. House, 1987.

Parihar.R.P., A Text Book of Fish biology and Indian Fisheries, Allahabad, Central

Publishing House., 1994.

Paulraj S., Aquaculture for 2000 AD, Palani, Palani Paramount Publications, 1996.


Vierke.J., Your Home Aquarium, U.S.A., T.F.H. Publication Inc., 1991.

237

Courses offered to Vocational Courses (UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE

Assm-1 Assm-2 Quiz Total

TH LA RM RM No RM

III BOT3201VI MUSHROOM CULTIVATION ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3201VI FLOWER MAKING AND FLOWER ARRANGEMENT ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3202VI BAG DESIGNING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3203VI BAKERY AND SWEETMEAT PREPARATION ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3204VI CUSHION MAKING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3205VI DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY AND POST PRODUCTION ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3206VI DOCUMENTARY FILM MAKING (MULTIMEDIA) ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3207VI FABRIC PAINTING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3208VI FOOD PRESERVATION ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3209VI FUR DOLL MAKING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3210VI GLASS PAINTING (2D AND 3D) ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3211VI JEWEL DESIGNING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3212VI JUTE ACCESSORY MAKING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3213VI MEDICAL-CODING AND TRANSCRIPTION (PREPARATORY) ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3214VI PAINTING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3215VI PAPER ART ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3216VI PAPER QUILLING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

238

III CED3217VI SOUND RECORDING AND VIDEO EDITING (MULTIMEDIA) ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3218VI TAILORING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CED3219VI ZARDOSI AND EMBROIDERY ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III CHE3201VI TEXTILE-DYEING AND PRINTING ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III ITM3201VI PC HARDWARE ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III ZOO3201VI VERMICULTURE ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100

III ZOO3202VI ORNAMENTAL FISH MANAGEMENT ALLM VC 2 -- 40 40 1 20 100


239

CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

PREAMBLE :

Centre for Environmental Studies proposes the following changes:

The course offered under Part V programme- EAP0103C Environmental Awareness Programme

(Appendix AN) has been changed to LEB0105C LDC ECO BRIGADE which will be offered from 2014-15.



To

Hrs./


II ENV2201NI HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY ALLM 2 2

ENV2201NI HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY

(Theory)



• recognise the various life support systems of natural environment

• analyse the local, global scales of human impacts on the environment

• relate facts, concepts, and methods from multiple disciplines and apply to environment

[management strategies

COURSE OUTLINE :


The Seven Environmental Principles, Multidisciplinary nature of environmental science.

Ecosystem – Concepts, structure (Biotic & abiotic) and function, Energy flow, Food chain, Food

webs, Ecological pyramids. Characteristic features of forest and aquatic Ecosystems. Biodiversity-

Levels, India as a mega Biodiversity nation, Hotspots, value &threat to biodiversity and

conservation- wild life sanctuaries, national parks and sacred groves.

UNIT-II : NATURAL RESOURCES 8 Hrs.

Renewable and Non – renewable resources- Natural resources Forest, Water, Mineral , Food

energy & Soil resources. Non- conventional energy – solar, wind, tide and biomass- Energy

plantations, Management of resources and disaster-case studies.

UNIT-III : SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 8 Hrs.

Problems related to urbanization, Industrialization – global warming, pollution of Air, land,

water and noise . Wastes- Types of wastes, solid waste management, waste to energy techniques,

population explosion, deforestation, consumerism, tourism, Impact of advances in technology.

UNIT-IV : ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS 6 Hrs.

Environmental world views –human, life & earth centered, Attitudes of major religions towards

environment, Alternative life style and globalization, sustainable and equitable use of resources –

ecological foot printing.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cunningham, W. P and Saigo, B. W., Environmental Science – A Global Concern, 3rd ed.,,

London, Wm.C.Brown Publishers, (1995)..

240

Dhar, D.N. Vaish, T.and Kumar, S, Environmental Science & Ethics, New Delhi, Vayu Education

of India, (2009)..

Karpagam, M. and Jaikumar, G, Green management Theory and applications, 1st ed.,, New

Delhi, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, (2010)..

Miller,T.G.(Jr.), Living in the Enviroment –Principles, Connections and Solutions, 9thed, USA,

Wadsworth Publishing Company., (1996).

Misra,S.P. and Pandey, S.N., Essential environmental studies, 1st ed, New Delhi, Ane Books

Pvt Ltd., 2008.

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

Essentials of Environmental Education. 2014. Madurai, Tamil Nadu: Lady Doak College

publication.

LEB 0105C - LDC ECO BRIGADE

(Applicable to students from 2014 batch onwards)

LEARNING OUTCOME 80 Hours

On completion of the course the student will be able to

• recognize the value of environment and the need to conserve them

• analyse the various environmental issues and impact on all life.

• develop a concern for the environment and become an environmentally sensitive citizen.

Theory: 20 Hours

Environment & Society

I. Environmental conservation

II. Environmental issues towards sustainable future

Field work and activities 60 Hours

1. Nature walk

➢ Tree walk

➢ Bird watching

2. Greening of campus

➢ Plant adoption

3. Campaigning within and outside college-Through Rally, film shows

4. Eco -verse writing, Eco Calendar/Personal Eco diary/Documentary film making

5. Street theatre- learning & performance in the village with the NSS

6. Promoting awareness in schools and villages

7. Visit to Effluent treatment plants & Recycling units and other places of relevance

8. Activities towards Zero waste campus

➢ Solid waste audit

➢ Campus Environment audit

9. Newsletter

A Student is expected to participate in any FIVE of the mentioned activities

and submit suitable reports for evaluation

241

EVALUATION PATTERN



To

Cour.

Type

Total

Hrs./

Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

CA1 CA2 CA3 Test Assn Quiz FLab

Total

Theory Lab Viva Exam

Hrs.


II ENV2201NI HUMAN ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY ALLM TH 2 -- -- -- -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --


LEB 0105C - LDC ECO BRIGADE

Components Marks

Theory test 20

Participation & Involvement 30

Documentation 50

242

CENTRE FOR WOMEN'S STUDIES

PREAMBLE :

The Centre for Women's Studies proposes the revised course content of Women's Studies to be

offered under Part IV of the Integrated Curricular Model to the UG students Value Based courses

from 2014 . Elective course is being presented for the PG programme to be offered from 2014.


To

Hrs./

Week Credit

Passed

in

I PGV0113V FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S

STUDIES

ALLM 2 1

II PGV2101V PERSPECTIVES ON GENDER ALLM 2 1

III PGW3421E GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT ALLM 4 4

IV / V VBC0201FV FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S

STUDIES

ALLM 2 2

IV / V VBC0202FV HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES ALLM 2 2

VBC0201FV FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S STUDIES

(Theory)



• recognize the roots and structures of inequality between women and men from which

arise the power relations that discriminate and subordinate women.

• identify the multifaceted roles played by women in the family, socially and professionally.

• interpret the challenges women confront that seek to undermine their potential, limit

available choices and restrict mobility.

• examine the role and growth of women as catalysts and change agents in moving

towards a just world.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO CONCEPTS AND THEMES 8 Hrs.

Define Gender and sex – Distinctions between gender and sex -gender and socialisation-

agents of socialisation - gender stereotyping- Gender Polarization - Androcentrism –

masculinity and femininity- Power Relations – Matriarchy - Patriarchy- Biological

Determinism- Private vs Public space- personal is political – Inter connections of Gender

relations in the changing contexts – Gender Equality and Gender Equity.

UNIT-II : GENDER ROLES OF WOMEN 5 Hrs.

Women’s Role in the Family & Society- Productive- Reproductive and Community Roles-

Role in gender attitudes - debates on measuring household work- challenges of valuing

women’s work- invisibility and unpaid labour - changing gender roles- increasing

economic participation of women - Challenges in the care economy in Family and State -

Women’s participation in governance and public space- professional roles.

243

UNIT-III : ISSUES AND CHALLENGES 12 Hrs.

The girl child – Decline in Child Sex Ratio –son preference and sex selective abortions-

role of Assisted Reproductive technologies and gender – MTP and PCPNDT ACT 1994

[Pre Conception and Pre Natal Diagnostic Technique ACT.

Gender and Health – Malnutrition - Vicious cycle of poor health – Women’s mental health

- Gender in contraceptive and sterilization techniques – Understand our Bodies –

Menstrual hygiene and others.

Violence against women – Violence in Public and Private spheres - Different forms of

violence - - Vishaka Guidelines on Sexual Harassment at the Workplace – Sexual

Harassment at the Workplace (PREVENTION, PROHIBITION AND REDRESSEL) ACT,

2013 - Protection of Women from Domestic Violence ACT 2005 – Legislations for

protecting children from child abuse – CONVENTION ON ELIMINATION OF ALL

FORMS OF DISCRIMINATION AGAINST WOMEN - CEDAW.

Women in Media – Gender Stereotyping and Objectification – Women’s body – A Market

for beauty products industry – Beauty Stereotypes.

Decision making power and Social Power of women - Women’s education - skills -

capacity building - resources- Assets - Credit – Infrastructures

UNIT-IV : TOWARDS A JUST WORLD – WOMEN AS CATALYSTS AND

CHANGEMAKERS

5 Hrs.

Stories of women who have challenged patriarchal norms - The story of Betty Freidan –

Krishnammal Jaganathan – Soundaram, Annai Veeramal- Chinnapillai- Indira Jeyasingh,

Aruna Roy.

An introduction to Self Defense in the event of physical assaults – Practical

demonstrative sessions.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Kak, Shakthi., Pati, Biswamoy.,, Exploring Gender Equations in Colonial and Post

Colonial India, New Delhi, Nehru Memorial Museum & Library, 2001, Chapters: 1st & II

chapters.

Majumdar, Maya., Encyclopedia of Gender Equality through Women Empowerment,

1st Edition, I & II, New Delhi, SARUP & SONS,, 2001.

Ratnakumari, B.,, Gender and Globalizaion – A Comparative Perspective Between

Europe and India, New Delhi, Kanishka Publishers & Distributors,, 2010.

WEBSITE(S) :

• http://ncw.nic.in

• http://www/nawoindia.org/national alliance of women

• www.iimidr.ac.in/iimi/images/IIM/CCSH_GOI_Instructions.pdf

• http://www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/cedaw

• http;//www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/ECOSOC

244

PGV0113V FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S STUDIES

(Theory)



• recognize the roots and structures of inequality between women and men from which

arise the power relations that discriminate and subordinate women.

• identify the multifaceted roles played by women in the family, socially and professionally.

• interpret the challenges women confront that seek to undermine their potential, limit

available choices and restrict mobility.

• examine the role and growth of women as catalysts and change agents in moving

towards a just world.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO CONCEPTS AND THEMES 8 Hrs.

Define Gender and sex – Distinctions between gender and sex -gender and socialisation-

agents of socialisation - gender stereotyping- Gender Polarization - Androcentrism –

masculinity and femininity- Power Relations – Matriarchy - Patriarchy- Biological

Determinism- Private vs Public space- personal is political – Inter connections of Gender

relations in the changing contexts – Gender Equality and Gender Equity.

UNIT-II : GENDER ROLES OF WOMEN 5 Hrs.

Women’s Role in the Family & Society- Productive- Reproductive and Community Roles-

Role in gender attitudes - debates on measuring household work- challenges of valuing

women’s work- invisibility and unpaid labour - changing gender roles- increasing

economic participation of women - Challenges in the care economy in Family and State -

Women’s participation in governance and public space- professional roles.

UNIT-III : ISSUES AND CHALLENGES 12 Hrs.

The girl child – Decline in Child Sex Ratio –son preference and sex selective abortions-

role of Assisted Reproductive technologies and gender – MTP and PCPNDT ACT 1994

[Pre Conception and Pre Natal Diagnostic Technique ACT.

Gender and Health – Malnutrition - Vicious cycle of poor health – Women’s mental health

- Gender in contraceptive and sterilization techniques – Understand our Bodies –

Menstrual hygiene and others.

Violence against women – Violence in Public and Private spheres - Different forms of

violence - - Vishaka Guidelines on Sexual Harassment at the Workplace – Sexual

Harassment at the Workplace (PREVENTION, PROHIBITION AND REDRESSEL) ACT,

2013 - Protection of Women from Domestic Violence ACT 2005 – Legislations for

protecting children from child abuse – CONVENTION ON ELIMINATION OF ALL

FORMS OF DISCRIMINATION AGAINST WOMEN - CEDAW.

Women in Media – Gender Stereotyping and Objectification – Women’s body – A Market

for beauty products industry – Beauty Stereotypes.

Decision making power and Social Power of women - Women’s education - skills -

capacity building - resources- Assets - Credit – Infrastructures

245

UNIT-IV : TOWARDS A JUST WORLD – WOMEN AS CATALYSTS AND

CHANGEMAKERS

5 Hrs.

Stories of women who have challenged patriarchal norms - The story of Betty Freidan –

Krishnammal Jaganathan – Soundaram, Annai Veeramal- Chinnapillai- Indira Jeyasingh,

Aruna Roy.

An introduction to Self Defense in the event of physical assaults – Practical

demonstrative sessions.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Kak, Shakthi., Pati, Biswamoy, Exploring Gender Equations in Colonial and Post

Colonial India, New Delhi, Nehru Memorial Museum & Library, 2001, Chapters: 1st & II

chapters.

Majumdar, Maya, Encyclopedia of Gender Equality through Women Empowerment,

1st Edition, I & II, New Delhi, SARUP & SONS, 2001.

Ratnakumari, B, Gender and Globalizaion – A Comparative Perspective Between

Europe and India, New Delhi, Kanishka Publishers & Distributors, 2010.

WEBSITE(S) :

• http://ncw.nic.in

• http://www/nawoindia.org/national alliance of women

• www.iimidr.ac.in/iimi/images/IIM/CCSH_GOI_Instructions.pdf

• http://www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/cedaw

• http;//www.un.org/womenwatch/daw/ECOSOC

PGV2101V PERSPECTIVES ON GENDER (ADVANCED COURSE FOR PG

STUDENTS)

(Theory)



• critically analyse gender issues in the context of social, political, economic and cultural

development.

• identify the role and contributions of women.

• think of alternatives to the present gender order.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 10 Hrs.

Introduction to Gender – Study of Cognitive Theory - Jean Piaget, Kohlberg, Sandra Bem

and Social learning Theory, on understandings of Gender – Socialisation – Agents of

socialisation - Gender and Power Relations – Gender in Caste & Class – Gendered

Divisions of Labour – Practical Needs and Strategic Needs – Feminism – types and

mainstream critiquing of feminism- Changing perspectives.

UNIT-II : 12 Hrs.

Women and Development – The changing status of women (in the economic, social,

political, legal and cultural aspects) in the Indian and Inter-national Arena - The

promotion of social security measures by the State, such as the employment guarantee

scheme, food security, public distribution systems, and other such anti-poverty

measures.

246

Structural Adjustment Programs – Liberalisation - Globalisation – Impacts of

Globalisation on women- Opportunities created and threats- Increased presence of

women in the unorganized sector – absence of job security- poor working conditions -

Reduction of subsidies on health, education and welfare impacting upon women –

Impacts of major Development Projects such as the Narmada Dam on Women –

Resettlement issues - feminisation of poverty - commoditisation of women.

UNIT-III : 8 Hrs.

New Gender Order – Equality and Empowerment – Government action on growth of

women - - Building capacities of women – Female Literacy and social sector

development - Gender Budgeting and Gender Auditing – Gender Mainstreaming - Setting

Directions for change – Case Studies.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

John Desrochers, Towards a Debate on Development, Bangalore, CSA, 2000.

Joni C. Joseph, Mass Media and Rural Development, Jaipur, Rawat Publications,

1997, Chapters: 6,8.

M.P Torado and Smith, Economic Development, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2004,

Chapters: 1,4,5,6,7,9,10,11,12,16.

Pam Rajput, Hem Lata Swarup, Women and Globalisation: Reflections, options and

strategies, New Delhi, Ashish Publishing House, 1994, Chapters: 3,4,5,6,14,15,16,19.

PGW3421E GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT

(Theory)



• have an understanding of the key concepts and theories relating to gender &

development

• map and analyse perspectives, issues and debates in the field of development from

gender perspectives

• understand National/State Initiatives for Gender Equity

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Theories and Approaches on Gender 10 Hrs.

Gender Theories – Power Relations - Gender and Caste, Class, Patriarchy & Age -,

Gender and Labour; Gender and sexuality – Gender and violence - Empowerment -

Approaches - WID, WAD & GAD-Capabilities approach of Martha Naussmb and Sen-

Sustainable Development.

UNIT-II : Gender and development 15 Hrs.

Gender and the development process – Statistical profile of women in the labour market

– Formal and Informal Labour – Family Income and wages - health care and food -

Changing pattern of labour market - shifts towards self employment- outsourcing –

contract labour - Social exclusion of women- need for inclusion into the development

process - women’s involvement in natural resource management – Depletion of natural

resources due to development projects and its impacts on women’s survival chances.

UNIT-III : Globalisation and Gender Issues 10 Hrs.

Changing Gender roles- Impact of globalization on education, employment, health and

culture- - Gender and Livelihood - Withdrawal of State - feminisation of poverty - Self-

employed women and non availability of resources such as Land, Credit, Infrastructures,

and other assets/resources.

247

UNIT-IV : Gender Networking and Power 15 Hrs.

Women Organizing for Social Transformation: Shifts in Forms and Strategies –

Contemporary Challenges- Agency and Activism-political movement-Mapping different

forms of women’s activism-NGO’s- SHG’s - Investigating new alliances, complexities and

formations of power-Empowerment models - Mainstreaming gender in India –

approaches to gender equality and gender equity - policy and process- Plans, reports &

Commissions.

UNIT-V : Gender analysis and Research Report 10 Hrs.

What is gender analysis – application of gender analysis - Introduction to gender analysis

tools and frameworks.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Boserup E, Women's Role in Economic Development, London, George Allen and

Unwin Ltd, 1970.

Chanana K and Krishnaraj M., Gender and the Household Domain, New Delhi, Sage

publications, 1989..

Cornwall A., Harrison E., Whitehead A., Feminisms in Development: Contradictions,

Contestations and Challenges, Zuban, New Delhi, 2008.

Ghosh J, Never Done and Poorly Paid:Women’s Work in Globalizing India, New

Delhi, Women Unlimited, 2009.

John Mary and Janaki Nair, A Question of Silence: Sexual Economies of Modern

India, New Delhi, Kali for Women, 1998.

Kannabiran Kalpana, Violence of Normal Times, New Delhi, 2005.

Parrot, Andrea; and Nina Cummings, “Female Genital Cutting,” Forsaken Females:

The global Brutalization of Women, New York, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers Inc.,

2006.

Purushothaman S., The empowerment of women in India : Grassroots Women's

Networks and the State, New Delhi, Sage Publications, 1998.

Seth, M., Women and Development: The Indian Experience, New Delhi, Sage

Publications, 2000.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.un.org/millenniumgoals

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

Human Development Reports, Government of Tamilnadu ‘Towards Equality’, Department

of Social Welfare, Ministry of Education, New Delhi, 1975.

248


Sem Course Code


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE

Total Assn OSS Test

TH LA RM RM RM

IV / V VBC0201FV FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S STUDIES ALLM TH 2 -- 10 10 20 40

IV / V VBC0202FV HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES ALLM TH 2 -- 10 10 20 40

TH-Theory; LA-Lab; LT-Lab-cum-Theory; RM-Required Maximum; Column of Offer To=> AU-Aided UG; SU-Self-Financed UG; AP-Aided PG; SP-Self-Financed PG; ALLM-All Major; ALLS-All Science; ALLH-All Humanities

Sem Course Code


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE

Total Seminar Class

Participation Class Assn.

Home Assn.

TH LA RM RM RM RM

I PGV0113V FOUNDATION COURSE ON WOMEN'S STUDIES ALLM TH 2 -- -- 10 20 20 50

II PGV2101V PERSPECTIVES ON GENDER ALLM TH 2 -- -- 10 20 20 50

TH-Theory; LA-Lab; LT-Lab-cum-Theory; RM-Required Maximum; Column of Offer To=> AU-Aided UG; SU-Self-Financed UG; AP-Aided PG; SP-Self-Financed PG; ALLM-All Major; ALLS-All Science; ALLH-All Humanities

Sem Course Code

Course Title Offer

To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn

Seminar FLab Total

Theory Lab Viva

Exam Hrs.

TH LA No RM No RM No RM RM GM RM TH Lab

III PGW3421E GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT ALLM TH 4 -- 2 1

40 20

-- -- -- -- 60 40 80 -- 2.30 --

TH-Theory; LA-Lab; LT-Lab-cum-Theory; RM-Required Maximum; GM-Given Maximum; Column of Offer To=> AU-Aided UG; SU-Self-Financed UG; AP-Aided PG; SP-Self-Financed PG; SM-MPhil; SD-Diploma; ALLM-All Major; ALLS-All Science; ALLH-All Humanities

249

CURRICULUM PLANNING AND EVALUATION CELL

• Non-Major Elective courses are broad-based Interdisciplinary courses jointly framed by ANY two

departments and offered in Semesters III and IV under Integrated Curricular Model. The course profile,

course contents and evaluation pattern are presented

• The credits of 'Core Communicative Skills' offered in Semesters I and II are changed from 1 to 2.

• The course code of Human Rights and Duties is changed from VBC0102V to VBC0202FV

• The Practical Functional Application components have been included in Part-I Tamil / Hindi / French

and Part-II English.

Sem. Course Code Course Title Offered To Hrs./ Week Credit Passed in

III BACS3201EP ADVERTISING ALLM 2 2

III BASS3201EI INTRODUCTION TO SELF ALLM 2 2

III BOCO3201EI GREEN PRACTICES IN PRODUCTION AND

MARKETING

ALLM 2 2

III BOEN3201EI ECOLOGY AND LITERATURE ALLM 2 2

III BOPE3201EI NUTRITION AND FITNESS ALLM 2 2

III BOTA3201EI TAMIL AND BOTANY ALLM 2 2

III BTCH3201EI NATURE INSPIRED NANOTECHNOLOGY ALLM 2 2

III BTCO3202EI FOOD SAFETY AND CONSUMERISM ALLM 2 2

III CACO3201EI e-ADVERTISING ALLM 2 2

III CHSS3201EI CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSICS ALLM 2 2

III CHZO3201EI FOOD, NUTRITION & HEALTH CARE ALLM 2 2

III COCS3201EP MULTIMEDIA FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS ALLM 2 2

III COCS3202EP DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

USING STATISTICAL PACKAGE

ALLM 2 2

III COHI3202EI MADURAI TOURISM ALLM 2 2

III COLA3201EI LAW FOR DAY-TO-DAY LIFE ALLM 2 2

III COMA3201EI FOUNDATION COURSE IN MATHEMATICS

AND COMMERCE FOR COMPETITIVE

EXAMINATIONS

ALLM 2 2

III COSS3201EI CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ALLM 2 2

III CSEN3201EI ENGLISH FOR E-PRESENTATION ALLM 2 2

III CSEN3202EP ANIMATION FOR LANGUAGE AND

LITERATURE

ALLM 2 2

III CSHN3201EP COMPUTER DOCUMENTATION TOOL FOR

HINDI

ALLM 2 2

III CSMA3201EI BASICS IN DISCRETE MATHEMATICS ALLM 2 2

III CSZO3204EP ALGORITHMS IN COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY ALLM 2 2

III ECHI3201EI INDIA AND THE WORLD ALLM 2 2

250

III ECMA3201EI BASICS OF PERSONAL FINANCE ALLM 2 2

III ENFR3201EI SPOKEN FRENCH ALLM 2 2

III ENPH3201EI SIGNS IN SCIENCE FICTION FILMS ALLM 2 2

III HIMA3201EI HISTORY AND MATHEMATICS FOR

COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

ALLM 2 2

III NCCE3201EE ORGANIZATION AND SOCIETAL SERVICES IN NCC

ALLM 2 2

III PEZO3201EI HEALTH CARE AND PHYSICAL FITNESS ALLM 2 2

III PHTA3201EI TAMIL LITERATURE AND PHYSICS ALLM 2 2

III SSPY3202EI UNDERSTANDING SELF ALLM 2 2

III TANT3201EL INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND

LANGUAGE EXERCISE

ALLM 2 2

III TANT3202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE - I ALLM 2 2

IV BABT4201EI MARKET DEVELOPMENT FOR

BIOTECHNOLOGY PRODUCT

ALLM 2 2

IV BACO4201EI e-RETAILING ALLM 2 2

IV BACS4201EP PROJECT MANAGEMENT ALLM 2 2

IV BAEN4201EI INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA AND

COMMUNICATION

ALLM 2 2

IV BAFR4201EI FUNCTIONAL FRENCH FOR HOTEL

MANAGEMENT

ALLM 2 2

IV BOMA4201EI MATHEMATICS IN PLANT SCIENCE ALLM 2 2

IV BOSS4201EI ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY ALLM 2 2

IV BTSS4201EI REPROGRAMMING THE BRAIN ALLM 2 2

IV CACO4201EI e-BANKING ALLM 2 2

IV CHCO4201EI WEALTH FROM WASTE ALLM 2 2

IV CHTA4201EI NATURAL FOOD AND CHEMISTRY ALLM 2 2

IV COCR4201EI PERSONAL FINANCE ALLM 2 2

IV COCS4201EP COMMERCIAL WEBSITE PREPARATIONS ALLM 2 2

IV COHN4201EI BUSINESS HINDI ALLM 2 2

IV COVB4201EI BUSINESS ETHICS ALLM 2 2

IV CSMA4201EP NUMERICAL METHODS USING SCILAB ALLM 2 2

IV ECHI4201EI ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA ALLM 2 2

IV ECMA4201EI LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND NETWORK ANALYSIS

ALLM 2 2

IV ENMA4201EI BASIC COURSE IN MATHEMATICS AND ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

ALLM 2 2

IV ENZO4201EI LITERATURE AND ENVIRONMENT ALLM 2 2

IV HIPH4201EI SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES IN HISTORICAL MONUMENTS

ALLM 2 2

251

IV NCCE4201EE NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND PERSONALITY

DEVELOPMENT

ALLM 2 2

IV PEPH4201EI SCIENCE OF SPORTS ALLM 2 2

IV PESD4201EP SELF DEFENCE FOR WOMEN ALLM 2 2

IV SSTA4201EI TAMIL AND PSYCHOLOGY ALLM 2 2

IV TANT4201EL LITERARY VALUES ALLM 2 2

IV TANT4202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE - II ALLM 2 2

BACS3201EP ADVERTISING

(Lab)



• understand the concept and process of advertising

• design advertisement layout for print and visual media.

• create advertisements using software.

COURSE OUTLINE :

EXPERIMENTS/LAB : 30 Hrs.

• Advertising – Definition – Need, role and scope – Types of advertising – Market segmentation,

Targeting and Theme identification – e-Advertising – Advertisements in Internet, Mobile phones and

Television.

• Principles of good advertising – Idea visualization – Copy writing – Headlines – Slogans – Illustrations –

layout – copy preparation – Audio recording – Audio mix – Video recording – Video mix.

• Creative aspects in visual media advertisements – Creation of Blogs – Social media networking –

Adobe page maker – Photoshop – Moving Images – Placing files – Advertising in web using HTML.

• Preparing the advertisement using software in print media – Coral draw – Clay animation – Preparing

the advertisement using software in visual media – adobe premiere, studio version, sound forge & Final

Cut Pro (FCP).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Adele Droblas Greenberg & Seth Greenberg, The complete reference-Photoshop 6, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw hill publishing company ltd, 2001.

Adobe creative team, Adobe Photoshop CS6 classroom in a book, First edition, United States, 2012.

Chunnawala and Sethia., Advertising Principles and Practices, New Delhi, Himalaya Publishing

House, 2001.

David Hillman, Multimedia: Technology and Applications, New Delhi, Galgotia Publications Pvt Ltd,

2007.

Gupta S.L., Dr. Ratna V.V, Advertising and Sales promotion, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and Sons,

2005.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.lfarryjordan.biz/final-cut-pro-xtutorial

http://www.lfarryjordan.biz/final-cut-pro-xtutorial

252

BACO4201EI e-RETAILING

(Theory)



• access the need for e-retailing strategies

• identify & implement the e-retailing techniques

• understand the e-retailing models

COURSE OUTLINE :


Meaning- Definition – Transition from Traditional Marketing to e-Marketing – Demographics and

Targeting – Adaptability and Closed – Loop Marketing, Advantages and Shortcomings of e-Retailing.

UNIT-II : e-RETAILING MODELS AND CHALLENGES 8 Hrs.

Pure Play, Click & Mortar, Catalog, Storefront Model, e-Retailing Strategies, e-Bay, Pantaloons, SIFY

Iway, Amazon, Challenges to e- Retailer in India – e-Retailing Pricing – Objectives, strategies – Indian

e-retailing examples

UNIT-III : FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNET RETAILING ADOPTION 8 Hrs.

Factors affecting e – Retailing – Consumer Typology, E-business Ontology – Criteria for effective e-

retailing – e-retailing benchmarking – Successful e-retail business

UNIT-IV : RECENT TRENDS IN e-TAILING 7 Hrs.

e-Retailing – The Current Trends- Current Trend Analysis and Measures – Current Status of Online

Retailing – e-Retailing Statistics – Social Media – on-line & off-line – Web analytic solution to online

retailers.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Gupta.S.L, Ramesh Mittal, Ruchi Nayyar, Retailing & e-Tailing, New Delhi, International Book House

Pvt Ltd, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Dave Chaffey, e-Business & e- Commerce Management, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, Pearson

Publication, 2011.

Turban,E.K, Electronic Commerce –A managerial perspective, New Delhi, Prentice Hall, 2006.

BOCO3201EI GREEN PRACTICES IN PRODUCTION AND MARKETING

(Theory)



• recognize green marketing and its importance to the environment from the perspective of businesses

and consumers

• analyse and discuss issues relating to the implementation strategies of green consumerism

• realize the relationship between the concepts of marketing with environmental issues.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MARKETING ENVIRONMENT 7 Hrs.

Today’s market environment –consumption pattern-consumer decision making process-Paradigm shift

in marketing and consumption pattern – need for green marketing – Definition – meaning – marketing

strategies for green economy – innovations and adoption -need for becoming green consumers

8 Hrs.

253

UNIT-II : GREEN BUSINESS

Role of business in designing green products-products with energy efficiency, waste reduction,

sustainability, climate control and redesigning existing products –recycled products-green promotions

and advertisements- Eco packaging and labeling- green consumerism- awareness and campaigning-

legal aspects

UNIT-III : GREEN MANUFACTURING METHODS 7 Hrs.

Methods of green manufacture, products of green manufacture - organic farming, ecofriendly green

products. Organic products - Food - Fruit and vegetables, Nuts and seeds, Flour and Grains, Herbs.

Processed foods - Organic juice, canned goods, frozen vegetables, Organic coffee, and Organic baby

food. Consumer goods - Organic clothing and footwear, Organic cosmetics and skincare products.

UNIT-IV : ECOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS 8 Hrs.

The interaction between the environment and consumption. Human influences on climate change,

atmosphere, water, land and biodiversity. Identifying marketing actions designed to influence the supply

and demand for energy, reduce climate change, and human impact on the atmosphere, water, land and

biodiversity

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

AmitabhaGhose, Green marketing strategies, Agartala, Icfai University Press, 2008.

Berry, T, The Great Work: Our Way into the Future, New York, NY: Bell Tower, 1999.

Bridges, C., & Wilhelm, W.B, Going beyond green, The why and how of integrating sustainability into

the marketing curriculum, Journal of Marketing Education, 2008.

Charter, M., & Polonsky, M. J, Greener marketing, A global perspective on greening marketing

practice, UK, Greenleaf Publishing Sheffield, 1999.

Esty, D. C., & Winston, A.S, Green to gold, How smart companies use environmental strategy to

innovate create value, and build competitive advantage, New Haven: Yale University Press, 2006.

Fuller, D. A, Sustainable marketing, Managerial-ecological issues, New York, Thousand Oaks CA:

Sage, 1999.

Ottman, J. A, Green marketing, Opportunity for innovation, 2, New York, Booksurge, 1998.

Ottman, J. A., Stafford, E. R., & Hartman, C. L ., Avoiding green marketing myopia, Environment,

2006, Chapters: 48(5), 22-36..

Sharma K. Arun, A Hand book of Organic Farming, Jodhpur, Agrobios (India), 2002.

BOEN3201EI ECOLOGY AND LITERATURE

(Theory)



• differentiate between nature and environment (issues and concerns).

• identify the interdependence in the web of life.

• interpret the importance of intrinsic value as opposed to instrumental value.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES OF AN ECOSYSTEM 8 Hrs.

The web of life, keystone species.

The Banian Tree- E.H.Aitkin. From A Naturalist on the Prowl.

In Homage: with Green thumbs.

254

UNIT-II : ABIOTIC FACTORS 7 Hrs.

Light, Temperature, Rainfall, Ecological succession

Jupiter Pluvius - E.H.Aitkin. From A Naturalist on the Prowl

UNIT-III : BIOTIC FACTORS 8 Hrs.

Predation Ecology. Population Ecology, Community Ecology.

Predator – Pallava Bagla.

UNIT-IV : HABITAT ECOLOGY 7 Hrs.

Fresh water & Marine Ecology, Terrestrial Ecology – Biomes.

The valley of the Gods – Devaraj Agarwal.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

In Homage: with Green thumbs,, 1905, Chapters: 5 page no: 171.

Aitkin , E.H, The Banian Tree-. From A Naturalist on the Prowl, 1905, Chapters: 5, page no.42-55.

Aitkin, E.H, Jupiter Pluvius From A Naturalist on the Prowl, 1905, Chapters: 7 page No 70-80.

Dash, M.C, Fundamentals of Ecology, 2, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd,

2001.

Devaraj Agarwal, The valley of the Gods – Reprinted from Srishti, I, 1994, Chapters: No-4., Page

No: 68-75.

Kormondy J. Edward, Concepts of Ecology, 4, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2007.

Pallava Bagla, Predator, 1994, Chapters: From BBC Wildlife Page No: 24..

Ravi Agarwal, Lqbal Malik, Walk on the wild side –Reprinted from Srishti, I, 1994, Chapters: No.4,

Page No: 12-19..

Russell J. Peter, Wolfe, L. Stephen, Hertz, E. Paul, Cecie Starr, Ecology, New Delhi, Cengage

Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2008.

BOPE3201EI NUTRITION AND FITNESS

(Theory)



• recognize the essentials of nutrition and fitness.

• overcome fitness barriers, make healthier choices.

• enable to choose & sustain the healthy lifestyle.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : BASIC PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION 7 Hrs.

Nutrition - essential nutrients, food groups (Basic five), nutritional guidelines, balanced diet. Nutrition for

healthy living – changing body composition, calculation of BMI.

UNIT-II : HEALTH ISSUES AND RELATED DIET PLANNING 8 Hrs.

Significance of nutrition in treatment and management of obesity, underweight, anaemia, peptic ulcer,

typhoid, diabetics, cardiovascular disease, irregular menstrual cycle and cancer. Stress – definition,

analysis of stressors and stress responses, strategies for managing - Counseling.

UNIT-III : FITNESS AND TYPES 7 Hrs.

Definition-Meaning- Concept of fitness- Need and Importance of Fitness- Types – Chronological,

Physiological, Mental, Health Related and Performance Related fitness

UNIT-IV : GENERAL HEALTH AND EXERCISE PROGRAMME 8 Hrs.

Indoor / outdoor exercises – Exercise program for different Age groups. Prescription for Hypertensive,

Diabetic and Obese persons.

255

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Hales,D, An Invitation to Fitness and Wellness, Belmont CA:Wadsworth, 2001.

Leeds,MJ, Nutrition for Healthy Living, Boston:Mc Graw Hill, 1998.

Williams,M, Nutrition for Fitness and Sport, 5, Madison: Brown & Benchmark, 1998.

BOTA3201EI TAMIL AND BOTANY

(Theory)



• jkpo; ,yf;fpaq;fspYs;s jhtutpay; nra;jpfis mwpjy;

• jhtu ,d tiffs;> jhtu tho;tpay; Fwpj;j jkpoh; rpe;jidfis mwpjy;.

• jkpouJ kuGtopg;gl;l jhtutpay; ghh;itfis kPl;nlLj;jy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : jhtutpay; mwpKfk 4 Hrs.

kdpjDk; ,aw;ifAk; - jhtu ,dKk; kdpj ,dKk; - jhtu tifg;ghL

UNIT-II : njhy;fhg;gpak; fhl;Lk; jhtutpay 8 Hrs.

njhy;fhg;gpah; Fwpg;gpLk; jhtug; ngah;fs; - kuk; - nrb - nfhb - Gjy; - Gy;

cs;sikg;gpay; tifg;ghL

Gy; tif (xU tpj;jpiyj;jhtuk; - Monocotyldons) - Gwtaph;g;Gilad - Gy;ypdj;jpd;

,iyAWg;Gg;ngah;fs; - gid (Borassus flabellifer) njd;id (Cocos nucifera) kutif (,U

tpj;jpiyj;jhtuk; - Dicotyldonous) - ku tif - mftaph;g;Gilad - kuj;jpw;Fhpa

cWg;Gg;ngah;fs; - ,y;yk; (Strychnos potatorum) My; (Ficus bengalensis).

tshpay;G Nehf;fpyhd tifg;ghL kw;Wk; G+tpd tifg;ghL :

kuj;jhtuk; - kUjk; (Terminalia arjuna) - Nfhl;Lg;G+ - kUjk;

nfhbj;jhtuk; - Ky;iy (Jasminum auriculatum) - nfhbg;G+ - Ky;iy

epyj;jhtuk; - FwpQ;rp (Strobilanthes Kunthiana) - epyg;G+ - FwpQ;rp

ePh;j;jhtuk; - jhkiu (Nelumbium speciosum) - ePh;g;G+ - jhkiu

UNIT-III : rq;f ,yf;fpak; fhl;Lk; jhtutpay 10 Hrs.

tshpay;G mbg;gilapyhd kuq;fs

td;kuk; (,Utpj;jpiy - Dicotyldons) - mff;fho; cilad - Ntk;G (Azadirachta indica)

nkd;kuk; (xUtpj;jpiy - Monocotyldons) - Gwf;fhOilad - %q;fpy; (Bambusa arundinacea)

Gy;YUtpj; jd;ikAila kuk; (Parasite) - re;jd kuk; (Santalum album).

tshpay;G mbg;gilapyhd nfhbfs; Nth;f;nfhb - kpsFf;nfhb (Piper nigrum)

glh;f;nfhb

(1) glh;f;nfhb (Creeper) - mLk;G (Ipomoea pescaprae)

(2) VWnfhb (Climber) - mjpuy; (Jasminum angustifolium)

gw;Wf; fk;gpf;nfhb (Tendril) - gPh;f;F (Luffa aegyptiaca) / fhe;js; (Gloriosa superba)

Rw;Wf;nfhb (Twiner) - mtiu (Lablab purpureus)

ngUq;nfhb - mWfk;Gy; (Cynodon dactylon).

tshpay;G mbg;gilapyhd nrbfs;

epyj;jhtuk; :

jiuj;jhtuk; - neUQ;rp (Tribulus terrestris)

nrb - Mtpiu (Cassia auriculata)

FWkuk; - fhah (Memecylon edule)

ePh;j;jhtuk; - Mk;gy; (Nymphaea pubescens)

256

ePhpy; kpjg;git (Plankton)- ghrp (Algae)

rhWz;zp (Saprophyte) - fhshd;

UNIT-IV : gpw ,yf;fpaq;fspy; jhtutpay 8 Hrs.

kdpj elj;ijfSk; jhtu ,ay;GfSk; - tw;wy; kuk; (jpUf;.7)> gad;kuk; (jpUf;.216)> gOkuk;

(ehyb. 21:2)> kUe;jhfpj; jg;gh kuk; (jpUf;. 217)> er;R kuk; (jpUf;. 1008)> $o;kuk; (go. 272)>

Ks;kuk; (jpUf;. 879)> kidkuk; (go.52)> ,ilad; vwpe;j kuk; (go.314)

XuZj; jhtuq;fs; - ghrp (ntw;wp Ntw;if 33)> fhshd;

jhtu tsh;r;rpapd; ,d;wpaikahj $Wfs; - Nth;> ePh;> fhw;W> #hpa xsp Mfpatw;wpd;

mtrpak; - (jpUf;. 16> ehd;. 64> ehd;. 41> ehd;. 30> go. 97> go.83> go. 311> go. 13>)[nl

jhtuq;fs; ,lk; ngah;Tj; jd;ik mw;wd - %Jiu 17

tpijj;jhtuj;jpd; ,ay;G - ntw;wp Ntw;if. 17> 34

xU gUtj; jhtuq;fs; (Annual) - ney;> thio> (ehd;. 2> ehd;. 82)

TEXT BOOK(S)

Nt.neLQ;nropad;, jkpoh; fz;l jhtutpay;, nrd;id, cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

fbfhryk;.e., jkpOk; gpw JiwfSk;, nrd;id, cyfj; jkpohuha;r;rp epWtdk;, 1994..

fhQ;rdh.,uh., rq;f ,yf;fpaj;jpy; epiyapay; caph;fs;, kJiu, kJiu fhkuhrh;

gy;fiyf;fofk;, 1998..

Re;ju Nrhgpj uh[;.Nf.Nf, jkpopy; jhtur; nra;jpfs;, ehfh; Nfhtpy;, Nrhgpjk; gjpg;gfk.

rhkp.gp.vy;.> , rq;f E}y;fspy; nrb nfhbfs;, GJr;Nrhp, jpUKb gjpg;gfk, 1991.

rPepthrd;.F, rq;f ,yf;fpaj; jhtuq;fs;, jQ;rhT+h;, jkpo;g; gy;fiyf;fofk;, 1987..

BOMA4201EI MATHEMATICS IN PLANT SCIENCE

(Theory)



• know the basic concepts in sequence and series

• identify the different types of inflorescence and phyllotaxy using Fibonacci sequence

• apply the mathematical concepts in botany.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : PHYLLOTAXY AND INFLORESCENCE 8 Hrs.

Kinds of leaves and its arrangement, shapes of lamina – types of venation and inflorescence-simple,

compound and special – types of inflorescence.

UNIT-II : FIBONACCI SEQUENCE 7 Hrs.

Definition of sequence, limits of sequence, special limits, the Fibonacci sequence and related problems.

Application of Fibonacci sequence.

UNIT-III : BIOLOGICAL LOGARITHMS & EXPONENTIAL SERIES 8 Hrs.

Basics of logarithms, Log-Log, semilog plots, Exponential growth and decay –Growth phase of bacteria,

bacterial cell division. Plant growth & cell division (Mitosis and meiosis). Application of maths in cell

division and related problems.

UNIT-IV : APPLICATION OF PROBABILITY 7 Hrs.

Sample space, collection of samples – Quadrat method, events, probability, applications in genetics-

sampling method, genetics- hybrid cross, tree diagram.

257

TEXT BOOK(S)

Batschelet.E, Introduction to Mathematics for Life Scientists, Springer International student edition,

1975, Chapters: Chapter 8.

Jagadish C. Arya and Robin W. Lardner, Mathematics for the Biological Sciences, Prentice- Hall,

1979, Chapters: Chapter 3 , 8 ( 8.1 – 8.4 )..

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arumugam S. and Isaac A, Sequences and series, Palayamkottai, New Gamma Publishing house,

2010.

Pandey S.N., and Misra SP, Taxonomy of Angiosperms, New Delhi, Anne Books India, 2008.

BOSS4201EI ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY

(Theory)



• define the various concepts in ecology

• relate the ecological principles and derive conclusions.

• evaluate the interdependency of human beings and nature.

• develop new initiatives for sustainable green living.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : BASIC CONCEPTS 7 Hrs.

Concept of Ecology – Characteristics of living systems, levels of organization, flow of energy,

interconnectedness of ecosystem.

Concept of Social Ecology - Definition, Ecological wisdom, Ecological Justice, Ecological balance,

Ecological democracy, Eco feminism, Ecological concerns, Ecological crisis.

UNIT-II : ECOLOGICAL CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES 8 Hrs.

Levels of biological Organization, Nature of species, Keystone species, Population viability/threshold,

Ecological resilience, Disturbance, Ecological principles for Conservation of biodiversity – protection of

species, maintenance of habitat, disturbance, influence of climate on ecosystem.

UNIT-III : CULTURAL ECOLOGY – CONCEPTUAL VIEWS OF CULTURE & SOCIETY 7 Hrs.

Human species, Ecology of human species, Impact on Nature, Ecology and consumption – Cultural

materialism – theoretical principles, Epistemological principle, Changing face of Earth – Earthquakes,

wind, glaciers, Erosion, Volcanoes, Relationship in 21st Century.

UNIT-IV : GREEN ENVIRONMENTALISM 8 Hrs.

Sustainable Living – Green living & thinking (dark green, light green and bright green) Green garden,

Green food, Green energy, Green market, Green Economy.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Chata Heller, Ecology of Everyday life, New York, Black Rose Book publishers, 1999.

Dash M.C, Fundamentals of Ecology, New Delhi, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing house Ltd, 2001.

Elizabeth Rogens, Thomas M. Rostigen, Cameron, The Green book, Everyday guide to saving the

planet one simple step at a time, New York, Peace Rivers Press, Crown Publishing group, 2007.

Eugene P. Odum, Ecology, The link between the natural & social sciences, Saunder Collge publishing

house, 1975.

Murray Bookehin, Philosophy of Social Ecology, New York, Black Rose Book Publishers, 1994.

Murray Bookehin, Remaking Society, New York, Black Rose Book Publishers, 1989.

258

Peter J. Russel, Stephen L. Wolfe, Paul E. Hertz & Cecie Starr, Ecology, New Delhi, Beverly Macmillan

Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2009.

Steffen Alex, World changing, A User’s guide for the 21st century, NewYork, Abrams Publisher, 2011.

WEBSITE(S) :

http: Beyond penguins.che.osu.edu/issue/earth

BTCO3202EI FOOD SAFETY AND CONSUMERISM

(Theory)



• evaluate the food safety and hazards

• propose the various types of food hazards

• apply the food safety and management systems

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FOOD SAFETY AND HAZARDS 7 Hrs.

Definition, types of hazards – physical, chemical & biological with examples, management of hazards –

temperature control, food storage & product design, factors affecting food safety – Importance of safe

foods – impact on health, identification of food adulterants

UNIT-II : FOOD HYGIENE 8 Hrs.

Principles of hygiene and its relation to food preparation, sources of contamination – control methods

using physical and chemical agents, personal hygiene, food handling habits, maintaining sanitation and

quality of foods, food safety measures

UNIT-III : CONSUMERS’ CONCERNS ON FOOD 7 Hrs.

Food safety and consumers’ concerns – implications - Significance, Issues and Challenges -HACCP -

Good Practices - Food Safety Education for Consumers-Consumer rights- Certifications mandatory for

products – Case studies

UNIT-IV : REGULATORY BODIES AND PRACTICES 8 Hrs.

Regulatory bodies and practices – Food Safety and Standards Act of 2006 - Prevention of Food

Adulteration Act, 1954 - Fruit Products Order, 1955 - The Food Safety and Standards Authority of

India(FASSI) - Role of food and Consumer Protection Department - Role of Food industries, Food

service sector, Government and NGOs - ethical consumerism – green consumerism. Identification of

food marking – Case studies

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Forsythe, S J, Microbiology of Safe Food, , USA, Blackwell Science, Oxford,2000&Sons, 1987.

Lawley, R., Curtis L. and Davis,J, The Food Safety Hazard, UK,, Guidebook , RSCpublishing,

Cambridge, 2004.

Mann J and Trueswell S.A, Essentials of human nutrition, 3rd Ed, USA, Oxford university press,

2002.

Shakuntala M. N and Shadaksharaswamy M, Foods – Facts and Principles, 2nd Ed, New Delhi, New

Age International Publishers, 2001.

Suitor C.W and Crowley M. F, Nutrition – Principles and application in health promotion, 2nd Ed,

Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co, 1984.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.fssai.gov.in/

259

BABT4201EI MARKET DEVELOPMENT FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY PRODUCT

(Theory)



• identify the commercial aspects of biotechnology

• develop themselves as effective professionals

• apply the management principles to sciences of biotechnology

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN BIOTECHNOLOGY CONTEXT 8 Hrs.

National & international status of biotechnology industries, Products – SCP – Spirulina, Biofertilizer –

Azolla, herbal formulations, vermicomposting etc., – recycling and value addition

UNIT-II : BIOTECH ENTREPRENEUR BASICS 7 Hrs.

Qualities of a biotech entrepreneur, Industry trends, Raising capital – Financial Assistance by

Government sectors- DST, DSIR, DBT, MSME, NSIC, special schemes to women entrepreneur -

TREAD, Bank loans - The Small Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) – Mahila Udyam Nidhi &

Mahila Vikas Nidhi, Venture capitalists (VC) and Private equity (PE) Ethical Issues – Regulation of

Biotech industry

UNIT-III : BASIC MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES 8 Hrs.

Introduction - Managerial Functions - Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing & Controlling; Levels of

Management – Strategic, Tactical & Operational Managers; Managerial Roles, Qualities & Skills;

Management Trends - Business Ethics

UNIT-IV : MARKETING MIX 7 Hrs.

Marketing – Meaning, Definition, Need & Significance – Marketing Mix – Product / Service –

Characteristics; Pricing, Place – Channels of Distribution; Promotion

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich & Ramachandra Aryasri A, Principles of Management, New Delhi,

Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006.

Hine D., Kapeleris J, Innovation and Entrepreneurship in Biotechnology, an International

perspective-Concepts, theories & cases, USA, Edward Elgar publishing Ltd, 2006.

Moussalli C and the staff of vault, Vault career guide to biotech, New Delhi, New Age International

Publishers, 2006.

Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, New Delhi, Prentice Hall India, 2004.

Pisano G.P, Science Business: The Promise, the Reality, and the Future of Biotech, Boston,

Harvard Business School Press, 2006.

Sherlaker S.A, Marketing Management, New Delhi, Himalaya Publishing House, 2004.

Tripathi P.C., Reddy P.N, Principles of Management, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing House

Ltd, 2008.

WEBSITE(S) :

• http://www.dcmsme.gov.in/

• http://www.msmedi-chennai.gov.in/MSME/

• http://india.smetoolkit.org/india/en

• http://nenonline.org/

• http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/367/12/12_chapter4.pdf

260

BTSS4201EI REPROGRAMMING THE BRAIN

(Theory)



• discover that behavioral change can be planned and programmed

• develop a practical approach to personal change

• apply a specific model of NLP for personal excellence

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : BRAIN 8 Hrs.

Regions of the brain and its behavioral function- Fore brain- centers of thinking and learning-cortex,

Seat of emotional experiences-Limbic systems, mid brain-Sensation and consciousness, hind brain-

balance and muscular coordination Sensory inputs and acquisition of knowledge

UNIT-II : NEURO LINGUISTIC PROGRAMMING (NLP) - THE TECHNOLOGY FOR

TRANSFORMATION

7 Hrs.

Origin, Proponents, Basic assumptions and presuppositions (Self-reflective activities), autosuggestions

UNIT-III : MISSION IMPOSSIBLE 7 Hrs.

Importance of being motivated and having a life’s mission: Mission discovering process, creating a

mission for others, Biography of great personalities (Mahatma Gandhi, Mother Teresa, Nelson Mandela,

Karl Marx, Martin Luther King, Vivekananda, Abdul Kalam)

UNIT-IV : GET-SET-GO: MISSION, ROLES, GOALS 8 Hrs.

Roles for goal setting and achievement, Effectiveness in one’s life roles. Approaches to achieving goals:

Pitfalls in traditional approach , Goal achievement through NLP

TEXT BOOK(S)

Andreas S and Faulkner C, NLP: the new technology of achievement, London, Nicholas Brealy

publication, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Antony DJ, Psychotherapies in Counselling, Tamil Nadu, Anugraha Publication, 2003.

Bear MF, Connors BW, Parediso MA, Neuroscience – Exploring the brain, (2Ed), USA, Lippincott

Williams and Wilkins,, 2004.

Beatty I, The Human Brain – Essentials of Behavioural Neuroscience, California, Sage Publications

Inc, 2001.

Sternberg RJ, Psychology, 4 Ed, USA, Wadsworth, 2004.

BTCH3201EI NATURE INSPIRED NANOTECHNOLOGY

(Theory)



• recognize the difference between bulk and nanosize

• illustrate the difference between natural and man-made nanomaterials

• define the tools to study the nanomaterials

• explain the nanoscience practiced in nature

261

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO NANOSICENCE 6 Hrs.

Definition of terms - nano, nanoscale, nanomaterials, nanoscience, nanotechnology - scale of materials

- natural and manmade - Historical perspective - nanoscience practiced during ancient, medieval and

modern periods - Pioneers and contributors to the field of nanoscience .

UNIT-II : NANOMATERIALS 8 Hrs.

Fabrication of nanomaterials - top-down and bottom-up approaches, - Natural nanomaterials-organic ,

inorganic and biological origin - Man made nanomaterials - A basic study on the structure of carbon

based nanomaterials Semiconductor quantum dots, Metalllic nanocolloids and applications.

UNIT-III : TOOLS FOR NANOMATERIALS 8 Hrs.

Characterization methods - microscopic techniques - resolution of images, principles and

instrumentation of SEM, TEM, STM and AFM-importance and application of each technique.

UNIT-IV : BIO INSPIRED NANOTECHNOLOGY 8 Hrs.

Nanotechnology in the following natural systems: Lotus leaves, Moth eye, Gecko foot , Water

strider, Sand fish , Spider silk, and Butterfly wings. Nano products fabricated based on inspirations from

nature-self cleaning paints, antireflective coatings - water resistant fabrics - strong and stretchy

nanocomposites - tear resistant fabrics and packaging materials - microfabricated adhesives - solar

cells with efficient antireflective properties - biomimetic surfaces for different applications.

WEBSITE(S) :

http;//www.scientificamerican.com/

http;//carbon .cudenver.edu/

CHSS3201EI CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSICS

(Theory)



• identify the complex nature of criminal behavior

• analyse the cause of crime and dealings with criminals

• summarize the techniques involved in the field of criminology and forensics

• describe the role of chemistry and other branches of science in solving crimes

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NATURE OF CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIME 7 Hrs.

Criminology, Penology and Criminal Law - Definition and characteristics - Crime Definitions and

Characteristics - Theories of Criminology - Classical and Neo - Classical, and positive - History and

Development of Forensic Science - Services of the Crime Laboratory - Functions of forensic scientists

UNIT-II : CAUSATION AND PREVENTION OF CRIME 7 Hrs.

Crime Causes - Heredity, biophysical, psychological and sociological - Types of Crimes - organized

white collar and cyber crime - Types of criminals - Habitual, Professional and White Collar criminals -

The Crime Scene - Securing and Recording the Crime Scene - Evidence Collection Techniques - Chain

of custody - Crime prevention and problems in prevention

UNIT-III : FORENSIC INVESTIGATION OF PHYSICAL EVIDENCES 8 Hrs.

Definition of physical evidence, classification of physical evidence, types of physical evidences.

262

Glass and Soil - Physical properties - comparing glass fragments - collection and preservation of

glass evidence - forensic characteristics of soil - collection and preservation of Soil Evidence.

Fingerprints - Fundamental principles of fingerprints - classification of fingerprints - methods of

detecting fingerprints - preservation of developed prints.

Document and Voice Examination - Collection of handwriting exemplars - typescript

comparisons - inks and papers - alterations, erasures, and obliterations - voice examination.

UNIT-IV : FORENSIC INVESTIGATION BASED ON BIOLOGICAL PHYSICAL EVIDENCES 8 Hrs.

Hair and Fibre -Morphology of hair - identification and comparison of hair - collection and

preservation of hair evidence - types of fibre - collection and preservation of fibre evidence.

Forensic Serology - blood typing - forensic characterization of bloodstains -paternity testing -

forensic characterization of semen - collection of rape evidence - DNA: The indispensable forensic

science tool - recombinant DNA -DNA typing.

Forensic Toxicology - Toxicology of alcohol - breath test instruments (breath analyzer)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ahuja Ram, Criminology, Jaipur, Rawat Publications, 2000.

Anthony Giddens, Sociology, UK, Poetry Press Cambridge, 2000.

Eckert G. William, Introduction to Forensic Sciences, Second Edition, Newyork,Washington, CRC

Press, 1996.

Paranjape N.V, Criminology and Penology, Allahabad, Central Law Publications, 2010.

Saferstein, Richard, Crimanalistics, An Introduction to Forensic Science, Fifth Edition, Prentice Hall,

1995.

Sutherland, Edion H & Donald R cressey, David F. Lucken bup, Principles of Criminology, Rowman &

Littlefiled, 1992.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.yadkin.k12.nc.us/webpages/jsewell/forensics.cfm

CACO3201EI e-ADVERTISING

(Theory)



• describe the concept of e- Advertisement concept

• apply the concept of visual marketing and web advertising

• know the applications of meta tag, search engine and mobile marketing

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : e – ADVERTISING 7 Hrs.

Definition-types of e-advertisement - Ad server - Article -Digital marketing - In-text advertising -Inbound

marketing - Product feed - Real-time marketing- Social media optimization

UNIT-II : VISUAL MARKETING 8 Hrs.

Web banner-Online presence management- Web advertising- Ad filtering-Advertising network-Article

marketing-Affiliate marketing

UNIT-III : e-MAIL ADVERTISING 8 Hrs.

e-mail advertising: e-mail spam-opt-in e-mail advertising-spamming-In-text advertising-- Mobile

Advertising: Mobile Marketing-Mobile Development-WAP-Online classified advertising-Overlay-Pay per

click-Pay per play-Performance-based advertising-Pop-up ad

263

UNIT-IV : SEARCH ENGINES 7 Hrs.

Search Engines – Meta Tags-Web banner – e- advertisement Policies and guidelines

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Katie Haegele, e – Advertising and e-Marketing online opportunities, First Edition, New York, The

Rosen Publishing Group, 2001.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Online_advertising

www.iam-magazine.com/issues

CACO4201EI e-BANKING

(Theory)



• explain Electronic Banking & Core Banking

• use Online Banking

• recognize e-Builder solutions

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ELECTRONIC BANKING 8 Hrs.

Traditional Banking vs e-Banking-Facets of e-Banking -e-Banking transactions -truncated cheque and

Electronic cheque - Models for e-banking- Bank with in Bank Advances of e-Banking-Constraints in e-

Banking.-Distribution channels- Teller Machines at the Bank Counters- Cash dispensers

UNIT-II : ONLINE BANKING 8 Hrs.

Introduction –concept and meaning-the electronic delivery channels- need for computerization-

Automated Teller Machine(ATM) -on site and off site ATMs- WL ATMs-–Electronic Fund Transfer(EFT)-

NEFT- RTGS uses –computerization in clearing houses- MICR Code

UNIT-III : CORE BANKING 7 Hrs.

Electronic products- Core Banking Technology - Home banking (Corporate and personal) Electronic

Payment systems through on line Banking - Online enquiry and update facilities

UNIT-IV : e-BANKING SECURITY 7 Hrs.

Attack-Cyber crimes-Reasons for Privacy- Tampering-Encryption –Meaning-Encryption process-

cryptography-Data Encryption Standard (DES)-e-Security Solution-e-Locking technique-e-Locking

Services

TEXT BOOK(S)

RayuduC.S., e-Commerce, Mumbai, Himalaya Publishing House, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

BhushanDewan, e-Commerce, New Delhi, S.Chand Limited, 2002.

Mahmood Shah, Steve Clarke, e-Banking Management: Issues, Solutions and Strategies, USA, IGI

Global, Hershey, 2009.

COCS3201EP MULTIMEDIA FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS

(Lab)



• describe the basics of IT enabled effective communications systems

• apply different types of presentation patterns using Flash, Photoshop and Windows Moviemaker

• acquire designing and animation skills

264

COURSE OUTLINE :


OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

Menu options - Tools – filter effects – Masking

FLASH

Animation using Motion tween – Animation using shape tween – Guide layer – Masking-Morphing.

WINDOWS MOVIE MAKER

Understanding collections, projects and movies-Saving a movie-Preparing to create a video-Creating

and improving audio-Capturing video-Captivating pictures-

IMAGE IMPORT AND EXPORT

Importing Existing Digital Media Files-Previewing Projects and clips-Editing Projects, clips

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

AdleDroblas Greenberg & Seth Greenberg, Photoshop – The Complete Reference, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2001.

Dinesh Maidasani, Photoshop Cs3, Firewall Media, New Delhi, Laxmi Publications Pvt.Ltd., 2009.

Jan Ozer, Movie Maker For Windows,Visual Quick Start Guide, First Edition, United Kingdom,

Pearson Education Pvt Ltd, 2004.

Seth Mcevoy, Microsoft Windows Media(Tm) Player For Windows Xp, Handbook, United States of

America, Microsoft Press Redmond, 2001.

Tay Vaughan, Multimedia : making it work, New Delhi, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.

Woods P.S, Macromedia Flash MxDevolopers Guide, New Delhi, TataMcGraw-Hill Publications,

2002.

COCS4201EP COMMERCIAL WEBSITE PREPARATIONS

(Lab)



• design and develop basic web pages using HTML and CSS styles

• use Images in Web pages

• create tables in Web pages

COURSE OUTLINE :


HTML

Designing commercial website using Body and text commands – Basic paragraph & text tags – Text

style – Applying colour values – Present price tags and tariff using tables – Hyperlink

IMAGE HANDLING IN HTML

Linking GIF and JPEG files– Forms – Form objects – Frames, CSS style sheets-layout-Browser

FRONT PAGE

Commercial website Designing and formatting using different tools – Adding List-With Body Elements-

Images and Fonts-Table Layouts –Frames-Forms

WEB SCRIPTING

Java script-Variable – operator- Built-in functions

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Allen D.W. and Johnsons, The Learning Guide to the Internet, New Delhi, BPB Publications, 2006.

Jian, Internet and Web Page Designing, New Delhi, Prentice hall of India Pvt Ltd., 2002.

McCoy J., Mastering Web Design, New Delhi, Golgotha Publishers, 2000.

Paul Helinski, Website Automation Toolkit, New york, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 1998.

265

COSS3201EI CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

(Theory)



• describe Corporate Social Responsibility

• relate the need and relevance of CSR

• evaluate merits of CSR

• propose innovative CSR ideas

COURSE OUTLINE :


CSR - Definition, Concept, principles, importance and benefits - Factors influencing CSR.

UNIT-II : PURPOSE OF CSR 8 Hrs.

Rationale behind CSR - Distinction between CSR and Philanthropy -Responsibility to employees,

community and shareholders – Relevant provisions of CSR under the Companies Act 2013

UNIT-III : DIMENSIONS OF CSR 7 Hrs.

The driving forces – market based pressure - civil society -the regulating environment of India. Triple

Bottom line approach of CSR – Introduction to Social Accounting and Social Audit

UNIT-IV : FACETS OF CSR 8 Hrs.

Corporate Best Practices-Types of CSR support-Multi stakeholder partnerships; Advances in Corporate

Social Responsibility, Corporate Social Responsibility in Global Context. Initiatives of the Industry;

NGO’s - Multilateral agencies and other institutional actors.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Balachandran, Corporate Governance Ethics & Social Responsibility, New Delhi, PHI Learning

Private Limited, 2013.

Mandal .B.N, Corporate Social Responsibility in India, New Delhi, Global vision publishing house,

2012.

CHCO4201EI WEALTH FROM WASTE

(Theory)



• categorize the waste

• identify the methods of collection and storage of waste

• design the waste management strategies

• translate waste into wealth

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE 7 Hrs.

Definition of waste - Classification of waste, , General solid waste (putrescible & non-putrescible),

special waste- biomedical waste, Asbestos waste, Waste tyres- Hazardous waste, liquid waste , e-

waste. Classification of waste using chemical assessment - methods for determining specific

contaminant concentration (SCC) and toxicity characteristics leaching procedure (TCLP), Classifying a

waste using the SCC test and TCLP.

UNIT-II : COLLECTION , SEGREGATION AND STORAGE OF WASTE 8 Hrs.

Collection- Methods of Collection –primary & secondary collection and facilities for processing

Segregation - principles, planning,colour coding of the segregated waste,packaging

Storage- primary and secondary storage of wastes

266

UNIT-III : WASTE MANAGEMENT 7 Hrs.

Hierarchy, 3R concept and current practices, waste treatment- Physical-chemical method, biological

methods, thermal methods, waste to energy, Resource recovery from solid wastes –composting,

Refuse Derived Fuel(RDF), Plastic to petroleum.

UNIT-IV : CONVERSION OF WASTE INTO WEALTH 8 Hrs.

Role and responsibilities of consumers and households as active participants in the system - innovative

ways to eliminate excessive fuel, packaging, and e-waste - Role of Government –waste management

Act in India –Management of hazardous, plastic and biomedical waste by Tamil Nadu Pollution Control

Board – commercialization of waste at regional, state and national level.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DarshiniMahadevia, Jeanne M. Wolfe, Solid Waste Management in Indian Cities: Status and

Emerging Practices, New Delhi, Concept Publishing Company, 2008.

John Pichtel, Waste management practices, Municipal, Hazardous and Industrial, United States of

America, CRC press Taylor and Francis group, 2005.

Kathleen Langmore, Minimum Requirements for The Handling, Classification and Disposal of

Hazardous Waste, Third Edition, Republic of South Africa, Department of Water Affairs & Forestry,

2005.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.environment.nsw.gov.au

COLA3201EI LAW FOR DAY-TO-DAY LIFE

(Theory)



• understand laws relating to transfer of property

• apply the provision of stamp act and registration act at the time of registration of property

• understand the provisions of the Consumer Protection Act

• interpret the provisions of domestic violence act & right to information act

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND TRANSFER OF PROPERTY 8 Hrs.

Law and its Origin – Common Law, Equity Law, Statute Law- Stamping and Registration Requirements

as to Transfer of Property- Place of Registrations – Effects.

UNIT-II : CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT 7 Hrs.

Consumer Protection Act – Features – Consumer Forum

UNIT-III : RIGHT TO INFORMATION ACT 7 Hrs.

Right to Information Act – Features

UNIT-IV : DOMESTIC VIOLENCE ACT 2005 8 Hrs.

Domestic Violence Act 2005 – Definition of Terms – Domestic Violence – Protection Officers Powers

and Duties – Shelter Homes – Medical Facilities – Service Providers – Procedures for obtaining Orders

and Reliefs

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

N.D.Kapoor, General & Commercial Law, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2004.

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

Relevant Bare Acts

267

COCR4201EI PERSONAL FINANCE

(Theory)



• list her own personal financial goals

• manage cash & prepare personal balance sheet

• analyse the risks & benefits of different assets

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO PERSONAL FINANCE 6 Hrs.

Introduction – personal finance - key principles for using wealth – Basic principles on wealth.

UNIT-II : PERSONAL GOALS 8 Hrs.

Setting personal Goals – Budgeting – Developing a Budget – Networth Calculation. Using personal

Balance Sheet – Personal Income statement – Tax planning.

UNIT-III : CASH MANAGEMENT 6 Hrs.

Cash management – Cash management alternatives – Types of financial Institutions – Time Frame to

effective Management of Finances-Consumer – Mortgage Loans.

UNIT-IV : ASSET CLASS 10 Hrs.

Investments – Ten principles of Investing – understanding Investment Hour glass – Insurance Planning

- Risk& Benefits of major Asset class – understanding of Risk of Return of major Asset Class.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Charles P Jones, Investments Principles and Concepts, Calcutta, Wiley India (P) Ltd, 2010.

Jach R. Kapoor, LeSR Dlabay Robert J. Hughes, Personal Finance, Eight Edition, New Delhi, Tata


Joshi V.C., e-finance the future is here, Los Angeles, SAGE Publications, 2010.

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

Introduction to Financial Planning Indian Institute of Banking & Finance, Taxmann Publications

(P) Ltd., Third Edition, New Delhi 2011

COVB4201EI BUSINESS ETHICS

(Theory)



• recognize ethical considerations and values relevant to business activity

• evaluate the ethics of particular business decisions and general practices in business

• appraise the role of ethics in profession

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : BASICS OF BUSINESS ETHICS 8 Hrs.

Business Ethics – Genesis - Concepts, Elements, Nature, Evolving Ethical Values - Ethical Principles in

Business – Ethics in Advertising - Indian perspective - Arguments against business ethics

UNIT-II : ETHICAL ISSUES 8 Hrs.

Types of Ethical issues - Bribes - Coercion - Deception - Theft - Unfair Discrimination Ethical Dilemma –

Need for making Ethical Decisions – Ethical Solution – Need for Code of Ethics

UNIT-III : ETHICAL MANAGEMENT 8 Hrs.

Role of Organizational Culture in Ethics - Structure of Ethics Management - Ethics Committee - Holistic

approach for Managers in Decision-making – Subordinates’ ethical issues - Ethics in practice -

professional ethics for functional managers

6 Hrs.

268

UNIT-IV : PROFESSIONAL ETHICS

Work ethics - Integrity – Civic manners - Respect – Peaceful co-existence – Time Management –

Empathy - Loyalty

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bhatia S.K., Business Ethics and Corporate Governance, New Delhi, Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.

Ltd., 2007.

David J. Fritzsche, Business Ethics: Global & Managerial Perspective, New York, Tata McGraw-Hill

Publishing Co. Ltd., 1997.

Murthy CSV, Indian Constitution and Professional Ethics, Mumbai, Himalayan Publishing House,

2006.

Raghavan M.P., Professional Ethics and Human Values, Chennai, Scitech Publication India Pvt. Ltd.,

2006.

Ramaswamy Namakumari, Strategic Planning - Formulation of Corporate Strategy, New Delhi,

MacMillan India Ltd, 1999.

Sherlekar S.A., Ethics in Management, Mumbai, Himalaya Publishing House, 2012.

COCS3202EP DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION USING STATISTICAL PACKAGE

(Lab)



• choose and apply appropriate descriptive and bivariate statistical techniques to address research

questions and hypotheses.

• implement the analysis through SPSS and interpret the findings.

• demonstrate and evaluate data analysis skills useful in the process of assessing the adequacy of policy

in relation to human needs and in taking planned action to develop and change social and economic

policy

COURSE OUTLINE :


INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICAL PACKAGE:

Introduction to Statistics - Creating databases - reading data set - defining variable - sorting -

computing.

MANAGING AND EDITING DATA

Tables for statistical attributes - table of frequencies - formatting and editing tables and charts.

(pie, bar)-merging files.

FREQUENCIES AND DISCRIPTIVE STATISTICS

Basic descriptive statistics - measures of central tendency-measures of dispersion-frequencies

and distributions – Cross tabulation.

COMPARATIVE AND MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS

Comparing groups using parametric – non-parametric statistics –correlation- regression.

Comparing the Means and Distributions of Sub-Groups of a Variable - Error Bar, T-Test, ANOVA, and

Non-parametric Tests.

269

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Arthur Griffith, SPSS for Dummies, Second, New Delhi, Wiley Publishing, 2010.

Rajathi.A and Chandran.P, SPSS for you, New Delhi, MJB Publishers, 2010.

Vijay Gupta, SPSS for Beginners, New Delhi, Published by VJBooksInc, 1999.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.spsstools.net

www.psych.utoronto.ca/courses/c1/spss/

www.stat.tamu.edu/spss.php/

CSEN3202EP ANIMATION FOR LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE

(Lab)



• apply the techniques of animation

• implement e-content through ULEAD and PHOTOSHOP

• develop modules for teaching and self learning

COURSE OUTLINE :


PRE PRODUCTION AND INTRODUCTION TO FLASH:

Theory, Story Boarding, Illustrations, Games Project-Introducing Flash-The Authoring

Environment-Frames and Keyframes-Tweens and Guides-Nested Timelines-Mask Layers-Color

Settings, Filters, and Blend Modes-Color Settings, Filters, and Blend Modes-Buttons- Button

ActionScript – Movie Clips – Dynamic Text

ULEAD:

Understanding the Basics – Shooting and Editing Video- Editing Techniques – Rhythm, Motion

and Effects-Editing Sound-Titles and Output- Blog creation

CREATING A TEACHING MODULE:

Rhymes, Grammar

SELF LEARNING MODULE

Prose,Poetry

WEBSITE(S) :

http://forums.creativecow.net/archivethread/10/423161

270

CSZO3204EP ALGORITHMS IN COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY

(Lab)



• describe the principles of biologically inspired computing algorithms

• discuss the rationale for, advantages and limitations of biologically inspired computing

• infer the variety of implementations of biologically inspired computing algorithms and the value of their

application to real world data

COURSE OUTLINE :


BIOPERL:

Introduction-Installation-Writing a script-Creating a Sequence and an object-Writing a sequence to

file-Retrieving a sequence-Retrieving single and multiple sequence from database-Sequence Object-

Translating-sequence statistics-Indexing for fast retrieval –Searching for gene- Using EMBOSS

applications with Bioperl

GRAPH THEORY & BIOLOGICAL DATABASES:

Application of graph theory in Biology:-Biochemical Pathway, Protein-protein interaction network,

Regulatory network and their analysis. Biological databases: Their needs and challenges. Example of

different biological databases – sequence, structure, function, micro-array, pathway, etc.

GENETICS:

Protein structure: Introduction-Protein motif recognition: profile methods and hidden Markov

methods-Protein threading-Energy minimization – molecular dynamics-Lattice models for protein

folding-RNA secondary Structure Prediction- Biological databases and database searching: BLAST,

gapped BLAST, FASTA-Literature databases and natural language searches

GENOME PROJECT AND SEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Introduction to the human genome project and sequencing strategies-String searching and time

and space-String searching and probability/statistical significance-Sequence alignments: global

alignments, dynamic programming-Sequence alignments: local alignments-Substitution matrices: PAM

and BLOSSUM- Alignment statistics -Multiple sequence alignment-Simple Markov models, statistical

models and parameter estimation-Hidden Markov models, expectation maximization-Neural nets,

generalized HMMs for gene finding-Prokaryotic and eukaryotic gene recognition-Genome analysis.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Durbin.R, Eddy.S.R,Krogh.A and Mitchison.G, Biological Sequence Analysis: Probabilistic Models

of Proteins and Nucleic acids, United States, Cambridge University Press, 1998.

Ricki Lewis, Human Genetics: The Basics, First, United States, Routledge Publisher, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Dan Gusfield Algorthims on Strings,, Trees and Sequences : Computer Science andComputational

Biology ,, United Kingdom, Cambridge University Press. ISBN-10: 0521585198, 1997.

Durbin.R, Eddy.S,Krogh.A, MitchisonBiological sequence analysis : Probabilistic models of

Proteins and Nucleic acids, United Kingdom, Cambridge University Press 0-521-62971-3, 1998.

271

Michael.S.Waterman, Introduction to Computational Biology : Maps, Sequences and Genomes.

Waterman, Florida, Chapman and Hall/ CRC Press ISBN-10: 0412993910, 1995.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.bioperl.org

BACS4201EP PROJECT MANAGEMENT

(Lab)



• identify and apply the concepts and process of Project Management.

• acquire knowledge on Opportunities, Managing and Administering Project.

• analyze and implement software tool to design and schedule projects.

COURSE OUTLINE :


PROJECT MANAGEMENT – An Overview

Project – Definition, Characteristics and Participants –Project Opportunities & Sources - New

Projects, Global Projects and Investment Opportunities – Project Life Cycle.

PROJECT ADMINISTRATION

Work Breakdown Structure - Project Scheduling-Components of a good Planning Technique &

Planners Tool Kit - Network Techniques PERT / CPM – Project Cost Control – Time & Cost overruns &

its reasons for overruns.

INTRODUCTION TO MS PROJECT

Create a Project – Add Tasks/Sub-Tasks of various types – Using Milestones – Insert and Delete

tasks - Linking tasks – Define general working times, changing, deleting calendar – Assigning

Resources and people – Setting Constraints - Preparing Work breakdown structure – Setting Elapsed

Time - Change Timeline

PROJECT SCHEDULING & CONTROLLING USING MS PROJECT

Project schedule – Working with Project network diagrams – Gantt chart – Critical path method –

Program evaluation and review techniques (PERT) – changes to project schedule – Leveling the

resources - Tracking project as scheduled – Customizing Tables and Views – Working with various

Reports

TEXT BOOK(S)

Kathy Schwalbe, Information Technology Project Management Revised 6e, United States, Cengage

Learning, 2011.

Kesava Rao.P.C., Project Management & Control, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Harvey Maylor, Project Management, 3rd, New Delhi, Pearson Education, 2005.

Scott Berkun, The Art of Project Management, United States, O’Reilly Publication, 2008.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.simplilearn.com/MS-Project-Training

www.tutorialspoint.com/management_concepts/?

272

CSMA4201EP NUMERICAL METHODS USING SCILAB

(Lab)



• acquire knowledge on the basics of SCILAB.

• apply the methods in SCILAB for solving problems

• write programs for numerical problems using SCILAB.

COURSE OUTLINE :


INTRODUCTION TO SCILAB

Programs to work in SCILAB Environment, Scalars, Vectors, Complex numbers and Matrices –

Programs to get Graphic output by Plotting.

PROGRAMMING IN SCILAB

Programs to implement Operators and Flow control statements – Programs to handle Matrices

with Loops – Programs to implement User defined functions and String handling functions.

SOLVING TRANSCENDENTAL AND ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS

Programs to solve algebraic and transcendental equation by bisection method, false position

method and Newton-Raphson method. Programs for solving linear system of equations using Gauss

elimination method and Gauss Jordan method.

DIFFERENTIATION & INTEGRATION

Numerical Differentiation: Programs for Numerical Differentiation using Newton’s Forward and

Backward difference formulae. Numerical Integration: Programs for numerical integration using

Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 rd and 3/8th rules.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.scilab.org

www.scilab.in/spoken-tutorial

http://www-irma.u-strasbg.fr/

ECMA3201EI BASICS OF PERSONAL FINANCE

(Theory)



• acquire knowledge of the various investment avenues and sources of loans

• take rational decisions on personal savings and loans

• plan their finances in a comprehensive manner in real life situations

273

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : FINANCIAL MARKETS AND STOCK MARKETS 7 Hrs.

Money – Kinds – Value of money – Fluctuations – Business Cycle – Phases – Financial Market – Stock

Market – SENSEX – NIFTY, BSE, NSE.

UNIT-II : PERSONAL FINANCE 8 Hrs.

a. Savings: Fixed Deposits, Recurring Deposits, Savings Bank Deposits , Post Office Savings,

Public Provident Fund – Gold – Mutual Funds, Shares – Insurance: Health and Life – Real

Estate

b. Loans: Education, Housing and Personal loans.

UNIT-III : 7 Hrs.

Simple Interest – Compound Interest – Annuities.

UNIT-IV : 8 Hrs.

Application – Rate of interest – Continuous compounding – Value of Money – Amount of annuity – EMI.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Amar Pandit, Financial Planning Book, New Delhi, Network 18 publications private limited, 2012,

Chapters: Unit-II-Chapters 9, 10 and 11.

Harvinder Kaur, Stock Market Volatality in India, New Delhi, Deep & Deep publications Pvt., Ltd.,,

2002, Chapters: Stock Market -Pages 195 - 225..

Petr Zima, Robert. L. Brown,, Schaum outlines - Mathematics of Finance, 2nd edition, USA, McGraw

Hill company Inc., 1996.

Sankaran.S, Money Banking and International Trade, Chennai, Margham Publications, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Chauhan Manish, 16 Personal Finance Principles Every Investor Should Know, New Delhi, Network

18 Publications, 2013.

Janeka Ane Madisyn, National Stock Exchange of India, Plic press, 2011.

Jean Soper, Mathematics for Economics and Business, New Delhi, Atlantic Publishers, 2002.

Rakesh Shahani, Financial Market in India, New Delhi, Anambika publishers, 2008, Chapters: Pages:

1 - 17.

Sukhani Sudarshan, Trading the Markets, New Delhi, Vision Books, 2013.

Sundaram K.P.M., Money, Banking and International Trade, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2010.

Teresa Bradley & Paul Patton, Essential Mathematics for Economics and Business, New Delhi,

Wiley India, 2008.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.mywealthguide.com

ECHI4201EI ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA

(Theory)



• recognise the historical factors which played a significant role in shaping the Indian economy

• understand the economic activities that have influenced the Indian history

• analyse and comprehend the relevance of economic and historical changes in Indian society

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INDUS VALLEY CIVILIZATION TO EUROPEAN COLONIZATION 10 Hrs.

Prehistoric period – Indus valley Civilization – Vedic Age – Mauryas – Guptas – Harsha – Rajputs –

Early Kingdoms of South India – Delhi Sultanate and Mughal Rule – Advent of the Europeans – British

rule in India.

274

UNIT-II : ECONOMIC FEATURES OF PRE-INDEPENDENT INDIA 7 Hrs.

Physical features of India – natural resources – agriculture – land and revenue – industry – trade –

coinage – commodities – infrastructure – GDP estimates – Economic consequences of the British Raj.

UNIT-III : INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE 5 Hrs.

Congress Rule – Janata Government – Other Major National Parties – Regional Parties – Coalition

Governments.

UNIT-IV : ECONOMIC TRANSITION IN INDIA 8 Hrs.

Achievements and Failures of Five Year Plans – Green Revolution – Indicators of development: GDP,

HDI, GDI – Economic Reforms – Emergence of the Service Sector – Foreign Direct Investment –

foreign exchange issues.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Arun Bhattacharjee, History of Ancient India, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers, 1982.

Bipan Chandra & Others, India since Independence: 1947-2000, New Delhi, Penguin Books, 2000.

Tirthankar Roy, The Economic History of India, 1857-1947, USA, OUP, 2011.

Uma Kapila, Indian Economy: Performance and Policies, Academic Foundation, 2011.

Venkataramanappa,M.N, Outlines of South Indian History, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House, 1977.

Venkatesan, G., History of Contemporary India, Madurai, J.J.Publications, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Bhasham, A. L., Wonder that was India, 3rd edition, New Delhi, Picador India publishers, 2004.

Dutt, Romesh C., The Economic History of India under early British Rule, Great Britain, Routledge

publication, 2001.

Romila Thapar., History of India, Vol .I., New Delhi, Penguin Books, 2003.

Sailendra NathSen, An Advanced History of Modern India, New Delhi, Macmillan Publication, 2010.

Stanley Wolpert, A New History of India, Fourth Edition, New York, Oxford University Press, 1993.

CSEN3201EI ENGLISH FOR E-PRESENTATION

(Theory)



• identify HTML concepts

• develop e - Scripts using HTML and Latex

• formulate e - Scripts

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : STATIC WEB PAGE CREATION 8 Hrs.

Overview of Web Development – Fundamentals of Site Design – HTML Format – Elements – Attributes

– Heading – Paragraphs – Formatting – Fonts – Styles – Links – Images –Tables – Lists – Forms –

Frames – Colors – Simple Scripts – CSS Syntax – Styling Background, Text and Fonts

UNIT-II : LATEX 7 Hrs.

The Structure of a LATEX Document - Basic Conventions - Basic Tools for Formatting Text: Structuring

- Creating Lists - Changing Fonts - Paragraph Justification - Using Accents - Creating Tables - Importing

Graphics - Creating Presentations - Preparing Posters

UNIT-III : JOURNALISTIC WRITING 8 Hrs.

Radio Scripts – TV Scripts – Articles for E Journals and Print Media – Advertisement and Poster Writing

UNIT-IV : PROJECT PRESENTATION 7 Hrs.

Paper Presentation – Proposal Writing – Research Presentation using HTML and LATEX

275

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ahuja, B.N & S.S. Chhabra, Principles and Techniques of Journalism, New Delhi, Surjeet

Publications, 2006.

Gibaldi, Joseph, MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers, 6 Ed, New York, Modern Language

Association of America, 2003.

Kopka, H., and P.W. Daly, Guide To LaTeX, 4 Ed, Boston, Addisson-Wesley Professional, 2003.

Lamport, L., LaTeX: A Document Preparation System, User's guide and reference manual, 2 Ed,

Boston, Addisson-Wesley Professional, 1994.

Mittelbach, F., et al., The LaTeX Companion, (deutsche Version: Der LaTeX Begleiter), Boston,

Addisson-Wesley, 2004.

ENPH3201EI SIGNS IN SCIENCE FICTION FILMS

(Theory)



• relate science fiction stories with scientific facts

• evaluate the scientific and societal relevance of science fiction

• discuss the depiction of science in literature

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO FILM ANALYSIS 3 Hrs.

Introduction to Film Shooting (Pan shots). Explore the alien and abstract concepts portrayed in science

fiction movies and understand the different aspects of human experience – analyze scientific images,

arguments & concepts used in science fiction movies

UNIT-II : SPACE AND EARTH SCIENCE 9 Hrs.

2001: Space Odyssey

Star Trek

UNIT-III : HUMAN & MACHINE INTERFACE 9 Hrs.

Back to the Future I, II & III Series

UNIT-IV : ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS 9 Hrs.

Lorax

Day after Tomorrow

Wall - E

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Biggle, Lloyd, Jr., Science Fiction: A Teacher’s Guide & Resource Book, “Teaching science fiction

as current events”, Mercer Island, WA: Starmont House, Inc., 1988, Chapters: (pp. 125-132).

Burgess Michael., Reference Guide to Science Fiction, Fantasy and Horror, California, Libraries

Unlimited, 1992.

Prothero, James, English Journal, “Fantasy, Science Fiction, & the Teaching of Values”, Urbana, IL,

USA, National Council of Teachers of English, 1990.

Tymn.B.Marshall. ed., The Science Fiction Reference Book: A Comprehensive Handbook and

Guide to the History, Literature, Scholarship, and Related Activities of the Science Fiction and

Fantasy, Maryland, Borgo Pr., 1996.

Wolk, Anthony, English Journal, “Challenge the Boundaries: An Overview of Science Fiction &

Fantasy", Urbana, IL, USA, National Council of Teachers of English, 1990, Chapters: 79(3), 26-31.

276

BAEN4201EI INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION

(Theory)



• the process of communication systematically

• discuss the advantages and limitations of the role of Media

• develop the art of effective professional writing

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NATURE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMUNICATION 5 Hrs.

Communication - definition, nature and scope, Human needs of communication, Functions of

Communications.

UNIT-II : TYPES OF COMMUNICATION 10 Hrs.

Types of Communication: Intrapersonal, interpersonal, group and mass communication, Process of

communication, Business communication – Importance and types, Rumours and grapevine, Verbal and

non-verbal communication, Barriers in communication.

UNIT-III : PUBLIC RELATIONS 10 Hrs.

Concept and definition of Public Relations, Public Relations: Tools and Techniques, Public Relations

organizations, Meetings, Business correspondence, Newsletters, House journals.

UNIT-IV : MEDIA & MEDIA RELATIONS 5 Hrs.

Media – Meaning, Importance, Characteristics of Media, Types - Print, Electronic Media. Importance,

Credibility with the media, Industry and Media relations, Media relations for Business success, Media

Ethics.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Cutlip, Effective Public Relations, 8 Ed, New Delhi, Pearson Education India, 2004.

Dalmar, Fisher, Communication in Organisations, 2 Ed, Mumbai, Jaico Publishing House, 1999.

Dan L. Lattimore et all, Public Relations for the Information Age, Mumbai, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2004.

James Redmond and Robert Trager, Media Organization Management, 2 Ed, New Delhi, Biztantra,

2004.

Leena, Sen, Communication Skills, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

Merry, Shelburne, Effective Public Relations – A Practical Approach, 2 Ed, New Delhi, Biztantra,

2003.

ENFR3201EI SPOKEN FRENCH

(Theory)



• acquire a basic knowledge of French language

• recognise French culture and civilization

• emphasis on spoken French

COURSE OUTLINE :


1. French Alphabet

2. English Phonetic Scrip

UNIT-II : CONVERSATION 7 Hrs.

1. Introduce Oneself & Family

2. Days, Months & Seasons, Numbers

277

UNIT-III : DESCRIPTION: LIFE & PLACE 7 Hrs.

1. Pictures of people & place

2. The Direction

UNIT-IV : FRENCH & ENGLISH SONGS 8 Hrs.

1. French Songs

2. English Songs

TEXT BOOK(S)

D. Abray, C. Fert, C. Parpette, J. Stauber, ICI 1, Paris, Cle International / Sejer, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

DANIEL JONES, English Pronouncing Dictionary, 15th Edition Ed, United Kingdom, 2003.

BAFR4201EI FUNCTIONAL FRENCH FOR HOTEL MANAGEMENT

(Theory)



• acquire a basic knowledge of French pronunciation

• recognize French manners

• know the importance of management in hotels

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : WELCOME TO THE HOTEL 8 Hrs.

Introducing oneself

Principal characteristics of a hotel.

Grammar: article, adjective, present tense

UNIT-II : RESERVATION 7 Hrs.

To reserve a room by phone

To confirm, to refuse, to modify

Grammar: interrogative, expression of time, possessive adjective, past tense

UNIT-III : INTRODUCTION TO HOTEL MANAGEMENT 7 Hrs.

Concept: Functions of management - Role of management in hotel industry.

UNIT-IV : FUNCTIONAL AREAS IN A HOTEL 8 Hrs.

A) Front office management

Functions, Duties & responsibilities of front office manager, Reservation, Night Auditing, book keeping &

lobby management.

B) House keeping

Meaning, Techniques and operations, Housekeeping equipments & Maintenance, Laundry, Interior

decoration.

C) F & B services and food production

Introduction to catering industry, Types of services, Classification & Services of beverages, Kitchen

Stewarding, Banqueting, Kitchen organization.

278

COHI3202EI MADURAI TOURISM

(Theory)


• know the historical and cultural significance of Madurai

• know the infrastructure facilities in Madurai

• identify the tourism potentials of Madurai

• analyze the prospects in Madurai as a tourism destination

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MADURAI THROUGH THE AGES 7 Hrs.

Legends – Historical background – Cultural heritage of Madurai – Madurai as a pilgrimage tourism

destination – Hindu, Jain, Christian and Islamic Centers – Fairs and festivals.

UNIT-II : HISTORICAL TOURIST CENTERS & NATURAL HERITAGE DESTINATIONS 8 Hrs.

Palaces, Bridges, Dams, Forts, Heritage Buildings, Museums, Halls, Alagar Koil, Thirupparankundram,

Kodaikanal, Srivilliputtur, Shenbagathoppu, Sirumalai, waterfalls - Unique features of Madurai –

Jasmine, Textiles, ‘Thungah nagaram’.

UNIT-III : ACCOMMODATION AND TRANSPORT 7 Hrs.

Origin of hotels – different types of accommodation – Accommodations in Madurai – location, facilities,

problems – Tour operation – types – tour agencies in Madurai – Transport – transport facilities in

Madurai – problems faced by tourists

UNIT-IV : MARKETING AND MARKET SEGMENTATION IN MADURAI 8 Hrs.

Tourism product – meaning – features – Marketing of Madurai as a tourism product – Market

segmentation – types – segmentation of Madurai as a tourism sector – Use of advertising and publicity

tools to market Madurai as a tourism centre.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Devakunjari D, Madurai through the ages, Madras, Society for Archaeological, Historical and

Epigraphical Research, 1979.

Kandasamy V, Madurai Varalarum Panpadum (Tamil), Madurai, Indira Padhippagam, 1984.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Ambaimanivannan, Tamilaga Kovirkalai Varalaru, Madurai, J.J.Publications, 2005.

Baliga B.S, Madras District Gazetteer, Madras, Govt. of Madras, 1960, Chapters: Part III.

Bhatia .A.K, The Business of tourism, New Delhi, Sterling publishers pvt ltd, 2009.

Francis W, Madura Gazetteer, New Delhi, Cosmo Publications, 2000.

Jeyachandran A.V, The Madurai Temple Complex, Madurai, Madurai Kamaraj University, 1985.

Jha.SM, Tourism marketing, Delhi, HPH, 2010.

Kandasamy V. (Ed.), Madurai District (A General Knowledge Hand book), Madurai, MNUJAMHSS,

2008.

Lajpati Rai, Madurai Madirai, Madurai, Ranji Folk Research Center, 2008.

Manohar Devadoss, Multiple Facets of My Madurai, Chennai, East West Books Pvt ltd, 2007.

Memoria Jhoshi.C.B, Principles and practice of marketing, New Delhi, kitat Mahal, 2011.

Nelson J.H, The Madura Country – A Manual, Madras, Asian Educational Services, 1989.

Rajayyan K, History of Madurai, Madurai, Madurai Kamaraj University, 1974.

Ramasamy V.S, Namakumari.S, Marketing Management, New Delhi, Macmillan Business Books,

2012.

279

ECHI3201EI INDIA AND THE WORLD

(Theory)



• identify India’s position in the global level.

• know India’s conflicts and co-operation with its neighbouring countries.

• comprehend the necessity for strengthening its relations with both developed and underdeveloped

countries.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INDIA'S GEOGRAPHY AND POLITY 8 Hrs.

India’s location – political background – post World War II scenario – bipolar to unipolar – power

centers.

UNIT-II : INDIA'S ECONOMY 7 Hrs.

Indian economy – Pre Globalization and post Globalization – its impact – Trading relations with the

world.

UNIT-III : INDIA'S ROLE IN INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 7 Hrs.

UNO, WTO

UNIT-IV : INDIA'S RELATION WITH UNDER DEVELOPED COUNTRIES 8 Hrs.

G11 countries – SAARC, ASEAN, BRICS.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Bipan Chandra & Others, India since Independence 1947 – 2000, New Delhi, Penguin Books, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Dutt Gaurav & Mahajan Ashwani, Indian Economy, New Delhi, S.CHand & Company Ltd, 2011.

Dutt V.P, India’s foreign Policy, Sahibabad, Vikas Publishing House, 1984.

eepashree, Indian Economy – Performance and Practice, New Delhi, Anu Books Pvt. Ltd, 2011.

Frederic S. Pearson and J. Martin Rochester, International Relations, USA, Addison – Wesley

Publishing Company, 1984.

Garmora.J.L, Indian Economy and Global Recession, Jaipur, Vital Publications, 2010.

Jegadish Gandhi.P, Globalised Indian Economy – Contemporary Issues and Perspectives, New

Delhi, Deep & Deep Publication Pvt Ltd, 2003.

Khanna Kewal & Khnanna Pramila, Indian Economy towards Globalisation, Jaipur, Raj Publishing

House, 2001.

Norman D. Palmer, Howard C. Perkins, International Relations, New Delhi, A.I.T.B.S. Publishers,

1997.

Peu Ghosh, International Relations, New Delhi, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2009.

Prakash Chandar & Prem Arora, Comparative Politics and International Relations, New Delhi,

Cosmos Bookhive, 2002.

Sailendra Nath Sen, An Advanced History of Modern India, New Delhi, Macmillan Publishers, 2010.

COMA3201EI FOUNDATION COURSE IN MATHEMATICS AND COMMERCE FOR

COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

(Theory)



• acquire computational skills

• practice speed in doing problems

• develop confidence to appear for competitive examinations

280

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : MENSURATION 10 Hrs.

Profit and loss, simple interest, compound interest, area, volume and surface area

UNIT-II : DATA INTERPRETATION 5 Hrs.

Bar graphs, pie charts, line graphs

UNIT-III : EQUATIONS 5 Hrs.

Linear – simultaneous linear equations upto three variables – quadratic and cubic equations in one

variable (Business application)

UNIT-IV : DIFFERENTIATION 10 Hrs.

Basic concepts of differentiation – marginal cost- marginal revenue – elasticity of demand –

optimisation. (cost minimisation and profit maximisation)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Aggarwal R.S, Quantitative Aptitude, New Delhi, S. Chand and Company Ltd, 2011.

Sancheti D. C, Kapoor V.K, Business Mathematics, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and Sons, 2002.

CSMA3201EI BASICS IN DISCRETE MATHEMATICS

(Theory)



• verify the validity of statements using truth tables

• express the different concepts and methods in Boolean algebra and propositional calculus

• construct minimal Boolean expressions using prime implicants and Karnaugh maps

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 8 Hrs.

Boolean Algebra: Basic definitions and theorems, Boolean expressions, sum of products forms.

UNIT-II : 7 Hrs.

Minimal Boolean expressions, prime implicants, Karnaugh maps.

UNIT-III : 8 Hrs.

Propositional Calculus: Statements, basic operations, truth value of compound statements, propositions

and truth tables, tautologies and contradictions, logical equivalence, negation and DeMorgan’s laws.

UNIT-IV : 7 Hrs.

Algebra of propositions, conditional and biconditional statements.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Seymour Lipschutz and Mare Lars Lipsor, Discrete Mathematics, New Delhi, ( Schaum Series)

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 1999, Chapters: 12 (12.1-12.9), 13(13.1, 13.3, 13.6, 13.7).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Tremblay J.P , Manohar R, Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer

Science, TATA McGraw-Hill Publishing company limited, 2001.

Venkataraman M.K, Sridharan N, Chandrasekaran N, Discrete Mathematics, The National Publishing

Company, 2000.

281

HIMA3201EI HISTORY AND MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

(Theory)



• develop confidence to appear for competitive examinations

• keep abreast with current affairs

• acquire employability skills

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NUMERICAL ABILITY 6 Hrs.

Decimal fractions, percentage, average, profit and loss

UNIT-II : LOGICAL REASONING 9 Hrs.

Non – verbal reasoning – series, analogy, classification, verbal reasoning - analogy, series completion,

letter coding and decoding

UNIT-III : INDIAN HISTORY 10 Hrs.

Ancient, medieval and modern Indian History- National movement

UNIT-IV : CURRENT AFFAIRS 5 Hrs.

Indian polity, economy, geography, current events, Information technology – use of computer, internet.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Aggarwal R. S, A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non- verbal Reasoning, New Delhi, S. Chand

and Company Ltd, 2007.

Aggarwal R.S, Quantitative Aptitude, New Delhi, S. Chand and Company Ltd, 2011.

Chopra, P.N, A Comprehensive History of Modern India, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd,

2003.

Krishna Reddy.K, Indian History for UPSC Civil Services Preliminary Examination, New Delhi, Tata

McGraw-Hill, 2009.

Majumadar, R.C., Raychaudhuri, H.C., and Datta,, An Advanced History of India, New Delhi,

MacMillan, 2001.

STUDY MATERIAL(S) :

JOURNALS AND MAGAZINES

• Encyclopedia of General Knowledge

• General Studies Manual

• India Quiz Book

• Magazines

• Competition Master

• Competition Success Review

• Competition Wizard

• India Today

282

ECMA4201EI LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND NETWORK ANALYSIS

(Theory)



• analyze and formulate the linear programming problem

• solve the linear programming problem using graphical method

• construct network diagrams and solve problems using PERT and CPM

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 7 Hrs.

Linear Programming : Basic assumptions, components – general form of a LPP – mathematical

formulation of a LPP –primal and dual – Economic interpretation of duality.

UNIT-II : 8 Hrs.

Revenue maximization and cost minimization by graphical method – applications – limitations of linear

programming approach.

UNIT-III : 7 Hrs.

Basic components of network, logical sequencing, rules of network construction

UNIT-IV : 8 Hrs.

Critical path analysis, probability consideration in PERT.

TEXT BOOK(S)

Man Mohan, Kanti Swarup and P.K. Gupta, Operations Research, New Delhi, Sultan Chand and sons,

2006, Chapters: 25 (25.1-25.8).

Mehta B.C & Madnani G.M, Mathematics for Economists, New Delhi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2007,

Chapters: 18 (pp. 604 – 618).

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Gupta, M.P. and J.K. Sharma, Operations Research for Management, New Delhi, National Publishing

House, 1984.

Himer Frederick S. and Gerald .J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations Research, New York,

McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 1990.

Mustafi C.K, Operations Research, Methods and Practice, 3/e, New Delhi, New Age International (P)

Limited, Publishers, 2011.

Shenoy G.V, U.K. Srivastavaand S.C. Sharma, Operations Research for Management, New Delhi,

Wiley Eastern Limited, 1991.

Teresa Bradley Paul Patton, Essential Mathematics for Economics and Business, New Delhi, John

wiley & Sons Ltd, 2008.

Weber E. Jean, Mathematical Analysis: Business and Economic Applications, 4 th, New York,

Harper & Row, Publishers, 1982.

ENMA4201EI BASIC COURSE IN MATHEMATICS AND ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE

EXAMINATIONS

(Theory)



• acquire communicative competence

• develop critical acumen

• prepare effectively in language tests for competitive exams.

• acquire computational skills in Mathematics

• develop speed and efficiency in solving problems

283

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : 11 Hrs.

Simplification, Problems on numbers, Time and work, Time and distance, Permutations and

combinations

UNIT-II : 4 Hrs.

Ratio and proportions, Surds and indices

UNIT-III : 8 Hrs.

Synonyms, Antonyms, One – word substitution, Idioms and Phrases, Foreign Expressions

UNIT-IV : 7 Hrs.

Reading comprehension, Reorganizing jumbled sentences, Spotting the errors, Analogy

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Aggarwal R. S, Quantitative Aptitude, New Delhi, S. Chand and company Ltd, 2011.

Best, Wolfred D, The Students’ Companion, New Delhi, Harper Collins, 2000.

Bhatnagar, R.P.and Rajul, Bhargava, English for Competitive Examination, New Delhi, Macmillan

India Ltd, 2000.

Eugene D. Jafle, GMAT (Graduates Management Admission Test), New Delhi -2, Galgotia

Publication Pvt. Ltd, 1996.

Thorpe, Edgar and Showick Thorpe, Objective English, Singapore, Pearson Education, 2003.

Wood, Frederick, Current English Usage, London, Macmillan, 1987.

NCCE3201EE ORGANIZATION AND SOCIETAL SERVICES IN NCC

(Theory)



• know the history and organization of NCC and Indian defence

• acquire a basic knowledge on civil and self defence

• discuss the basic health and hygienic issues and remedies

• apply the above in community development

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ORGANIZATION OF NCC AND ARMED FORCES 8 Hrs.

Organization and History of NCC - Aims and Objectives of NCC – Motto of NCC – DG’s Four Cardinal

Principles of NCC – NCC Song – Certificate Examination in NCC Basic organization of Armed Forces -

History of Indian Military – Paramilitary forces –BSF- CRPF and CISF - Ranks in Army, Air force and

Navy– Honours and Awards

UNIT-II : CIVIL DEFENCE, SELF DEFENCE AND NATIONAL DEFENCE 7 Hrs.

Civil Defence – Organization – Aims and services- Aid to Civil authorities in emergency- Self Defence –

Aims of Self Defence – Women and Self Defence Disaster – Man made and Natural - Role of NCC

Cadets during natural calamities – Essential services during natural calamities

UNIT-III : COMMUNITY HEALTH AND HYGIENE 8 Hrs.

Health – Definition and types - Communicable and Non communicable Disease – Pollution and its type

Hygiene – Societal and personal - Sanitation – Methods of purification of drinking water –Types of

urinals and Latrines

UNIT-IV : FIRST AID 7 Hrs.

Aims, Principle and Motto of First Aid – List of items in First aid Box –Types of Fracture – Dislocation -

Types of Wounds - Types of Bandages – Burns and Scalds – Sprain –– Poison - Snake bite - Sun

Stroke – Drowning - Shocks – Artificial Respiration

284

PEZO3201EI HEALTH CARE AND PHYSICAL FITNESS

(Theory)



• interpret the essentials of lifelong fitness

• analyze fitness barriers, make healthier choices

• decide to choose and sustain a healthy lifestyle

COURSE OUTLINE :


Concept of fitness - Cost of physical inactivity and poor nutrition, unhealthy lifestyles, life style diseases

– Hypertension, Diabetes, Cardiovascular disease, Depression. Understanding human body systems –

human movement science.

UNIT-II : NUTRITION AND HEALTH CARE 8 Hrs.

Nutrients for healthy lifestyle- dietary recommendations for weight gain or loss, increased iron status,

decreased salt intake. Role of nutrients in various disease states – heart disease, cancer and

osteoporosis. Nutritional requirements during pregnancy, lactation, infancy nutrition and adolescence.

UNIT-III : FITNESS AND ASSESSMENT 7 Hrs.

Components of Fitness- Health related fitness and Specific fitness. Assessment techniques- Body Mass

Index, cardio vascular endurance, lung capacity, blood pressure, pulse rate, hemoglobin and blood

volume (viscosity of blood).

UNIT-IV : EXERCISE AND HEALTH 8 Hrs.

Physical activity guidelines- exercise intensity - progressive and overload-exercise programme for

different age groups. Exercise as treatment for cardio vascular disease, hypertension, diabetes, cancer,

bone health, depression and stress management.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Hazedine, Fitness for Sport, Ramsburg, The Crowood Ress Ltd, 1985.

Hoeger W.K. and Hoeger S A, Fitness and Wellness, Englewood, Morton publishing Company, 1990.

Mann J. and Truswell A.S, Essentials of Human Nutrition, 3rd Ed, Press, New York, Oxford

University, 2008.

Park K, Preventive & Social Medicine, 21st Edition, Jabalpur, India, M/s Banarsidas Bhanot

Publishers, 2011.

Suitor C.W and Crowley M.F, Nutrition principles and application in health promotion, 2nd Ed,

Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott Company, 1984.

NCCE4201EE NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

(Theory)



• express the sense of patriotism

• develop an all-round dynamic personality with adequate leadership traits

• interpret effectively

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : NATIONAL INTEGRATION 8 Hrs.

Unity and Diversity – Religion, Culture and heritage of India – Inter religious faith – Threats to National

Integration - Importance of National Integration - Role of Youth in Nation Building

7 Hrs.

285

UNIT-II : NATIONALIST MOVEMENT IN INDIA

Indian Freedom Struggle – Patriots (Gandhiji,Nethaji and Raja Ram Mohan Rai) and their contribution –

battles and battle heroes- Field Marshal K M Cariappa,Field Marshal SHFJ Manekshaw, Marshal of the

Air Force Arjan Singh

UNIT-III : LEADERSHIP 8 Hrs.

Leadership – types and traits – Man Management in NCC – Duties of a Good Citizen – Leaders

(selected) – life and message – team building

UNIT-IV : PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT 7 Hrs.

Individuality – Factors influencing Personality – Interpersonal relationship – Group dynamics - Time

Management

PESD4201EP SELF DEFENCE FOR WOMEN

(Lab)



• acquire physical and mental strength.

• identify one’s own strength.

• know the importance of self defence.

COURSE OUTLINE :


UNIT – I INTRODUCTION: 8 hrs

Self Defence-Meaning- HwaRang Code of honor -Commandments of modern Taekwondo- Tenets

of taekwondo- How to behave in a dojang

UNIT – II BASIC TECHNIQUES: 7 hrs

Rules of Self Defence-Student Creed-Common stances - Fitness.

UNIT III TECHNICAL POINTS: 8 hrs

Flexibility – Dynamic Stretching , Static Active Stretching Static Passive Stretching Isometric

Stretching-Kicking Routines – Front Kick, Side Kick, Heel Kick-Hand Attack, & Leg Attack-Hand

Defence & Leg Defence-Hand Combination.

UNIT – IV COMBINATIONS AND COMBINATION ADVANCED: 7 hrs

Four Directional Punching-Four Directional Blocking- Self – Defence 1 to 10 combination. Self –

Defence 1 to 10 combination advanced- Breaking

TEXT BOOK(S)

MASTER HEE IL CHO, The Complete TAEKWON DO HYUNG, VOL– 3, 1999.

286

HIPH4201EI SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES IN HISTORICAL MONUMENTS

(Theory)



• recall the historical background of the monuments

• recognize the different scientific principles in designing, constructing and maintenance of historical

monuments

• identify knowledge of scientific principles used by people in the past

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : CHARACTERISTICS OF MONUMENTS 7 Hrs.

Definition, Materials used, Purpose- Functions- Types: religious, secular, palaces, forts, tombs,

bridges, irrigation systems- need for conservation

UNIT-II : HISTORY OF CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGIES 8 Hrs.

Chronological development- Ancient civilizations- Ancient period - Medieval construction-

construction in the modern period- technical achievements

UNIT-III : BASIC PHYSICS PRINCIPLES 7 Hrs.

Stability and equilibrium:leaning tower of Pisa – Tension, stress and strain: bridges – Overcoming

forces : sledges, pulleys and elevators

UNIT-IV : TECHNIQUES OF CONSTRUCTION 8 Hrs.

Mechanical energy to move large stones – use of counter weights and counter ramps - Hydraulic

transport of building material – use of levers and pivot walking

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

A.B.Gupta, College Physics, Volume I, Kolkata, Books & Allied Pvt Ltd, 2005.

Antoine Picon, Construction History: Between Technological and Cultural History, in

Construction History, volume 21, Barcelona, Yale University Press, 2005.

Donald Friedman, A Historical Building Construction: Design, Materials, and Technology, Second

Edition, New York, W. W. Norton & Company, 2010.

H.T.Pledge, History of Science, New Delhi, DIT Publishers, 1978.

J.D.Bernal, Science in History, London, CA Watts Company Ltd, 1965.

James Edgar Swain, A History of World Civilization, New Delhi, Eurasia Publishing House, 1980.

Pearce F.G, An Outline History of Civilization, London, Oxford University Press, 1965.

VarheseJeyaraj S, History of Science and Technology, Uthamapalayam, Enns Publication, 2004.

Venkatraman R, History of Science and Technology, Madurai, Ennes Publication, 1988.

WEBSITE(S) :

http://www.catchpenny.org/mmbuild.html

http://www.arvindguptatoys.com/arvindgupta/physicsexperiments.pdf

sciencefair.math.iit.edu/projects/pisa

www.apeg.bc.ca/services/branches/documents/pr/Bridge_Engineering_Principles.pdf

http://ignoringfriction.blogspot.in/2008/12/physics-behind-famous-bridge-collapses.html

http://www.ancient-wisdom.co.uk/extremasonry.htm#transportation

http://www.ascensoresdomingo.com/english/historia.htm

287

PEPH4201EI SCIENCE OF SPORTS

(Theory)



• recognize the scientific basis involved in various sporting events and techniques.

• realize science concepts through participatory field events.identify the factors affecting the

• efficiency of performance in sports.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Distribution of mass in human body-forces in muscles and bones-elastic properties - work, energy

and power of the body sizes - strength and food requirements - calculations of calorific content needed

for each student.

UNIT-II : BIOMECHANICS OF TRACK & FIELD EVENTS 8 Hrs.

Basis ideas about distance - velocity and speed – acceleration- acceleration due to gravity -

angular displacement – angular speed and angular acceleration; Linear Kinematics: Inertia – mass –

force – momentum - Newton’s laws of motion – friction – impulse – impact - oblique impact - elasticity -

impact on fixed surface-moving bodies-Projectiles-horizontal and vertical motion-range of projectile-

trajectory

UNIT-III : APPLICATION IN TRACK EVENTS 7 Hrs.

Analysis of Track Techniques: Starting, running, hurdling, stride length, frequency, sprint start.

Video demonstration of track events and its techniques

UNIT-IV : APPLICATION IN FIELD EVENTS 8 Hrs.

Analysis of throwing events: techniques involved in speed of release, angle of release and reverse

in shot put, discus, javelin and hammer throw-Video demonstration of projectiles in sports

TEXT BOOK(S)

Marion & Hornyak, General physics with Bioscience Essays, Second edition, Newyork, John Wiley

&Sons, 1985, Chapters: 2.1-2.5, 2.8 (page 42,43), 2.9, 3.1-3.4 ,3.7, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3 (page 103-107) ,7

(page 127-132,137-140), 9 (page 187,188,195-197), 11.1 (page 235- 237).

Sears D. Young & Zemansky, University Physics, 13th Edition, New Delhi, Narosa publishing house,

2012, Chapters: 3.3, 8.1.

T.McClurg Anderson, Biomechanics of Human motion, First edition, New Delhi, Sports

publicationEMCA House,Ansari Road,Darya Ganj, 2007, Chapters: 9,10,11,14.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Burn.W.John, Scientific principles of coaching, Second edition, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall,

1972.

Hay.G.James, The biomechanics of sports techniques, fourth edition, San Francisco, Benjamin–

Cummings Publishing company, 1993.

Peter M.Mc.Ginnis, Biomechanics of sport and exercises, second edition, US, Human Kinetics

publishers, 2013.

Sidhu G.S & Ahluwala.A.K, The Complete Book of Sports and Games, 3rd edition, Meerut, Varun

publishing house, 2005.

288

BASS3201EI INTRODUCTION TO SELF

(Theory)



• recognize factors determining individual behaviour

• identify and manage stress

• develop skills to effectively manage oneself

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : INTRODUCTION TO SELF 8 Hrs.

Self:Understanding Self - Johari Window - SWOT analysis - Concept of self-image - self confidence;

UNIT-II : UNDERSTANDING INDIVIDUAL BEHAVIOUR: 7 Hrs.

Perception: Factors influencing perception. Learning: Role of Association and Reinforcement.

Cognition: Basic cognitive process. Motivation: Intrinsic, Extrinsic – Need hierarchy theory.

Personality: Determinants of Personality, Assessing Personality. Attitudes: Structure and content of

attitude, Change in attitudes – development of attitudes.

UNIT-III : FUNDAMENTALS OF EMOTIONS: 7 Hrs.

Emotions: Experiences and Expressions, Negative and Positive emotions; Aggression, Frustration.

Love, Happiness. Management of positive and negative emotions-Steps to control aggression.

UNIT-IV : MANAGING STRESS: 8 Hrs.

Stress: Causal factors. Coping with stress: Time management, problem solving skills, Effective decision

making skills, Conflict resolution Strategies.

TEXT BOOK(S)

L M Prasad, Principles of Management, S. Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Baron. R, Introduction to Psychology, Prentice Hall of India private limited, New Delhi, 2003.

Giri. A K, Self development and Social transformations, Rawat Publications, New Delhi, 2008.

SSPY3202EI UNDERSTANDING SELF

(Theory)



• acquire an interest in self-Introspection

• apply techniques for self-introspection

• analyze their strengths and weaknesses

• plan strategies for Self improvement

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : SELF- AWARENESS 5 Hrs.

The process of sensory awareness – techniques of self-awareness, self-introspection, factors

influencing self – awareness, physiology, social roles and culture.

UNIT-II : EMOTIONAL AWARENESS 5 Hrs.

Subjective Experiences: Feelings, Emotion, Passion: experiences and expressions. Factors affecting

emotions, emotional monitoring, sharing feelings ,empathy and emotional intelligence.

UNIT-III : SELF- PERCEPTION 12 Hrs.

Self-concept, Development of self concept: Sociological perspectives: Cooley, Mead, Giri-I, me and

You. Psychological Perspective: Adler, Rogers. Nature. Vs Nurture - Agencies of socialization,

Relationship between Individual & Society; Role: Role Expectation, Role Conflict, Types.

289

UNIT-IV : SELF-ESTEEM 8 Hrs.

Self-acceptance and self-esteem. Characteristics of healthy and unhealthy self-esteem, Factors

influencing the development of healthy self esteem. Case studies.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Adler .B.R. and Neil T, Looking out/ looking in, (VIIE), Harcourt Brace and co, Orlando, 1993.

Baron.R.A.&Byrne.D, Social Psychology, (XIE), DorlingKindersley Pvt.Ltd, India, 2006.

Giri. A. K, Self development and Social transformations, Rawat Publications, New Delhi:, 2008.

Myers.D.G, Social Psychology, (VIE), McGraw- Hill Companies, New Delhi, 1999.

PHTA3201EI TAMIL LITERATURE AND PHYSICS

(Theory)



• goe;jkpo; ,yf;fpaq;fSs; nghjpe;jpUf;fpd;w ,aw;gpay; rpe;jidfis mwpjy;

• fhye;NjhWk; khwptUk; ,aw;gpay; tsh;r;rp epiyfis xg;gpl;L czh;jy;.

• ,aw;gpay; JiwNahL jkpio ,izj;Jg; ghh;f;Fk; njspitg; ngWjy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : gz;ila ,yf;fpaq;fspy; ,aw;gpay; 10 Hrs.

njhy;fhg;gpak; - rq;f ,yf;fpak; - mw ,yf;fpak; - fhg;gpak; - gf;jp ,yf;fpaq;fspy;

,aw;gpay; nra;jpfs;.

mZtpay; (Atomic Physics) :

kzp. (tuk;,y;..)> jpUthrfk;.- jpUtz;lg;gFjp -5>fk;guh.- ,uzpa.124> ,uhtzd; Nrhfg;glyk;

- 52> jpUtpisahly; Guhzk; - 7>jpUts;St khiy - (fLifj; Jisj;Njo;;)> (mZitj;

Jisj;Njo;)>tpehafh; mfty; - 64 - 65.

gh];fy; tpjp (Pascals law) (ePh;kepiyapay;): thf;Fz;lhk; - gh.-19> njhy;.vO.(er;.ciu

tpsf;fk;) - E}d;kuG - E}.10. xspapay; (Optics) (gspq;F> fz;zhbapd; ,ay;G) : FWe;.-8>

Fws; -706> kzpNk. - gspf;. Gf;.fh. 124-125> jz;b.- jPtf mzp> jpUts;St khiy. - 5.

epA+l;ldpd; Kjyhk; ,af;fKiw tpjp (Newton’s First law of motion):

jpUth.- jpUtz;lg;gFjp (er;R muT.. vdj; njhlq;Fk; ghly; - elg;gd elhma;> fplg;gd

fplhma;> epw;gd epwP,...)

ce;jk; khwhf; Nfhl;ghL (Momentum theory of change) :

Gwk;. 192:8-10> 152:1 - 6> fk;guh. - jhlif tijg; glyk; -412> tpuhjd; tijg;glyk; - 2636>

epA+l;ldpd; %d;whk; ,af;fKiw tpjp (Newton’s third law of motion):

Fws; - 307

Iaj; jj;Jtk; (Uncertainity Principle) :

jpUke;. - gh. 2251

Cryp (Pendulum) :

mKjhk;gpif gps;isj;jkpo; - Crw; gUtk;

UNIT-II : gz;ila ,yf;fpaq;fspy; thdpay;(Astronomy) 10 Hrs.

njhy;fhg;gpak; - rq;f ,yf;fpak; - mw ,yf;fpak; - fhg;gpak; - gf;jp ,yf;fpaq;fspy;

thdpay; nra;jpfs;

jpUtz;lf tphpTf; nfhs;if (Expanding Universe theory) :

jpUke;. - 61>

ehs;;kPd; (Star) :

ehs;Nfhs; -gd;dPh; Xiu - uhrp (Sign of the Zodiac) - njhy;. fstpay;. 45> vhp> ril>vopy;>

Ntok; - ghp.11 :1-3>mWkPd;- mfk;.-141>tlntz;kPd; (Mizar and Alcor) - fyp.-2> rpyg;gjpfhuk; - 27>

cNuhfpzp kPd; - mfk;.- 136> thy;el;rj;jpuk; (Comet) - Gwk;.-117> tpz;fy; (Meteorite)- FWe;.189>

Gwk;.- 41> tpz;kPd; $l;lk; (Galaxy) - Gwk;. - 270> kf ntz;kPd; (Regulus)- gl;.gh. 34-35>

290

,iz Vhp (Castor, Pollux) - gl;.gh. 39> tlJUt tpz;kPd; (Pole Star) - gjpw;. 24.

Nfhs;kPd; (Planet):

QhapW> jpq;fs;> nrt;tha;> Gjd;> tpahod;> rdp> nts;sp - njhy;.nrhy;. - 58> gl;.gh.-11> 67 -

68> ew;. - 231> ew;. - 230> Gwk;.- 117> 388> Njth.NfhsW gjpfk; - 1.

#hpad; :

QhapW ehaff; nfhs;if(Sun centered theory) - rpWgh.242-243> neUg;Gf;Nfhsk; : mfk;. - 31>

ew;. - 163:9-10> ntk;ikAk; ntspr;rKk; (Light and Heat) : mfk;.- 55> 298> ew;. - 67> fyp. - 71>

ngUk;gh.- 442> #hpa ehspaf;fk; : mfk;.- 298> ew;.- 69>117> 187> ghy; tPjp (Milky Way) :

Gwk; - 25:1-3>30:1-5> mfk;.-378:14-5> gjp.gj;J -14:3-4. ghp.-19:19-20> neL.th.- 160-161> RoYk;

#hpad; : mfk;.-53> #hpaDk; re;jpuDk; re;jpj;jy; : Gwk;. - 65> 376.

G+kp :

G+kp cUz;il - ghp.- 2> 5 - 12> Fws; - 1031> jpUth. – jpUtz;lg; gFjp 1 - 4.

epyT :

epytpd; ,ay;G - gjpw;.- 90:17> Fws; -1118> epyhf;Fopfs;(Craters) – Fws; - 782> 957>epyh kz;

- ew;. 31> epyh - NkL>gs;sk; - ew;. 83> epyhg; gpiwfs; - FWe;.- 289> kJ.fh.-193-6>

re;jpufpufzk;(Lunar eclipse) – mfk;.114> FWe;.395> ngsh;zkpAk; NguiyfSk; - mfk;.-201.

UNIT-III : ftpijfspy; ,aw;gpay; (Physics) 6 Hrs.

nghJr;rhh;gpay; Nfhl;ghL (General relativity theory) :

jUK.rptuhkd; - “E =Mc2”- mZitf; Nfhh;j;j ..>- xspapd; fjpia….

rpwg;Gr;rhh;gpay; Nfhl;ghL (Special theory of relativity) :

R[hjh - ieyhd; ujq;fs; - Id;];Bd; nrhd;dJ..

jUK.rptuhkd; - ,d;W fz;lJ…

rpw;gp - #hpa epoy; - fp.gp.2086> Ntfk; Ntfk; - (,ul;ilg; Gjph; - Twin Paradox)

vf;]; fjph;fs; (X - ray) :

[P.FkNurd; - ,yf;fzr; rijfis…

b.b.ePyfz;ld; - fd;dpj; jkpOf;Nfhh; ftpahuk; - FWfpajhk;…

VTfiz (Rocket) :

jhky; fz;zd; - VTfiz - thD}h;jp Nghy…

UNIT-IV : Gidfijapy; fhe;jtpay; (Magnetism) 4 Hrs.

FWehty; - Map\h - uh. eluhrd;.

TEXT BOOK(S)

eluhrd;> ,uh., Map\h, kJiu, 2013.

Mhpah;> n[., mbg;gil ngsjPfk;, nrd;id, jkpo;ehL ghlE}y; epWtdk; (,ay;2>11 -13> gf;.

74>61> 369), 2010.

Nfhtpe;juhrd;> jp.> Kj;Jr;rhkp> Nf., thdpay; (,uz;lhk; Gj;jfk;), nrd;id, jkpo;ehL ghlE}y;

epWtdk;(,ay; 14>16>17.21), 2010.

Re;ju NtYrhkp> v., xspapay;, f&h;, gphpah gg;spNfrd;];, 2000.

rNgrd;> ,uh., mZf;fUtpay;, nrd;id, jkpo;ehL ghlE}y; epWtdk; (,ay; 2), 2011.

rz;Kf Re;juk;> tp., GJikf;fhe;jtpay;, nrd;id, jkpo;ehL ghlE}y; epWtdk;, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

,uhN[e;jpud;>k.> fpUl;bd%h;j;jp> rh.> Re;juk;> ,uhk., mwptpaYk; jkpOk;, jQ;rhT+h;,

jkpo;g;gy;fiyf;fofk;, 2009.

khj;jis NrhK, tpaf;f itf;Fk; jkpoh; mwptpay;, jpUr;rp, jkpo;f;Fuy; gjpg;gfk;, 2005.

ney;iy R.Kj;J, ftpijfspy; mwptpay;, nrd;id, epA+ nrQ;Rhp Gf; `T];, 2001.

rpuh[; cd;dprh ehah;> ckh kNf];thp. nyh.M.> mgpjh rghgjp (njh.M.), jkpo; ,yf;fpaj;jpy;

mwptpay; rpe;jidfs;, nrd;id, thdjp gjpg;gfk;, 2003.

tujuhrd;> K., goe;jkpo; ,yf;fpaj;jpy; ,aw;if, nrd;id, ghhp epiyak;, 2006.

291

TANT3201EL INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE EXERCISE

(Theory)



• jkpo; ,yf;fpaj;ijr; Ritf;f mwpe;J nfhs;Sjy;.

• jkpopy; fUj;J ntspaPl;L Mw;wiyg; ngwy;.

• nkhopngah;g;Gj; jpwd; ngWjy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : nghJf;fl;Liu> fbjk; 5 Hrs.

nghJf;fl;Liufs; vOJjy; - fbjk; vOJjy; (Gfhh;f;fbjk;> tpz;zg;gf;fbjk;> cwT Kiwf;

fbjk;)

UNIT-II : rpWfij 10 Hrs.

vl;laGuk; uh[d;; - Mq;Nfhh; Viof;F... (10 rpWfijfs;) 1. rlyg;g+f;fs; 2. Mj;kh

RLtjpy;iy 3. fhw;Wf;F Xa;T vd;gJ vJ? 4. mirAk; nrhj;Jf;fs; 5. ahh; kdjpy;

ahhpUg;ghh;. 6. Nkd;kf;fs; 7. gpwe;j kz; 8. MrPh;tjpf;fg;gl;ltd; 9. ey;y Fwp nrhy;Yq;fNsd;

10. gFj;Jz;L

UNIT-III : GJf;ftpij 10 Hrs.

GJf;ftpijfs;:

Mjtd; - Ntz;Ljy;

ituKj;J - fpof;F tpopf;Fk; Neuk;

mg;Jy; uFkhd; - flTSf;F xU fbjk;

jp. jdyl;Rkp - fz;L nfhz;Nld;

gh.tp[a; - tpyhrq;fs;

ney;iyf;fz;zd; - tprdk;

kPuh - tWikNa ntspNaW

Nt.gj;khtjp - Jyhghuk;

If;$ ftpijfs;:

jkpod;gd; - gj;jhtJ jlitahf...

fodpA+ud; - G+r;nrbfSf;F...

tyir tPughz;bad; - Ch; $bAk;...

e.Kj;J - mk;kp kpjpj;jtis...

,se;njd;wy; - mk;kh vd;why;...

UNIT-IV : nkhopngah;g;G 5 Hrs.

fiyr;nrhy;yhf;fk; (gy;Jiw njhlh;ghd 50 fiyr;nrhw;fs;)> nkhopngah;g;Gg;gapw;rp

TEXT BOOK(S)

vl;laGuk; uh[d;;, Mq;Nfhh; Viof;F, nrd;id, fhh;j;jpf; gjpg;gfk;, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

,uhjh nry;yg;gd;, fiyr; nrhy;yhf;fk;, nrd;id, epa+nrQ;RhpGf; `T];, 2006.

,uhkr;re;jpud;> f., GJf;ftpijfspd; gd;Kfg;ghh;it, nrd;id, epa+nrQ;RhpGf; `T];, 2006.

jkpo;thzd;> Ny.(g.M.), fl;Liu vOJtJ vg;gb?, nrd;id, kzpNkfiy gpuRuk;, 1995.

rptj;jk;gp> fh., rpWfijapd; Njhw;wKk; tsh;r;rpAk;, nrd;id, jkpo;g;Gj;jfhyak;, 1978.

tsh;kjp> K., nkhopngah;g;Gf;fiy, nrd;id, jpUkfs; epiyak;, 2003.

292

TANT3202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE - I

(Theory)



• jkpo; mwpahNjhh; jkpo;nkhopapd; rpwg;Gfis mwpjy;.

• jkpo; vOj;Jfis vOj> gbf;ff; fw;Wf; nfhs;Sjy;.

• jkpo;nkhopia xypg;GKiw gpwohky; cr;rhpf;ff; fw;wy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : vOj;Jfs; mwpKfk; 10 Hrs.

caph; vOj;J> nka;naOj;J> caph;nka;naOj;Jfs; - vOj;Jg;gapw;rp kw;Wk; xypg;Gg;gapw;rp

UNIT-II : nrhw;fs; mwpKfk; 5 Hrs.

vOj;Jf;fspd;top nrhw;fs; mwpKfk; - tof;fpy; cs;s mbg;gilr; nrhw;fs;. (fpoikfs;>

khjq;fs;> G+f;fs;> goq;fs;)

UNIT-III : mbg;gilr; nrhw;fis mwpjy; 5 Hrs.

tof;fpy; cs;s mbg;gilr; nrhw;fs;. (tpyq;Ffs;> epwq;fs;> vz;fs;> cly; cWg;Gfs;>

cwTKiwg;ngah;fs;

UNIT-IV : Foe;ijg;ghly;fs; 10 Hrs.

vspikAk; njspTk; kpf;f jkpo;g;ghly;fspd;top xypg;Gg;gapw;rp - Foe;ijg; ghly;fs; %d;W

(m M vd;Nw mk;kh> f q nrhy;ypLNtd;> Mj;jp #b)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

fhh;j;jpNfR rptj;jk;gp, jkpo; fw;gpj;jypy; cd;djk;, nrd;id, epa+nrQ;RhpGf; `T];, 2004.

jkpoz;zy;, jkpo; fw;gpf;Fk; newpKiwfs;, kJiu, kPdhl;rp Gj;jf epiyak;, 2004.

kPdhl;rp Re;juk;> fh.>fy;ahz Re;juk;> nj., rpWth; nray;topf;fy;tp, nrd;id, epa+nrQ;RhpGf;

`T];, 2007.

Rg;Gnul;bahh;> e. , jkpo; gapw;WKiw, rpjk;guk;, nka;ag;gd; gjpg;gfk;, 2007.

WEBSITE(S) :

www.tamilvu.org.

www.tn.gov.in

www.indian.child.com

CHTA4201EI NATURAL FOOD AND CHEMISTRY

(Theory)



• ,aw;if cztpd; ed;ikia czh;jy;.

• ,aw;if czT jahhpf;Fk; KiwfisAk; Ntjpapay; khw;wq;fisAk; mwpjy;.

• %ypiffspd; kUj;JtFzq;fisj; njhpe;Jnfhz;L; mtw;iwg; gad;gLj;jf; fw;wy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : ,aw;if czTk; Ntjpapay; khw;wq;fSk; - mwpKfk; 10 Hrs.

czNt kUe;J> kUe;Nj czT - ,aw;ifapd; jj;Jtk; - czTg;gof;fKk; clYWg;Gfspd;

nray;ghLk; - Neha;f;fhd fhuzq;fSk; gUtj;jpw;Nfw;w czTKiwg;gof;fKk; - ,aw;if

kUj;Jt Kd;Ndhbfs;

UNIT-II : kUj;Jt KiwfSk; Ik;G+j czTKiwfSk; 5 Hrs.

,aw;if kUj;Jt Kiwfs; (rpj;jh - mNyhgjp - Mau;Ntjk; - Adhdp) - Ik;G+j

czTKiwfSk; MNuhf;fpa tho;Tk;

http://www.indian.child.com/

293

UNIT-III : rj;jhd czTfs; - Ntjpapay; gad;fs; 10 Hrs.

jtpu;f;f Ntz;ba czTk; Nru;f;f Ntz;ba czTk; - fPiufs; - fha;fwpfs; - goq;fs; -

jhdpaq;fs; Mfpatw;wpd; gad;fs; - czitr; rikg;gjhy; Vw;gLk; Ntjpapay; khw;wq;fs; -

gr;ir cztpd; eyd;fs;

UNIT-IV : kUe;J 5 Hrs.

kyu; kUe;J - %ypif kUe;J - vz;nza; - czT kUe;J ,tw;wpy; cs;s Ntjpapay;

nghUl;fs; - kUe;Nj czthFk; NghJ Vw;gLk; Ntjpapay; khw;wq;fs; - cly; MNuhf;fpak;

NgZk; Kiw - clw;gapw;rpAk; cly; Ntjpapay; khw;wq;fSk;.

TEXT BOOK(S)

rptfhkp> jp., ,aw;if newpNa ,dpa kUe;J, nrd;id, epa+ nrQ;Rup Gf; `T]; ypkpnll;, 2013.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

,uh[k;khs;> gh.Njtjh]; , ekJ czitg; gw;wpa cz;ikfs;, nrd;id, epA+ nrQ;Rup Gf;

`T]; (gp) ypkpnll;, 2000.

fe;jrhkp Kjypahu;> r., czT kUj;Jtk;, nrd;id, ghupepiyak;, 1995.

fz;zd;> b., capu; fhf;Fk; ,aw;if czTfs;, nrd;id, fz;zg;gd; gjpg;gfk;, 2002.

rjhrptk;> Rg., tPl;L kUj;Jtj;jpy; ehl;L %ypiffs;, nrd;id, thdjp gjpg;gfk;;, 2004.

SSTA4201EI TAMIL AND PSYCHOLOGY

(Theory)



• cstpay; Nfhl;ghLfis mwpjy;

• ,yf;fpaq;fspy; fhzyhFk; cstpaw; rpe;jidfisg; Ghpe;J nfhs;Sjy;.

• jpiug;glq;fis cstpay; Nehf;fpy; fhzy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : cstpay; Nfhl;ghLfs; - mwpKfk; 10 Hrs.

gpuha;bd; cstpay; Nfhl;ghLfs; - csg;gFg;gha;T (mbkdk;> Nky;kdk;> eLkdk;- ypgpNlh-

MSik tsh;r;rp - kdr;rpf;fy;fs; - xbg]; > vyf;l;Nuh rpf;fy;) - cs;Szh;T -

fdTf;Nfhl;ghL - fhh;y;Aq; - $l;L edtpyp kdk; - %yg;gbtq;fs;.

UNIT-II : gz;ila> rka ,yf;fpaq;fs; 7 Hrs.

mfehD}W - jd;Kidg;G - ghly; 339.

fypj;njhif - fdT - ghly; 128> 142

ew;wpiz - csg;Nghuhl;lk; - ghly; 242> 284.

rpyg;gjpfhuk; - fdT (fdhj;jpwk; ciuj;j fhij)

jpUg;ghit KOtJk; - r%f cstpay;

UNIT-III : ,f;fhy ,yf;fpaq;fs; 5 Hrs.

GJikg;gpj;jd; - edNthil - fapw;wuT> fhQ;rid

F.g.uh. fijfs; - kdg;Nghuhl;lk; (fdfhk;guk;> tpbAkh)

K.t. - tho;tpay; xOf;fq;fs;

UNIT-IV : jpiug;glq;fSk; cstpaYk; 8 Hrs.

xbg];> vyf;l;uh rpf;fy; - mg+h;t uhfq;fs;> tpLfij

rhb]k; - rptg;G Nuh[hf;fs;> [_yp fzgjp> mts; tUthsh> Ntl;ilahL tpisahL

jho;T kdg;ghd;ik - jpz;Lf;fy; rhujp> rj;jk; NghlhNj> kfpo;r;rp.

cilik czh;T - GJg;GJ mh;j;jq;fs;> caphpNy fye;jJ

Ml;b]k; - `hpjh];

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

fhQ;rdh> ,uh., ,yf;fpaKk; cstpaYk;, kJiu, ehfkiy GJf;Nfhl;il> tp\;Zg;hpah

gjpg;gfk;, 2000.

294

kiwkiy> rp.,., ,yf;fpaKk; cstpaYk;, nrd;id, kzpthrfh; gjpg;gfk;, 2001.

muq;f eyq;fps;sp, ,yf;fpaKk; csg;gFg;gha;Tk;, nrd;id, thzpjhrd; gjpg;gfk;, 1992.

rhujhk;ghs;> nr., ,yf;fpaKk; csg;gFg;gha;Tk; - nfhs;iffSk; gapy;KiwfSk;, kJiu,

ehfkiy>`hp`ud; gjpg;gfk;, 2004.

Freud Sigmund, Introductory lectures on Psycho – analysis, England, Penguin Books, 1976.

TANT4201EL LITERARY VALUES

(Theory)



• ,yf;fpaq;fs;top tho;tpay; kjpg;Gfis czh;jy;.

• ,yf;fpa tiffis ,dq;fz;L jpwdha;jy;.

• gilg;ghf;fj;jpwd; ngWjy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Kw;fhy mw ,yf;fpaq;fs; 5 Hrs.

jpUf;Fws; - mjpfhuk; - el;G

Mrhuf;Nfhit - Kjy; 5 ghly;fs;;

UNIT-II : gpw;fhymw ,yf;fpaq;fs; 10 Hrs.

ePjpnewp tpsf;fk; - Kjy; 5 ghly;fs;

Mj;jp#b - Kjy; 20 thpfs;

nfhd;iw Nte;jd; - Kjy; 12thpfs;

UNIT-III : ehty; 10 Hrs.

y\;kp - thoepidj;jhy;

UNIT-IV : ciueil 5 Hrs.

uh.gp.NrJg;gps;is - (jkpo; ,d;gk; - mwpTk; jpUTk; - ghupAk; khupAk; fl;Liu)

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

jkpo;nkhopg;ghlj;jpl;lk; fw;gpj;jy; Kiw kW Ma;Tf;FO mwpf;if, rpq;fg;g+h;;, etk;gh;, 2005.

Syllabus Guide Tamil Language Primary 1 to 4, Curriculum Planning, Singapore, Development

Division Ministry of Education, 2008.

mKjd;, mwk; vdg;gLtJ, nrd;id, epa+nrQ;RhpGf; `T];, 2006.

NrJkzpkzpad;, jkpo; ehty;fspy; kjpg;Gfs;, kJiu, nrz;gfk; ntspaPL, 1990.

tr;rpuNty;Kjypahh;> f. , jpUf;Fws; $Wk; xOf;fnewp, nrd;id, njd;wy;epiyak;, 2001.

ty;ypf;fz;zd;, ghujpf;Fg;gpd; jkpo; ciuil, nrd;id, kzpthrfh; gjpg;gfk;, 1998.

TANT4202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE - II

(Theory)



• jkpiog; gpioapd;wp vOjf; fw;wy;.

• jkpopy; rpd;dQ;rpW ghly;fis cr;rhpg;Gld; ghLjy;.

• rpWfijfisg; gbf;Fk; jpwd; ngwy;.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : njhluikg;G 8 Hrs.

nrhw;ghFghL - ngah;> tpid> ,il> chp Nghy;td - jkpo;j; njhluikg;G - jpiz> ghy;>

vz;> ,l ,iaG.

295

UNIT-II : njhluikg;Gg; gapw;rp 7 Hrs.

jkpo; thf;fpaq;fisg; gpioapd;wp vOjTk; thrpf;fTk; gapYjy; - rpwpa thf;fpaq;fis

mikj;jy;.

UNIT-III : fijfs; 7 Hrs.

tPukhKdpth;; - gukhh;j;j FUfijfs;

Fjpiu Kl;il thq;fpa fij

Mw;iwf; fle;j fij

UNIT-IV : rpWth; ghly;fs; 8 Hrs.

fhf;fha; fhf;fha; gwe;J th

NfhoP! NfhoP! th th;

gr;irf;fpspNa th th

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

godpag;gd;;> vk;.V., Foe;ijfs; fijf; fsQ;rpak; ghfk; I & II, nrd;id, =nrz;gfh gjpg;gfk; ,

2007.

muq;fuhrd; kUJ}h;, jtwpd;wpj; jkpo; vOj, nrd;id, Ie;jpizg;gjpg;gfk;, 2013.

nghpaz;zd;> Nfh., ,yf;fzg;gpioapd;wp vOJk; Kiwfs; Kjy; tFg;G Kjy; fy;Y}hp tiu,

nrd;id, N[hjp Gf; nrd;lh;, 2002.

CHZO3201EI FOOD, NUTRITION & HEALTH CARE

(Theory)



• know the functions of food,their nutritive value and recognize nutritional deficiency diseases.

• analyse the different methods of cooking and changes undergone by food during cooking.

• identify the food additives and adulterants.

COURSE OUTLINE :


Functions and components of food -sources and functions of nutrients- calorific value of food balanced

diet – daily requirements. Activity: BMI calculation and preparation of balanced diet.

UNIT-II : FOOD PREPARATION METHODS 8 Hrs.

Medium of cooking food- water, steam and oil. Methods of cooking food - heating, boiling, stewing,

roasting, frying, baking and microwave cooking – nutritional changes upon cooking of food. Activity :

Cookingusing different methods.

UNIT-III : FOOD ADDITIVES AND ADULTERANTS 8 Hrs.

Additives: Antioxidants (BHA, BHT and Curcumin) and their roles - coloring agents, sweetening agents

(natural and artificial additives), flavouring agents.Preservation methods – natural and chemical

preservatives.Adulteration- common adulterants in food – effect of adulteration. Activity :Detection of

adulterants in food.

UNIT-IV : NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCY DISEASES 7 Hrs.

Malnutrition – over nutrition – under nutrition, effects of excess nutrients, fast food and deficiency

diseases,nutritional deficiency diseases– Xerophthalmia, Keratomalacia, Night blindness, Scurvy,

Anemia, Rickets, Protein Energy Malnutrition, (Marasmus, Kwashiorkor). Activity :Chart preparation on

deficiency diseases and food supplements.

296

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

Begum R., A Textbook of Food, Nutrition and Dietetics, 2nd revised ed., New Delhi, Sterling, 1997.

Joshi A.S.,, Nutrition & Dietetics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.

MeyerL. H., Food Chemistry, Delhi, CBS Publishers& distributors, 1987.

Mudambi& Rao, Food Science, New Delhi, Wiley Eastern limited, 2006.

Wong,N.P,JennessR ,Keney M, Marth E.H, Fundamentals of Dairy Chemistry, New Delhi, CBS

Publishers & Distributors, 1988.

ENZO4201EI LITERATURE AND ENVIRONMENT

(Theory)



• differentiate between nature and environment (issues and concerns).

• identify the interdependence in the web of life.

• interpret the importance of intrinsic value as opposed to instrumental value.

COURSE OUTLINE :

UNIT-I : Concepts and principles of an ecosystem 8 Hrs.

The web of life, keystone species

UNIT-II : Abiotic Factors 7 Hrs.

Light, Temperature, Rainfall.

UNIT-III : BioticFactors 7 Hrs.

Ecological succession, Predation ecology. Population ecology, Community ecology

UNIT-IV : Habitat Ecology 8 Hrs.

Fresh water and Marine Ecology, Terrestrial Ecology – Biomes

TEXT BOOK(S)

Odum E.P. 3rd Edition, Fundamentals of Ecology, London, W.B.Saunders Company, 1971.

REFERENCE BOOK(S)

*Bond, R., Ruskin Bond's Green Book, New Delhi, Roli, 2003.

*Drought in the Jungle – F.W.Champion., From Indian State Railways Magazine, 1929, Chapters:

Page No: 169-74.

*Jupiter Pluvius - E.H.Aitkin., From A Naturalist on the Prowl, 1905, Chapters: Chapter 7, page No

70-80.

*On the prowl - E.H.Aitkin, From A Naturalist on the Prowl, 1905.

*Predator – Pallava Bagla., From BBC Wildlife, March 1994, Chapters: Page No: 24..

*The Banian Tree- E.H.Aitkin., From A Naturalist on the Prowl, 1905, Chapters: Chapter 5, page No

42-55..

fhQrdh> uh, rqf yffpajjpyepiyapaYaphfs, KjwgjpgG,

gjpgGjJiw>kJiufhkuhrhgyfiyffofk>kJiu 21, 1998.

fpU~zNtzpehuhazd, gwitfs, KjwgjpgG> , nrdid, jkpoehlLgghlE}yepWtdk, 1972.

FsjJ}uhd> f>, RwWr#oYkmwtpaYk, Kjw gjpgG>, nrdid- 98, epA+nrQRhpGf `T]

gpypl, 2011.

mwpTilekgp>krh>, jpUehTffurhNjthujjpyfhzggLkyffpafnfhsiffs, KjwgjpgG>,

n[apeJGuk>kJiu 11, fUkzpgjpggfk, 1986.

rhkp>gpvy>, rqf yffpajjpy tpyqfpdtpsffk, KjwgjpgG, nrdid 1, jpUneyNtypj

njddpejpa irtrpjjhej E}wgjpgGffofk ypkpnll, 1970.

297

rPepthrd> F, rqf yffpaj jhtuqfs, KjwgjpgG, jQrhT+h>, kWNjhdwp mrrfk jkpog

gyfiyffofk, 1987.

Bond, R., Ruskin Bond's Green Book, In Homage: with Green thumbs, New Delhi, Roli, 2003,

Chapters: page no: 171..

Devaraj Agarwal, *The valley of the Gods, Reprinted from Srishti, Page No: 68-75. , Vol.I, No-4,

1994),.

Ravi Agarwal, Iqbal Malik, *Walk on the wild side, Reprinted from Srishti, Page No: 12-19., Vol.I, No.4,

1994.

Sharma J.; Kumar, D., Damodaran, V. and D’souza, R.,(Ed.), The British Empire and the Natural

World: Environmental Encounters in South Asia, Oxford University Press, 2010, Chapters: Making

garden, erasing jungle: The tea enterprise in colonial Assam.

Snake – D.H. Lawrence., FromThe complete poems of D.H.Lawrence, ed. Vivian de Sola Pintoand

F. Warren,Penguin Classics, USA, 1964.

Stanley H.Prater, Animal life in the Indian Desert, From Indian State Railways Magazine, Page No:

356-59, 432-35., 1928.

Thapar R., Perceiving the forest: Early India: From the Origins to AD 1300, USA, University of

California Press, 2004.

298

Courses offered to Non Major Elective (UG)


To Cour. Type

Total Hrs./ Week

FORMATIVE SUMMATIVE

Test Assn Quiz FLab Total


TH LA No RM No RM No RM No RM RM GM RM RM TH Lab

III BACS3201EP ADVERTISING ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

III BASS3201EI INTRODUCTION TO SELF ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BOCO3201EI GREEN PRACTICES IN PRODUCTION AND MARKETING ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BOEN3201EI ECOLOGY AND LITERATURE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BOPE3201EI NUTRITION AND FITNESS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BOTA3201EI TAMIL AND BOTANY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BTCH3201EI NATURE INSPIRED NANOTECHNOLOGY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III BTCO3202EI FOOD SAFETY AND CONSUMERISM ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CACO3201EI e-ADVERTISING ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CHSS3201EI CRIMINOLOGY AND FORENSICS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CHZO3201EI FOOD, NUTRITION & HEALTH CARE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III COCS3201EP MULTIMEDIA FOR BUSINESS APPLICATIONS ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

III COCS3202EP DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION USING STATISTICAL PACKAGE

ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

III COHI3202EI MADURAI TOURISM ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III COLA3201EI LAW FOR DAY-TO-DAY LIFE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III COMA3201EI FOUNDATION COURSE IN MATHEMATICS AND COMMERCE FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

299

III COSS3201EI CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CSEN3201EI ENGLISH FOR E-PRESENTATION ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CSEN3202EP ANIMATION FOR LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

III CSHN3201EP COMPUTER DOCUMENTATION TOOL FOR HINDI ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

III CSMA3201EI BASICS IN DISCRETE MATHEMATICS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III CSZO3204EP ALGORITHMS IN COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- 1.00 --

III ECHI3201EI INDIA AND THE WORLD ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III ECMA3201EI BASICS OF PERSONAL FINANCE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III ENFR3201EI SPOKEN FRENCH ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III ENPH3201EI SIGNS IN SCIENCE FICTION FILMS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III HIMA3201EI HISTORY AND MATHEMATICS FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III NCCE3201EE ORGANIZATION AND SOCIETAL SERVICES IN NCC ALLM TH 2 -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

III PEZO3201EI HEALTH CARE AND PHYSICAL FITNESS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III PHTA3201EI TAMIL LITERATURE AND PHYSICS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III SSPY3202EI UNDERSTANDING SELF ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III TANT3201EL INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE EXERCISE

ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

III TANT3202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE – I ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BABT4201EI MARKET DEVELOPMENT FOR BIOTECHNOLOGY PRODUCT

ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BACO4201EI e-RETAILING ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

300

IV BACS4201EP PROJECT MANAGEMENT ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

IV BAEN4201EI INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA AND COMMUNICATION ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BAFR4201EI FUNCTIONAL FRENCH FOR HOTEL MANAGEMENT ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BOMA4201EI MATHEMATICS IN PLANT SCIENCE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BOSS4201EI ECOLOGY AND SOCIETY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV BTSS4201EI REPROGRAMMING THE BRAIN ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV CACO4201EI e-BANKING ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV CHCO4201EI WEALTH FROM WASTE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV CHTA4201EI NATURAL FOOD AND CHEMISTRY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV COCR4201EI PERSONAL FINANCE ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV COCS4201EP COMMERCIAL WEBSITE PREPARATIONS ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

IV COHN4201EI BUSINESS HINDI ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV COVB4201EI BUSINESS ETHICS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV CSMA4201EP NUMERICAL METHODS USING SCILAB ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

IV ECHI4201EI ECONOMIC HISTORY OF INDIA ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV ECMA4201EI LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND NETWORK ANALYSIS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV ENMA4201EI BASIC COURSE IN MATHEMATICS AND ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV ENZO4201EI LITERATURE AND ENVIRONMENT ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV HIPH4201EI SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES IN HISTORICAL MONUMENTS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV NCCE4201EE NATIONAL INTEGRATION AND PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT

ALLM TH 2 -- 2 45 2 15 -- -- -- -- 60 40 100 -- -- 3.00 --

301

IV PEPH4201EI SCIENCE OF SPORTS ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV PESD4201EP SELF DEFENCE FOR WOMEN ALLM LA -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1 75 75 -- -- 25 -- -- 1.00

IV SSTA4201EI TAMIL AND PSYCHOLOGY ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV TANT4201EL LITERARY VALUES ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --

IV TANT4202EL INTRODUCTION TO TAMIL LANGUAGE – II ALLM TH 2 -- 1 30 1 15 1 15 -- -- 60 40 40 -- -- 1.00 --


A. CHANGES IN CREDITS

The credits of ‘Core Communicative Skills’ are changed from 1 to 2 for the 2014 batch.

B. Course code of ‘Human Rights and Duties’ is changed from VBC0102V to VBC0202FV for 2013 batch Undergraduates

C. CHANGES IN SUFFIXES OF COURSE CODES WITH EFFECT FROM SEMESTER III (2013 BATCH) and SEMESTER I (2014 BATCH)

Theory Lab cum Theory Lab

Core Major CM CT CP

Foundation in Major FM - FP

Support Allied AA AT AP

Environmental Elective NI - -

302

D. EVALUATION PATTERN

(i) The formative evaluation of semester I - 2014 batch UG includes the Practical Functional Application components in Part I Tamil / Hindi / French and Part II English.

(ii) The formative and summative evaluation patterns of all possible combinations of Lab and theory for the Lab cum theory courses are given which are applicable for semesters III & IV of 2013

batch UG and semesters I & II of 2014 batch UG

UG LAB CUM THEORY COURSES (Foundation in Major, Core and Support Allied) – 4 Hours (FT, CT & AT)

No. of Theory &

Lab hours

Formative Summative

No. of Tests Reqd. Max. No. of

Assign. Reqd. Max. Lab Reqd. Max.

Theory Given Max.

Theory Reqd. Max.

Lab Given Lab

Lab Reqd. Max.

Theory/Lab Exam

Duration(Hrs) Form. Summ.

(2T +2L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 60 40 - - 2 60 40

(2T +2L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 60 30 30 10 2 1 ½ 60 40

(3T+1L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 80 40 - - 2 ½ 60 40

UG LAB CUM THEORY COURSES (Core and Support Allied) – 5 Hours (CT & AT)

No. of Theory &

Lab hours

Formative Summative

No. of Tests

Reqd. Max.

No. of Assignment

Reqd. Max.

Lab Reqd. Max.

Theory Given Max.

Theory Reqd. Max.

Lab Given Max.

Lab Reqd. Max.

Theory/Lab Exam Duration

(Hrs) Form. Summ.

(3T +2L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 80 40 - - 2 ½ 60 40

(3T +2L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 80 30 30 10 2 ½ 1 ½ 60 40

(4T+1L) 2 30 1 10 1 20 100 40 - - 3 60 40

303

UG LAB CUM THEORY COURSES (Core) – 6 Hours (CT)

For all UG & PG courses (Theory / Lab cum Theory / Lab courses) given maximum should be greater than Required Maximum.

No. of Theory

& Lab hours

Formative Summative

No. of Tests Reqd.

Max.

No. of

Assignm

ent

Reqd.

Max. Lab Reqd. Max.

Theory

Given Max.

Theory

Reqd. Max.

Lab

Given Max.

Lab

Reqd.

Max.

Theory/Lab

Exam Duration Form. Summ.

(3T +3L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 80 40 - - 2 ½ 60 40

(3T +3L) 1 30 1 10 1 20 80 30 30 10 2 ½ 1 ½ 60 40

(4T+2L) 2 30 1 10 1 20 100 40 - - 3 60 40

(4T+2L) 2 30 1 10 1 20 100 30 30 10 3 1 ½ 60 40

(5T + 1L) 2 30 1 10 1 20 100 40 - - 3 60 40

lady doak college, madurai 2 2014_scie… · mat2402cm sequences and series 4 4 au-2013 mat2403cm...

Documents